summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2025-02-15 21:35:09 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2025-02-15 21:35:09 +0000
commitc40f9daee255490732b342d15fba38fb94c92c59 (patch)
tree2ae9e8baf02c14586a9fd78f6f8ccec0aeecefa4 /Master
parent068530fa8de8734798c6b4905c569f38491cf07f (diff)
rm tex-refs, removed on CTAN
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@74022 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/README5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs-0.4.1.tar.bz2bin118180 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.css124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.epubbin167393 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.html18237
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.txt8776
-rwxr-xr-xMaster/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check2
-rwxr-xr-xMaster/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds1
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-langenglish.tlpsrc1
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/scheme-tetex.tlpsrc1
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/tex-refs.tlpsrc1
11 files changed, 2 insertions, 27146 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bc45bec74a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-The tex-refs project has the aim of providing a help file for LaTeX (and
-its friends like ConTeXt, Metapost, Metafont, etc.) using DocBook/XML.
-It is released under the GFDL.
-
-The home page is http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs-0.4.1.tar.bz2 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs-0.4.1.tar.bz2
deleted file mode 100644
index d2dd8c5eea2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs-0.4.1.tar.bz2
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.css b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.css
deleted file mode 100644
index c4d1e1bdc53..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.css
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/* $Id: tex-refs.css 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $ */
-
-body { background-color: whitesmoke;
- }
-
-h1.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- text-align: center;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-
-h2.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-
-h3.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-
-h4.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- color: black;
- }
-h5.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
-/* font-size: small; */
- color: black;
- }
-h6.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
-/* font-size: x-small; */
- font-size: small;
- color: black;
- }
-span.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
-/* font-size: x-small; */
- font-size: small;
- color: black;
- }
-
-.title { background-color: gainsboro;
- font-family: sans-serif;
- }
-
-.authorgroup {
- background-color: #EEEEEE
- }
-
-.copyright {
- }
-
-.legalnotice {
- }
-
-.revhistory {
- }
-
-.abstract {
- margin-top: 1em
- }
-
-.toc {
- }
-
-.itemizedlist {
- }
-
-.orderedlist {
- }
-
-.variablelist {
- }
-
-.term { background-color: #EFEFEF
- }
-
-pre.programlisting
-{
- background-color: #E0E0E0;
- border: thin solid gray;
- margin-top: 1.33ex;
- margin-bottom: 1.33ex;
-}
-
-
-.footer-date { font-size: xx-small;
- font-family: monospace;
- }
-
-
-#customheader, #customfooter
-{
- /* list of fonts provides fallbacks if a font is not present */
- font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, Sans-Serif;
- /* font size, relative to body font size */
- font-size: 80%;
-
- /* line height, relative to body font size */
- line-height: 200%;
-
- text-align: center;
- vertical-align: middle;
- color: #fff;
- background-color: #009;
-}
-
-/* leave more space between last paragraph and footer */
-/* some browser do not add up the bottom margin of the prior element */
-/* and the top margin of the footer */
-#customfooter {
- margin-top: 15px;
-}
-
-/* define special font for logo */
-/* list of fonts provides fallbacks in case selected fonts are not present
-*/
-.logo
-{
- font-family: Lucida Console, Verdana, Arial, Sans-Serif;
-}
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.epub b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.epub
deleted file mode 100644
index 1700fe76a06..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.epub
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d62e45786a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18237 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<meta name="generator" content=
-"HTML Tidy for Linux (vers 25 March 2009), see www.w3.org" />
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content=
-"text/html; charset=us-ascii" />
-<title>References for TeX and Friends</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="tex-refs.css" />
-<meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" />
-</head>
-<body>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="book" title=
-"References for TeX and Friends" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h1 class="title"><a id="idp425680" name="idp425680"></a>References
-for TeX and Friends</h1>
-</div>
-<div>
-<div class="author">
-<h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Michael</span>
-<span class="surname">Wiedmann</span></h3>
-<div class="affiliation">
-<div class="address">
-<p><code class="email">&lt;<a class="email" href=
-"mailto:mw%20at%20miwie%20dot%20in-berlin%20dot%20de">mw&nbsp;at&nbsp;miwie&nbsp;dot&nbsp;in-berlin&nbsp;dot&nbsp;de</a>&gt;</code></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div>
-<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; ? Stephen Gilmore</p>
-</div>
-<div>
-<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; ? Torsten Martinsen</p>
-</div>
-<div>
-<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 1988, 1994 Free Software
-Foundation, Inc.</p>
-</div>
-<div>
-<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 1994 - 1996 Torsten
-Martinsen</p>
-</div>
-<div>
-<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 2002, 2003 Peter Karp,
-Michael Wiedmann</p>
-</div>
-<div>
-<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 2004 - 2012 Michael
-Wiedmann</p>
-</div>
-<div>
-<div class="legalnotice" title="License"><a id="idp270624" name=
-"idp270624"></a>
-<p class="legalnotice-title"><strong>License</strong></p>
-<p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
-document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
-Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and
-no Back-Cover Texts.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div>
-<div class="revhistory">
-<table border="2" cellspacing="4" width="100%" summary=
-"Revision history">
-<tr>
-<th align="left" valign="top" colspan="2"><b>Revision
-History</b></th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">Revision 0.4.1</td>
-<td align="left">2012-12-03</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" colspan="2">Removed obsolete file still referenced
-in Makefile (no visible changes)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">Revision 0.2.0</td>
-<td align="left">2003-01-11</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" colspan="2">License changed to <a class="ulink"
-href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" target="_top">GNU Free
-Documentation License</a>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">Revision 0.0.1</td>
-<td align="left">2002-06-21</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" colspan="2">This version was adapted from the
-edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, converted to DocBook XML
-using <a class="ulink" href="http://www.tldp.org/downloads/"
-target="_top">texi2db</a>, and further edited manually.</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<hr /></div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="preface"><a href=
-"#preface">Preface</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="preface"><a href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tex">1 TeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex">1
-PlainTeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex-ovw">1.1
-Overview</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex">2 LaTeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#opt-latex">2.1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#overview">2.2 Overview of LaTeX
-and Local Guide</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#commands">2.3
-Commands</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#parameters">2.4
-Parameters</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex-packages">3 LaTeX
-Packages</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#amsmath">3.1 <code class=
-"filename">amsmath</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#dcolumn">3.2 <code class=
-"filename">dcolumn</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#float">3.3 <code class=
-"filename">float</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontenc">3.4 <code class=
-"filename">fontenc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#german">3.5 <code class=
-"filename">german</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#graphics">3.6 <code class=
-"filename">graphics</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#hyperref">3.7 <code class=
-"filename">hyperref</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#inputenc">3.8 <code class=
-"filename">inputenc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#komascript">3.9 <code class=
-"filename">KOMA-Script</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#mathpazo">3.10 <code class=
-"filename">mathpazo</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#varioref">3.11 <code class=
-"filename">varioref</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#small-packages">3.12 Several
-Small Packages</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#generic-packages">4 Generic
-Packages</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pictex">4.1 PiCTeX
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pstricks">4.2
-PSTricks</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontinst">5 <code class=
-"filename">fontinst</code> (tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context">6 ConTeXt
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context-ovw">6.1
-Overview</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#texinfo">7 Texinfo
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pdftex">2
-pdfTeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-options">1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">1.1 <code class=
-"filename">--file-line-error-style</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">1.2
-<code class="filename">--fmt format</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-help">1.3
-<code class="filename">--help</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ini">1.4
-<code class="filename">--ini</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-interaction-mode">1.5 <code class=
-"filename">--interaction mode</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">1.6
-<code class="filename">--ipc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">1.7
-<code class="filename">--ipc-start</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">1.8
-<code class="filename">--jobname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">1.9 <code class=
-"filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">1.10
-<code class="filename">--maketex fmt</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">1.11
-<code class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-output-comment">1.12 <code class=
-"filename">--output-comment string</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">1.13 <code class=
-"filename">--parse-first-line</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-progname">1.14
-<code class="filename">--progname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">1.15
-<code class="filename">--recorder</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-shell-escape">1.16 <code class=
-"filename">--shell-escape</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-translate-file">1.17 <code class=
-"filename">--translate-file tcxname</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-version">1.18
-<code class="filename">--version</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-environment">2
-Environment</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#metafont">3 Metafont
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#metapost">4
-MetaPost</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-options">1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">1.1 <code class=
-"filename">--file-line-error-style</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-help">1.2
-<code class="filename">--help</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-ini">1.3
-<code class="filename">--ini</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-intercation">1.4 <code class=
-"filename">--interaction mode</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-jobname">1.5
-<code class="filename">--jobname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">1.6 <code class=
-"filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-mem">1.7
-<code class="filename">--mem mem</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-parse-first-line">1.8 <code class=
-"filename">--parse-first-line</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-progname">1.9
-<code class="filename">--progname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-recorder">1.10
-<code class="filename">--recorder</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-T">1.11
-<code class="filename">-T</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-translate-file">1.12 <code class=
-"filename">--translate-file tcxname</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-troff">1.13
-<code class="filename">--troff</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-version">1.14
-<code class="filename">--version</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-environment">2
-Environment</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bibtex">5
-BibTeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-parameters">1
-Parameters</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">2
-Command Qualifiers</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bib-files">3 bib
-files</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-string-command">3.1
-<code class="filename">@STRING</code> command</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-format">3.2 Entry
-Format</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-types">3.3 Entry
-Types</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-text">3.4 Field
-Text</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-types">3.5 Field
-Types</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-files">4 bst
-files</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">4.1
-<code class="filename">ABBRV.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">4.2
-<code class="filename">ALPHA.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">4.3
-<code class="filename">PLAIN.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">4.4
-<code class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">4.5
-<code class="filename">UNSRT.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makeindex">6
-Make-Index</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-options">1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-c">1.1
-<code class="filename">-c</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-g">1.2
-<code class="filename">-g</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-i">1.3
-<code class="filename">-i</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-l">1.4
-<code class="filename">-l</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-q">1.5
-<code class="filename">-q</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-r">1.6
-<code class="filename">-r</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">1.7
-<code class="filename">-s sty</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">1.8
-<code class="filename">-o ind</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">1.9
-<code class="filename">-t log</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">1.10
-<code class="filename">-p no</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-L">1.11
-<code class="filename">-L</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-T">1.12
-<code class="filename">-T</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style-file">2 Style
-File</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style">2.1 Input
-Style Specifiers</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#makeindex-output-style-specs">2.2 Output Style
-Specifiers</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-example">3
-Example</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-ordering">4
-Ordering</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-special-effects">5
-Special Effects</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#xindy">7 xindy</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list">1 Command
-List</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing">1.1 Processing
-Commands</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">1.2
-Markup Commands</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#xindy-command-list-raw-index">1.3 Raw Index
-Interface</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking">2 Invoking
-xindy</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">2.1
-Command Line Options</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-search-path">2.2 Search
-Path</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#appendices">A
-Appendices</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#issues">1 Bugs / Known Issues /
-Missing Features</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#about">2 About this
-Document</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#release-news">3 Release
-News</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#gfdl">4 GNU Free Documentation
-License</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="index"><a href=
-"#tex-refs-idx">Index</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="list-of-tables">
-<p><strong>List of Tables</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt>1.1 <a href="#table-newcommand">Options for <code class=
-"literal">\newcommand</code></a></dt>
-<dt>1.2 <a href="#table-newenvironment">Options for <code class=
-"literal">\newenvironment</code></a></dt>
-<dt>1.3 <a href="#table-newtheorem">Options for <code class=
-"literal">\newtheorem</code></a></dt>
-<dt>1.4 <a href="#table-tabbing">Commands in a <code class=
-"literal">tabbing</code> environment</a></dt>
-<dt>1.5 <a href="#table-tabular">Commands used inside a
-<code class="literal">tabular</code> environment</a></dt>
-<dt>1.6 <a href="#table-standard-styles">Standard styles
-distributed with BibTeX</a></dt>
-<dt>1.7 <a href="#table-math-mode">Three environments that put
-LaTeX in math mode</a></dt>
-<dt>1.8 <a href="#table-math-miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></dt>
-<dt>1.9 <a href="#table-typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>1.10 <a href="#table-standard-type-size-commands">Standard type
-size commands</a></dt>
-<dt>1.11 <a href="#table-low-level-font-commands">Low-level font
-commands</a></dt>
-<dt>1.12 <a href="#table-special-coordinates">Special coordinates
-and angles</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="preface" title="Preface">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="preface" name="preface"></a>Preface</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>LaTeX2e is a document preparation system implemented as a macro
-package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program.</p>
-<p>LaTeX was originally conceived by Leslie Lamport.</p>
-<p>This updated LaTeX reference is by no means complete, but it's a
-first step towards a more complete LaTeX reference! We welcome if
-we'll get pointed to missing commands or even better when you make
-additions and further improvements and send them to the
-authors.</p>
-<p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.tug.org" target="_top">TUG
-(TeX User Group)</a> and <a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.dante.de" target="_top">DANTE (German TeX User
-Group)</a> both have excellent FAQ's which answer many questions or
-give great pointers to additional resources both on the internet or
-in books. Most if not all missing packages can also be found on the
-CTAN servers.</p>
-<p>This reference is not meant to replace the package documentation
-or the standard literature like the LaTeX handbook and the LaTeX
-companion. Look there for detailed descriptions of the commands and
-even mostly more options and examples.</p>
-<p>The authors intend to extend this documentation to other TeX
-related packages (e.g. ConTeXt, MetaPost, Metafont, etc.).
-Contributions are very welcome!</p>
-</div>
-<div class="preface" title="Credits">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="credits" name="credits"></a>Credits</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp250720" class="indexterm" name="idp250720"></a>
-<p>The following people have contributed substantial parts to this
-documentation project or helped in some other way (listed
-alphabetically):</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Karl Berry</p>
-<a id="idp245776" class="indexterm" name="idp245776"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Wolfgang Borgert</p>
-<a id="idp248064" class="indexterm" name="idp248064"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Ramon Casellas</p>
-<a id="idp294304" class="indexterm" name="idp294304"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Holger Danielsson</p>
-<a id="idp296592" class="indexterm" name="idp296592"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">James Devenish</p>
-<a id="idp298880" class="indexterm" name="idp298880"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Hubert Gaesslein</p>
-<a id="idp301168" class="indexterm" name="idp301168"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Peter Karp</p>
-<a id="idp303456" class="indexterm" name="idp303456"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Rolf Niepraschk</p>
-<a id="idp305744" class="indexterm" name="idp305744"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Hans Fredrik Nordhaug</p>
-<a id="idp308032" class="indexterm" name="idp308032"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Simon Pepping</p>
-<a id="idp2040400" class="indexterm" name="idp2040400"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Bob Stayton</p>
-<a id="idp2042688" class="indexterm" name="idp2042688"></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara">Herbert Voss</p>
-<a id="idp2044976" class="indexterm" name="idp2044976"></a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;1.&nbsp;TeX"
-lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="tex" name=
-"tex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;1.&nbsp;TeX</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex">1
-PlainTeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex-ovw">1.1
-Overview</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex">2 LaTeX</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#opt-latex">2.1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#overview">2.2 Overview of LaTeX
-and Local Guide</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#commands">2.3
-Commands</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#parameters">2.4
-Parameters</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex-packages">3 LaTeX
-Packages</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#amsmath">3.1 <code class=
-"filename">amsmath</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#dcolumn">3.2 <code class=
-"filename">dcolumn</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#float">3.3 <code class=
-"filename">float</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontenc">3.4 <code class=
-"filename">fontenc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#german">3.5 <code class=
-"filename">german</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#graphics">3.6 <code class=
-"filename">graphics</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#hyperref">3.7 <code class=
-"filename">hyperref</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#inputenc">3.8 <code class=
-"filename">inputenc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#komascript">3.9 <code class=
-"filename">KOMA-Script</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#mathpazo">3.10 <code class=
-"filename">mathpazo</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#varioref">3.11 <code class=
-"filename">varioref</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#small-packages">3.12 Several
-Small Packages</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#generic-packages">4 Generic
-Packages</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pictex">4.1 PiCTeX
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pstricks">4.2
-PSTricks</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontinst">5 <code class=
-"filename">fontinst</code> (tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context">6 ConTeXt
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context-ovw">6.1
-Overview</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#texinfo">7 Texinfo
-(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1 PlainTeX">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="plaintex" name=
-"plaintex"></a>1 PlainTeX</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp2050448" class="indexterm" name="idp2050448"></a>
-<div class="section" title="1.1 Overview">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="plaintex-ovw" name="plaintex-ovw"></a>1.1
-Overview</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>For a really excellent reference of all TeX primitive control
-sequences see David Bausum's<a id="idp2053504" class="indexterm"
-name="idp2053504"></a> <a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.tug.org/utilities/plain/cseq.html" target=
-"_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>TeX Primitive Control
-Sequences</em></span></a>.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 LaTeX">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="latex" name=
-"latex"></a>2 LaTeX</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The original file <code class="filename">latex2e.texi</code>
-contains the following copyright and permission notice:</p>
-<p><span class="quote">&ldquo;<span class="quote">Permission is
-granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
-provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.</span>&rdquo;</span></p>
-<p><span class="quote">&ldquo;<span class="quote">Permission is
-granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual
-under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.</span>&rdquo;</span></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1 Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="opt-latex" name="opt-latex"></a>2.1
-Options</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6690976" class="indexterm" name="idp6690976"></a>
-<p>LaTeX understands the following command line options.</p>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.1 -file-line-error-style">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-file-line-error-style" name=
-"opt-latex-file-line-error-style"></a>2.1.1 <code class=
-"filename">-file-line-error-style</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6694720" class="indexterm" name="idp6694720"></a>
-<p>Print error messages in the form <code class=
-"literal">file:line:error</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.2 -fmt=FMTNAME">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-fmt" name=
-"opt-latex-fmt"></a>2.1.2 <code class=
-"filename">-fmt=FMTNAME</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6699120" class="indexterm" name="idp6699120"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">FMTMAME</code> instead of program name
-or a %&amp; line.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.3 -ini">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ini" name=
-"opt-latex-ini"></a>2.1.3 <code class="filename">-ini</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6703520" class="indexterm" name="idp6703520"></a>
-<p>Be <span class="command"><strong>initex</strong></span>, for
-dumping formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called
-as <span class="command"><strong>initex</strong></span>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.4 -interaction=STRING">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-interaction-mode" name=
-"opt-latex-interaction-mode"></a>2.1.4 <code class=
-"filename">-interaction=STRING</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6708544" class="indexterm" name="idp6708544"></a>
-<p>Set interaction mode (<code class=
-"literal">STRING=batchmode/nonstopmode/scrollmode/errorstopmode</code>).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.5 -ipc">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ipc" name=
-"opt-latex-ipc"></a>2.1.5 <code class="filename">-ipc</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6712944" class="indexterm" name="idp6712944"></a>
-<p>Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output
-file.</p>
-<p>Note: not available on all systems.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.6 -ipc-start">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ipc-start" name=
-"opt-latex-ipc-start"></a>2.1.6 <code class=
-"filename">-ipc-start</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6717104" class="indexterm" name="idp6717104"></a>
-<p>As <code class="literal">-ipc</code>, and also start the server
-at the other end.</p>
-<p>Note: not available on all systems.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.7 -jobname=STRING">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-jobname-name" name=
-"opt-latex-jobname-name"></a>2.1.7 <code class=
-"filename">-jobname=STRING</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6721888" class="indexterm" name="idp6721888"></a>
-<p>Set the job name to <code class="literal">STRING</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.8 -kpathsea-debug=NUMBER">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-kpathsea-debug" name=
-"opt-latex-kpathsea-debug"></a>2.1.8 <code class=
-"filename">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6726288" class="indexterm" name="idp6726288"></a>
-<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bits of
-<code class="literal">NUMBER</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.9 [-no]-maketex=FMT">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-no-maketex" name=
-"opt-latex-no-maketex"></a>2.1.9 <code class=
-"filename">[-no]-maketex=FMT</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6730688" class="indexterm" name="idp6730688"></a>
-<p>Disable/enable <span class=
-"command"><strong>mktexFMT</strong></span> generation
-(FMT=tex/tfm).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.10 -mltex">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-mltex" name=
-"opt-latex-mltex"></a>2.1.10 <code class=
-"filename">-mltex</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6735088" class="indexterm" name="idp6735088"></a>
-<p>Enable MLTeX extensions such as <code class=
-"literal">\charsubdef</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.11 -output-comment=STRING">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-output-comment" name=
-"opt-latex-output-comment"></a>2.1.11 <code class=
-"filename">-output-comment=STRING</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6739488" class="indexterm" name="idp6739488"></a>
-<p>use <code class="literal">STRING</code> for DVI file comment
-instead of date.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.12 -parse-first-line">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-parse-first-line" name=
-"opt-latex-parse-first-line"></a>2.1.12 <code class=
-"filename">-parse-first-line</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6743888" class="indexterm" name="idp6743888"></a>
-<p>Parse of the first line of the input file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.13 -progname=STRING">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-progname" name=
-"opt-latex-progname"></a>2.1.13 <code class=
-"filename">-progname=STRING</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6747664" class="indexterm" name="idp6747664"></a>
-<p>Set program (and fmt) name to <code class=
-"literal">STRING</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.14 -recorder">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-recorder" name=
-"opt-latex-recorder"></a>2.1.14 <code class=
-"filename">-recorder</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6752064" class="indexterm" name="idp6752064"></a>
-<p>Enable filename recorder.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.15 -shell-escape">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-shell-escape" name=
-"opt-latex-shell-escape"></a>2.1.15 <code class=
-"filename">-shell-escape</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6755840" class="indexterm" name="idp6755840"></a>
-<p>Enable <code class="literal">\write18{SHELL COMMAND}</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.16 -src-specials">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-src-specials" name=
-"opt-latex-src-specials"></a>2.1.16 <code class=
-"filename">-src-specials</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6760240" class="indexterm" name="idp6760240"></a>
-<p>Insert source specials into the DVI file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.17 -src-specials=WHERE">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-src-specials-where" name=
-"opt-latex-src-specials-where"></a>2.1.17 <code class=
-"filename">-src-specials=WHERE</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6764016" class="indexterm" name="idp6764016"></a>
-<p>Insert source specials in certain places of the DVI file.
-<code class="literal">WHERE</code> is a comma-separated value list:
-<code class="literal">cr display hbox math par parend
-vbox</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.18 -translate-file=TCXNAME">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname" name=
-"opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname"></a>2.1.18 <code class=
-"filename">-translate-file=TCXNAME</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6769040" class="indexterm" name="idp6769040"></a>
-<p>Use the <code class="literal">TCX</code> file <code class=
-"literal">TCXNAME</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.19 -help">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-help" name=
-"opt-latex-help"></a>2.1.19 <code class=
-"filename">-help</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6774064" class="indexterm" name="idp6774064"></a>
-<p>Display this help and exit.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.20 -version">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-version" name=
-"opt-latex-version"></a>2.1.20 <code class=
-"filename">-version</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6777840" class="indexterm" name="idp6777840"></a>
-<p>Output version information and exit.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="overview" name="overview"></a>2.2 Overview
-of LaTeX and Local Guide</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6781760" class="indexterm" name="idp6781760"></a><a id=
-"idp6782512" class="indexterm" name="idp6782512"></a>
-<p>The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program
-and the LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it
-processes an input file containing the text of a document with
-interspersed commands that describe how the text should be
-formatted. It produces at least three files as output:</p>
-<div class="orderedlist">
-<ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
-<li class="listitem">
-<p>A <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Independent</em></span>, or
-<code class="filename">.dvi</code> file. This contains commands
-that can be translated into commands for a variety of output
-devices. You can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such
-as <code class="literal">xdvi</code>, which actually uses the
-<code class="filename">.dvi</code> file.</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p>A <span class="emphasis"><em>transcript</em></span> or
-<code class="filename">.log</code> file that contains summary
-information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in
-the input file.</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p>An <span class="emphasis"><em>auxiliary</em></span> or
-<code class="filename">.aux</code> file. This is used by LaTeX
-itself, for things such as sectioning.</p>
-</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-<p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult
-<em class="citetitle">The TeXbook</em> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN
-0-201-13448-9, published jointly by the American Mathematical
-Society and Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.</p>
-<p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:</p>
-<p><em class="citetitle">LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</em>,
-by Leslie Lamport,<a id="idp6796768" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp6796768"></a> Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition,
-1994.</p>
-<p><em class="citetitle">The LaTeX Companion</em>, by Michel
-Goossens,<a id="idp6798800" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp6798800"></a> Frank Mittelbach, <a id="idp6799808" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp6799808"></a> and Alexander Samarin,<a id=
-"idp6800816" class="indexterm" name="idp6800816"></a>
-Addison-Wesley, 1994.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3 Commands">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="commands" name="commands"></a>2.3
-Commands</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of
-a <code class="literal">\</code> followed by either (a) a string of
-letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square
-brackets, <code class="literal">[]</code>, are optional while
-arguments contained in braces, <code class="literal">{}</code>, are
-required.</p>
-<p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case
-unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.</p>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.1 Counters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="counters" name="counters"></a>2.3.1
-Counters</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6807984" class="indexterm" name="idp6807984"></a><a id=
-"idp6808736" class="indexterm" name="idp6808736"></a>
-<p>Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with
-it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the
-environment or command that produces the number, except with no
-<code class="literal">\</code> (<code class="literal">enumi</code>
-- <code class="literal">enumiv</code> are used for the nested
-enumerate environment). Below is a list of the counters used in
-LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-part paragraph figure enumi
-chapter subparagraph table enumii
-section page footnote enumiii
-subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
-subsubsection
-</pre>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addtocounter" name=
-"cmd-addtocounter"></a><code class=
-"literal">\addtocounter</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6814944" class="indexterm" name="idp6814944"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\addtocounter</code> command
-increments the <code class="literal">counter</code> by the amount
-specified by the <code class="literal">value</code> argument. The
-<code class="literal">value</code> argument can be negative.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-alph-title" name=
-"cmd-alph-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\alph{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6819808" class="indexterm" name="idp6819808"></a><a id=
-"idp6820560" class="indexterm" name="idp6820560"></a>
-<p>This command causes the value of the <code class=
-"literal">counter</code> to be printed in alphabetic characters.
-The <code class="literal">\alph</code> command uses lower case
-alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <code class="literal">a, b,
-c...</code> while the <code class="literal">\Alph</code> command
-uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., <code class=
-"literal">A, B, C...</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-arabic-title" name=
-"cmd-arabic-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\arabic{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6826048" class="indexterm" name="idp6826048"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\arabic</code> command causes the
-value of the <code class="literal">counter</code> to be printed in
-Arabic numbers, i.e., <code class="literal">3</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fnsymbol-title" name=
-"cmd-fnsymbol-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\fnsymbol{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6830288" class="indexterm" name="idp6830288"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\fnsymbol</code> command causes the
-value of the <code class="literal">counter</code> to be printed in
-a specific sequence of nine symbols that can be used for numbering
-footnotes.</p>
-<p>NB. <code class="literal">counter</code> must have a value
-between 1 and 9 inclusive.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newcounter-title" name=
-"cmd-newcounter-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\newcounter{foo}[counter]</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6835040" class="indexterm" name="idp6835040"></a><a id=
-"idp6835792" class="indexterm" name="idp6835792"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\newcounter</code> command defines a
-new counter named <code class="literal">foo</code>. The counter is
-initialized to zero.</p>
-<p>The optional argument <code class="literal">[counter]</code>
-causes the counter <code class="literal">foo</code> to be reset
-whenever the counter named in the optional argument is
-incremented.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-refstepcounter-title" name=
-"cmd-refstepcounter-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\refstepcounter{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6841152" class="indexterm" name="idp6841152"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\refstepcounter</code> command works
-like <code class="literal">\stepcounter</code>. See <a class="link"
-href="#cmd-stepcounter-title" title=
-"2.3.1.&nbsp;\stepcounter{counter}">\stepcounter</a>, except it
-also defines the current <code class="literal">\ref</code> value to
-be the result of <code class="literal">\thecounter</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-roman-title" name=
-"cmd-roman-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\roman{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6858944" class="indexterm" name="idp6858944"></a><a id=
-"idp6859696" class="indexterm" name="idp6859696"></a>
-<p>This command causes the value of the <code class=
-"literal">counter</code> to be printed in Roman numerals. The
-<code class="literal">\roman</code> command uses lower case Roman
-numerals, i.e., <code class="literal">i, ii, iii...</code>, while
-the <code class="literal">\Roman</code> command uses upper case
-Roman numerals, i.e., <code class="literal">I, II,
-III...</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-stepcounter-title" name=
-"cmd-stepcounter-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\stepcounter{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6865184" class="indexterm" name="idp6865184"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\stepcounter</code> command adds one
-to the <code class="literal">counter</code> and resets all
-subsidiary counters.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-setcounter-title" name=
-"cmd-setcounter-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\setcounter{counter}{value}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6868800" class="indexterm" name="idp6868800"></a><a id=
-"idp6869552" class="indexterm" name="idp6869552"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\setcounter</code> command sets the
-value of the <code class="literal">counter</code> to that specified
-by the <code class="literal">value</code> argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-usecounter-title" name=
-"cmd-usecounter-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\usecounter{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6873792" class="indexterm" name="idp6873792"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\usecounter</code> command is used in
-the second argument of the <code class="literal">list</code>
-environment to allow the counter specified to be used to number the
-list items.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-value-title" name=
-"cmd-value-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\value{counter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6877520" class="indexterm" name="idp6877520"></a><a id=
-"idp6878272" class="indexterm" name="idp6878272"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\value</code> command produces the
-value of the <code class="literal">counter</code> named in the
-mandatory argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an integer
-or number, such as the second argument of a <code class=
-"literal">\setcounter</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\addtocounter</code> command, or in:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
-</pre>
-<p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.2 Cross References">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="cross-references" name=
-"cross-references"></a>2.3.2 Cross References</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6884544" class="indexterm" name="idp6884544"></a>
-<p>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to
-refer the reader to them, as in <span class="emphasis"><em>See
-Figure 3 for more details.</em></span> A smarter version of the
-cross reference commands is available in the package <a class=
-"link" href="#varioref" title="3.11 varioref"><code class=
-"literal">varioref</code></a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-label-title" name=
-"cmd-label-title"></a><code class="literal">\label{key}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6888528" class="indexterm" name="idp6888528"></a>
-<p>A <code class="literal">\label</code> command appearing in
-ordinary text assigns to the <code class="literal">key</code> the
-number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a
-numbered environment assigns that number to the <code class=
-"literal">key</code>.</p>
-<p>A <code class="literal">key</code> can consist of any sequence
-of letters, digits, or punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase
-letters are different.</p>
-<p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it
-is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix
-separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">cha</code> for
-chapters</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">sec</code> for
-lower-level sectioning commands</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">fig</code> for
-figures</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">tab</code> for
-tables</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">eq</code> for
-equations</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code class=
-"literal">fig:bandersnatch</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pageref" name=
-"cmd-pageref"></a><code class="literal">\pageref{key}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6902624" class="indexterm" name="idp6902624"></a><a id=
-"idp6903376" class="indexterm" name="idp6903376"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\pageref</code> command produces the
-page number of the place in the text where the corresponding
-<code class="literal">\label</code> command appears. ie. where
-<code class="literal">\label{key}</code> appears. For a smart
-version see <a class="link" href="#cmd-vpageref"><code class=
-"literal">\vpageref</code></a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-ref-title" name=
-"cmd-ref-title"></a><code class="literal">\ref{key}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6908720" class="indexterm" name="idp6908720"></a><a id=
-"idp6909472" class="indexterm" name="idp6909472"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\ref</code> command produces the
-number of the sectional unit, equation number, ... of the
-corresponding <code class="literal">\label</code> command. For a
-smart version see <a class="link" href="#cmd-vref">\vref</a>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.3 Definitions">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="definitions" name="definitions"></a>2.3.3
-Definitions</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newcommand-title" name=
-"cmd-newcommand-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\newcommand</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6915344" class="indexterm" name="idp6915344"></a><a id=
-"idp6916096" class="indexterm" name="idp6916096"></a><a id=
-"idp6916848" class="indexterm" name="idp6916848"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
-\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
-\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
-\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
-</pre>
-<p>These commands define (or redefine) a command.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-newcommand" name=
-"table-newcommand"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.1.&nbsp;Options for
-<code class="literal">\newcommand</code></strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Options for \newcommand" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">cmd</td>
-<td align="justify">A command name beginning with a <code class=
-"literal">\</code>. For <code class="literal">\newcommand</code> it
-must not be already defined and must not begin with <code class=
-"literal">\end</code>; for <code class=
-"literal">\renewcommand</code> it must already be defined.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">args</td>
-<td align="justify">An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of
-arguments of the command being defined. The default is for the
-command to have no arguments.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">def</td>
-<td align="justify">If this optional parameter is present, it means
-that the command's first argument is optional. The default value of
-the optional argument is <code class="literal">def</code>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">definition</td>
-<td align="justify">The text to be substituted for every occurrence
-of <code class="literal">cmd</code>; a parameter of the form
-<code class="literal">#n</code> in <code class="literal">cmd</code>
-is replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution
-takes place.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newenvironment-title" name=
-"cmd-newenvironment-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\newenvironment</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6935872" class="indexterm" name="idp6935872"></a><a id=
-"idp6936624" class="indexterm" name="idp6936624"></a><a id=
-"idp6937376" class="indexterm" name="idp6937376"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
-\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
-\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
-</pre>
-<p>These commands define or redefine an environment.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-newenvironment" name=
-"table-newenvironment"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.2.&nbsp;Options for
-<code class="literal">\newenvironment</code></strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Options for \newenvironment" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">nam</td>
-<td align="justify">The name of the environment. For <code class=
-"literal">\newenvironment</code> there must be no currently defined
-environment by that name, and the command <code class=
-"literal">\nam</code> must be undefined. For <code class=
-"literal">\renewenvironment</code> the environment must already be
-defined.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">args</td>
-<td align="justify">An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of
-arguments of the newly-defined environment. The default is no
-arguments. Arguments can only be used in te <code class=
-"literal">{begdef}</code> part.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">default</td>
-<td align="justify">If this is specified, the first argument is
-optional, and <code class="literal">default</code> gives the
-default value for that argument.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">begdef</td>
-<td align="justify">The text substituted for every occurrence of
-<code class="literal">\begin{nam}</code>; a parameter of the form
-<code class="literal">#n</code> in <code class="literal">cmd</code>
-is replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution
-takes place.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">enddef</td>
-<td align="justify">The text substituted for every occurrence of
-<code class="literal">\end{nam}</code>. It may not contain any
-argument parameters.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newtheorem-title" name=
-"cmd-newtheorem-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\newtheorem</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6957904" class="indexterm" name="idp6957904"></a><a id=
-"idp6958656" class="indexterm" name="idp6958656"></a><a id=
-"idp6959408" class="indexterm" name="idp6959408"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
-\newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}
-</pre>
-<p>This command defines a theorem-like environment.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-newtheorem" name=
-"table-newtheorem"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.3.&nbsp;Options for
-<code class="literal">\newtheorem</code></strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Options for \newtheorem" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">env_name</td>
-<td align="justify">The name of the environment to be defined. A
-string of letters. It must not be the name of an existing
-environment or counter.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">caption</td>
-<td align="justify">The text printed at the beginning of the
-environment, right before the number. This may simply say
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Theorem</em></span>, for example.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">within</td>
-<td align="justify">The name of an already defined counter, usually
-of a sectional unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem
-counter <span class="bold"><strong>within</strong></span> the
-sectional unit.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">numbered_like</td>
-<td align="justify">The name of an already defined theorem-like
-environment.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p>The <code class="literal">\newtheorem</code> command may have at
-most one optional argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newfont-title" name=
-"cmd-newfont-title"></a><code class="literal">\newfont</code></h5>
-<a id="idp6974816" class="indexterm" name="idp6974816"></a><a id=
-"idp6975568" class="indexterm" name="idp6975568"></a><a id=
-"idp6976320" class="indexterm" name="idp6976320"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</code></p>
-<p>Defines the command name <code class="literal">cmd</code>, which
-must not be currently defined, to be a declaration that selects the
-font named <code class="literal">font_name</code> to be the current
-font.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.4 Document Classes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="document-classes" name=
-"document-classes"></a>2.3.4 Document Classes</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp6980944" class="indexterm" name="idp6980944"></a><a id=
-"idp6981696" class="indexterm" name="idp6981696"></a><a id=
-"idp6982448" class="indexterm" name="idp6982448"></a><a id=
-"idp6983200" class="indexterm" name="idp6983200"></a><a id=
-"idp6983952" class="indexterm" name="idp6983952"></a><a id=
-"idp6984704" class="indexterm" name="idp6984704"></a><a id=
-"idp6985456" class="indexterm" name="idp6985456"></a>
-<p>Valid LaTeX document classes include:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">article</li>
-<li class="listitem">report</li>
-<li class="listitem">letter</li>
-<li class="listitem">book</li>
-<li class="listitem">slides</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Other document classes are often available. See <a class="link"
-href="#overview" title=
-"2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide">Overview</a>, for details.
-They are selected with the following command:</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\documentclass [options]
-{class}</code></p>
-<p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (<code class=
-"literal">10pt</code> is default):</p>
-<p><code class="literal">10pt, 11pt, 12pt</code></p>
-<p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size
-(default is letter):</p>
-<p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper,
-executivepaper</p>
-<p>Miscellaneous options:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">landscape --- selects landscape format.
-Default is portrait.</li>
-<li class="listitem">titlepage, notitlepage --- selects if there
-should be a separate title page.</li>
-<li class="listitem">leqno --- equation number on left side of
-equations. Default is right side.</li>
-<li class="listitem">fleqn --- displayed formulas flush left.
-Default is centered.</li>
-<li class="listitem">openbib --- use <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>open</em></span> bibliography format.</li>
-<li class="listitem">draft, final --- mark/do not mark overfull
-boxes with a rule. Default is final.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>These options are not available with the slides class:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">oneside, twoside --- selects one- or twosided
-layout. Default is oneside, except for the book class.</li>
-<li class="listitem">openright, openany --- determines if a chapter
-should start on a right-hand page. Default is openright for
-book.</li>
-<li class="listitem">onecolumn, twocolumn --- one or two columns.
-Defaults to one column.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>The slides class offers the option <code class=
-"literal">clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each
-note.</p>
-<p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a
-comma.</p>
-<p>Additional packages are loaded by a</p>
-<p><a id="usepackage-linkend" name="usepackage-linkend"></a>
-<code class="literal">\usepackage[options]{pkg}</code> <a id=
-"idp7008832" class="indexterm" name="idp7008832"></a></p>
-<p>command. If you specify more than one package, they must be
-separated by a comma. <a id="idp7010080" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7010080"></a> <a id="idp7010832" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7010832"></a></p>
-<p>Any options given in the <code class=
-"literal">\documentclass</code> command that are unknown by the
-selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-<code class="literal">\usepackage</code>. <a id="idp7013344" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7013344"></a> <a id="idp7014096" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7014096"></a></p>
-<a id="idp7014976" class="indexterm" name="idp7014976"></a></div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.5 Layout">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="layout" name="layout"></a>2.3.5
-Layout</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the
-page.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-flushbottom-title" name=
-"cmd-flushbottom-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\flushbottom</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7018688" class="indexterm" name="idp7018688"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\flushbottom</code> declaration makes
-all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space when
-necessary to fill out the page.</p>
-<p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-onecolumn-title" name=
-"cmd-onecolumn-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\onecolumn</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7022208" class="indexterm" name="idp7022208"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a
-new page and produces single-column output.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-raggedbottom-title" name=
-"cmd-raggedbottom-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\raggedbottom</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7025296" class="indexterm" name="idp7025296"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\raggedbottom</code> declaration makes
-all pages the height of the text on that page. No extra vertical
-space is added.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-twocolumn-title" name=
-"cmd-twocolumn-title"></a><code class=
-"literal">\twocolumn</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7028416" class="indexterm" name="idp7028416"></a><a id=
-"idp7029168" class="indexterm" name="idp7029168"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\twocolumn[text]</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a
-new page and produces two-column output. If the optional
-<code class="literal">text</code> argument is present, it is
-typeset in one-column mode.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.6 Environments">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="env-latex" name="env-latex"></a>2.3.6
-Environments</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7034128" class="indexterm" name="idp7034128"></a><a id=
-"idp7034880" class="indexterm" name="idp7034880"></a><a id=
-"idp7035632" class="indexterm" name="idp7035632"></a>
-<p>LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making
-environments. Each environment begins and ends in the same
-manner.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{environment-name}
- .
- .
- .
-\end{environment-name}
-</pre>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-array" name="env-array"></a>array</h5>
-<a id="idp7038736" class="indexterm" name="idp7038736"></a><a id=
-"idp7039488" class="indexterm" name="idp7039488"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
-column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{array}
-</pre>
-<p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a
-single mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the
-alignment within them. Each column, <code class=
-"literal">coln</code>, is specified by a single letter that tells
-how items in that row should be formatted.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">c</code> --- for
-centered</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">l</code> --- for flush
-left</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">r</code> --- for flush
-right</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Column entries must be separated by an <code class=
-"literal">&amp;</code>. Column entries may include other LaTeX
-commands. Each row of the array must be terminated with the string
-<code class="literal">\\</code>.</p>
-<p>Note that the <code class="literal">array</code> environment can
-only be used in math mode, so normally it is used inside an
-<code class="literal">equation</code> environment.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-center" name=
-"env-center"></a><code class="literal">center</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7051984" class="indexterm" name="idp7051984"></a><a id=
-"idp7052736" class="indexterm" name="idp7052736"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{center}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{center}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">center</code> environment allows you
-to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within
-the left and right margins on the current page. Each line must be
-terminated with the string <code class="literal">\\</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-centering" name=
-"cmd-centering"></a><code class="literal">\centering</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7057296" class="indexterm" name="idp7057296"></a><a id=
-"idp7058048" class="indexterm" name="idp7058048"></a><a id=
-"idp7058800" class="indexterm" name="idp7058800"></a>
-<p>This declaration corresponds to the <code class=
-"literal">center</code> environment. This declaration can be used
-inside an environment such as <code class="literal">quote</code> or
-in a <code class="literal">parbox</code>. The text of a figure or
-table can be centered on the page by putting a <code class=
-"literal">\centering</code> command at the beginning of the figure
-or table environment.</p>
-<p>Unlike the <code class="literal">center</code> environment, the
-<code class="literal">\centering</code> command does not start a
-new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units.
-To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration
-must contain the blank line or <code class="literal">\end</code>
-command (of an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph
-unit.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-description" name=
-"env-description"></a><code class="literal">description</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7066928" class="indexterm" name="idp7066928"></a><a id=
-"idp7067680" class="indexterm" name="idp7067680"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{description}
-\item [label] First item
-\item [label] Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{description}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">description</code> environment is used
-to make labelled lists. The <code class="literal">label</code> is
-bold face and flushed right.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-enumerate" name=
-"env-enumerate"></a><code class="literal">enumerate</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7072112" class="indexterm" name="idp7072112"></a><a id=
-"idp7072864" class="indexterm" name="idp7072864"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{enumerate}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">enumerate</code> environment produces
-a numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up
-to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other
-paragraph-making environments.</p>
-<p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code class=
-"literal">\item</code> command. There must be at least one
-<code class="literal">\item</code> command within the
-environment.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">enumerate</code> environment uses the
-<code class="literal">enumi</code> through <code class=
-"literal">enumiv</code> counters (see <a class="link" href=
-"#counters" title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>). The type of
-numbering can be changed by redefining <code class=
-"literal">\theenumi</code> etc.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-eqnarray" name=
-"env-eqnarray"></a><code class="literal">eqnarray</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7082000" class="indexterm" name="idp7082000"></a><a id=
-"idp7082752" class="indexterm" name="idp7082752"></a><a id=
-"idp7083504" class="indexterm" name="idp7083504"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{eqnarray}
-math formula 1 \\
-math formula 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{eqnarray}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">eqnarray</code> environment is used to
-display a sequence of equations or inequalities. It is very much
-like a three-column <code class="literal">array</code> environment,
-with consecutive rows separated by <code class="literal">\\</code>
-and consecutive items within a row separated by an <code class=
-"literal">&amp;</code>.</p>
-<p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has
-a <code class="literal">\nonumber</code> command.</p>
-<a id="idp7089168" class="indexterm" name="idp7089168"></a>
-<p>The command <code class="literal">\lefteqn</code> is used for
-splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in
-display style flush left in a box of zero width.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-equation" name=
-"env-equation"></a><code class="literal">equation</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7092320" class="indexterm" name="idp7092320"></a><a id=
-"idp7093072" class="indexterm" name="idp7093072"></a><a id=
-"idp7093824" class="indexterm" name="idp7093824"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{equation}
- math formula
-\end{equation}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">equation</code> environment centers
-your equation on the page and places the equation number in the
-right margin.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-figure" name=
-"env-figure"></a><code class="literal">figure</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7097568" class="indexterm" name="idp7097568"></a><a id=
-"idp7098320" class="indexterm" name="idp7098320"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{figure}[placement]
-
- body of the figure
-
-\caption{figure title}
-\end{figure}
-</pre>
-<a id="idp7099792" class="indexterm" name="idp7099792"></a>
-<p>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and
-are usually <span class="emphasis"><em>floated</em></span> to a
-convenient place, like the top of a page. Figures will not be split
-between two pages.</p>
-<p>The optional argument <code class="literal">[placement]</code>
-determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are
-four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:</p>
-<div class="orderedlist">
-<ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">h</code> (Here) - at the position in the
-text where the figure environment appears.</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">t</code> (Top) - at the top of a text
-page.</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">b</code> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a
-text page.</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">p</code> (Page of floats) - on a separate
-float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats.</p>
-</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-<p>The standard report and article classes use the default
-placement <code class="literal">tbp</code>.</p>
-<p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX
-commands, etc. you wish. The <code class="literal">\caption</code>
-command allows you to title your figure.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-flushleft" name=
-"env-flushleft"></a><code class="literal">flushleft</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7113328" class="indexterm" name="idp7113328"></a><a id=
-"idp7114080" class="indexterm" name="idp7114080"></a><a id=
-"idp7114832" class="indexterm" name="idp7114832"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{flushleft}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{flushleft}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">flushleft</code> environment allows
-you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed
-left, to the left-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with
-the string <code class="literal">\\</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-raggedright" name=
-"cmd-raggedright"></a><code class=
-"literal">\raggedright</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7119376" class="indexterm" name="idp7119376"></a><a id=
-"idp7120128" class="indexterm" name="idp7120128"></a><a id=
-"idp7120880" class="indexterm" name="idp7120880"></a><a id=
-"idp7121632" class="indexterm" name="idp7121632"></a>
-<p>This declaration corresponds to the <code class=
-"literal">flushleft</code> environment. This declaration can be
-used inside an environment such as <code class=
-"literal">quote</code> or in a <code class=
-"literal">parbox</code>.</p>
-<p>Unlike the <code class="literal">flushleft</code> environment,
-the <code class="literal">\raggedright</code> command does not
-start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
-paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of
-the declaration must contain the blank line or <code class=
-"literal">\end</code> command (of an environment like quote) that
-ends the paragraph unit.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-flushright" name=
-"env-flushright"></a><code class="literal">flushright</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7128960" class="indexterm" name="idp7128960"></a><a id=
-"idp7129712" class="indexterm" name="idp7129712"></a><a id=
-"idp7130464" class="indexterm" name="idp7130464"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{flushright}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{flushright}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">flushright</code> environment allows
-you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed
-right, to the right-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with
-the string <code class="literal">\\</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-raggedleft" name=
-"cmd-raggedleft"></a><code class="literal">\raggedleft</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7134992" class="indexterm" name="idp7134992"></a><a id=
-"idp7135744" class="indexterm" name="idp7135744"></a><a id=
-"idp7136496" class="indexterm" name="idp7136496"></a><a id=
-"idp7137248" class="indexterm" name="idp7137248"></a>
-<p>This declaration corresponds to the <code class=
-"literal">flushright</code> environment. This declaration can be
-used inside an environment such as <code class=
-"literal">quote</code> or in a <code class=
-"literal">parbox</code>.</p>
-<p>Unlike the <code class="literal">flushright</code> environment,
-the <code class="literal">\raggedleft</code> command does not start
-a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or <code class=
-"literal">\end</code> command (of an environment like quote) that
-ends the paragraph unit.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-itemize" name=
-"env-itemize"></a><code class="literal">itemize</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7144576" class="indexterm" name="idp7144576"></a><a id=
-"idp7145328" class="indexterm" name="idp7145328"></a><a id=
-"idp7146080" class="indexterm" name="idp7146080"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{itemize}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{itemize}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">itemize</code> environment produces a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>bulleted</em></span> list. Itemizations
-can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can
-also be nested within other paragraph-making environments.</p>
-<p>Each item of an <code class="literal">itemized</code> list
-begins with an <code class="literal">\item</code> command. There
-must be at least one <code class="literal">\item</code> command
-within the environment.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">itemize</code> environment uses the
-<code class="literal">itemi</code> through <code class=
-"literal">itemiv</code> counters (see <a class="link" href=
-"#counters" title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>). The type of
-numbering can be changed by redefining <code class=
-"literal">\theitemi</code> etc.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-letter" name=
-"env-letter"></a><code class="literal">letter</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7156192" class="indexterm" name="idp7156192"></a>
-<p>This environment is used for creating letters. See <a class=
-"link" href="#letters" title="2.3.9 Letters">Letters</a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-list" name="env-list"></a><code class=
-"literal">list</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7159264" class="indexterm" name="idp7159264"></a><a id=
-"idp7160016" class="indexterm" name="idp7160016"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">list</code> environment is a generic
-environment which is used for defining many of the more specific
-environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in
-macros.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{list}{label}{spacing}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{list}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">{label}</code> argument specifies how
-items should be labelled. This argument is a piece of text that is
-inserted in a box to form the label. This argument can and usually
-does contain other LaTeX commands.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">{spacing}</code> argument contains
-commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This
-argument will most often be null, i.e., <code class=
-"literal">{}</code>. This will select all default spacing which
-should suffice for most cases.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-minipage" name=
-"env-minipage"></a><code class="literal">minipage</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7167424" class="indexterm" name="idp7167424"></a><a id=
-"idp7168176" class="indexterm" name="idp7168176"></a><a id=
-"idp7168928" class="indexterm" name="idp7168928"></a><a id=
-"idp7169680" class="indexterm" name="idp7169680"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width}
- text
-\end{minipage}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">minipage</code> environment is similar
-to a <code class="literal">\parbox</code> command. It takes the
-same optional <code class="literal">position</code> argument and
-mandatory <code class="literal">width</code> argument. You may use
-other paragraph-making environments inside a minipage.</p>
-<p>Footnotes in a <code class="literal">minipage</code> environment
-are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting
-footnotes in figures or tables. A <code class=
-"literal">\footnote</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at the
-bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it
-uses the <code class="literal">mpfootnote</code> counter instead of
-the ordinary <code class="literal">footnote</code> counter See
-<a class="link" href="#counters" title=
-"2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>.</p>
-<p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using
-footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong
-minipage.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-picture" name=
-"env-picture"></a><code class="literal">picture</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7180336" class="indexterm" name="idp7180336"></a><a id=
-"idp7181088" class="indexterm" name="idp7181088"></a><a id=
-"idp7181840" class="indexterm" name="idp7181840"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
- .
- .
- picture commands
- .
- .
-\end{picture}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">picture</code> environment allows you
-to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text,
-lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in
-the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a
-number that may have a decimal point and a minus sign --- a number
-like <code class="literal">5</code>, <code class=
-"literal">2.3</code> or <code class="literal">-3.1416</code>. A
-coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length
-<code class="literal">\unitlength</code>, so if <code class=
-"literal">\unitlength</code> has been set to <code class=
-"literal">1cm</code>, then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length
-of 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of <code class=
-"literal">\unitlength</code> anywhere you want, using the
-<code class="literal">\setlength</code> command, but strange things
-will happen if you try changing it inside the picture
-environment.</p>
-<p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as <code class=
-"literal">(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying the point with x-coordinate
-<code class="literal">2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code class=
-"literal">-5</code>. Coordinates are specified in the usual way
-with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left
-corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an
-argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to
-delimit the argument.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">picture</code> environment has one
-mandatory argument, which is a <code class=
-"literal">position</code>. It specifies the size of the picture.
-The environment produces a rectangular box with width and height
-determined by this argument's x- and y-coordinates.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">picture</code> environment also has an
-optional <code class="literal">position</code> argument, following
-the <code class="literal">size</code> argument, that can change the
-origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not
-contained in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the
-coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture
-(thereby determining the origin). For example, if <code class=
-"literal">\unitlength</code> has been set to <code class=
-"literal">1mm</code>, the command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
-</pre>
-<p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200
-millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose
-upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first
-draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the
-origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your
-picture by shifting everything, you just add the appropriate
-optional argument.</p>
-<p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size
-of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture
-really is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the
-picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used
-by LaTeX in determining how much room to leave for it.</p>
-<p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the
-<code class="literal">\put</code> command. The command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\put (11.3,-.3){...}
-</pre>
-<p>puts the object specified by <code class="literal">...</code> in
-the picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3).
-The reference points for various objects will be described
-below.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\put</code> command creates an
-<span class="bold"><strong>LR box</strong></span>. You can put
-anything in the text argument of the <code class=
-"literal">\put</code> command that you'd put into the argument of
-an <code class="literal">\mbox</code> and related commands. When
-you do this, the reference point will be the lower left corner of
-the box.</p>
-<p>Picture commands:</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-circle" name=
-"cmd-circle"></a><code class="literal">\circle{diameter},
-\circle*{diameter}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7208560" class="indexterm" name="idp7208560"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\circle</code> command produces a
-circle with a diameter as close to the specified one as possible.
-If the <code class="literal">*</code>-form of the command is used,
-LaTeX draws a solid circle.</p>
-<p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dashbox" name=
-"cmd-dashbox"></a><code class="literal">\dashbox</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7213072" class="indexterm" name="idp7213072"></a>
-<p>Draws a box with a dashed line.</p>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\dashbox</code> has an extra argument
-which specifies the width of each dash. A dashed box looks best
-when the <code class="literal">width</code> and <code class=
-"literal">height</code> are multiples of the <code class=
-"literal">dash_length</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-frame" name=
-"cmd-frame"></a><code class="literal">\frame{...}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7219472" class="indexterm" name="idp7219472"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\frame</code> command puts a
-rectangular frame around the object specified in the argument. The
-reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra
-space is put between the frame and the object.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-framebox-op-picture-cp" name=
-"cmd-framebox-op-picture-cp"></a><code class=
-"literal">\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7222592" class="indexterm" name="idp7222592"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\framebox</code> command is exactly
-the same as the <code class="literal">\makebox</code> command,
-except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it
-creates.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">framebox</code> command produces a
-rule of thickness <code class="literal">\fboxrule</code>, and
-leaves a space <code class="literal">\fboxsep</code> between the
-rule and the contents of the box.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-line" name="cmd-line"></a><code class=
-"literal">\line(x slope,y slope){length}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7228576" class="indexterm" name="idp7228576"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\line</code> command draws a line of
-the specified <code class="literal">length</code> and <code class=
-"literal">slope</code>.</p>
-<p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x
-and y have integer values from -6 through 6.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-linethickness" name=
-"cmd-linethickness"></a><code class=
-"literal">\linethickness{dimension}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7233712" class="indexterm" name="idp7233712"></a>
-<p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a
-picture environment to be <code class="literal">dimension</code>,
-which must be a positive length. It does not affect the thickness
-of slanted lines and circles, or the quarter circles drawn by
-<code class="literal">\oval</code> to form the corners of an
-oval.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp" name=
-"cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp"></a><code class=
-"literal">\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7237616" class="indexterm" name="idp7237616"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\makebox</code> command for the
-picture environment is similar to the normal <code class=
-"literal">\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a
-<code class="literal">width</code> and <code class=
-"literal">height</code> in multiples of <code class=
-"literal">\unitlength</code>.</p>
-<p>The optional argument, <code class="literal">[position]</code>,
-specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up
-to two of the following:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">t</code> - Moves the
-item to the top of the rectangle</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">b</code> - Moves the
-item to the bottom</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">l</code> - Moves the
-item to the left</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">r</code> - Moves the
-item to the right</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>See <a class="link" href="#cmd-makebox" title=
-"2.3.17.&nbsp;\makebox">\makebox</a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-multiput" name=
-"cmd-multiput"></a><code class="literal">\multiput(x coord,y
-coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7251104" class="indexterm" name="idp7251104"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\multiput</code> command can be used
-when you are putting the same object in a regular pattern across a
-picture.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-oval" name="cmd-oval"></a><code class=
-"literal">\oval(width,height)[portion]</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7254224" class="indexterm" name="idp7254224"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\oval</code> command produces a
-rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument, <code class=
-"literal">[portion]</code>, allows you to select part of the
-oval.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">t</code> - Selects the
-top portion</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">b</code> - Selects the
-bottom portion</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">r</code> - Selects the
-right portion</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">l</code> - Selects the
-left portion</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Note that the <span class="emphasis"><em>corners</em></span> of
-the oval are made with quarter circles with a maximum radius of 20
-pt, so large <span class="emphasis"><em>ovals</em></span> will look
-more like boxes with rounded corners.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-put" name="cmd-put"></a><code class=
-"literal">\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7264976" class="indexterm" name="idp7264976"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\put</code> command places the item
-specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-shortstack" name=
-"cmd-shortstack"></a><code class=
-"literal">\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7268080" class="indexterm" name="idp7268080"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\shortstack</code> command produces a
-stack of objects. The valid positions are:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">r</code> - Moves the
-objects to the right of the stack</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">l</code> - Moves the
-objects to the left of the stack</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">c</code> - Moves the
-objects to the centre of the stack (default)</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vector" name=
-"cmd-vector"></a><code class="literal">\vector(x slope,y
-slope){length}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7275744" class="indexterm" name="idp7275744"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\vector</code> command draws a line
-with an arrow of the specified length and slope. The <code class=
-"literal">x</code> and <code class="literal">y</code> values must
-lie between -4 and +4, inclusive.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-quotation" name=
-"env-quotation"></a><code class="literal">quotation</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7280080" class="indexterm" name="idp7280080"></a><a id=
-"idp7280832" class="indexterm" name="idp7280832"></a><a id=
-"idp7281584" class="indexterm" name="idp7281584"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{quotation}
- text
-\end{quotation}
-</pre>
-<p>The margins of the <code class="literal">quotation</code>
-environment are indented on the left and the right. The text is
-justified at both margins and there is paragraph indentation.
-Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-quote" name=
-"env-quote"></a><code class="literal">quote</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7285424" class="indexterm" name="idp7285424"></a><a id=
-"idp7286176" class="indexterm" name="idp7286176"></a><a id=
-"idp7286928" class="indexterm" name="idp7286928"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{quote}
- text
-\end{quote}
-</pre>
-<p>The margins of the <code class="literal">quote</code>
-environment are indented on the left and the right. The text is
-justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text
-produces a new paragraph.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-tabbing" name=
-"env-tabbing"></a><code class="literal">tabbing</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7290736" class="indexterm" name="idp7290736"></a><a id=
-"idp7291488" class="indexterm" name="idp7291488"></a><a id=
-"idp7292240" class="indexterm" name="idp7292240"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{tabbing}
-text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
-second row \&gt; \&gt; more \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabbing}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">tabbing</code> environment provides a
-way to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and
-tabbing to them much the way you do with an ordinary
-typewriter.</p>
-<p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is
-constant and known in advance.</p>
-<p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the
-<code class="literal">tabular</code> environment.</p>
-<p>The following commands can be used inside a <code class=
-"literal">tabbing</code> environment:</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-tabbing" name="table-tabbing"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.4.&nbsp;Commands in a
-<code class="literal">tabbing</code> environment</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Commands in a tabbing environment" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\= <a id="idp7302176" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7302176"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Sets a tab stop at the current position.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\&gt; <a id="idp7304192" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7304192"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Advances to the next tab stop.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\&lt; <a id="idp7306208" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7306208"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">This command allows you to put something to the
-left of the local margin without changing the margin. Can only be
-used at the start of the line.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\+ <a id="idp7308416" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7308416"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Moves the left margin of the next and all the
-following commands one tab stop to the right.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\- <a id="idp7310560" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7310560"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Moves the left margin of the next and all the
-following commands one tab stop to the left.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\' <a id="idp7312704" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7312704"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Moves everything that you have typed so far in
-the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent
-<code class="literal">\&gt;</code>, <code class=
-"literal">\&lt;</code>, <code class="literal">\'</code>,
-<code class="literal">\\</code>, or <code class=
-"literal">\kill</code> command, to the right of the previous
-column, flush against the current column's tab stop.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\` <a id="idp7318112" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7318112"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Allows you to put text flush right against any
-tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the
-right of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The
-<code class="literal">\`</code> command moves all the text that
-follows it, up to the <code class="literal">\\</code> or
-<code class="literal">\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the
-line, to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be
-no <code class="literal">\&gt;</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\'</code> command between the <code class=
-"literal">\`</code> and the command that ends the line.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\kill <a id="idp7324320" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7324320"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Sets tab stops without producing text. Works
-just like <code class="literal">\\</code> except that it throws
-away the current line instead of producing output for it. The
-effect of any <code class="literal">\=</code>, <code class=
-"literal">\+</code> or <code class="literal">\-</code> commands in
-that line remain in effect.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\pushtabs <a id="idp7329056" class="indexterm"
-name="idp7329056"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful
-for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a
-<code class="literal">tabbing</code> environment.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\poptabs <a id="idp7331840" class="indexterm"
-name="idp7331840"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Restores the tab stop positions saved by the
-last <code class="literal">\pushtabs</code>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\a <a id="idp7334560" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp7334560"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">In a <code class="literal">tabbing</code>
-environment, the commands <code class="literal">\=</code>,
-<code class="literal">\'</code> and <code class="literal">\`</code>
-do not produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands
-<code class="literal">\a=</code>, <code class="literal">\a'</code>
-and <code class="literal">\a`</code> are used.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional
-format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{tabbing}
-function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
- \&gt; begin \= \+ \\
- \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
- fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
- else \+ \\
- fact := 1; \-\- \\
- end;\\
-\end{tabbing}
-</pre>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-table" name=
-"env-table"></a><code class="literal">table</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7343712" class="indexterm" name="idp7343712"></a><a id=
-"idp7344464" class="indexterm" name="idp7344464"></a><a id=
-"idp7345216" class="indexterm" name="idp7345216"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{table}[placement]
-
- body of the table
-
-\caption{table title}
-\end{table}
-</pre>
-<p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
-usually <span class="emphasis"><em>floated</em></span> to a
-convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split
-between two pages.</p>
-<p>The optional argument <code class="literal">[placement]</code>
-determines where LaTeX will try to place your table. There are four
-places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">h</code> : Here - at the
-position in the text where the table environment appears.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">t</code> : Top - at the
-top of a text page.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">b</code> : Bottom - at
-the bottom of a text page.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">p</code> : Page of
-floats - on a separate float page, which is a page containing no
-text, only floats.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>The standard <code class="literal">report</code> and
-<code class="literal">article</code> classes use the default
-placement <code class="literal">[tbp]</code>.</p>
-<p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX
-commands, etc., you wish. The <code class="literal">\caption</code>
-command allows you to title your table.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-tabular" name=
-"env-tabular"></a><code class="literal">tabular</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7360416" class="indexterm" name="idp7360416"></a><a id=
-"idp7361168" class="indexterm" name="idp7361168"></a><a id=
-"idp7361920" class="indexterm" name="idp7361920"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
-column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabular}
-</pre>
-<p>or</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
-column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabular*}
-</pre>
-<p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of
-rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and
-optional arguments consist of:</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-tabular" name="table-tabular"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.5.&nbsp;Commands used inside
-a <code class="literal">tabular</code> environment</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Commands used inside a tabular environment" border=
-"0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">width</td>
-<td align="justify">Specifies the width of the <code class=
-"literal">tabular*</code> environment. There must be rubber space
-between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified
-width.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">pos</td>
-<td align="justify">Specifies the vertical position; default is
-alignment on the centre of the environment.
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">t</code> - align on top
-row</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">b</code> - align on
-bottom row</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">cols</td>
-<td align="justify">Specifies the column formatting. It consists of
-a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the
-sequence of columns and intercolumn material.
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">l</code> - A column of
-left-aligned items.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">r</code> - A column of
-right-aligned items.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">c</code> - A column of
-centred items.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">|</code> - A vertical
-line the full height and depth of the environment.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">@{text}</code> - This
-inserts <code class="literal">text</code> in every row. An
-@-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted
-between columns; any desired space between the inserted text and
-the adjacent items must be included in text. An <code class=
-"literal">\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an @-expression causes
-an extra space of width <code class="literal">wd</code> to appear
-to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by
-another <code class="literal">\extracolsep</code> command. Unlike
-ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed by
-an @-expression. An <code class="literal">\extracolsep</code>
-command can be used only in an @-expression in the <code class=
-"literal">cols</code> argument.</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">p{wd}</code> - Produces a
-column with each item typeset in a parbox of width <code class=
-"literal">wd</code>, as if it were the argument of a <code class=
-"literal">\parbox[t]{wd}</code> command. However, a <code class=
-"literal">\\</code> may not appear in the item, except in the
-following situations:</p>
-<div class="orderedlist">
-<ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
-<li class="listitem">inside an environment like <code class=
-"literal">minipage</code>, <code class="literal">array</code>, or
-<code class="literal">tabular</code>.</li>
-<li class="listitem">inside an explicit <code class=
-"literal">\parbox</code>.</li>
-<li class="listitem">in the scope of a <code class=
-"literal">\centering</code>, <code class=
-"literal">\raggedright</code>, or <code class=
-"literal">\raggedleft</code> declaration. The latter declarations
-must appear inside braces or an environment when used in a
-<code class="literal">p</code>-column element.</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">*{num}{cols}</code> -
-Equivalent to <code class="literal">num</code> copies of
-<code class="literal">cols</code>, where <code class=
-"literal">num</code> is any positive integer and <code class=
-"literal">cols</code> is any list of column-specifiers, which may
-contain another <code class="literal">*-expression</code>.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p>These commands can be used inside a <code class=
-"literal">tabular</code> environment:</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cline" name=
-"cmd-cline"></a><code class="literal">\cline{i-j}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7407632" class="indexterm" name="idp7407632"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\cline</code> command draws horizontal
-lines across the columns specified, beginning in column
-<code class="literal">i</code> and ending in column <code class=
-"literal">j</code>, which are identified in the mandatory
-argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hline" name=
-"cmd-hline"></a><code class="literal">\hline</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7412064" class="indexterm" name="idp7412064"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\hline</code> command will draw a
-horizontal line the width of the table. It's most commonly used to
-draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of the
-table.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-multicolumn" name=
-"cmd-multicolumn"></a><code class=
-"literal">\multicolumn</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7415248" class="indexterm" name="idp7415248"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\multicolumn</code> is used to make an
-entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument,
-<code class="literal">cols</code>, specifies the number of columns
-to span. The second mandatory argument, <code class=
-"literal">pos</code>, specifies the formatting of the entry;
-<code class="literal">c</code> for centred, <code class=
-"literal">l</code> for flushleft, <code class="literal">r</code>
-for flushright. The third mandatory argument, <code class=
-"literal">text</code>, specifies what text is to make up the
-entry.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vline" name=
-"cmd-vline"></a><code class="literal">\vline</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7423152" class="indexterm" name="idp7423152"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\vline</code> command will draw a
-vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row. An
-<code class="literal">\hfill</code> command can be used to move the
-line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an
-@-expression.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-thebibliography" name=
-"env-thebibliography"></a><code class=
-"literal">thebibliography</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7427024" class="indexterm" name="idp7427024"></a><a id=
-"idp7427776" class="indexterm" name="idp7427776"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
-\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
- .
- .
- .
-\end{thebibliography}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">thebibliography</code> environment
-produces a bibliography or reference list. In the <code class=
-"literal">article</code> class, this reference list is labelled
-<span class="emphasis"><em>References</em></span>; in the
-<code class="literal">report</code> class, it is labelled
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Bibliography</em></span>.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">widest-label</code>:
-Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide as the widest
-item label produces by the <code class="literal">\bibitem</code>
-commands.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bibitem" name=
-"cmd-bibitem"></a><code class=
-"literal">\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7436240" class="indexterm" name="idp7436240"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\bibitem</code> command generates an
-entry labelled by <code class="literal">label</code>. If the
-<code class="literal">label</code> argument is missing, a number is
-generated as the <code class="literal">label</code>, using the
-<code class="literal">enumi</code> counter. The <code class=
-"literal">cite_key</code> is any sequence of letters, numbers, and
-punctuation symbols not containing a comma. This command writes an
-entry on the <code class="filename">.aux</code> file containing
-<code class="literal">cite_key</code> and the item's <code class=
-"literal">label</code>. When this <code class=
-"filename">.aux</code> file is read by the <code class=
-"literal">\begin{document}</code> command, the item's <code class=
-"literal">label</code> is associated with <code class=
-"literal">cite_key</code>, causing the reference to <code class=
-"literal">cite_key</code> by a <code class="literal">\cite</code>
-command to produce the associated <code class=
-"literal">label</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cite" name="cmd-cite"></a><code class=
-"literal">\cite[text]{key_list}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7448832" class="indexterm" name="idp7448832"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">key_list</code> argument is a list of
-citation keys. This command generates an in-text citation to the
-references associated with the keys in <code class=
-"literal">key_list</code> by entries on the <code class=
-"filename">.aux</code> file read by the <code class=
-"literal">\begin{document}</code> command.</p>
-<p>The optional <code class="literal">text</code> argument will
-appear after the citation, i.e. <code class=
-"literal">\cite[p.~2f.]{knuth}</code> might produce `[Knuth, p.
-2]'.</p>
-<p><a id="idp7454592" class="indexterm" name="idp7454592"></a> The
-package <code class="literal">cite.sty</code> allows a line break
-in the <code class="literal">\cite</code> reference and can sort
-numerical entries.</p>
-<p><a id="idp7457232" class="indexterm" name="idp7457232"></a>
-<code class="literal">overcite.sty</code> makes citations like
-footnotes.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nocite" name=
-"cmd-nocite"></a><code class=
-"literal">\nocite{key_list}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7460224" class="indexterm" name="idp7460224"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\nocite</code> command produces no
-text, but writes <code class="literal">key_list</code>, which is a
-list of one or more citation keys, on the <code class=
-"filename">.aux</code> file. <code class=
-"literal">\nocite{*}</code> uses all entries from the BibTeX
-database.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="using-bibtex" name=
-"using-bibtex"></a>Using BibTeX</h5>
-<a id="idp7465232" class="indexterm" name="idp7465232"></a><a id=
-"idp7466016" class="indexterm" name="idp7466016"></a><a id=
-"idp7467504" class="indexterm" name="idp7467504"></a><a id=
-"idp7468336" class="indexterm" name="idp7468336"></a><a id=
-"idp7469504" class="indexterm" name="idp7469504"></a>
-<p>If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly
-recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of
-titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the
-<code class="literal">thebibliography</code> environment. Instead,
-you include the lines</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\bibliographystyle{style}
-\bibliography{bibfile}
-</pre>
-<p>where <code class="literal">style</code> refers to a file
-<code class="literal">style.bst</code>, which defines how your
-citations will look.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-standard-styles" name=
-"table-standard-styles"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.6.&nbsp;Standard styles
-distributed with BibTeX</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Standard styles distributed with BibTeX" border=
-"0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">alpha</td>
-<td align="justify">Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from
-name of author and year of publication.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">plain</td>
-<td align="justify">Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">unsrt</td>
-<td align="justify">Like <code class="literal">plain</code>, but
-entries are in order of citation.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">abbrv</td>
-<td align="justify">Like <code class="literal">plain</code>, but
-more compact labels.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to
-the demands of various publications.</p>
-<p>The argument to <code class="literal">\bibliography</code>
-refers to the file <code class="literal">bibfile.bib</code>, which
-should contain your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries
-referred to via <code class="literal">\cite</code> and <code class=
-"literal">\nocite</code> will be listed in the bibliography.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-theorem" name=
-"env-theorem"></a><code class="literal">theorem</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7489328" class="indexterm" name="idp7489328"></a><a id=
-"idp7490080" class="indexterm" name="idp7490080"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{theorem}
- theorem text
-\end{theorem}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">theorem</code> environment produces
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Theorem x</em></span> in boldface
-followed by your theorem text.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-titlepage" name=
-"env-titlepage"></a><code class="literal">titlepage</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7494080" class="indexterm" name="idp7494080"></a><a id=
-"idp7494832" class="indexterm" name="idp7494832"></a><a id=
-"idp7495584" class="indexterm" name="idp7495584"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{titlepage}
- text
-\end{titlepage}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">titlepage</code> environment creates a
-title page, i.e. a page with no printed page number or heading. It
-also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting
-the title page is left to you. The <code class=
-"literal">\today</code> command comes in handy for title pages.
-<a id="idp7498704" class="indexterm" name="idp7498704"></a></p>
-<p>Note that you can use the <code class=
-"literal">\maketitle</code> (see <a class="link" href=
-"#cmd-maketitle" title="2.3.15.&nbsp;\maketitle">\maketitle</a>)
-command to produce a standard title page.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-verbatim" name=
-"env-verbatim"></a><code class="literal">verbatim</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7502448" class="indexterm" name="idp7502448"></a><a id=
-"idp7503200" class="indexterm" name="idp7503200"></a><a id=
-"idp7503952" class="indexterm" name="idp7503952"></a><a id=
-"idp7504704" class="indexterm" name="idp7504704"></a><a id=
-"idp7505456" class="indexterm" name="idp7505456"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{verbatim}
- text
-\end{verbatim}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">verbatim</code> environment is a
-paragraph-making environment that gets LaTeX to print exactly what
-you type in. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage returns
-and blanks having the same effect that they would on a
-typewriter.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-verb" name="cmd-verb"></a><code class=
-"literal">\verb char literal_text char</code> <code class=
-"literal">\verb*char literal_text char</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7510608" class="indexterm" name="idp7510608"></a><a id=
-"idp7511360" class="indexterm" name="idp7511360"></a>
-<p>Typesets <code class="literal">literal_text</code> exactly as
-typed, including special characters and spaces, using a typewriter
-(<code class="literal">\tt</code>) type style. There may be no
-space between <code class="literal">\verb</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\verb*</code> and <code class="literal">char</code>
-(space is shown here only for clarity). The <code class=
-"literal">*-form</code> differs only in that spaces are printed</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-verse" name=
-"env-verse"></a><code class="literal">verse</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7517584" class="indexterm" name="idp7517584"></a><a id=
-"idp7518336" class="indexterm" name="idp7518336"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{verse}
- text
-\end{verse}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">verse</code> environment is designed
-for poetry, though you may find other uses for it.</p>
-<p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the
-lines of each stanza with <code class="literal">\\</code>, and use
-one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.7 Footnotes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="footnotes" name="footnotes"></a>2.3.7
-Footnotes</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7523456" class="indexterm" name="idp7523456"></a>
-<p>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be
-produced with one command, the <code class=
-"literal">\footnote</code> command. They can also be produced with
-two commands, the <code class="literal">\footnotemark</code> and
-the <code class="literal">\footnotetext</code> commands. See the
-specific command for information on why you would use one over the
-other.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cmd-footnote" name=
-"cmd-cmd-footnote"></a><code class=
-"literal">\footnote[number]{text}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7527936" class="indexterm" name="idp7527936"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\footnote</code> command places the
-numbered footnote <code class="literal">text</code> at the bottom
-of the current page. The optional argument, <code class=
-"literal">number</code>, is used to change the default footnote
-number. This command can only be used in outer paragraph mode;
-i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning commands like <code class=
-"literal">\chapter</code>, in figures, tables or in a <code class=
-"literal">tabular</code> environment.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-footnotemark" name=
-"cmd-footnotemark"></a><code class=
-"literal">\footnotemark</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7533616" class="indexterm" name="idp7533616"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\footnotemark</code> command puts the
-footnote <code class="literal">number</code> in the text. This
-command can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of the
-footnote is supplied by the <code class=
-"literal">\footnotetext</code> command.</p>
-<p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote
-markers referring to the same footnote by using</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</code></p>
-<p>after the first <code class="literal">\footnote</code>
-command.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-footnotetext" name=
-"cmd-footnotetext"></a><code class=
-"literal">\footnotetext[number]{text}</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7540416" class="indexterm" name="idp7540416"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\footnotetext</code> command produces
-the <code class="literal">text</code> to be placed at the bottom of
-the page. This command can come anywhere after the <code class=
-"literal">\footnotemark</code> command. The <code class=
-"literal">\footnotetext</code> command must appear in outer
-paragraph mode.</p>
-<p>The optional argument, <code class="literal">number</code>, is
-used to change the default footnote number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.8 Lengths">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="lengths" name="lengths"></a>2.3.8
-Lengths</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7546496" class="indexterm" name="idp7546496"></a>
-<p>A <code class="literal">length</code> is a measure of distance.
-Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newlength" name=
-"cmd-newlength"></a><code class="literal">\newlength</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7549872" class="indexterm" name="idp7549872"></a><a id=
-"idp7550624" class="indexterm" name="idp7550624"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\newlength{\gnat}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\newlength</code> command defines the
-mandatory argument, <code class="literal">\gnat</code>, as a
-<code class="literal">length</code> command with a value of
-<code class="literal">0in</code>. An error occurs if a <code class=
-"literal">\gnat</code> command already exists.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-setlength" name=
-"cmd-setlength"></a><code class="literal">\setlength</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7556992" class="indexterm" name="idp7556992"></a><a id=
-"idp7557744" class="indexterm" name="idp7557744"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\setlength{\gnat}{length}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\setlength</code> command is used to
-set the value of a <code class="literal">length</code> command. The
-<code class="literal">length</code> argument can be expressed in
-any terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (<code class=
-"literal">in</code>), millimetres (<code class=
-"literal">mm</code>), points (<code class="literal">pt</code>),
-etc.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addtolength" name=
-"cmd-addtolength"></a><code class=
-"literal">\addtolength</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7564992" class="indexterm" name="idp7564992"></a><a id=
-"idp7565744" class="indexterm" name="idp7565744"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\addtolength</code> command increments
-<span class="emphasis"><em>length command</em></span> by the amount
-specified in the <code class="literal">length</code> argument. It
-can be a negative amount.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-settodepth" name=
-"cmd-settodepth"></a><code class="literal">\settodepth</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7570496" class="indexterm" name="idp7570496"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\settodepth</code> command sets the
-value of a <code class="literal">length</code> command equal to the
-depth of the <code class="literal">text</code> argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-settoheight" name=
-"cmd-settoheight"></a><code class=
-"literal">\settoheight</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7575488" class="indexterm" name="idp7575488"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\settoheight</code> command sets the
-value of a <code class="literal">length</code> command equal to the
-height of the <code class="literal">text</code> argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-settowidth" name=
-"cmd-settowidth"></a><code class="literal">\settowidth</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7580480" class="indexterm" name="idp7580480"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\settowidth</code> command sets the
-value of a <code class="literal">length</code> command equal to the
-width of the <code class="literal">text</code> argument.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="predefined-lengths-title" name=
-"predefined-lengths-title"></a><code class="literal">Predefined
-lengths</code></h5>
-<a id="idp7585472" class="indexterm" name="idp7585472"></a><a id=
-"idp7586224" class="indexterm" name="idp7586224"></a>
-<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-width" name=
-"cmd-length-pre-width"></a><code class="literal">\width</code>
-<a id="idp7587968" class="indexterm" name="idp7587968"></a></p>
-<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-height" name=
-"cmd-length-pre-height"></a><code class="literal">\height</code>
-<a id="idp7589840" class="indexterm" name="idp7589840"></a></p>
-<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-depth" name=
-"cmd-length-pre-depth"></a><code class="literal">\depth</code>
-<a id="idp7591712" class="indexterm" name="idp7591712"></a></p>
-<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-totalheight" name=
-"cmd-length-pre-totalheight"></a><code class=
-"literal">\totalheight</code> <a id="idp7593584" class="indexterm"
-name="idp7593584"></a></p>
-<p>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the
-box-making commands See <a class="link" href="#spaces-and-boxes"
-title="2.3.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>. They
-specify the natural width etc. of the text in the box. <code class=
-"literal">\totalheight</code> equals <code class=
-"literal">\height</code> + <code class="literal">\depth</code>. To
-make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size,
-e.g., say</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\makebox[2\width]{Get a
-stretcher}</code></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.9 Letters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="letters" name="letters"></a>2.3.9
-Letters</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7599872" class="indexterm" name="idp7599872"></a><a id=
-"idp7600624" class="indexterm" name="idp7600624"></a>
-<p>You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and
-business. The <code class="literal">letter</code> document class is
-designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make
-just one if you so desire.</p>
-<p>Your <code class="filename">.tex</code> source file has the same
-minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must have
-the following commands as a minimum:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\documentclass{letter}
-\begin{document}
- ... letters ...
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<p>Each letter is a <code class="literal">letter</code>
-environment, whose argument is the name and address of the
-recipient. For example, you might have:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.\\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
- ...
-\end{letter}
-</pre>
-<p>The letter itself begins with the <code class=
-"literal">\opening</code> command. The text of the letter follows.
-It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that make no sense in
-a letter, like <code class="literal">\chapter</code>, do not work.
-The letter closes with a <code class="literal">\closing</code>
-command.</p>
-<p>After the <code class="literal">closing</code>, you can have
-additional material. The <code class="literal">\cc</code> command
-produces the usual <span class="emphasis"><em>cc: ...</em></span>.
-There's also a similar <code class="literal">\encl</code> command
-for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use
-<code class="literal">\\</code> to separate the items.</p>
-<p>These commands are used with the <code class=
-"literal">letter</code> class:</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-address" name=
-"cmd-address"></a>\address</h5>
-<a id="idp7614784" class="indexterm" name="idp7614784"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\address{Return address}</code></p>
-<p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the
-envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by
-<code class="literal">\\</code> commands. If you do not make an
-<code class="literal">\address</code> declaration, then the letter
-will be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard
-letterhead. (See <a class="link" href="#overview" title=
-"2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide">Overview</a>, for details
-on your local implementation). If you give an <code class=
-"literal">\address</code> declaration, then the letter will be
-formatted as a personal letter.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cc" name="cmd-cc"></a>\cc</h5>
-<a id="idp7620624" class="indexterm" name="idp7620624"></a><a id=
-"idp7621376" class="indexterm" name="idp7621376"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob
-McKenna}</code></p>
-<p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each
-name is printed on a separate line.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-closing" name=
-"cmd-closing"></a>\closing</h5>
-<a id="idp7624384" class="indexterm" name="idp7624384"></a><a id=
-"idp7625136" class="indexterm" name="idp7625136"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\closing{text}</code></p>
-<p>The letter closes with a <code class="literal">\closing</code>
-command, i.e.,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\closing{Best Regards,}
-</pre>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-encl" name="cmd-encl"></a>\encl</h5>
-<a id="idp7629264" class="indexterm" name="idp7629264"></a><a id=
-"idp7630016" class="indexterm" name="idp7630016"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\encl{CV\\Certificates}</code></p>
-<p>Generate a list of enclosed material.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-location" name=
-"cmd-location"></a>\location</h5>
-<a id="idp7632896" class="indexterm" name="idp7632896"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\location{address}</code></p>
-<p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only
-appears if the <code class="literal">firstpage</code> pagestyle is
-selected.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makelabels" name=
-"cmd-makelabels"></a>\makelabels</h5>
-<a id="idp7636496" class="indexterm" name="idp7636496"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\makelabels{number}</code></p>
-<p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a
-sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the
-letters.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-name" name="cmd-name"></a>\name</h5>
-<a id="idp7639872" class="indexterm" name="idp7639872"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\name{June Davenport}</code></p>
-<p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the
-return address.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-opening" name=
-"cmd-opening"></a>\opening</h5>
-<a id="idp7642848" class="indexterm" name="idp7642848"></a><a id=
-"idp7643600" class="indexterm" name="idp7643600"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\opening{text}</code></p>
-<p>The letter begins with the <code class="literal">\opening</code>
-command. The mandatory argument, <code class="literal">text</code>,
-is whatever text you wish to start your letter, i.e.,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\opening{Dear Joe,}
-</pre>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-ps" name="cmd-ps"></a>\ps</h5>
-<a id="idp7648432" class="indexterm" name="idp7648432"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\ps</code></p>
-<p>Use this command before a postscript.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-signature" name=
-"cmd-signature"></a>\signature</h5>
-<a id="idp7651312" class="indexterm" name="idp7651312"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\signature{Harvey Swick}</code></p>
-<p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter
-underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go on
-separate lines should be separated by <code class=
-"literal">\\</code> commands.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-startbreaks" name=
-"cmd-startbreaks"></a>\startbreaks</h5>
-<a id="idp7655008" class="indexterm" name="idp7655008"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\startbreaks</code></p>
-<p>Used after a <code class="literal">\stopbreaks</code> command to
-allow page breaks again.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-stopbreaks" name=
-"cmd-stopbreaks"></a>\stopbreaks</h5>
-<a id="idp7658512" class="indexterm" name="idp7658512"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\stopbreaks</code></p>
-<p>Inhibit page breaks until a <code class=
-"literal">\startbreaks</code> command occurs.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-telephone" name=
-"cmd-telephone"></a>\telephone</h5>
-<a id="idp7662016" class="indexterm" name="idp7662016"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\telephone{number}</code></p>
-<p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
-<code class="literal">firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.10 Line &amp; Page Breaking">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="line-and-page-breaking" name=
-"line-and-page-breaking"></a>2.3.10 Line &amp; Page Breaking</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7665984" class="indexterm" name="idp7665984"></a><a id=
-"idp7666736" class="indexterm" name="idp7666736"></a><a id=
-"idp7667488" class="indexterm" name="idp7667488"></a>
-<p>The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to
-translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To
-produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines,
-and these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments,
-you do the line breaking yourself with the <code class=
-"literal">\\</code> command, but LaTeX usually does it for you.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bslash" name="cmd-bslash"></a>\\</h5>
-<a id="idp7671200" class="indexterm" name="idp7671200"></a><a id=
-"idp7671952" class="indexterm" name="idp7671952"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\\[extra-space],
-\\*[extra-space]</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\\</code> command tells LaTeX to start
-a new line. It has an optional argument, <code class=
-"literal">extra-space</code>, that specifies how much extra
-vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be
-a negative amount.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\\*</code> command is the same as the
-ordinary <code class="literal">\\</code> command except that it
-tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dash-op-hyphenation-cp" name=
-"cmd-dash-op-hyphenation-cp"></a>\-</h5>
-<a id="idp7678704" class="indexterm" name="idp7678704"></a><a id=
-"idp7679456" class="indexterm" name="idp7679456"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\-</code> command tells LaTeX that it
-may hyphenate the word at that point. LaTeX is very good at
-hyphenating, and it will usually find all correct hyphenation
-points. The <code class="literal">\-</code> command is used for the
-exceptional cases.</p>
-<p>Note that when you insert <code class="literal">\-</code>
-commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those
-points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might
-otherwise have chosen.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cleardoublepage" name=
-"cmd-cleardoublepage"></a>\cleardoublepage</h5>
-<a id="idp7685120" class="indexterm" name="idp7685120"></a><a id=
-"idp7685872" class="indexterm" name="idp7685872"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\cleardoublepage</code> command ends
-the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far
-appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style,
-it also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page,
-producing a blank page if necessary.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-clearpage" name=
-"cmd-clearpage"></a>\clearpage</h5>
-<a id="idp7688784" class="indexterm" name="idp7688784"></a><a id=
-"idp7689536" class="indexterm" name="idp7689536"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\clearpage</code> command ends the
-current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far
-appeared in the input to be printed.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-enlargethispage" name=
-"cmd-enlargethispage"></a>\enlargethispage</h5>
-<a id="idp7692304" class="indexterm" name="idp7692304"></a><a id=
-"idp7693056" class="indexterm" name="idp7693056"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\enlargethispage{size}</code></p>
-<p><code class="literal">\enlargethispage*{size}</code></p>
-<p>Enlarge the <code class="literal">\textheight</code> for the
-current page by the specified amount; e.g. <code class=
-"literal">\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one
-additional line.</p>
-<p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the
-page as much as possible. This is normally used together with an
-explicit <code class="literal">\pagebreak</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-samepage" name=
-"cmd-samepage"></a>\samepage</h5>
-<a id="idp7699312" class="indexterm" name="idp7699312"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\samepage</code></p>
-<p>The object in the argument <code class="literal">{}</code>
-should be on the current page.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fussy" name=
-"cmd-fussy"></a>\fussy</h5>
-<a id="idp7702816" class="indexterm" name="idp7702816"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\fussy</code></p>
-<p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy
-about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between words,
-but may produce overfull boxes.</p>
-<p>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code class=
-"literal">\sloppy</code> command. <a class="link" href=
-"#cmd-sloppy" title="2.3.10.&nbsp;\sloppy">\sloppy</a></p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hyphenation" name=
-"cmd-hyphenation"></a>\hyphenation</h5>
-<a id="idp7707856" class="indexterm" name="idp7707856"></a><a id=
-"idp7708608" class="indexterm" name="idp7708608"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\hyphenation{words}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\hyphenation</code> command declares
-allowed hyphenation points, where <code class=
-"literal">words</code> is a list of words, separated by spaces, in
-which each hyphenation point is indicated by a <code class=
-"literal">-</code> character.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-linebreak" name=
-"cmd-linebreak"></a>\linebreak</h5>
-<a id="idp7713552" class="indexterm" name="idp7713552"></a><a id=
-"idp7714304" class="indexterm" name="idp7714304"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\linebreak[number]</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\linebreak</code> command tells LaTeX
-to break the current line at the point of the command. With the
-optional argument, <code class="literal">number</code>, you can
-convert the <code class="literal">\linebreak</code> command from a
-demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
-higher the number, the more insistent the request is.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\linebreak</code> command causes LaTeX
-to stretch the line so it extends to the right margin.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newline" name=
-"cmd-newline"></a>\newline</h5>
-<a id="idp7721184" class="indexterm" name="idp7721184"></a><a id=
-"idp7721936" class="indexterm" name="idp7721936"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\newline</code> command breaks the
-line right where it is. It can only be used in paragraph mode.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newpage" name=
-"cmd-newpage"></a>\newpage</h5>
-<a id="idp7724672" class="indexterm" name="idp7724672"></a><a id=
-"idp7725424" class="indexterm" name="idp7725424"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\newpage</code> command ends the
-current page. In contrast to <a class="link" href="#cmd-pagebreak"
-title="2.3.10.&nbsp;\pagebreak">\pagebreak</a> it can produce a
-partly empty page, even when <a class="link" href=
-"#cmd-flushbottom-title" title=
-"2.3.5.&nbsp;\flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> is active.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nolinebreak" name=
-"cmd-nolinebreak"></a>\nolinebreak</h5>
-<a id="idp7729456" class="indexterm" name="idp7729456"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\nolinebreak[number]</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\nolinebreak</code> command prevents
-LaTeX from breaking the current line at the point of the command.
-With the optional argument, <code class="literal">number</code>,
-you can convert the <code class="literal">\nolinebreak</code>
-command from a demand to a request. The number must be a number
-from 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request
-is.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nopagebreak" name=
-"cmd-nopagebreak"></a>\nopagebreak</h5>
-<a id="idp7734864" class="indexterm" name="idp7734864"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\nopagebreak[number]</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\nopagebreak</code> command prevents
-LaTeX from breaking the current page at the point of the command.
-With the optional argument, <code class="literal">number</code>,
-you can convert the <code class="literal">\nopagebreak</code>
-command from a demand to a request. The number must be a number
-from 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request
-is.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagebreak" name=
-"cmd-pagebreak"></a>\pagebreak</h5>
-<a id="idp7740272" class="indexterm" name="idp7740272"></a><a id=
-"idp7741024" class="indexterm" name="idp7741024"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\pagebreak[number]</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\pagebreak</code> command tells LaTeX
-to break the current page at the point of the command. With the
-optional argument, <code class="literal">number</code>, you can
-convert the <code class="literal">\pagebreak</code> command from a
-demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
-higher the number, the more insistent the request is.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-sloppy" name=
-"cmd-sloppy"></a>\sloppy</h5>
-<a id="idp7746448" class="indexterm" name="idp7746448"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\sloppy</code></p>
-<p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This
-can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between
-words.</p>
-<p>Lasts until a <code class="literal">\fussy</code> command is
-issued. <a class="link" href="#cmd-fussy" title=
-"2.3.10.&nbsp;\fussy">\fussy</a>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.11 Making Paragraphs">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="making-paragraphs" name=
-"making-paragraphs"></a>2.3.11 Making Paragraphs</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7751872" class="indexterm" name="idp7751872"></a><a id=
-"idp7752624" class="indexterm" name="idp7752624"></a>
-<p>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines ---
-lines not containing even a <code class="literal">%</code>. A blank
-line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started,
-such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning
-command.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-indent" name=
-"cmd-indent"></a>\indent</h5>
-<a id="idp7755536" class="indexterm" name="idp7755536"></a><a id=
-"idp7756288" class="indexterm" name="idp7756288"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\indent</code></p>
-<p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of
-the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation
-where it would otherwise be suppressed.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-noindent" name=
-"cmd-noindent"></a>\noindent</h5>
-<a id="idp7759376" class="indexterm" name="idp7759376"></a><a id=
-"idp7760128" class="indexterm" name="idp7760128"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\noindent</code></p>
-<p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the
-paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of
-a paragraph.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-par" name="cmd-par"></a>\par</h5>
-<a id="idp7763184" class="indexterm" name="idp7763184"></a><a id=
-"idp7763936" class="indexterm" name="idp7763936"></a>
-<p>Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or
-environment definitions easier to read.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.12 Margin Notes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="margin-notes" name=
-"margin-notes"></a>2.3.12 Margin Notes</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7766448" class="indexterm" name="idp7766448"></a><a id=
-"idp7767200" class="indexterm" name="idp7767200"></a><a id=
-"idp7767952" class="indexterm" name="idp7767952"></a>
-<p>The command <code class="literal">\marginpar[left]{right}</code>
-creates a note in the margin. The first line will be at the same
-height as the line in the text where the <code class=
-"literal">\marginpar</code> occurs.</p>
-<p>When you only specify the mandatory argument <code class=
-"literal">right</code>, the text will be placed</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">in the right margin for one-sided layout</li>
-<li class="listitem">in the outside margin for two-sided
-layout</li>
-<li class="listitem">in the nearest margin for two-column
-layout.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>By issuing the command <code class=
-"literal">\reversemarginpar</code>, you can force the marginal
-notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.</p>
-<p>When you specify both arguments, <code class=
-"literal">left</code> is used for the left margin, and <code class=
-"literal">right</code> is used for the right margin.</p>
-<p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
-hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a <code class=
-"literal">\hspace{0pt}</code> command.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.13 Math Formulae">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="math-formulae" name=
-"math-formulae"></a>2.3.13 Math Formulae</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7779168" class="indexterm" name="idp7779168"></a><a id=
-"idp7779920" class="indexterm" name="idp7779920"></a><a id=
-"idp7780672" class="indexterm" name="idp7780672"></a><a id=
-"idp7781424" class="indexterm" name="idp7781424"></a><a id=
-"idp7782176" class="indexterm" name="idp7782176"></a><a id=
-"idp7782928" class="indexterm" name="idp7782928"></a><a id=
-"idp7783680" class="indexterm" name="idp7783680"></a><a id=
-"idp7784432" class="indexterm" name="idp7784432"></a>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-math-mode" name=
-"table-math-mode"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.7.&nbsp;Three environments
-that put LaTeX in math mode</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Three environments that put LaTeX in math mode"
-border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">math</td>
-<td align="justify">For Formulae that appear right in the
-text.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">displaymath</td>
-<td align="justify">For Formulae that appear on their own
-line.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">equation</td>
-<td align="justify">The same as the displaymath environment except
-that it adds an equation number in the right margin.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p>The <code class="literal">math</code> environment can be used in
-both paragraph and LR mode, but the <code class=
-"literal">displaymath</code> and <code class=
-"literal">equation</code> environments can be used only in
-paragraph mode. The <code class="literal">math</code> and
-<code class="literal">displaymath</code> environments are used so
-often that they have the following short forms:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
-
-\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
-</pre>
-<p>In fact, the <code class="literal">math</code> environment is so
-common that it has an even shorter form:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-$ ... $ instead of \(...\)
-</pre>
-<a id="idp7799472" class="indexterm" name="idp7799472"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="subscripts-and-superscripts-title" name=
-"subscripts-and-superscripts-title"></a>Subscripts &amp;
-Superscripts</h5>
-<a id="idp7801088" class="indexterm" name="idp7801088"></a><a id=
-"idp7801840" class="indexterm" name="idp7801840"></a><a id=
-"idp7802592" class="indexterm" name="idp7802592"></a><a id=
-"idp7803344" class="indexterm" name="idp7803344"></a>
-<p>To get an expression <span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span>
-to appear as a subscript, you just type <code class=
-"literal">_{</code><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>exp</em></span><code class="literal">}</code> . To
-get <span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span> to appear as a
-superscript, you type <code class="literal">^{</code><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>exp</em></span> <code class="literal">}</code>.
-LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in
-the natural way. It even does the right thing when something has
-both a subscript and a superscript.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="math-symbols-title" name=
-"math-symbols-title"></a>Math Symbols</h5>
-<a id="idp7809568" class="indexterm" name="idp7809568"></a><a id=
-"idp7810320" class="indexterm" name="idp7810320"></a><a id=
-"idp7811072" class="indexterm" name="idp7811072"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="spacing-in-math-mode-title" name=
-"spacing-in-math-mode-title"></a>Spacing in Math Mode</h5>
-<a id="idp7812688" class="indexterm" name="idp7812688"></a><a id=
-"idp7813440" class="indexterm" name="idp7813440"></a>
-<p>In a <code class="literal">math</code> environment, LaTeX
-ignores the spaces you type and puts in the spacing that it thinks
-is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the way it's done in mathematics
-texts. If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following
-four commands for use in math mode:</p>
-<a id="idp7816656" class="indexterm" name="idp7816656"></a><a id=
-"idp7817408" class="indexterm" name="idp7817408"></a><a id=
-"idp7818160" class="indexterm" name="idp7818160"></a><a id=
-"idp7818912" class="indexterm" name="idp7818912"></a>
-<div class="orderedlist">
-<ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">\;</code> - a thick space</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">\:</code> - a medium space</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">\,</code> - a thin space</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p><code class="literal">\!</code> - a negative thin space</p>
-</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="math-miscellany-title" name=
-"math-miscellany-title"></a>Math Miscellany</h5>
-<a id="idp7825808" class="indexterm" name="idp7825808"></a>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-math-miscellany" name=
-"table-math-miscellany"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.8.&nbsp;Math
-Miscellany</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Math Miscellany" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-cdots" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-cdots"></a>\cdots<a id="idp7830896" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7830896"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots
-are raised to the centre of the line.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ddots" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-ddots"></a>\ddots <a id="idp7833520" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7833520"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Produces a diagonal ellipsis.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-frac" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-frac"></a>\frac{num}{den} <a id="idp7835776" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7835776"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Produces the fraction <code class=
-"literal">num</code> divided by <code class=
-"literal">den</code>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ldots" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-ldots"></a>\ldots <a id="idp7839280" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7839280"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any
-mode, not just math mode.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-overbrace" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-overbrace"></a>\overbrace{text} <a id="idp7841632"
-class="indexterm" name="idp7841632"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Generates a brace over text.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-overline" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-overline"></a>\overline{text} <a id="idp7843888"
-class="indexterm" name="idp7843888"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Causes the argument text to be overlined.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-sqrt" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-sqrt"></a>\sqrt[root]{arg} <a id="idp7846144" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7846144"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Produces the square root of its argument. The
-optional argument, <code class="literal">root</code>, determines
-what root to produce, i.e., the cube root of <code class=
-"literal">x+y</code> would be typed as <code class=
-"literal">$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-underbrace" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-underbrace"></a>\underbrace{text} <a id="idp7850448"
-class="indexterm" name="idp7850448"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Generates text with a brace underneath.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-underline" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-underline"></a>\underline{text} <a id="idp7852704"
-class="indexterm" name="idp7852704"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Causes the argument text to be underlined. This
-command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-vdots" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-vdots"></a>\vdots <a id="idp7855216" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp7855216"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Produces a vertical ellipsis.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ensuremath" name=
-"cmd-math-misc-ensuremath"></a>\ensuremath{} <a id="idp7857600"
-class="indexterm" name="idp7857600"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">It's argument is set in math mode. This is
-needed for own definitions.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" /></div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.14 Modes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="modes" name="modes"></a>2.3.14 Modes</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7860720" class="indexterm" name="idp7860720"></a><a id=
-"idp7861472" class="indexterm" name="idp7861472"></a><a id=
-"idp7862224" class="indexterm" name="idp7862224"></a><a id=
-"idp7862976" class="indexterm" name="idp7862976"></a><a id=
-"idp7863728" class="indexterm" name="idp7863728"></a>
-<p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of
-three modes:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">paragraph mode</li>
-<li class="listitem">Math mode</li>
-<li class="listitem">Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for
-short</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a
-different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes.
-Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or
-when LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing
-commands.</p>
-<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Paragraph mode</em></span> is the
-most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when processing ordinary
-text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into lines and breaks
-the lines into pages. LaTeX is in <span class="emphasis"><em>math
-mode</em></span> when it's generating a mathematical formula. In
-<span class="emphasis"><em>LR mode</em></span>, as in paragraph
-mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of
-words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode,
-LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in
-LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words into an <code class=
-"literal">\mbox</code>, LaTeX would keep typesetting them from left
-to right inside a single box, and then complain because the
-resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.</p>
-<p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an
-<code class="literal">\mbox</code> command. You can get it to enter
-a different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it
-enter math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also several
-text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put
-LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or
-environments will be called a <code class="literal">parbox</code>.
-When LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to
-be in <span class="emphasis"><em>inner paragraph mode</em></span>.
-Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called
-<span class="emphasis"><em>outer paragraph mode</em></span>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.15 Page Styles">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="page-styles" name="page-styles"></a>2.3.15
-Page Styles</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7879632" class="indexterm" name="idp7879632"></a><a id=
-"idp7880384" class="indexterm" name="idp7880384"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\documentclass</code> command
-determines the size and position of the page's head and foot. The
-page style determines what goes in them.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-maketitle" name=
-"cmd-maketitle"></a>\maketitle</h5>
-<a id="idp7883152" class="indexterm" name="idp7883152"></a><a id=
-"idp7883904" class="indexterm" name="idp7883904"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\maketitle</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\maketitle</code> command generates a
-title on a separate title page. In the <code class=
-"literal">article</code> class, <code class=
-"literal">\maketitle</code> will also switch to pagestyle
-<code class="literal">plain</code>. See <a class="link" href=
-"#page-styles" title="2.3.15 Page Styles">Page Styles</a> for
-commands to change page numbering.</p>
-<p>Information used to produce the title is obtained from the
-following declarations:</p>
-<p>See <a class="link" href="#page-styles" title=
-"2.3.15 Page Styles">Page Styles</a> for the commands to give the
-information.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-author" name=
-"cmd-author"></a>\author</h5>
-<a id="idp7891680" class="indexterm" name="idp7891680"></a><a id=
-"idp7892432" class="indexterm" name="idp7892432"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\author{names}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\author</code> command declares the
-author(s), where <code class="literal">names</code> is a list of
-authors separated by <code class="literal">\and</code> commands.
-Use <code class="literal">\\</code> to separate lines within a
-single author's entry -- for example, to give the author's
-institution or address.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-date" name="cmd-date"></a>\date</h5>
-<a id="idp7897952" class="indexterm" name="idp7897952"></a><a id=
-"idp7898704" class="indexterm" name="idp7898704"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\date{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\date</code> command declares
-<span class="emphasis"><em>text</em></span> to be the document's
-date. With no <code class="literal">\date</code> command, the
-current date is used.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-thanks" name=
-"cmd-thanks"></a>\thanks</h5>
-<a id="idp7903216" class="indexterm" name="idp7903216"></a><a id=
-"idp7903968" class="indexterm" name="idp7903968"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\thanks{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\thanks</code> command produces a
-<code class="literal">\footnote</code> to the title.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-title" name=
-"cmd-title"></a>\title</h5>
-<a id="idp7908096" class="indexterm" name="idp7908096"></a><a id=
-"idp7908848" class="indexterm" name="idp7908848"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\title{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\title</code> command declares
-<code class="literal">text</code> to be the title. Use <code class=
-"literal">\\</code> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a
-long title.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagenumbering" name=
-"cmd-pagenumbering"></a>\pagenumbering</h5>
-<a id="idp7913984" class="indexterm" name="idp7913984"></a><a id=
-"idp7914736" class="indexterm" name="idp7914736"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\pagenumbering{num_style}</code></p>
-<p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of
-<code class="literal">num_style</code> are:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">arabic</code> - Arabic
-numerals</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">roman</code> - Lowercase
-Roman numerals</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">Roman</code> - Uppercase
-Roman numerals</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">alph</code> - Lowercase
-letters</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">Alph</code> - Uppercase
-letters</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagestyle" name=
-"cmd-pagestyle"></a>\pagestyle</h5>
-<a id="idp7924624" class="indexterm" name="idp7924624"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\pagestyle{option}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\pagestyle</code> command changes the
-style from the current page on throughout the remainder of your
-document.</p>
-<p>The valid options are:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">plain</code> - Just a
-plain page number.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">empty</code> - Produces
-empty heads and feet - no page numbers.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">headings</code> - Puts
-running headings on each page. The document style specifies what
-goes in the headings.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">myheadings</code> - You
-specify what is to go in the heading with the <code class=
-"literal">\markboth</code> or the <code class=
-"literal">\markright</code> commands.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-markboth" name=
-"cmd-markboth"></a>\markboth</h5>
-<a id="idp7935344" class="indexterm" name="idp7935344"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\markboth{left head}{right head}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\markboth</code> command is used in
-conjunction with the page style <code class=
-"literal">myheadings</code> for setting both the left and the right
-heading. You should note that a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>left-hand heading</em></span> is generated by the
-last <code class="literal">\markboth</code> command before the end
-of the page, while a <span class="emphasis"><em>right-hand
-heading</em></span> is generated by the first <code class=
-"literal">\markboth</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one,
-otherwise by the last one before the page.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-markright" name=
-"cmd-markright"></a>\markright</h5>
-<a id="idp7942144" class="indexterm" name="idp7942144"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\markright{right head}
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\markright</code> command is used in
-conjunction with the page style <code class=
-"literal">myheadings</code> for setting the right heading, leaving
-the left heading unchanged. You should note that a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>left-hand heading</em></span> is generated by the
-last <code class="literal">\markboth</code> command before the end
-of the page, while a <span class="emphasis"><em>right-hand
-heading</em></span> is generated by the first <code class=
-"literal">\markboth</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one,
-otherwise by the last one before the page.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-thispagestyle" name=
-"cmd-thispagestyle"></a>\thispagestyle</h5>
-<a id="idp7948960" class="indexterm" name="idp7948960"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\thispagestyle{option}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\thispagestyle</code> command works in
-the same manner as the <code class="literal">\pagestyle</code>
-command except that it changes the style for the current page
-only.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.16 Sectioning">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="sectioning" name="sectioning"></a>2.3.16
-Sectioning</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7953568" class="indexterm" name="idp7953568"></a><a id=
-"idp7954320" class="indexterm" name="idp7954320"></a><a id=
-"idp7955072" class="indexterm" name="idp7955072"></a><a id=
-"idp7955824" class="indexterm" name="idp7955824"></a><a id=
-"idp7956576" class="indexterm" name="idp7956576"></a><a id=
-"idp7957328" class="indexterm" name="idp7957328"></a>
-<p>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text
-into units.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-part" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-part"></a><code class="literal">\part</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-chapter" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-chapter"></a><code class="literal">\chapter</code>
-(report and book class only)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-section" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-section"></a><code class=
-"literal">\section</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-subsection" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-subsection"></a><code class=
-"literal">\subsection</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-subsubsection" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-subsubsection"></a><code class=
-"literal">\subsubsection</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-paragraph" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-paragraph"></a><code class=
-"literal">\paragraph</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-sectioning-subparagraph" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-subparagraph"></a><code class=
-"literal">\subparagraph</code></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\chapter[optional]{title}</code></p>
-<p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory
-argument of the sectioning command can appear in two other
-places:</p>
-<div class="orderedlist">
-<ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
-<li class="listitem">
-<p>The table of contents</p>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p>The running head at the top of the page</p>
-</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-<p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two
-places as appears in the text heading. To handle this situation,
-the sectioning commands have an <code class=
-"literal">optional</code> argument that provides the text for these
-other two purposes.</p>
-<p>All sectioning commands have <code class=
-"literal">*</code>-forms that print a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>title</em></span>, but do not include a number and
-do not make an entry in the table of contents.</p>
-<a id="idp7975504" class="indexterm" name="idp7975504"></a><a id=
-"idp7976256" class="indexterm" name="idp7976256"></a>
-<p><a id="cmd-sectioning-appendix" name=
-"cmd-sectioning-appendix"></a><code class=
-"literal">\appendix</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\appendix</code> command changes the
-way sectional units are numbered. The <code class=
-"literal">\appendix</code> command generates no text and does not
-affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command is
-something like</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\chapter{The First Chapter}
- ...
-\appendix
-\chapter{The First Appendix}
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="spaces-and-boxes" name=
-"spaces-and-boxes"></a>2.3.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp7981952" class="indexterm" name="idp7981952"></a><a id=
-"idp7982704" class="indexterm" name="idp7982704"></a>
-<p>All the predefined length parameters See <a class="link" href=
-"#predefined-lengths-title" title=
-"2.3.8.&nbsp;Predefined lengths">Predefined lengths</a> can be used
-in the arguments of the box-making commands.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dotfill" name=
-"cmd-dotfill"></a>\dotfill</h5>
-<a id="idp7985408" class="indexterm" name="idp7985408"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\dotfill</code> command produces a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> that produces
-dots instead of just spaces.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hfill" name=
-"cmd-hfill"></a>\hfill</h5>
-<a id="idp7988416" class="indexterm" name="idp7988416"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\hfill</code> fill command produces a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> which can
-stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hrulefill" name=
-"cmd-hrulefill"></a>\hrulefill</h5>
-<a id="idp7991520" class="indexterm" name="idp7991520"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\hrulefill</code> fill command
-produces a <span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span>
-which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a
-horizontal rule.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hspace" name=
-"cmd-hspace"></a>\hspace</h5>
-<a id="idp7994640" class="indexterm" name="idp7994640"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\hspace{length},
-\hspace*{length}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\hspace</code> command adds horizontal
-space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that
-LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative
-as well as positive space with an <code class=
-"literal">\hspace</code> command. Adding negative space is like
-backspacing.</p>
-<p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line.
-If you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional
-<code class="literal">*</code> argument. Then the space is never
-removed.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addvspace" name=
-"cmd-addvspace"></a>\addvspace</h5>
-<a id="idp8001216" class="indexterm" name="idp8001216"></a><a id=
-"idp8001968" class="indexterm" name="idp8001968"></a><a id=
-"idp8002720" class="indexterm" name="idp8002720"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\addvspace{length}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\addvspace</code> command normally
-adds a vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space
-has already been added to the same point in the output by a
-previous <code class="literal">\addvspace</code> command, then this
-command will not add more space than needed to make the natural
-length of the total vertical space equal to <code class=
-"literal">length</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bigskip" name=
-"cmd-bigskip"></a>\bigskip</h5>
-<a id="idp8008256" class="indexterm" name="idp8008256"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\bigskip</code> command is equivalent
-to <code class="literal">\vspace{bigskipamount}</code> where
-<code class="literal">bigskipamount</code> is determined by the
-document class.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-medskip" name=
-"cmd-medskip"></a>\medskip</h5>
-<a id="idp8012864" class="indexterm" name="idp8012864"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\medskip</code> command is equivalent
-to <code class="literal">\vspace{medskipamount}</code> where
-<code class="literal">medskipamount</code> is determined by the
-document class.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-smallskip" name=
-"cmd-smallskip"></a>\smallskip</h5>
-<a id="idp8017408" class="indexterm" name="idp8017408"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\smallskip</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\smallskip</code> command is
-equivalent to <code class="literal">\vspace{smallskipamount}</code>
-where <code class="literal">smallskipamount</code> is determined by
-the document class.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vfill" name=
-"cmd-vfill"></a>\vfill</h5>
-<a id="idp8022928" class="indexterm" name="idp8022928"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\vfill</code> fill command produces a
-rubber length which can stretch or shrink vertically.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vspace" name=
-"cmd-vspace"></a>\vspace</h5>
-<a id="idp8026048" class="indexterm" name="idp8026048"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\vspace{length},
-\vspace*{length}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\vspace</code> command adds vertical
-space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that
-LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative
-as well as positive space with an <code class=
-"literal">\vspace</code> command.</p>
-<p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If
-you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional
-<code class="literal">*</code> argument. Then the space is never
-removed.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fbox" name="cmd-fbox"></a>\fbox</h5>
-<a id="idp8033392" class="indexterm" name="idp8033392"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\fbox{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\fbox</code> command is exactly the
-same as the <code class="literal">\mbox</code> command, except that
-it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-framebox" name=
-"cmd-framebox"></a>\framebox</h5>
-<a id="idp8037904" class="indexterm" name="idp8037904"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\framebox[width][position]{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\framebox</code> command is exactly
-the same as the <code class="literal">\makebox</code> command,
-except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it
-creates.</p>
-<p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness <code class=
-"literal">\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code class=
-"literal">\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the
-box.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="env-lrbox" name="env-lrbox"></a>lrbox</h5>
-<a id="idp8044752" class="indexterm" name="idp8044752"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text
-\end{lrbox}</code></p>
-<p>This is the environment form of <code class=
-"literal">\sbox</code>.</p>
-<p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code class=
-"literal">cmd</code>, which must have been declared with
-<code class="literal">\newsavebox</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makebox" name=
-"cmd-makebox"></a>\makebox</h5>
-<a id="idp8050640" class="indexterm" name="idp8050640"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\makebox[width][position]{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\makebox</code> command creates a box
-just wide enough to contain the <code class="literal">text</code>
-specified. The width of the box is specified by the optional
-<code class="literal">width</code> argument. The position of the
-text within the box is determined by the optional <code class=
-"literal">position</code> argument.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">c</code> --- centred
-(default)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">l</code> ---
-flushleft</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">r</code> ---
-flushright</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">s</code> --- stretch
-from left to right margin. The text must contain stretchable space
-for this to work.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>See <a class="link" href="#cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp" title=
-"2.3.6.&nbsp;\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}">\makebox
-(picture)</a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-mbox" name="cmd-mbox"></a>\mbox</h5>
-<a id="idp8064032" class="indexterm" name="idp8064032"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\mbox{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\mbox</code> command creates a box
-just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument.</p>
-<p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across
-lines.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newsavebox" name=
-"cmd-newsavebox"></a>\newsavebox</h5>
-<a id="idp8068592" class="indexterm" name="idp8068592"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\newsavebox{cmd}</code></p>
-<p>Declares <code class="literal">cmd</code>, which must be a
-command name that is not already defined, to be a bin for saving
-boxes.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-parbox" name=
-"cmd-parbox"></a>\parbox</h5>
-<a id="idp8072704" class="indexterm" name="idp8072704"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</code></p>
-<p>A <code class="literal">parbox</code> is a box whose contents
-are created in <code class="literal">paragraph</code> mode. The
-<code class="literal">\parbox</code> has two mandatory
-arguments:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">width</code> - specifies
-the width of the parbox, and</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">text</code> - the text
-that goes inside the parbox.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>LaTeX will position a <code class="literal">parbox</code> so its
-centre lines up with the centre of the text line. The optional
-<span class="emphasis"><em>position</em></span> argument allows you
-to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is
-top).</p>
-<p>If the <span class="emphasis"><em>height</em></span> argument is
-not given, the box will have the natural height of the text.</p>
-<p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>inner-pos</em></span> argument
-controls the placement of the text inside the box. If it is not
-specified, <span class="emphasis"><em>position</em></span> is
-used.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">t</code> --- text is
-placed at the top of the box.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">c</code> --- text is
-centred in the box.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">b</code> --- text is
-placed at the bottom of the box.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">s</code> --- stretch
-vertically. The text must contain vertically stretchable space for
-this to work.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>A <code class="literal">\parbox</code> command is used for a
-parbox containing a small piece of text, with nothing fancy inside.
-In particular, you shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making
-environments inside a <code class="literal">\parbox</code>
-argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a
-paragraph-making environment, you should use a <code class=
-"literal">minipage</code> environment See <a class="link" href=
-"#env-minipage" title="2.3.6.&nbsp;minipage">minipage</a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-raisebox" name=
-"cmd-raisebox"></a>\raisebox</h5>
-<a id="idp8094976" class="indexterm" name="idp8094976"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\raisebox</code> command is used to
-raise or lower text. The first mandatory argument specifies how
-high the text is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative
-amount). The text itself is processed in <code class="literal">LR
-mode</code>.</p>
-<p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a
-different size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX
-would normally think it has. The <code class=
-"literal">\raisebox</code> command lets you tell LaTeX how tall it
-is.</p>
-<p>The first optional argument, <code class=
-"literal">extend-above</code>, makes LaTeX think that the text
-extends above the line by the amount specified. The second optional
-argument, <code class="literal">extend-below</code>, makes LaTeX
-think that the text extends below the line by the amount
-specified.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-rule" name="cmd-rule"></a>\rule</h5>
-<a id="idp8105536" class="indexterm" name="idp8105536"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\rule</code> command is used to
-produce horizontal lines. The arguments are defined as follows:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">raise-height</code> -
-specifies how high to raise the rule (optional)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">width</code> - specifies
-the length of the rule (mandatory)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">thickness</code> -
-specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory)</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-savebox" name=
-"cmd-savebox"></a>\savebox</h5>
-<a id="idp8114176" class="indexterm" name="idp8114176"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}</code></p>
-<p>This command typeset <code class="literal">text</code> in a box
-just as for <code class="literal">\makebox</code>. However, instead
-of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin <code class=
-"literal">cmd</code>, which must have been declared with
-<code class="literal">\newsavebox</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-sbox" name="cmd-sbox"></a>\sbox</h5>
-<a id="idp8120368" class="indexterm" name="idp8120368"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\sbox{cmd}\{text}</code></p>
-<p>This commands typesets <code class="literal">text</code> in a
-box just as for <code class="literal">\mbox</code>. However,
-instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in <code class=
-"literal">cmd</code>, which must have been declared with
-<code class="literal">\newsavebox</code>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-usebox" name=
-"cmd-usebox"></a>\usebox</h5>
-<a id="idp8126672" class="indexterm" name="idp8126672"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\usebox{cmd}</code></p>
-<p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin <code class=
-"literal">cmd</code> by a <code class="literal">\savebox</code>
-command.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.18 Special Characters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="special-characters" name=
-"special-characters"></a>2.3.18 Special Characters</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8132064" class="indexterm" name="idp8132064"></a><a id=
-"idp8132880" class="indexterm" name="idp8132880"></a><a id=
-"idp8133696" class="indexterm" name="idp8133696"></a><a id=
-"idp8134512" class="indexterm" name="idp8134512"></a>
-<p>The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are
-called <span class="emphasis"><em>special printing
-characters</em></span>, or simply <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>special characters</em></span>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-# $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
-</pre>
-<p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file,
-you are doing something special. If you simply want the character
-to be printed just as any other letter, include a <code class=
-"literal">\</code> in front of the character. For example,
-<code class="literal">\$</code> will produce <code class=
-"literal">$</code> in your output.</p>
-<p>One exception to this rule is the <code class="literal">\</code>
-itself because <code class="literal">\\</code> has its own special
-meaning. A <code class="literal">\</code> is produced by typing
-<code class="literal">$\backslash$</code> in your file.</p>
-<p>Also, <code class="literal">\~</code> means `place a tilde
-accent over the following letter', so you will probably want to use
-<code class="literal">\verb</code> instead.</p>
-<a id="idp8145728" class="indexterm" name="idp8145728"></a><a id=
-"idp8146544" class="indexterm" name="idp8146544"></a><a id=
-"idp8147360" class="indexterm" name="idp8147360"></a>
-<p>In addition, you can access any character of a font once you
-know its number by using the <code class="literal">\symbol</code>
-command. For example, the character used for displaying spaces in
-the <code class="literal">\verb*</code> command has the code
-decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code class=
-"literal">\symbol{32}</code>.</p>
-<p>You can also specify octal numbers with <code class=
-"literal">'</code> or hexadecimal numbers with <code class=
-"literal">"</code>, so the previous example could also be written
-as <code class="literal">\symbol{'40}</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\symbol{"20}</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.19 Special Symbols">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="special-symbols" name=
-"special-symbols"></a>2.3.19 Special Symbols</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8156048" class="indexterm" name="idp8156048"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-on-chars-title" name=
-"accents-on-chars-title"></a>Accents on Characters</h5>
-<a id="idp8158960" class="indexterm" name="idp8158960"></a>
-<p>The rules differ somewhat depending whether you are in <a class=
-"link" href="#modes" title="2.3.14 Modes">text mode</a>, <a class=
-"link" href="#modes" title="2.3.14 Modes">math modes</a>, or the
-<a class="link" href="#env-tabbing" title=
-"2.3.6.&nbsp;tabbing">tabbing environment</a>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8163120" name="idp8163120"></a>Text
-Mode</h5>
-<p>The following accents may be placed on letters. Although
-<span class="emphasis"><em>o</em></span> is used in most of the
-example, the accents may be placed on any letter. Accents may even
-be placed above a <span class="emphasis"><em>missing</em></span>
-letter; for example, <code class="literal">\~{}</code> produces a
-tilde over a blank space.</p>
-<p>The following commands may be used only in paragraph or LR
-mode:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\`{o}</code> produces a
-grave accent, <span class="emphasis"><em>&ograve;</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\'{o}</code> produces an
-acute accent, <span class="emphasis"><em>&oacute;</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\^{o}</code> produces a
-circumflex, <span class="emphasis"><em>&ocirc;</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\"{o}</code> produces an
-umlaut or dieresis, <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>&ouml;</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\H{o}</code> produces a
-long Hungarian umlaut</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\~{o}</code> produces a
-tilde, <span class="emphasis"><em>&otilde;</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\c{c}</code> produces a
-cedilla, <span class="emphasis"><em>&ccedil;</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\={o}</code> produces a
-macron accent (a bar over the letter)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\b{o}</code> produces a
-bar under the letter</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\.{o}</code> produces a
-dot over the letter</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\d{o}</code> produces a
-dot under the letter</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\u{o}</code> produces a
-breve over the letter</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\v{o}</code> produces a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>v</em></span> over the letter</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\t{oo}</code> produces a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>tie</em></span> (inverted u) over the
-two letters</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Note that the letters <span class="emphasis"><em>i</em></span>
-and <span class="emphasis"><em>j</em></span> require special
-treatment when they are given accents because it is often desirable
-to replace the dot with the accent. For this purpose, the commands
-<code class="literal">\i</code> and <code class="literal">\j</code>
-can be used to produce dotless letters.</p>
-<p>For example,</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\^{\i}</code> should be
-used for i, circumflex, &icirc;</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\"{\i}</code> should be
-used for i, umlaut, &iuml;</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-chars-math" name=
-"accents-chars-math"></a>Math Mode</h5>
-<p>Several of the above and some similar accents can also be
-produced in math mode. The following commands may be used
-<span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> in math mode:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\hat{o}</code> is
-similar to the circumflex (cf. <code class=
-"literal">\^</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\widehat{oo}</code> is a
-wide version of <span class="emphasis"><em>\hat</em></span> over
-several letters</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\check{o}</code> is a
-vee or check (cf. <code class="literal">\v</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\tilde{o}</code> is a
-tilde (cf. <code class="literal">\~</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\widetilde{oo}</code> is
-a wide version of <code class="literal">\tilde</code> over several
-letters</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\acute{o}</code> is an
-acute accent (cf. <code class="literal">\`</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\grave{o}</code> is a
-grave accent (cf. <code class="literal">&gt;\'</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\dot{o}</code> is a dot
-over the letter (cf. <code class="literal">\.</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\ddot{o}</code> is a
-double dot over the letter</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\breve{o}</code> is a
-breve (cf. <code class="literal">\u</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\bar{o}</code> is a
-macron (cf. <code class="literal">\=</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\vec{o}</code> is a
-vector (arrow) over the letter</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-chars-tabbing" name=
-"accents-chars-tabbing"></a>Tabbing Environment</h5>
-<p>Some of the accent marks used in running text have other uses in
-the <a class="link" href="#env-tabbing" title=
-"2.3.6.&nbsp;tabbing">Tabbing Environment</a>. In that case they
-can be created with the following command:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">&gt;\a'</code> for an
-acute accent</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\a`</code> for a grave
-accent</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\a=</code> for a macron
-accent</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="arrows-title" name=
-"arrows-title"></a>Arrows</h5>
-<a id="idp8231888" class="indexterm" name="idp8231888"></a>
-<p>LaTeX provides commands for all sorts of arrows. The following
-commands are used only in math mode.</p>
-<p>In general the command names are created from <code class=
-"literal">left</code>, <code class="literal">right</code>,
-<code class="literal">up</code>, or <code class=
-"literal">down</code>. <code class="literal">leftright</code> gives
-a double headed arrow. Prefacing with <code class=
-"literal">long</code> gives a longer arrow. Capitalizing the first
-letter gives a double-shanked arrow.</p>
-<p>Examples are:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\leftarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Leftarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\longleftarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\Longleftarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\rightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Rightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\longrightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\Longrightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\leftrightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\Leftrightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class=
-"literal">\longleftrightarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\uparrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\downarrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Uparrow</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">&gt;\nearrow</code>
-points from southwest to northeast</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\searrow</code> points
-from northwest to southeast</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\swarrow</code> points
-from northeast to southwest</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\nwarrow</code> points
-from southeast to northwest</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\stackrel</code> command is useful for
-putting things over or under your arrow.</p>
-<p>See also:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href="#math-symbols-title"
-title="2.3.13.&nbsp;Math Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href=
-"#binary-and-relational-ops-title" title=
-"2.3.19.&nbsp;Binary and Relational Operators">Binary and
-Relational Operators</a></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href="#greek-letters-title"
-title="2.3.19.&nbsp;Greek Letters">Greek Letters</a></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href="#misc-symbols-title"
-title="2.3.19.&nbsp;Miscellaneous Symbols">Miscellaneous
-Symbols</a></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href=
-"#variable-math-size-symbols-title" title=
-"2.3.19.&nbsp;Variable Size Math Symbols">Variable Size Math
-Symbols</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="binary-and-relational-ops-title" name=
-"binary-and-relational-ops-title"></a>Binary and Relational
-Operators</h5>
-<a id="idp8273408" class="indexterm" name="idp8273408"></a><a id=
-"idp8274480" class="indexterm" name="idp8274480"></a><a id=
-"idp8275552" class="indexterm" name="idp8275552"></a><a id=
-"idp8277040" class="indexterm" name="idp8277040"></a>
-<p>Some <span class="emphasis"><em>math</em></span> symbols are
-obtained by typing the corresponding keyboard character. Examples
-include</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-+ - = &lt; &gt;
-</pre>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>plus, minus, and equal sign may be used in either text or math
-mode, but &lt; and &gt; are math mode only (they produce inverted
-exclamation and question marks, respectively, in text mode).</p>
-</div>
-<p>The following commands may be used only in math mode:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\pm</code> plus or minus
-sign</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\mp</code> minus or plus
-sign</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\times</code> times (an
-"x")</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\div</code> divided by
-sign</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\ast</code> an asterisk
-(centered)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\star</code> a
-five-point star (centered)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\bullet</code> a
-bullet</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\circ</code> an open
-bullet</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\cdot</code> a centered
-dot</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\leq</code> less than or
-equal to</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\ll</code> much less
-than</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\subset</code> is a
-subset of</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\geq</code> greater than
-or equal to</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\gg</code> much greater
-than</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\equiv</code>
-equivalence symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\sim</code> similar
-to</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\simeq</code> similar or
-equal to</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\approx</code>
-approximately equal to</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\neq</code> not equal
-to</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\per</code>
-"perpendicular to" symbols</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\propto</code>
-proportional to</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Note that <span class="emphasis"><em>greater than</em></span>
-and <span class="emphasis"><em>less than</em></span> are obtained
-simply by entering <code class="literal">&gt;</code> and
-<code class="literal">&lt;</code>.</p>
-<p>A slash, indicating <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span>
-can be placed through a symbol (or a letter) with the <code class=
-"literal">\not</code> command. For example, not less than is
-<code class="literal">\not&lt;</code> and not less than or equal to
-is <code class="literal">\not\leq</code>. If the slash isn't
-properly positioned it can be moved by putting a math mode spacing
-command between the <code class="literal">\not</code>and the
-symbol.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="delimiters-title" name=
-"delimiters-title"></a>Delimiters</h5>
-<a id="idp8319136" class="indexterm" name="idp8319136"></a>
-<p>Delimiters are objects which act logically like parentheses.
-These can be used only in math mode.</p>
-<p>The delimiters recognized by LaTeX include:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">(</code> (left
-parenthesis)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">)</code> (right
-parenthesis)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">[</code> (left
-bracket)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">]</code> (right
-bracket)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\{</code> (left
-brace)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\}</code> (right
-brace)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">|</code> (vertical
-line)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\vert</code> (vertical
-line)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\|</code> (double
-vertical lines)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Vert</code> (double
-vertical lines)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">/</code> (slash)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\backslash</code>
-(backslash)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\langle</code> (left
-angle bracket)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\rangle</code> (right
-angle bracket)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\uparrow</code>
-(uparrow)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\downarrow</code> (down
-arrow)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\updownarrow</code>
-(up/down arrow)</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8345328" name="idp8345328"></a>Making
-Delimiters the Right Size</h5>
-<p>Delimiters in formulas should be big enough to <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>fit</em></span> around the formulas they delimit
-(for example arround arrays). To obtain <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>stretchable</em></span> delimiters (LaTeX makes them
-the appropriate size) type a <code class="literal">\left</code> or
-<code class="literal">\right</code> command before the delimiter.
-<code class="literal">\left</code> and <code class=
-"literal">\right</code> commands must come in matching pairs,
-although the delimiters themselves need not be the same. Thus,
-<code class="literal">\left \{ ... \right \[</code> produces a
-legal pair. In cases where only one delimiter is desired, it is
-possible to make the matching delimiter <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span> by typing a period
-(<code class="literal">.</code>) after the command, i.e.,
-<code class="literal">\left.</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\right.</code></p>
-<p>In an <a class="link" href="#env-eqnarray" title=
-"2.3.6.&nbsp;eqnarray">eqnarray</a> environment the matching
-<code class="literal">\left</code> and <code class=
-"literal">\right</code> cannot be split between lines and it may be
-necessary to use an <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span> <code class=
-"literal">\right.</code> and <code class="literal">\left.</code> to
-terminate and begin parts on different lines. In this case a second
-problem may arise, since the size of the delimiters will be chosen
-only for the <span class="emphasis"><em>local part</em></span>, so
-that the size of the <span class="emphasis"><em>visible</em></span>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>left</em></span> and <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>right</em></span> delimiters might not match. The
-solution is to trick LaTeX into thinking that both parts have the
-same vertical height. This can be done by placing a strut, that is
-a zero-width <code class="literal">\rule</code>. It can also be
-accomplished with the <code class="literal">\vphantom</code>
-command, which I have not found documented, but which appears to
-work.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\vphantom{construct}</code> creates a
-zero-width object with the height of <code class=
-"literal">construct</code>. The argument can contain things such as
-<code class="literal">\frac</code> or the <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>variable size math symbols</em></span> and should be
-chosen according to what is in the section with the delimiter you
-want to match.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8366256" name="idp8366256"></a>Some
-Examples</h5>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8366944" name="idp8366944"></a>A six-j
-symbol</h5>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\[ \left\{
-\begin{array}{ccc}
-a &amp; b &amp; c \\
-d &amp; e &amp; f \end{array}
-\right&gt;\} \]
-</pre>
-<p>This should be displayed something like (insofar as it can be
-rendered in "ascii art"):</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-( a b c )
-- -
-( d e f )
-</pre>
-<p>Note that the <code class="literal">\[ ... \]</code> set this
-off as <span class="emphasis"><em>Display Math</em></span>, and
-that the <span class="emphasis"><em>Array Environment</em></span>
-is used to generate the three centered columns inside the
-braces.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8371424" name="idp8371424"></a>A
-"multiple choice" equation</h5>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\[ f(x) =
- \left\{ \begin{array}{l}
- 0, x &lt; 0 \\ 1, x = 0 \\
- 2, x &gt; 0 \end{array} \right. \]
-</pre>
-<p>will be displayed as</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- ( 0, x &lt; 0
-f(x) = - 1, x = 0
- ( 2, x &gt; 0
-</pre>
-<p>Note that the <span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span>
-<code class="literal">\right</code> delimiter is specified using a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>period</em></span>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="ellipsis-title" name=
-"ellipsis-title"></a>Ellipsis</h5>
-<a id="idp8377040" class="indexterm" name="idp8377040"></a>
-<p>Ellipses (three dots) can be produced by the following
-commands</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\ldots</code>
-horizontally at bottom of line</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\cdots</code>
-horizontally center of line (math mode only)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\ddots</code> diagonal
-(math mode only)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\vdots</code> vertical
-(math mode only)</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="greek-letters-title" name=
-"greek-letters-title"></a>Greek Letters</h5>
-<a id="idp8385840" class="indexterm" name="idp8385840"></a>
-<p>These commands may be used only in math mode:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\alpha</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\beta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\gamma</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\delta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\epsilon</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\varepsilon</code>
-(variation, script-like)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\zeta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\eta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\theta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\vartheta</code>
-(variation, script-like)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\iota</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\kappa</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\lambda</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\mu</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\nu</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\xi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\pi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\varpi</code>
-(variation)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\rho</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\varrho</code>
-(variation, with the tail)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\sigma</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\varsigma</code>
-(variation, script-like)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\tau</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\upsilon</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\phi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\varphi</code>
-(variation, script-like)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\chi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\psi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\omega</code></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Capital letters:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Gamma</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Delta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Theta</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Lambda</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Xi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Pi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Sigma</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Upsilon</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Phi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Psi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">\Omega</code></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>See also:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href="#math-symbols-title"
-title="2.3.13.&nbsp;Math Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href="#accents-on-chars-title"
-title="2.3.19.&nbsp;Accents on Characters">Accents</a></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="link" href="#misc-symbols-title"
-title="2.3.19.&nbsp;Miscellaneous Symbols">Miscellaneous
-Symbols</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="misc-symbols-title" name=
-"misc-symbols-title"></a>Miscellaneous Symbols</h5>
-<a id="idp8444672" class="indexterm" name="idp8444672"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8446160" name="idp8446160"></a>Some
-symbols for math</h5>
-<p>The following symbols are also used only in math mode</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-aleph" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-aleph"></a><code class="literal">\aleph</code>
-Hebrew aleph</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-hbar" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-hbar"></a><code class="literal">\hbar</code>
-h-bar, Planck's constant</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-imath" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-imath"></a><code class="literal">\imath</code>
-variation on <span class="emphasis"><em>i</em></span>; no dot</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-jmath" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-jmath"></a><code class="literal">\jmath</code>
-variation on <span class="emphasis"><em>j</em></span>; no dot</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-ell" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-ell"></a><code class="literal">\ell</code> script
-(loop) <span class="emphasis"><em>l</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-wp" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-wp"></a><code class="literal">\wp</code> fancy
-script lowercase <span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-re" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-re"></a><code class="literal">\Re</code> script
-capital <span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> (<span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Real</em></span>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-im" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-im"></a><code class="literal">\Im</code> script
-capital <span class="emphasis"><em>I</em></span> (<span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Imaginary</em></span>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-prime" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-prime"></a><code class="literal">\prime</code>
-prime (also obtained by typing <code class="literal">'</code>)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-nabla" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-nabla"></a><code class="literal">\nabla</code>
-inverted capital Delta</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-surd" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-surd"></a><code class="literal">\surd</code>
-radical (square root) symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-angle" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-angle"></a><code class="literal">\angle</code>
-angle symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-forall" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-forall"></a><code class="literal">\forall</code>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>for all</em></span> (inverted A)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-exists" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-exists"></a><code class="literal">\exists</code>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>exists</em></span> (left-facing E)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-partial" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-partial"></a><code class="literal">\partial</code>
-partial derivative symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-infty" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-infty"></a><code class="literal">\infty</code>
-infinity symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-triangle" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-triangle"></a><code class=
-"literal">\triangle</code> open triangle symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-box" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-box"></a><code class="literal">\Box</code> open
-square</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamond" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-diamond"></a><code class="literal">\Diamond</code>
-open diamond</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-flat" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-flat"></a><code class="literal">\flat</code>
-music: flat symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-natural" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-natural"></a><code class="literal">\natural</code>
-music: natural symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-clubsuit" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-clubsuit"></a><code class=
-"literal">\clubsuit</code> playing cards: club suit symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamondsuit" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-diamondsuit"></a><code class=
-"literal">\diamondsuit</code> playing cards: diamond suit
-symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-heartsuit" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-heartsuit"></a><code class=
-"literal">\heartsuit</code> playing cards: heart suit symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-spadsuit" name=
-"cmd-misc-symbol-spadsuit"></a><code class=
-"literal">\spadesuit</code> playing cards: space suit symbol</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8498480" name="idp8498480"></a>Some
-Other Symbols</h5>
-<p>The following symbols can be used in any mode:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-other-symbol-dag" name=
-"cmd-other-symbol-dag"></a><code class="literal">\dag</code>
-dagger</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-other-symbol-ddag" name=
-"cmd-other-symbol-ddag"></a>&gt;<code class="literal">\ddag</code>
-double dagger</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-other-symbol-s" name=
-"cmd-other-symbol-s"></a>&gt;<code class="literal">\S</code>
-section symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-other-symbol-p" name=
-"cmd-other-symbol-p"></a>&gt;<code class="literal">\P</code>
-paragraph symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-other-symbol-copyright" name=
-"cmd-other-symbol-copyright"></a>&gt;<code class=
-"literal">\copyright</code> copyright symbol</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-other-symbol-pounds" name=
-"cmd-other-symbol-pounds"></a>&gt;<code class=
-"literal">\pounds</code> British pound sterling symbol</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp8511904" name=
-"idp8511904"></a>Calligraphic Style Letters</h5>
-<p>Twenty-six calligraphic letters are provided (the upper case
-alphabet). These can only be used in math mode.</p>
-<p>In LaTeX 2.09 they are produced with the <code class=
-"literal">\cal</code> declaration:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-${\cal A}$
-</pre>
-<p>In LaTeX2e they are obtained with the <code class=
-"literal">\mathcal</code> command:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-$\mathcal{CAL}$
-</pre>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="math-functions-title" name=
-"math-functions-title"></a>Math Functions</h5>
-<a id="idp8518432" class="indexterm" name="idp8518432"></a>
-<p>Functions like <span class="emphasis"><em>log</em></span> or
-<span class="emphasis"><em>cos</em></span> are normally used in
-math mode. However, inmath mode strings of letters are treated as a
-product of variables, which would normally be displayed in math
-italics rather than a text font which would be appropriate for
-these functions. To get proper display of such functions they are
-generated with LaTeX commands.</p>
-<p>Some of these commands are:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-arccos" name=
-"cmd-math-func-arccos"></a><code class=
-"literal">\arccos</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-arcsin" name=
-"cmd-math-func-arcsin"></a><code class=
-"literal">\arcsin</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-arctan" name=
-"cmd-math-func-arctan"></a><code class=
-"literal">\arctan</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-cos" name=
-"cmd-math-func-cos"></a><code class="literal">\cos</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-cosh" name=
-"cmd-math-func-cosh"></a><code class="literal">\cosh</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-cot" name=
-"cmd-math-func-cot"></a><code class="literal">\cot</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-coth" name=
-"cmd-math-func-coth"></a><code class="literal">\coth</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-csc" name=
-"cmd-math-func-csc"></a><code class="literal">\csc</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-deg" name=
-"cmd-math-func-deg"></a><code class="literal">\deg</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-det" name=
-"cmd-math-func-det"></a><code class="literal">\det</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-dim" name=
-"cmd-math-func-dim"></a><code class="literal">\dim</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-exp" name=
-"cmd-math-func-exp"></a><code class="literal">\exp</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-gcd" name=
-"cmd-math-func-gcd"></a><code class="literal">\gcd</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-hom" name=
-"cmd-math-func-hom"></a><code class="literal">\hom</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-inf" name=
-"cmd-math-func-inf"></a><code class="literal">\inf</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-ker" name=
-"cmd-math-func-ker"></a><code class="literal">\ker</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-lg" name=
-"cmd-math-func-lg"></a><code class="literal">\lg</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-lim" name=
-"cmd-math-func-lim"></a><code class="literal">\lim</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-liminf" name=
-"cmd-math-func-liminf"></a><code class=
-"literal">\liminf</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-limsup" name=
-"cmd-math-func-limsup"></a><code class=
-"literal">\limsup</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-ln" name=
-"cmd-math-func-ln"></a><code class="literal">\ln</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-log" name=
-"cmd-math-func-log"></a><code class="literal">\log</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-max" name=
-"cmd-math-func-max"></a><code class="literal">\max</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-min" name=
-"cmd-math-func-min"></a><code class="literal">\min</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-sec" name=
-"cmd-math-func-sec"></a><code class="literal">\sec</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-sin" name=
-"cmd-math-func-sin"></a><code class="literal">\sin</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-sinh" name=
-"cmd-math-func-sinh"></a><code class="literal">\sinh</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-sup" name=
-"cmd-math-func-sup"></a><code class="literal">\sup</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-tan" name=
-"cmd-math-func-tan"></a><code class="literal">\tan</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-tanh" name=
-"cmd-math-func-tanh"></a><code class="literal">\tanh</code></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>Two commands are provided for the "modulus" function</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-bmod" name=
-"cmd-math-func-bmod"></a><code class="literal">\bmod</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-func-pmod" name=
-"cmd-math-func-pmod"></a><code class="literal">\pmod{}</code></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>The former would be used to write "a mod b" as <code class=
-"literal">a \bmod b</code> and the latter, which requires an
-argument that is displayed in parentheses, would be used to write
-"n = i (mod j)" as <code class="literal">n = i \pmod{j}</code></p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="variable-math-size-symbols-title" name=
-"variable-math-size-symbols-title"></a>Variable Size Math
-Symbols</h5>
-<a id="idp8579440" class="indexterm" name="idp8579440"></a>
-<p>The size of some mathematical symbols, notably summation signs,
-product signs, and integral signs, depends on the environment in
-which they appear (i.e., <code class="literal">displaymath</code>
-as opposed to <code class="literal">math</code> environments.</p>
-<p>These include:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-sum" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-sum"></a><code class="literal">\sum</code> a
-summation sign (capital sigma)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-prod" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-prod"></a><code class="literal">\prod</code> a
-product (capital pi)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-coprod" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-coprod"></a><code class="literal">\coprod</code> a
-coproduct (inverted capital pi)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-int" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-int"></a><code class="literal">\int</code> an
-integral sign</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-oint" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-oint"></a><code class="literal">\oint</code> a
-surface (circular) integral sign</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcup" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigcup"></a><code class="literal">\bigcup</code>
-big "U"</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcap" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigcap"></a><code class="literal">\bigcap</code>
-big inverted "U"</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigvee" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigvee"></a><code class="literal">\bigvee</code>
-big "V"</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigwedge" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigwedge"></a><code class=
-"literal">\bigwedge</code> big inverted "V"</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigodot" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigodot"></a><code class="literal">\bigodot</code>
-big "O" with dot at center</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigotimes" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigotimes"></a><code class=
-"literal">\bigotimes</code> big "O" with cross inside</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigoplus" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-bigoplus"></a><code class=
-"literal">\bigoplus</code> big "O" with a + inside</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a id="cmd-math-symbol-biguplus" name=
-"cmd-math-symbol-biguplus"></a><code class=
-"literal">\biguplus</code> big "U" with a + inside</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\sqrt</code> command also produces a
-variable size symbol appropriate for the size of hte radicand
-argument.</p>
-<p>The "limits" associated with these symbols are entered as
-<span class="emphasis"><em>subscripts</em></span> for entries
-appearing below the symbol and as <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>superscripts</em></span> for entries appearing above
-the symbol. For example the sum from n=0 to infinity of
-x<sup>n</sup> would be entered as</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty} x_{n}
-</pre>
-<p>The actual placement of the limits depends on whether this is in
-<code class="literal">displaymath</code> mode in which case they
-are placed below/above or in <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>math</em></span> mode in running text in which case
-they are placed as regular subscripts and superscripts.</p>
-<p>Note that it is possible to treat several of these symbols (a
-common example would be a double sum) as a single symbol for
-placing limits above and/or below by using the <code class=
-"literal">\mathop</code> command.</p>
-<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hats</em></span> and <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>tildes</em></span> over symbols which stretch (as
-best they can) to the correct size for their arguments are produced
-by <code class="literal">\widehat</code> and <code class=
-"literal">\widetilde</code></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.20 Splitting the Input">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="splitting-the-input" name=
-"splitting-the-input"></a>2.3.20 Splitting the Input</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8618352" class="indexterm" name="idp8618352"></a><a id=
-"idp8619136" class="indexterm" name="idp8619136"></a>
-<p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting
-the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to
-split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate
-files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one
-whose name you type when you run LaTeX.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-include-title" name=
-"cmd-include-title"></a>\include</h5>
-<a id="idp8622240" class="indexterm" name="idp8622240"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\include{file}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\include</code> command is used in
-conjunction with the <code class="literal">\includeonly</code>
-command for selective inclusion of files. The <code class=
-"literal">file</code> argument is the first name of a file,
-denoting <code class="filename">file.tex</code>. If <code class=
-"literal">file</code> is one the file names in the file list of the
-<code class="literal">\includeonly</code> command or if there is no
-<code class="literal">\includeonly</code> command, the <code class=
-"literal">\include</code> command is equivalent to</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
-</pre>
-<p>except that if the file <code class="filename">file.tex</code>
-does not exist, then a warning message rather than an error is
-produced. If the file is not in the file list, the <code class=
-"literal">\include</code> command is equivalent to <code class=
-"literal">\clearpage</code>.</p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\include</code> command may not appear
-in the preamble or in a file read by another <code class=
-"literal">\include</code> command.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-includeonly-title" name=
-"cmd-includeonly-title"></a>\includeonly</h5>
-<a id="idp8636864" class="indexterm" name="idp8636864"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\includeonly{</code><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>file_list</em></span><code class=
-"literal">}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\includeonly</code> command controls
-which files will be read in by an <code class=
-"literal">\include</code> command. <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>file_list</em></span> should be a comma-separated
-list of filenames. Each filename must match exactly a filename
-specified in a <code class="literal">\include</code> command. This
-command can only appear in the preamble.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-input-title" name=
-"cmd-input-title"></a>\input</h5>
-<a id="idp8643840" class="indexterm" name="idp8643840"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\input{file}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\input</code> command causes the
-indicated <code class="literal">file</code> to be read and
-processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the
-current file at that point. The file name may be a complete file
-name with extension or just a first name, in which case the file
-<code class="filename">file.tex</code> is used.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.21 Starting &amp; Ending">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="starting-and-ending" name=
-"starting-and-ending"></a>2.3.21 Starting &amp; Ending</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8650144" class="indexterm" name="idp8650144"></a><a id=
-"idp8650960" class="indexterm" name="idp8650960"></a>
-<p>Your input file must contain the following commands as a
-minimum:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\documentclass{class}
-\begin{document}
- ... your text goes here ...
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<p>where the <code class="literal">class</code> selected is one of
-the valid classes for LaTeX. See <a class="link" href=
-"#document-classes" title="2.3.4 Document Classes">Document
-Classes</a> (and see <a class="link" href="#overview" title=
-"2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide">Overview</a>), for details
-of the various document classes available locally.</p>
-<p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the <code class=
-"literal">\documentclass</code> and the <code class=
-"literal">\begin{document}</code> commands (i.e., in the
-`preamble').</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.22 Table of Contents">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="table-of-contents" name=
-"table-of-contents"></a>2.3.22 Table of Contents</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8660416" class="indexterm" name="idp8660416"></a>
-<p>A table of contents is produced with the <code class=
-"literal">\tableofcontents</code> <a id="idp8662256" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8662256"></a> command. You put the command
-right where you want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the
-rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does not automatically
-start a new page. If you want a new page after the table of
-contents, include a <code class="literal">\newpage</code> command
-after the <code class="literal">\tableofcontents</code>
-command.</p>
-<p>There are similar commands <code class=
-"literal">\listoffigures</code> <a id="idp8666416" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8666416"></a> and <code class=
-"literal">\listoftables</code> <a id="idp8667952" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8667952"></a> for producing a list of figures and a list
-of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for
-the table of contents.</p>
-<p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot
-have the <code class="literal">\nofiles</code> <a id="idp8670096"
-class="indexterm" name="idp8670096"></a> command in your
-document.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addcontentsline-title" name=
-"cmd-addcontentsline-title"></a>\addcontentsline</h5>
-<a id="idp8672336" class="indexterm" name="idp8672336"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\addcontentsline</code> command adds
-an entry to the specified list or table where:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">file</code> is the
-extension of the file on which information is to be written:
-<code class="literal">toc</code> (table of contents), <code class=
-"literal">lof</code> (list of figures), or <code class=
-"literal">lot</code> (list of tables).</li>
-<li class="listitem">
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">sec_unit</code> controls
-the formatting of the entry. It should be one of the following,
-depending upon the value of the file argument:</p>
-<div class="orderedlist">
-<ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">toc</code> --- the name
-of the sectional unit, such as part or subsection.</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">lof</code> ---
-figure</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">lot</code> ---
-table</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">entry</code> is the text
-of the entry.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addtocontents-title" name=
-"cmd-addtocontents-title"></a>\addtocontents</h5>
-<a id="idp8687536" class="indexterm" name="idp8687536"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\addtocontents{file}{text}</code></p>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\addtocontents</code> command adds
-text (or formatting commands) directly to the file that generates
-the table of contents or list of figures or tables.</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">file</code> is the
-extension of the file on which information is to be written:
-<code class="literal">toc</code> (table of contents), <code class=
-"literal">lof</code> (list of figures), or <code class=
-"literal">lot</code> (list of tables).</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">text</code> is the
-information to be written.</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.23 Terminal Input/Output">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="terminal-input-slash-output" name=
-"terminal-input-slash-output"></a>2.3.23 Terminal Input/Output</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8697776" class="indexterm" name="idp8697776"></a><a id=
-"idp8698592" class="indexterm" name="idp8698592"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-typein-title" name=
-"cmd-typein-title"></a>\typein</h5>
-<a id="idp8700464" class="indexterm" name="idp8700464"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\typein[cmd]{msg}</code></p>
-<p>Prints <code class="literal">msg</code> on the terminal and
-causes LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input,
-ending with return. If the <code class="literal">cmd</code>
-argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if it had been
-included in the input file in place of the <code class=
-"literal">\typein</code> command. If the <code class=
-"literal">cmd</code> argument is present, it must be a command
-name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the
-typed input.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-typeout-title" name=
-"cmd-typeout-title"></a>\typeout</h5>
-<a id="idp8707360" class="indexterm" name="idp8707360"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\typeout{msg}</code></p>
-<p>Prints <code class="literal">msg</code> on the terminal and in
-the <code class="literal">log</code> file. Commands in <code class=
-"literal">msg</code> that are defined with <code class=
-"literal">\newcommand</code> or <code class=
-"literal">\renewcommand</code> are replaced by their definitions
-before being printed.</p>
-<p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single
-space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to
-<code class="literal">msg</code>. A <code class=
-"literal">\space</code> command in <code class="literal">msg</code>
-causes a single space to be printed. A <code class=
-"literal">^^J</code> in <code class="literal">msg</code> prints a
-newline.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.3.24 Typefaces">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="typefaces" name="typefaces"></a>2.3.24
-Typefaces</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8719168" class="indexterm" name="idp8719168"></a><a id=
-"idp8719984" class="indexterm" name="idp8719984"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">typeface</code> is specified by giving
-the <span class="emphasis"><em>size</em></span> and <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>style</em></span>. A typeface is also called a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>font</em></span>.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="styles-title" name=
-"styles-title"></a>\Styles</h5>
-<a id="idp8724480" class="indexterm" name="idp8724480"></a><a id=
-"idp8725296" class="indexterm" name="idp8725296"></a><a id=
-"idp8726112" class="indexterm" name="idp8726112"></a>
-<p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.</p>
-<p>These commands are used like <code class=
-"literal">\textit{italics text}</code>. The corresponding command
-in parenthesis is the <span class="emphasis"><em>declaration
-form</em></span>, which takes no arguments. The scope of the
-declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end
-of the current group.</p>
-<p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say
-<code class="literal">\sffamily\bfseries</code> to get sans serif
-boldface.</p>
-<p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms;
-e.g. <code class=
-"literal">\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-typefaces" name=
-"table-typefaces"></a>
-<p class="title">
-<strong>Table&nbsp;1.9.&nbsp;Typefaces</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Typefaces" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textrm (\rmfamily) <a id="idp8736432" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8736432"></a> <a id="idp8737248" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8737248"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Roman.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textit (\itshape) <a id="idp8739408" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8739408"></a> <a id="idp8740224" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8740224"></a>, \emph <a id="idp8741072" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8741072"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Emphasis (toggles between \textit and
-\textrm).</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textmd (\mdseries) <a id="idp8743264" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8743264"></a> <a id="idp8744080" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8744080"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Medium weight (default). The opposite of
-boldface.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textbf (\bfseries) <a id="idp8746288" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8746288"></a> <a id="idp8747104" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8747104"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Boldface.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textup (\upshape) <a id="idp8749264" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8749264"></a> <a id="idp8750080" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8750080"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Upright (default). The opposite of
-slanted.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textsl (\slshape) <a id="idp8752272" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8752272"></a> <a id="idp8753088" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8753088"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Slanted.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textsf (\sffamily) <a id="idp8755248" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8755248"></a> <a id="idp8756064" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8756064"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Sans serif.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textsc (\scshape) <a id="idp8758224" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8758224"></a> <a id="idp8759040" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8759040"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Small caps.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\texttt (\ttfamily) <a id="idp8761200" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8761200"></a> <a id="idp8762016" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8762016"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Typewriter.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\textnormal (\normalfont) <a id="idp8764176"
-class="indexterm" name="idp8764176"></a> <a id="idp8764992" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8764992"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Main document font.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathrm <a id="idp8767152" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8767152"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Roman, for use in math mode.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathbf <a id="idp8769312" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8769312"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Boldface, for use in math mode. For bold
-symbols or complete equations take a look at <a class="link" href=
-"#boldsymbol-linkend"><code class="literal">\boldsymbol</code></a>
-and <a class="link" href="#cmd-bm"><code class=
-"literal">\bm</code></a>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathsf <a id="idp8774144" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8774144"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Sans serif, for use in math mode.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathtt <a id="idp8776304" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8776304"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Typewriter, for use in math mode.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathit <a id="idp8778464" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8778464"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable
-names with several letters.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathnormal <a id="idp8780672" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8780672"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type
-style declaration.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\mathcal <a id="idp8782880" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8782880"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math
-mode.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p>In addition, the command <code class=
-"literal">\mathversion{bold}</code> <a id="idp8785776" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8785776"></a> can be used for switching to
-bold letters and symbols in formulas. <code class=
-"literal">\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="sizes-title" name=
-"sizes-title"></a>Sizes</h5>
-<a id="idp8788656" class="indexterm" name="idp8788656"></a><a id=
-"idp8789472" class="indexterm" name="idp8789472"></a><a id=
-"idp8790288" class="indexterm" name="idp8790288"></a>
-<p>The following standard type size commands are supported by
-LaTeX.</p>
-<p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope
-of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or
-the end of the current group.</p>
-<p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g.
-<code class="literal">\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-standard-type-size-commands" name=
-"table-standard-type-size-commands"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.10.&nbsp;Standard type size
-commands</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Standard type size commands" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\tiny<a id="idp8798272" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8798272"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\scriptsize <a id="idp8800768" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8800768"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\footnotesize <a id="idp8803008" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8803008"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\small <a id="idp8805248" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8805248"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\normalsize <a id="idp8807488" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8807488"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">(default)</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\large <a id="idp8809760" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8809760"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\Large <a id="idp8812000" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8812000"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\LARGE <a id="idp8814240" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8814240"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\huge <a id="idp8816480" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8816480"></a></td>
-<td align="justify"></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\Huge <a id="idp8818720" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8818720"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">&nbsp;</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<h5 class="title"><a id="low-dash-level-font-commands-title" name=
-"low-dash-level-font-commands-title"></a>Low-level font
-commands</h5>
-<a id="idp8821680" class="indexterm" name="idp8821680"></a><a id=
-"idp8822496" class="indexterm" name="idp8822496"></a>
-<p>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
-packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the
-available ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of
-<em class="citetitle">The LaTeX Companion</em>.</p>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-low-level-font-commands" name=
-"table-low-level-font-commands"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.11.&nbsp;Low-level font
-commands</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Low-level font commands" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\fontencoding{enc} <a id="idp8829152" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8829152"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Select font encoding. Valid encodings include
-<code class="literal">OT1</code> and <code class=
-"literal">T1</code>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\fontfamily{family} <a id="idp8832816" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8832816"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Select font family. Valid families include:
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">cmr</code> for Computer
-Modern Roman</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">cmss</code> for Computer
-Modern Sans Serif</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">cmtt</code> for Computer
-Modern Typewriter</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-and numerous others.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\fontseries{series} <a id="idp8839504" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8839504"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Select font series. Valid series include:
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">m</code> Medium
-(normal)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">b</code> Bold</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">c</code> Condensed</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">bc</code> Bold
-condensed</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">bx</code> Bold
-extended</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-and various other combinations.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\fontshape{shape} <a id="idp8848528" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8848528"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">n</code> Upright
-(normal)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">it</code> Italic</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">sl</code> Slanted
-(oblique)</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">sc</code> Small
-caps</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">ui</code> Upright
-italics</li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">ol</code> Outline</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-The two last shapes are not available for most font families.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\fontsize{size}{skip} <a id="idp8858864" class=
-"indexterm" name="idp8858864"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Set font size. The first parameter is the font
-size to switch to; the second is the <code class=
-"literal">\baselineskip</code> to use. The unit of both parameters
-defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip should be
-1.2 times the font size.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\selectfont <a id="idp8861936" class="indexterm"
-name="idp8861936"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">The changes made by calling the four font
-commands described above do not come into effect until <code class=
-"literal">\selectfont</code> is called.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape} <a id=
-"idp8864928" class="indexterm" name="idp8864928"></a></td>
-<td align="justify">Equivalent to calling <code class=
-"literal">\fontencoding</code>, <code class=
-"literal">\fontfamily</code>, <code class=
-"literal">\fontseries</code> and <code class=
-"literal">\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by
-<code class="literal">\selectfont</code>.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" /></div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.4 Parameters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="parameters" name="parameters"></a>2.4
-Parameters</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8872224" class="indexterm" name="idp8872224"></a>
-<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted;
-TeX uses <code class="filename">.tex</code> as a default file
-extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input
-from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a
-string as a parameter to the command; e.g.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">latex \scrollmode\input foo.tex</code></p>
-<p>will process <code class="filename">foo.tex</code> without
-pausing after every error.</p>
-<p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When
-you fail to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names
-on the file specification associated with the logical name
-TEX_OUTPUT, typically <code class="literal">texput.log</code>.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3 LaTeX Packages">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="latex-packages" name=
-"latex-packages"></a>3 LaTeX Packages</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8881376" class="indexterm" name="idp8881376"></a>
-<div class="section" title="3.1 amsmath">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="amsmath" name="amsmath"></a>3.1
-<code class="filename">amsmath</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8884448" class="indexterm" name="idp8884448"></a><a id=
-"idp8885264" class="indexterm" name="idp8885264"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">amsmath</code> consists of several
-packages to aid in typesetting math.</p>
-<div class="variablelist"><a id="boldsymbol-linkend" name=
-"boldsymbol-linkend"></a>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\boldsymbol</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8889984" class="indexterm" name="idp8889984"></a>
-<p>Produces a bold math symbol. When not only a single symbol, but
-a complete equation has to be bold you might consider using the
-superior <a class="link" href="#cmd-bm"><code class=
-"literal">\bm</code></a> command which takes better care of
-spacing.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><a id="pmb-linkend" name="pmb-linkend"></a><span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\pmb</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8894896" class="indexterm" name="idp8894896"></a>
-<p>Can be used for mathematic symbols, when no bold version is
-available. It prints the standard symbol several times slightly
-shifted and is inferior to a real bold font!</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.2 dcolumn">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="dcolumn" name="dcolumn"></a>3.2
-<code class="filename">dcolumn</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8899488" class="indexterm" name="idp8899488"></a><a id=
-"idp8900304" class="indexterm" name="idp8900304"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\usepackage{dcolumn}</code></p>
-<p>Defines a system for defining columns of entries in an
-<code class="literal">array</code> or <code class=
-"literal">tabular</code> which are to be aligned on a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>decimal point</em></span>.</p>
-<p>This package defines <code class="literal">D</code> to be a
-column specifier with three arguments:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-D{sep.tex}{sep.dvi}{decimal places}
-</pre>
-<p><code class="literal">sep.tex</code> should be a single
-character, this is used as the separator in the <code class=
-"literal">.tex</code> file. It will usually be '<code class=
-"literal">.</code>' or '<code class="literal">,</code>'.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">sep.dvi</code> is used as the separator in
-the output.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">decimal places</code> should be the
-maximum number of decimal places in the column.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\newcolumntype</code> can be used to
-define own column types.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3 float">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="float" name="float"></a>3.3 <code class=
-"filename">float</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8915328" class="indexterm" name="idp8915328"></a>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The contents of this section was taken from the documentation of
-<code class="filename">float</code> v1.3d of 2001/11/08.</p>
-</div>
-<p><span class="quote">&ldquo;<span class="quote">This style option
-improves the interface for defining objects such as figures and
-tabels in LaTeX. It adds the notion of a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>float style</em></span> that governs the appearance
-of floats.</span>&rdquo;</span></p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newfloat{&lt;placement&gt;}{&lt;ext&gt;}[&lt;within&gt;]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8921072" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8921072"></a><a id="idp8921888" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8921888"></a>
-<p>Add a new class of floats.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\floatstyle{&lt;style&gt;}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8925456" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8925456"></a><a id="idp8926272" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8926272"></a>
-<p>Sets a default float style.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\floatname{&lt;style&gt;}{&lt;name&gt;}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8929808" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8929808"></a><a id="idp8930624" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8930624"></a>
-<p>Define the <span class="emphasis"><em>float name</em></span>
-used in the caption of a float.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\floatplacement{&lt;&gt;}{&lt;placement&gt;}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8934608" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8934608"></a><a id="idp8935424" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8935424"></a>
-<p>Resets the default placement specifier of a class of floats.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\restylefloat&lt;style&gt;</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8938976" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8938976"></a><a id="idp8939792" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8939792"></a>
-<p>Change styles for the standard float types <code class=
-"literal">figure</code> and <code class="literal">table</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\listof{&lt;type&gt;}{&lt;title&gt;}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8944768" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8944768"></a><a id="idp8945584" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp8945584"></a>
-<p>Produces a list of all floats of a given class.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.4 fontenc">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="fontenc" name="fontenc"></a>3.4
-<code class="filename">fontenc</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8950272" class="indexterm" name="idp8950272"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}</code></p>
-<p>chooses T1-fonts and allows correct automatic hyphenation.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5 german">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="german" name="german"></a>3.5 <code class=
-"filename">german</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp8954880" class="indexterm" name="idp8954880"></a><a id=
-"idp8955696" class="indexterm" name="idp8955696"></a>
-<p>Das <code class="literal">german</code> Paket mu&szlig; geladen
-sein:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"a</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8960208" class="indexterm" name="idp8960208"></a>
-<p>erzeugt ein <span class="emphasis"><em>&auml;</em></span></p>
-<p>entsprechend <code class="literal">"o</code>, <code class=
-"literal">"u</code>, <code class="literal">"A</code>, <code class=
-"literal">"O</code>, <code class="literal">"U</code>, <code class=
-"literal">"s (&szlig;)</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"ck</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8968464" class="indexterm" name="idp8968464"></a>
-<p>wird bei Trennung zu <code class="literal">k-k</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"ff</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8972512" class="indexterm" name="idp8972512"></a>
-<p>wird bei Trennung zu <code class="literal">ff-f</code></p>
-<p>entsprechend <code class="literal">"ll</code>, <code class=
-"literal">"mm</code>, <code class="literal">"pp</code>,
-<code class="literal">"rr</code>, <code class=
-"literal">"tt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\glqq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8980512" class="indexterm" name="idp8980512"></a>
-<p>oder <code class="literal">"`</code> erzeugt untere doppelte
-Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><a id="cmd-grqq" name="cmd-grqq"></a><span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\grqq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8985248" class="indexterm" name="idp8985248"></a>
-<p>oder <code class="literal">"'</code> erzeugt obere doppelte
-Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\glq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8989552" class="indexterm" name="idp8989552"></a>
-<p>erzeugt untere einfache Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\flqq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8993120" class="indexterm" name="idp8993120"></a>
-<p>oder <code class="literal">"&lt;</code> doppelte linke
-franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\frqq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp8997424" class="indexterm" name="idp8997424"></a>
-<p>oder <code class="literal">"&gt;</code> doppelte rechte
-franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\flq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9001728" class="indexterm" name="idp9001728"></a>
-<p>einfache linke franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\frq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9005296" class="indexterm" name="idp9005296"></a>
-<p>einfache rechte franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"|</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9008832" class="indexterm" name="idp9008832"></a>
-<p>verhindert eine Ligatur an der Stelle</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\-</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9012272" class="indexterm" name="idp9012272"></a>
-<p>markiert m&ouml;gliche Trennstelle, im restlichen Wort ist keine
-Trennung mehr m&ouml;glich</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"-</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9015904" class="indexterm" name="idp9015904"></a>
-<p>Trennvorschlag, der Rest des Wortes kann noch automatisch
-getrennt werden</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">""</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9019488" class="indexterm" name="idp9019488"></a>
-<p>Trennvorschlag, bei dem bei einer Trennung kein Bindestrich
-eingef&uuml;gt wird</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"~</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9023056" class="indexterm" name="idp9023056"></a>
-<p>Bindestrich, an dem nicht getrennt werden darf</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">"=</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9026512" class="indexterm" name="idp9026512"></a>
-<p>Bindestrich, an dem getrennt werden darf</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\dq</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9030016" class="indexterm" name="idp9030016"></a>
-<p>erzeugt ein nicht-typographisches gerades
-Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\texttt{\dq}
-</pre></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">&lt;</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9034288" class="indexterm" name="idp9034288"></a>
-<p>oder <code class="literal">\dq</code> ergibt das
-Zoll-Zeichen</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.6 graphics">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="graphics" name="graphics"></a>3.6
-<code class="filename">graphics</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9039840" class="indexterm" name="idp9039840"></a><a id=
-"idp9040656" class="indexterm" name="idp9040656"></a>
-<p>Look up details in <code class="filename">grfguide</code>.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.6.1 \includegraphics">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="includegraphics" name=
-"includegraphics"></a>3.6.1 \includegraphics</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9044768" class="indexterm" name="idp9044768"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\includegraphics[]{picture-name}</code></p>
-<p>File extensions of the graphics should be omitted, so it's
-easier to change the format (for example for pdf or ps output).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.6.2 \graphicspath">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="graphicspath" name=
-"graphicspath"></a>3.6.2 \graphicspath</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9048736" class="indexterm" name="idp9048736"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\graphicspath{dir-list}</code></p>
-<p><code class="literal">dir-list</code> is a list of absolute or
-relative paths, where the command <a class="link" href=
-"#includegraphics" title="3.6.1 \includegraphics"><code class=
-"literal">\includegraphics{}</code></a> searches for the graphic
-files:</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\graphicspath{{eps/}{tiff/}}</code> would
-cause the system to look in the subdirectories <code class=
-"literal">eps</code> and <code class="literal">tiff</code> of the
-current directory. This is unix syntax, on a Mac it would be:</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\graphicspath{{:eps:}{:tiff:}}</code></p>
-<p>Under Windows/DOS use also the slash <code class=
-"literal">/</code> to separate directories. Not all tex
-installations can handle filenames with spaces. So it's better to
-avoid them.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.7 hyperref">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="hyperref" name="hyperref"></a>3.7
-<code class="filename">hyperref</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9060176" class="indexterm" name="idp9060176"></a><a id=
-"idp9061248" class="indexterm" name="idp9061248"></a>
-<p>For more infos read in the book <span class="emphasis"><em>LaTeX
-Web Companion</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Mit LaTeX
-ins Web</em></span>.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.7.1 Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="hyperref-options" name=
-"hyperref-options"></a>3.7.1 Options</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">4</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9067600" class="indexterm" name="idp9067600"></a>
-<p>use Acrobat 4 features (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, legalpaper,
-letterpaper, executivepaper</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9071872" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9071872"></a><a id="idp9073776" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9073776"></a><a id="idp9075680" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9075680"></a><a id="idp9077584" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9077584"></a><a id="idp9079488" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9079488"></a><a id="idp9081392" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9081392"></a>
-<p>use the specified paper size.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">anchorcolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9084912" class="indexterm" name="idp9084912"></a>
-<p>set color of anchors (default: <code class=
-"literal">black</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">backref</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9089152" class="indexterm" name="idp9089152"></a>
-<p>do bibliographical back references (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">baseurl</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9093408" class="indexterm" name="idp9093408"></a>
-<p>set base URL for document (default: <code class=
-"literal">empty</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">bookmarks</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9097664" class="indexterm" name="idp9097664"></a>
-<p>make bookmarks (default: <code class="literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">bookmarksnumbered</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9101904" class="indexterm" name="idp9101904"></a>
-<p>put section numbers in bookmarks (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">bookmarksopen</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9106160" class="indexterm" name="idp9106160"></a>
-<p>open up bookmark tree (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">bookmarksopenlevel</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9110448" class="indexterm" name="idp9110448"></a>
-<p>level to which bookmarks are open (default: <code class=
-"literal">\maxdimen</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">bookmarkstype</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9114704" class="indexterm" name="idp9114704"></a>
-<p>to specify which `toc' file to mimic toc.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">breaklinks</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9118240" class="indexterm" name="idp9118240"></a>
-<p>allow links to break over lines (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">citebordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9122496" class="indexterm" name="idp9122496"></a>
-<p>color of border around cites (default: <code class="literal">0 1
-0</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">citecolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9126752" class="indexterm" name="idp9126752"></a>
-<p>color of citation links (default: <code class=
-"literal">green</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">colorlinks</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9130992" class="indexterm" name="idp9130992"></a>
-<p>color links (default: <code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">debug</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9135232" class="indexterm" name="idp9135232"></a>
-<p>provide details of anchors defined (same as verbose, default:
-<code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">draft</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9139520" class="indexterm" name="idp9139520"></a>
-<p>do not do any hyper linking (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">dvipdf, dvipdfm, dvips, dvipsone, dviwindo,
-hypertex,</span> <span class="term">latex2html, pdftex, tex4ht,
-textures, ps2pdf, vtex</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9144256" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9144256"></a><a id="idp9146160" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9146160"></a><a id="idp9148064" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9148064"></a><a id="idp9149968" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9149968"></a><a id="idp9151872" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9151872"></a><a id="idp9153776" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9153776"></a><a id="idp9155680" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9155680"></a><a id="idp9157584" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9157584"></a><a id="idp9159488" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9159488"></a><a id="idp9161392" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9161392"></a><a id="idp9163296" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9163296"></a>
-<p>use the specified backend.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">extension</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9166816" class="indexterm" name="idp9166816"></a>
-<p>suffix of linked files (default: <code class=
-"literal">dvi</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">filebordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9171072" class="indexterm" name="idp9171072"></a>
-<p>color of border around file links (default: <code class=
-"literal">0 .5 .5</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">filecolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9175328" class="indexterm" name="idp9175328"></a>
-<p>color of file links (default: <code class=
-"literal">cyan</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">frenchlinks</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9179568" class="indexterm" name="idp9179568"></a>
-<p>use small caps instead of color for links (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">hyperfigures</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9183840" class="indexterm" name="idp9183840"></a>
-<p>make figures hyper links (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">hyperindex</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9188096" class="indexterm" name="idp9188096"></a>
-<p>set up hyperlinked indices (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">hypertexnames</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9192352" class="indexterm" name="idp9192352"></a>
-<p>use guessable names for links (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">implicit</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9196608" class="indexterm" name="idp9196608"></a>
-<p>redefine LaTeX internals (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">linkbordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9201296" class="indexterm" name="idp9201296"></a>
-<p>color of border around links (default: <code class="literal">1 0
-0</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">linkcolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9205552" class="indexterm" name="idp9205552"></a>
-<p>color of links (default: <code class="literal">red</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">linktocpage</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9209808" class="indexterm" name="idp9209808"></a>
-<p>make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT
-(default: <code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">menubordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9214096" class="indexterm" name="idp9214096"></a>
-<p>color of border around menu links (default: <code class=
-"literal">1 0 0</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">menucolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9218352" class="indexterm" name="idp9218352"></a>
-<p>color for menu links (default: <code class=
-"literal">red</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">naturalnames</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9222560" class="indexterm" name="idp9222560"></a>
-<p>use LaTeX-computed names for links (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">nesting</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9227264" class="indexterm" name="idp9227264"></a>
-<p>allow nesting of links (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pageanchor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9231504" class="indexterm" name="idp9231504"></a>
-<p>put an anchor on every page (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pagebackref</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9235760" class="indexterm" name="idp9235760"></a>
-<p>backreference by page number (default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pagebordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9240016" class="indexterm" name="idp9240016"></a>
-<p>color of border around page links (default: <code class=
-"literal">1 1 0</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pagecolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9244272" class="indexterm" name="idp9244272"></a>
-<p>color of page links (default: <code class=
-"literal">red</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfauthor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9248480" class="indexterm" name="idp9248480"></a>
-<p>text for PDF Author field (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfborder</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9252016" class="indexterm" name="idp9252016"></a>
-<p>width of PDF link border (default: <code class="literal">0 0
-1</code>; <code class="literal">0 0 0</code> for <code class=
-"literal">colorlinks</code>)</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfcenterwindow</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9257712" class="indexterm" name="idp9257712"></a>
-<p>position the document window center of the screen (default:
-<code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfcreator</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9261984" class="indexterm" name="idp9261984"></a>
-<p>text for PDF Creator field (default: LaTeX with hyperref
-package).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdffitwindow</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9265984" class="indexterm" name="idp9265984"></a>
-<p>resize document window to fit document size (default:
-<code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfhighlight</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9270256" class="indexterm" name="idp9270256"></a>
-<p>set highlighting of PDF links (default: <code class=
-"literal">/I</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfkeywords</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9274480" class="indexterm" name="idp9274480"></a>
-<p>text for PDF Keywords field (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfmenubar</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9278016" class="indexterm" name="idp9278016"></a>
-<p>make PDF viewer's menu bar visible (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfnewwindow</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9282272" class="indexterm" name="idp9282272"></a>
-<p>make links that open another PDF file start a new window
-(default: <code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfpagelayout</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9286560" class="indexterm" name="idp9286560"></a>
-<p>set layout of PDF pages (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfpagemode</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9290096" class="indexterm" name="idp9290096"></a>
-<p>set default mode of PDF display (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfpagescrop</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9293648" class="indexterm" name="idp9293648"></a>
-<p>set crop size of PDF document (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfpagetransition</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9297184" class="indexterm" name="idp9297184"></a>
-<p>set PDF page transition style (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfproducer</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9300720" class="indexterm" name="idp9300720"></a>
-<p>text for PDF Producer field (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfstartpage</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9304256" class="indexterm" name="idp9304256"></a>
-<p>page at which PDF document opens (default: <code class=
-"literal">1</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfstartview</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9308480" class="indexterm" name="idp9308480"></a>
-<p>starting view of PDF document (default: <code class=
-"literal">/Fit</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfsubject</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9312736" class="indexterm" name="idp9312736"></a>
-<p>text for PDF Subject field (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdftitle</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9316368" class="indexterm" name="idp9316368"></a>
-<p>text for PDF Title field(default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdftoolbar</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9319840" class="indexterm" name="idp9319840"></a>
-<p>make PDF toolbar visible (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfview</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9324096" class="indexterm" name="idp9324096"></a>
-<p>PDF `view' when on link traversal (default: empty).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">pdfwindowui</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9327696" class="indexterm" name="idp9327696"></a>
-<p>make PDF user interface elements visible (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">plainpages</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9331968" class="indexterm" name="idp9331968"></a>
-<p>do page number anchors as plain arabic (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">raiselinks</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9336240" class="indexterm" name="idp9336240"></a>
-<p>raise up links (for HyperTeX backend; default: <code class=
-"literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">runbordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9340512" class="indexterm" name="idp9340512"></a>
-<p>color of border around run links (default: <code class=
-"literal">0 .7 .7</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">unicode</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9344768" class="indexterm" name="idp9344768"></a>
-<p>Unicode encoded pdf strings (default: <code class=
-"literal">true</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">urlbordercolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9349024" class="indexterm" name="idp9349024"></a>
-<p>color of border around URL links (default: <code class=
-"literal">0 1 1</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">urlcolor</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9353280" class="indexterm" name="idp9353280"></a>
-<p>color of URL links (default: <code class=
-"literal">magenta</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">verbose</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9357520" class="indexterm" name="idp9357520"></a>
-<p>be chatty (default: <code class="literal">false</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.7.2 Commands">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="hyperref-commands" name=
-"hyperref-commands"></a>3.7.2 Commands</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\texorpdfstring{TeX-string}{pdf-string}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9364528" class="indexterm" name="idp9364528"></a>
-<p>allows different texts for PDF or TeX creation.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\section{The role of \texorpdfstring{H$_2$O}{water}}
-</pre></dd>
-<dt><a id="href" name="href"></a><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\href{URL}{Text}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9370096" class="indexterm" name="idp9370096"></a>
-<p>the text will be resolved into a URL. The URL must be complete,
-according to a base-url which might be defined in a <a class="link"
-href="#cmd-hyperbaseurl"><code class=
-"literal">\hyperbaseurl</code></a>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\href{http://www.karpfenteich.net/pit/}{Peter's input tips}
-</pre></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a id="cmd-hyperbaseurl" name=
-"cmd-hyperbaseurl"></a><code class=
-"literal">\hyperbaseurl{URL}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9376624" class="indexterm" name="idp9376624"></a>
-<p>defines a base URL, which is preset to a given URL. This helps
-to make portable documents.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\hyperimage{image-URL}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9380608" class="indexterm" name="idp9380608"></a>
-<p>includes the picture of the URL reference.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\hyperref{URL}{category}{name}{text}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\hyperref[mark]{text}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9385424" class="indexterm" name="idp9385424"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">text</code> is activated as a hyperlink to
-the point which is defined with a <a class="link" href=
-"#cmd-label-title" title="2.3.2.&nbsp;\label{key}"><code class=
-"filename">\label</code></a> command with the symbolic name
-<code class="literal">mark</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\hyperlink{name}{text}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class=
-"literal">\hyertarget{name}{text}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9393072" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9393072"></a><a id="idp9394976" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9394976"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\hyperlink</code> creates an internal link
-to an object which is somewhere defined with a <code class=
-"literal">\hypertarget</code> command.</p>
-<p>For HTML the command <code class="literal">\hyperlink</code>
-inserts a <code class="literal">#</code> character in front of each
-link. Thus it'll refer to the topical document, while <code class=
-"literal">\href</code> will expect a complete URL.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\autoref{marker}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9402864" class="indexterm" name="idp9402864"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\autoref</code> is a substitution for the
-standard <code class="literal">\ref</code> command. It inserts a
-context sensitive phrase.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-see \autoref{foo}
-</pre>
-<p>for a <code class="literal">\label</code> in a section will
-output <span class="emphasis"><em>see section 3</em></span> for an
-example.</p>
-<p>There are macros to change the default output with the help of
-the <code class="literal">\renewcommand</code>:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\figurename *\figurename*
-\tablename *\tablename*
-\partname *\partname*
-\appendixname *\appendixname*
-\equationname *\equationname*
-\Itemname *\Itemname*
-\chaptername *\chaptername*
-\sectionname *\sectionname*
-\subsectionname *\subsesctionname*
-\subsubsectionname *\subsubsectionname*
-\paragraphname *\paragraphname*
-\Hfootnotename *\Hfootnotename*
-\AMSname *\AMSname*
-\theoremname *\theoremname*
-</pre></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a id="cmd-nolinkurl" name=
-"cmd-nolinkurl"></a><code class=
-"literal">\nolinkurl</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9413248" class="indexterm" name="idp9413248"></a>
-<p>Allows line breaks in a verbatim like environment like
-<code class="literal">\url</code>, but without the hyperlink
-function. This is useful to define own commands like this
-example:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\newcommand*{\urlw}[1]{\href{http://www.#1}%
- {\nolinkurl{www.#1}}}
-</pre>
-<p>This new defined command <code class="literal">\urlw</code>
-allows the user to typeset a linkable (this function is offered by
-<code class="literal">\href</code>) <code class=
-"literal">www.example.org</code> address in the latex source like
-this:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\urlw{example.org}
-</pre>
-<p>This will produce the string <code class=
-"literal">www.example.org</code> which is hyperlinked and breakable
-(when the driver like pdfTeX allows line breaks in links).</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.8 inputenc">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="inputenc" name="inputenc"></a>3.8
-<code class="filename">inputenc</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9424944" class="indexterm" name="idp9424944"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\usepackage[encoding
-name]{inputenc}</code></p>
-<p>Allows to specify an input encoding for direct input of
-character codes &gt; 127, e.g. accented characters.</p>
-<p>Important encodings are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">latin9,
-latin1</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Linux, Unix, VMS</p>
-<a id="idp9429952" class="indexterm" name="idp9429952"></a><a id=
-"idp9430768" class="indexterm" name="idp9430768"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">ansinew</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Windows (codepage 1252)</p>
-<a id="idp9433584" class="indexterm" name="idp9433584"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">cp850</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">OS/2, MSDOS (codpage 850)</p>
-<a id="idp9436544" class="indexterm" name="idp9436544"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">applemac</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Apple Macintosh</p>
-<a id="idp9439360" class="indexterm" name="idp9439360"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.9 KOMA-Script">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="komascript" name="komascript"></a>3.9
-<code class="filename">KOMA-Script</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9442992" class="indexterm" name="idp9442992"></a><a id=
-"idp9444032" class="indexterm" name="idp9444032"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">KOMA-Script</code> package has a very
-detailed and well written documentation. Read the <code class=
-"literal">scrguide</code> for further information! :-)</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.9.1 Page-Layout">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-page-layout" name=
-"komascript-page-layout"></a>3.9.1 Page-Layout</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p><code class="literal">\typearea[BCOR]{DIV}</code></p>
-<a id="idp9450080" class="indexterm" name="idp9450080"></a>
-<p><code class=
-"literal">\areaset[BCOR]{Breite}{H&ouml;he}</code></p>
-<a id="idp9451936" class="indexterm" name="idp9451936"></a></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.9.2 Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-options" name=
-"komascript-options"></a>3.9.2 Options</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">headinclude, headexclude,</span>
-<span class="term">footinclude, footexclude</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9456288" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9456288"></a><a id="idp9457472" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9457472"></a><a id="idp9458544" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9458544"></a><a id="idp9459616" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9459616"></a>
-<p>will determine if headers and footers are used in the
-calculation of the page size. Default is exclude. Include will make
-the text area smaller.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">DIV</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9462448" class="indexterm" name="idp9462448"></a>
-<p>is a factor which determins how large the used page size is.
-This method takes care of good typography.</p>
-<p>Try values between 10 and 15. Higher values will cause smaller
-margins. An example would be: <code class=
-"literal">DIV12</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">BCOR</span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9466400" class="indexterm" name="idp9466400"></a>
-<p>Binding correction. Takes care of the loss of the visible paper
-size when the paper is cut and a book is bound.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.9.3 Letter Class scrlttr2">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-scrlttr2" name=
-"komascript-scrlttr2"></a>3.9.3 Letter Class <code class=
-"literal">scrlttr2</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp9470720" class="indexterm" name="idp9470720"></a>
-<p>This reference is based on the excellent <code class=
-"literal">scrguien.pdf</code> from 2002-09-06.</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9473376" name=
-"idp9473376"></a>Options</h5>
-<a id="idp9474064" class="indexterm" name="idp9474064"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9475968" name="idp9475968"></a>Defining
-Options Later</h5>
-<a id="idp9476656" class="indexterm" name="idp9476656"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\KOMAoptions{options
-list}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Use this to change options after loading the class. List single
-or multiple options, separated by commas.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9481408" name="idp9481408"></a>Page
-Layout Options</h5>
-<a id="idp9482096" class="indexterm" name="idp9482096"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">paper=format</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines the paper format.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">BCOR=length</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">DIV=value</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">headlines=count</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Divisor, binding correction, and number of headlines.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">enlargefirstpage</code></span></dt>
-<dd>If <span class="emphasis"><em>true</em></span> some more text
-would fit on the first page</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9492960" name="idp9492960"></a>Other
-Layout Options</h5>
-<a id="idp9493648" class="indexterm" name="idp9493648"></a><a id=
-"idp9495552" class="indexterm" name="idp9495552"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">twoside</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Activate possibilities of a double-sided document, but stay
-with with the one-sided layout as far as possible.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">cleardoublepage=style</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Inserted pages by <code class=
-"literal">\cleardoublepage</code> get one of these page styles:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc">
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">empty</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">plain</code></li>
-<li class="listitem"><code class="literal">standard</code></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headsepline</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">footsepline</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Insert a separator line below the head or above the foot.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">mpinclude</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">mpexclude</code></span></dt>
-<dd>These two options of the <code class="literal">typearea</code>
-package should not be used with <code class=
-"literal">scrlttr2</code>.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">pagenumber=position</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">This option defines if and where a page number
-will be placed. Possible values are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">bot</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">foot</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in foot, horizontal position not changed</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">botcenter</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">botcentered</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">botmiddle</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">footcenter</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">footcentered</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">footmiddle</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number infoot,centered</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">botleft</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">footleft</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in foot, left justified</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">botrigth</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">footright</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in foot, right justified</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">center</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">centered</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">middle</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number centered horizontally, vertical position not
-changed</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">false</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">no</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">off</code></span></dt>
-<dd>No page number</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">head</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">top</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in head, horizontal position not changed</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headcenter</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headcentered</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">headmiddle</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">topcenter</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">topcentered</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">topmiddle</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in head, centered</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headleft</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">topleft</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in head, left justified</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headright</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">topright</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in head, right justified</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">left</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number left, vertical position not changed</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">right</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number right, vertical position not changed</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p class="simpara">Default is <code class=
-"literal">botcenter</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">parskip=value</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Mark paragraphs alternatively by vertical skip.
-Possible values are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">false</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">off</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Paragraph indentation instead of verticalk space</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">full</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">on</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">true</code></span></dt>
-<dd>One line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em free
-space in the last line.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">full*</code></span></dt>
-<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a quarter
-of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">full+</code></span></dt>
-<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a third of
-aline free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">full-</code></span></dt>
-<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; last line of a
-paragraph may be arbitrarily filled.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">half</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em
-free space in the last line.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">half*</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a
-quarter of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">half+</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a third
-of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">half-</code></span></dt>
-<dd>One line vertical space between paragraphs; last line may be
-arbitrarily filled.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p class="simpara">Default is <code class=
-"literal">false</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9584448" name="idp9584448"></a>Font
-Options</h5>
-<a id="idp9585136" class="indexterm" name="idp9585136"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fontsize=size</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Font size of the document. Defaults to <code class=
-"literal">12pt</code>.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9590560" name="idp9590560"></a>Options
-for Letterhead and Address</h5>
-<a id="idp9591264" class="indexterm" name="idp9591264"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromalign</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Defines the placement of the from address in the
-letterhead. Possible values are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">center</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">centered</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">middle</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Return address centered.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">false</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">no</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">off</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Standard design for return address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">left</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Left justified return address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">rigth</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Right justified return address.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p class="simpara">Default is <code class="literal">left</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromrule</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Allows to place a horizontal rule within return
-address. Possible values are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">afteraddress</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">below</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">true</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">yes</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Line below return address</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">aftername</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Line right below sender's name</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">false</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">no</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">off</code></span></dt>
-<dd>No line.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p class="simpara">Default is <code class=
-"literal">false</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromphone</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether the phone number will be part of the return
-address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromfax</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether the facsimile number will be part of the return
-address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromemail</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether the email address will be part of the return
-address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromurl</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether the URL will be part of the return
-address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromlogo</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether the logo will be part of the return
-address.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">addrfield</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether a return address field will be set.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">backaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines whether a return address for window envelopes will be
-set.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subject</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Choose of your subject should have a title and
-if the subject should be set before or after the opening. Possible
-values are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">afteropening</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set subject after opening.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">beforeopening</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set subject before opening.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">titled</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Add title to subject.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">untitled</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Do not add title to subject.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p class="simpara">Defaults are <code class=
-"literal">beforeopening</code> and <code class=
-"literal">untitled</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">locfield</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Toggle between presets for the field width of
-additionbal sender attributes.</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">narrow</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Small sender supplement field.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">wide</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Wide sender supplement field.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p class="simpara">Default is <code class=
-"literal">narrow</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">foldmarks</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Activates fold marks.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">numericaldate</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Toggles between standard, language-dependent date presentation
-and a short, numerical one.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">refline</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines that the reference line may extend beyond the normal
-type area.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9664320" name="idp9664320"></a>Format
-Options</h5>
-<a id="idp9665008" class="indexterm" name="idp9665008"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">draft</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Toggles between the final and the draft version.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9669728" name="idp9669728"></a>Letter
-Class Option Files</h5>
-<a id="idp9670432" class="indexterm" name="idp9670432"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\LoadLetterOption{name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p class="simpara">Load a <code class="literal">lco</code> file.
-<code class="literal">name</code> is the filename without
-suffix.</p>
-<p>Predefined <code class="literal">lco</code> files:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">DIN</code></span></dt>
-<dd>For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">DINmtext</code></span></dt>
-<dd>For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676, but using an
-alternate layout with more text on the first page.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">KOMAold</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Fo AQ4 paper size using a layout close to the obsolete
-<code class="literal">scrlettr</code> class.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">SN</code></span></dt>
-<dd>For Swiss letters with address field on the right side,
-according to SN 010 130</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">SNleft</code></span></dt>
-<dd>For Swiss letters with address field on the left side.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize{option name}{paper
-size}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Useful to be abel to emit warnings if the user selects a
-different paper size from the one the <code class=
-"literal">lco</code> file is based on.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9692256" name="idp9692256"></a>General
-Document Properties</h5>
-<a id="idp9692928" class="indexterm" name="idp9692928"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9694848" name="idp9694848"></a>Font
-Selection</h5>
-<a id="idp9695536" class="indexterm" name="idp9695536"></a>
-<p>See also the section for <span class="emphasis"><em>Changing
-Fonts</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">backaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Back address for a window envelope</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">descriptionlabel</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Label in a <code class="literal">description</code>
-environment</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Sender's address in letterhead</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromname</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Sender's address in letterhead if different from <code class=
-"literal">fromaddress</code></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">pagefoot</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Footer, sometimes header of a page</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">pagehead</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Header, sometimes footer of a page</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">pagenumber</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Page number in footer or header</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subject</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Subject in the opening</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">title</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Headline in the opening</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9718656" name="idp9718656"></a>Page
-Style</h5>
-<a id="idp9719344" class="indexterm" name="idp9719344"></a>
-<p>See also the section for <span class="emphasis"><em>Page
-Style</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Entirely empty headers and footers</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">plain</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Empty head and and only page number in header or footer</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headings</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Automatic page headings</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">myheadings</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Manual page headings</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9731008" name=
-"idp9731008"></a>Variables</h5>
-<a id="idp9731696" class="indexterm" name="idp9731696"></a>
-<p>The main difference between a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>command</em></span> and a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> is that a command usually
-triggers an action whereas a variable only consists of plain text.
-Furthermore a variable can have an additional description.</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newkomavar[description]{name}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newkomavar*[description]{name}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\addtoreffields{name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9738592" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9738592"></a><a id="idp9740496" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp9740496"></a>
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">\newkomavar</code> defines
-a new variable, addressed with <code class=
-"literal">name</code>.</p>
-<p class="simpara">The command <code class=
-"literal">\addtoreffields</code> adds the variable <code class=
-"literal">name</code> to the reference fields. See section
-<a class="link" href="#scrlttr-business-line" title=
-"3.9.3.&nbsp;Business Line">Business Line</a>.</p>
-<p class="simpara">The command <code class=
-"literal">\newkomavar*</code> works like <code class=
-"literal">\newkomavar</code> with an additional call of the command
-<code class="literal">\addtoreffields</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>Overview of all variables:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">backaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9752048" class="indexterm" name="idp9752048"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Back address for window envelopes</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">backaddressseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9755968" class="indexterm" name="idp9755968"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator within the back address</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">ccseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9759888" class="indexterm" name="idp9759888"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between title of additional recipients
-and additional recipients</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">customer</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9763856" class="indexterm" name="idp9763856"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Customer number</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">date</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9767760" class="indexterm" name="idp9767760"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Date</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">emailseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9771664" class="indexterm" name="idp9771664"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between e-mail name and e-mail
-address</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">enclseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9775616" class="indexterm" name="idp9775616"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between title of enclosure and and
-enclosures</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">faxseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9779568" class="indexterm" name="idp9779568"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between title of fax and fax
-number</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9783520" class="indexterm" name="idp9783520"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Sender's address without its name</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">frombank</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9787440" class="indexterm" name="idp9787440"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Sender's bank account</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromemail</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9791344" class="indexterm" name="idp9791344"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Sender's e-mail</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromfax</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9795248" class="indexterm" name="idp9795248"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Sender's fax number</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromlogo</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9799152" class="indexterm" name="idp9799152"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Commands for inserting the sender's logo</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromname</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9803088" class="indexterm" name="idp9803088"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Complete name of the sender</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromphone</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9807008" class="indexterm" name="idp9807008"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Sender's telephone number</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromurl</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9810928" class="indexterm" name="idp9810928"></a>
-<p class="simpara">URL of the sender</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">invoice</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9814832" class="indexterm" name="idp9814832"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Invoice number</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">location</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9818736" class="indexterm" name="idp9818736"></a>
-<p class="simpara">More details of the sender</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">myref</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9822656" class="indexterm" name="idp9822656"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Sender's reference</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">place</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9826560" class="indexterm" name="idp9826560"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Place</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">placeseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9830464" class="indexterm" name="idp9830464"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between place and date</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">phoneseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9834384" class="indexterm" name="idp9834384"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between title of telephone and
-telephone number</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">signature</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9838336" class="indexterm" name="idp9838336"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Signature beneath the ending of the letter</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">specialmail</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9842272" class="indexterm" name="idp9842272"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Special mail</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subject</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9846176" class="indexterm" name="idp9846176"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Subject</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subjectseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9850080" class="indexterm" name="idp9850080"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Separator between title of subject and
-subject</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">title</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9854032" class="indexterm" name="idp9854032"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Letter title</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toname</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9857936" class="indexterm" name="idp9857936"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Complete name of recipient</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9861856" class="indexterm" name="idp9861856"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Address of recipient without its name</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">yourmail</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9865776" class="indexterm" name="idp9865776"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Date of recipient's mail</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">yourref</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9869696" class="indexterm" name="idp9869696"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Recipient's reference</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\setkomavar{name}[description]{content}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\setkomavar*{name}{description}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9875216" class="indexterm" name="idp9875216"></a>
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">\setkomavar</code> sets
-the content of the variable <code class="literal">name</code>. The
-optional argument sets the <code class="literal">description</code>
-of the variable.</p>
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">\setkomavar*</code> only
-sets the <code class="literal">description</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\usekomavar[command]{name}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class=
-"literal">\usekomavar*[command]{name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9884544" class="indexterm" name="idp9884544"></a>
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">\usekomavar</code> gives
-you access to the content of the variable <code class=
-"literal">name</code>.</p>
-<p class="simpara"><code class="literal">\usekomavar*</code> gives
-you access to the <code class="literal">description</code> of the
-variable <code class="literal">name</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ifkomavarempty{name}{true}{false}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ifkomavarempty*{name}{true}{false}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp9893824" class="indexterm" name="idp9893824"></a>
-<p class="simpara">The <code class="literal">true</code> argument
-will be executed if the content or description is empty. Otherwise
-the <code class="literal">false</code> argument will be
-executed.</p>
-<p class="simpara">The starred version handles the description of a
-variable, the variant without star the content.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9898704" name="idp9898704"></a>Pseudo
-Lengths</h5>
-<a id="idp9899392" class="indexterm" name="idp9899392"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\@newplength{name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Defines a new pseudo length</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\useplength{name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Access value of pseudo length <code class=
-"literal">name</code></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\setlengthtoplength[factor]{length}{pseudo length}</code>
-,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\addtolengthplength[factor]{length}{pseudo
-length}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Assign a multiple of <code class="literal">pseudo length</code>
-to a real <code class="literal">length</code>. Adds a multiple of
-<code class="literal">pseudo length</code> to <code class=
-"literal">length</code>.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\@setplength[factor]{pseudo length}{value}</code>
-,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\@addtoplength[factor]{pseudo
-length}{value}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Assign a multiple of a <code class="literal">value</code> to a
-<code class="literal">pseudo length</code>. Adds <code class=
-"literal">value</code> to <code class="literal">pseudo
-length</code>.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9919360" name="idp9919360"></a>Letter
-Declaration</h5>
-<a id="idp9920048" class="indexterm" name="idp9920048"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9921952" name=
-"idp9921952"></a>Letterhead</h5>
-<a id="idp9922640" class="indexterm" name="idp9922640"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">firstheadvpos</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Distance between the top of the sheet and the letterhead.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">firstheadwidth</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Width of the letterhead.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromname</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fromaddress</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">fromphone</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">fromfax</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">fromemail</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">fromurl</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">fromlogo</code></span></dt>
-<dd>This variables give all statements concerning the sender
-necessary to create the letterhead.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">phoneseparator</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">faxseparator</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">emailseparator</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">urlseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Separators for variables in letterhead.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\firsthead{construction}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Create letterhead freely.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9942880" name=
-"idp9942880"></a>Footer</h5>
-<a id="idp9943568" class="indexterm" name="idp9943568"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">firstfootvpos</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Distance between footer and upper border of the sheet.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">firstfootwidth</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Width of letter's firstpage footer.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\firstfoot{Construction}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set definition for first page's footer</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9952336" name=
-"idp9952336"></a>Address</h5>
-<a id="idp9953024" class="indexterm" name="idp9953024"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toaddrvpos</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toaddrhpos</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Distance between address window of a window envelope and the
-upper and left border of the sheet.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toaddrwidth</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Width of the address window.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toaddrindent</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Value of indentation for the address from the left border.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">backaddress</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">backaddressseparator</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">backaddrheight</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Double backslashes within return address will be exchanged with
-<code class="literal">backaddressseparator</code>. Height of the
-return address field.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">specialmail</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">specialmailindent</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">specialmailrightindent</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Optionally set between return address and addressee.
-<code class="literal">specialmailindent</code> and <code class=
-"literal">specialmailrightindent</code> determine left and right
-indentation.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">toname</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">toaddress</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Usually not set directly by the user.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\begin{letter}[options]{address}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Major point of the letter class.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\AtBeginLetter{command}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Hook for commands run at begin of a letter.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp9979184" name="idp9979184"></a>Sender's
-Extension</h5>
-<a id="idp9979872" class="indexterm" name="idp9979872"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">locwidth</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Declares width of sender's extensions.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">location</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Content of sender's extension.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="scrlttr-business-line" name=
-"scrlttr-business-line"></a>Business Line</h5>
-<a id="idp9987696" class="indexterm" name="idp9987696"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">refvpos</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Distance between upper border of sheet and business line.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">refwidth</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Available width for the business line.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">refaftervskip</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Vertical space to be inserted beneath business line.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">place</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">placeseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd>If all variables for business line are empty, the content of
-<code class="literal">place</code> and <code class=
-"literal">placeseparator</code> will be set, followed by content of
-<code class="literal">date</code>.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">yourref</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">yourmail</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">myref</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">customer</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">invoice</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">date</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Typical fields for business lines.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10007648" name="idp10007648"></a>Title
-and Subject Line</h5>
-<a id="idp10008336" class="indexterm" name="idp10008336"></a><a id=
-"idp10010240" class="indexterm" name="idp10010240"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">title</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Additional tile. Set centered beneath the business line.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">subject</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subjectseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set the subject of the letter, optional prefixed by a
-label.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10017824" name=
-"idp10017824"></a>Further Issues</h5>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">tfoldmarkvpos</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">bfoldmarkvpos</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Position of upper and lower fold mark.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">foldmarkhpos</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Distance between fold marks and the sheet's left border.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">frombank</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Internally not used yet.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\nexthead{construction}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class=
-"literal">\nextfoot{construction}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Create letter head or foot for the following pages freely.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10029040" name="idp10029040"></a>The
-Text</h5>
-<a id="idp10029728" class="indexterm" name="idp10029728"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10031632" name=
-"idp10031632"></a>Opening</h5>
-<a id="idp10032320" class="indexterm" name="idp10032320"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\opening{opening}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set the opening of the letter.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10037008" name=
-"idp10037008"></a>Footnotes</h5>
-<a id="idp10037696" class="indexterm" name="idp10037696"></a>
-<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Footnotes</em></span> in
-KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10040560" name=
-"idp10040560"></a>Lists</h5>
-<a id="idp10041184" class="indexterm" name="idp10041184"></a>
-<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Lists</em></span> in
-KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10044048" name="idp10044048"></a>Margin
-Notes</h5>
-<a id="idp10044672" class="indexterm" name="idp10044672"></a>
-<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Margin Notes</em></span>
-in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10047536" name="idp10047536"></a>Text
-Emphasis</h5>
-<a id="idp10048160" class="indexterm" name="idp10048160"></a>
-<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Logical Markup of
-Text</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10051024" name=
-"idp10051024"></a>Closing Part</h5>
-<a id="idp10051648" class="indexterm" name="idp10051648"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10053552" name=
-"idp10053552"></a>Closing</h5>
-<a id="idp10054240" class="indexterm" name="idp10054240"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">signature</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Inlcudes an explanation for the inscription. Defaults to
-<code class="literal">\usekomavar{fromname}</code>.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\closing{closing
-phrase}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Typesets the colsing phrase follwoed by a vertical space and
-the contents fo variable <code class=
-"literal">signature</code>.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">sigindent</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">sigbeforevskip</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\raggedsignature</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Indentation of the box for closing phrase, inscription and
-signature (defaults to 0mm). Vertical space between closing phrase
-and signature (defaults to two lines). Alignment inside the
-box.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10066320" name=
-"idp10066320"></a>Postscript, Carbon Copy, and Enclosures</h5>
-<a id="idp10067024" class="indexterm" name="idp10067024"></a><a id=
-"idp10068928" class="indexterm" name="idp10068928"></a><a id=
-"idp10070832" class="indexterm" name="idp10070832"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\ps</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set a postscript.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\cc{distribution
-list}</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">ccseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Set a ddistribution list. If the contents of <code class=
-"literal">ccseparator</code> isn't empty then the name and the
-content of the variable is inserted prior to distribution
-list.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\encl{enclosures}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">enclseparator</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Same structur as the distribution list.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10081984" name=
-"idp10081984"></a>Language Support</h5>
-<a id="idp10082672" class="indexterm" name="idp10082672"></a>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10084576" name=
-"idp10084576"></a>Language Selection</h5>
-<a id="idp10085264" class="indexterm" name="idp10085264"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captionenglish</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\captionUSenglish</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captionamerican</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\captionbritish</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captionUKenglish</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\captiongerman</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captionngerman</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\captionaustrian</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captionfrench</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\captionitalian</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captionspanish</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\captiondutch</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\captioncroatian</code></span></dt>
-<dd>If the used language selection scheme does not support
-switching the language the above commands can be used
-directly.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\dateenglish</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\dateUSenglish</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\dateamerican</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\datebritish</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\dateUKenglish</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\dategerman</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\datengerman</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\dateaustrian</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">\datefrench</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\dateitalian</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\datespanish</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">\datedutch</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\datecrotian</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Numerical date representation.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10111648" name=
-"idp10111648"></a>Language-Dependent Terms</h5>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\yourrefname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\youremailname</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">\myrefname</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\customername</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\invoicename</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\subjectname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\ccname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\enclname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\headtoname</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\headfromname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\datename</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\pagename</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\phonename</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\faxname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\emailname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\wwwname</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\bankname</code></span></dt>
-<dd>These defintions can be modified to support a new language of
-for private customization.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10128272" name=
-"idp10128272"></a>Defining Language Terms</h5>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\providecaptioname{language}{term}{definition}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newcaptioname{language}{term}{defintion}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\renewcaptionname{language}{term}{definition}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Assign a <span class="emphasis"><em>definition</em></span> for
-a <span class="emphasis"><em>language</em></span> to a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>term</em></span>.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp10134800" name=
-"idp10134800"></a>Address Files and Circular Letters</h5>
-<a id="idp10135504" class="indexterm" name="idp10135504"></a><a id=
-"idp10137408" class="indexterm" name="idp10137408"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\adrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{Comment}{Key}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Address entry for address files. The file extension has to be
-<code class="literal">.adr</code>!</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\addrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{F3}{F4}{Key}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>This command supports four freely definable parameters for an
-address entry.</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\adrchar{initial
-letter}</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\addrchar{initial letter}</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Separator for address entries. Ignored by <code class=
-"literal">scrlttr2</code>.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.9.4 Address Files with scraddr">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-scraddr" name=
-"komascript-scraddr"></a>3.9.4 Address Files with <code class=
-"literal">scraddr</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10151008" class="indexterm" name="idp10151008"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\InputAddressFile{file
-name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10154304" class="indexterm" name="idp10154304"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Read the contents of the given address file.
-Filename extension has to be <code class="literal">.adr</code> and
-has to be omitted in the argument.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\Name{Key}</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\FirstName{Key}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\LastName{Key}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\Address{Key}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\Telephone{Key}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">\FreeI{Key}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\FreeII{Key}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\Comment{Key}</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\FreeIII{Key}</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\FreeIV{Key}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10166368" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10166368"></a><a id="idp10168272" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10168272"></a><a id="idp10170176" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10170176"></a><a id="idp10172080" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10172080"></a><a id="idp10173984" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10173984"></a><a id="idp10175888" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10175888"></a><a id="idp10177792" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10177792"></a><a id="idp10179696" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10179696"></a><a id="idp10181600" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10181600"></a><a id="idp10183504" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10183504"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Access to the data in address file. <code class=
-"literal">\Name</code> is a concatenation of <code class=
-"literal">\FirstName</code> and <code class=
-"literal">\LastName</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">AdrFreeIVempty</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">AdrFreeIVshow</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">AdrFreeIVwarn</code>,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">AdrFreeIVstop</code></span></dt>
-<dd>Package warning options. Defaults to <code class=
-"literal">AdrFreeIVshow</code>.</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.10 mathpazo">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="mathpazo" name="mathpazo"></a>3.10
-<code class="filename">mathpazo</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10196240" class="indexterm" name="idp10196240"></a><a id=
-"idp10197056" class="indexterm" name="idp10197056"></a>
-<p>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.10.1 \upDelta / \upOmega">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="upDelta-upOmega" name=
-"upDelta-upOmega"></a>3.10.1 \upDelta / \upOmega</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10200624" class="indexterm" name="idp10200624"></a><a id=
-"idp10201440" class="indexterm" name="idp10201440"></a>
-<p>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</p>
-<p>Package options are:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">[slantedGreek]</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Uppercase Greek will be typeset slanted.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">[noBBpl]</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Do not use PazoMathBlackboardBold as (partial) blackboard bold
-font (e.g with <code class="literal">\mathbb{R}</code>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">[osf]</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Make the font family <code class="literal">pplj</code> (Palatino
-with old style numerals) the default roman font, and use an
-alternative version of the virtual math italic fonts (<code class=
-"literal">zplmrj7m</code> and <code class=
-"literal">zplmbj7m</code>) with upright Palatino old style numerals
-for use with the <code class="literal">\oldstylenums</code>
-command.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">[osfeqnnum]</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Use old style numerals for equation numbering.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.11 varioref">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="varioref" name="varioref"></a>3.11
-<code class="filename">varioref</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10217888" class="indexterm" name="idp10217888"></a><a id=
-"idp10218704" class="indexterm" name="idp10218704"></a>
-<p>Smarter version of the original latex2e <a class="link" href=
-"#cross-references" title="2.3.2 Cross References">cross reference
-commands</a>. Generated strings are customizable, Babel options are
-recognized (further info in the package documentation).</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><a id="cmd-vref" name=
-"cmd-vref"></a><code class="literal">\vref</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><a id="cmd-vpageref" name=
-"cmd-vpageref"></a><code class=
-"literal">\vpageref</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10225120" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10225120"></a><a id="idp10226192" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10226192"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">\vref</code> is similar to <code class=
-"literal">\ref</code> but adds an additional page reference, like
-<span class="emphasis"><em>on the facing page</em></span> or
-<span class="emphasis"><em>on page 27</em></span> whenever the
-corresponding <a class="link" href="#cmd-label-title" title=
-"2.3.2.&nbsp;\label{key}"><code class="filename">\label</code></a>
-is not on the same page.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">\vpageref</code> is a variation of
-<code class="literal">\pageref</code> with similar
-functionality.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\vrefrange</code>,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\vpagerefrange</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10235552" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10235552"></a><a id="idp10236624" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10236624"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">\v...range</code> commands take two
-labels as arguments and produce strings which depend on wether or
-not these labels fall onto a single page or on different pages.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\vref*</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">\vpageref*</code>,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\vpagerefrange*</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Star * variants do not add any space before the generated text
-for situations like:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(\vref{foo} ...)
-</pre></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.12 Several Small Packages">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="small-packages" name=
-"small-packages"></a>3.12 Several Small Packages</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10245536" class="indexterm" name="idp10245536"></a><a id=
-"idp10246352" class="indexterm" name="idp10246352"></a><a id=
-"idp10247168" class="indexterm" name="idp10247168"></a>
-<p>Must be loaded with the usual <a class="link" href=
-"#usepackage-linkend"><code class="literal">\usepackage</code></a>
-command. Further info for a package to be found in the
-documentation (dvi, pdf, ps) or in the <code class=
-"literal">sty</code>-file itself.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.12.1 bm">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bm-package" name="bm-package"></a>3.12.1
-<code class="filename">bm</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10253488" class="indexterm" name="idp10253488"></a><a id=
-"idp10254528" class="indexterm" name="idp10254528"></a><a id=
-"idp10255984" class="indexterm" name="idp10255984"></a>
-<p>Bold math symbols or equations with better spacing then the
-<code class="literal">\boldsymbold</code> command. <a id=
-"idp10258528" class="indexterm" name="idp10258528"></a> If possible
-load after other packages which redefine the fonts. When no bold
-font is available for a certain char <code class=
-"literal">bm</code> will use <span class="emphasis"><em>poor man's
-bold</em></span> <a class="link" href="#pmb-linkend"><code class=
-"literal">\pmb</code></a>.</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><a id="cmd-bm" name=
-"cmd-bm"></a><code class="literal">\bm</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10264528" class="indexterm" name="idp10264528"></a>
-<p>Produces bold math symbol or equation.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\unboldmath</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10267584" class="indexterm" name="idp10267584"></a>
-<p>Can be used to set parts of an equation unbold.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.12.2 url">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="url-package" name="url-package"></a>3.12.2
-<code class="filename">url</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10272016" class="indexterm" name="idp10272016"></a><a id=
-"idp10273056" class="indexterm" name="idp10273056"></a>
-<p>Defines line breakable hyperlinked (uses <a class="link" href=
-"#hyperref" title="3.7 hyperref">hyperref</a> package) verbatim
-input for urls and e-mail addresses.</p>
-<p>Example: <code class="literal">\url{http://example.org}</code>
-outputs <code class="literal">http://example.org</code>.</p>
-<p>Related commands are <a class="link" href="#href"><code class=
-"literal">\href</code></a> and <a class="link" href=
-"#cmd-nolinkurl"><code class="literal">\nolinkurl</code></a>.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4 Generic Packages">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="generic-packages"
-name="generic-packages"></a>4 Generic Packages</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pictex" name="pictex"></a>4.1 PiCTeX
-(tbd.)</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10284000" class="indexterm" name="idp10284000"></a>
-<p>tbd.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2 PSTricks">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pstricks" name="pstricks"></a>4.2
-PSTricks</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10287792" class="indexterm" name="idp10287792"></a>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.1 Overview">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-ovw" name=
-"pstricks-ovw"></a>4.2.1 Overview</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>The idea behind the PSTricks package of Timothy van Zandt <a id=
-"idp10288208" class="indexterm" name="idp10288208"></a> is to
-provide most of the PostScript language in LaTeX and TeX
-syntax.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2 Commands and Parameters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-commands" name=
-"pstricks-commands"></a>4.2.2 Commands and Parameters</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.1 Color">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-color" name=
-"pstricks-color"></a>4.2.2.1 Color</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10296496" class="indexterm" name="idp10296496"></a><a id=
-"idp10298576" class="indexterm" name="idp10298576"></a><a id=
-"idp10300416" class="indexterm" name="idp10300416"></a><a id=
-"idp10302320" class="indexterm" name="idp10302320"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newgray{color}{num}</code> ,</span> <span class=
-"term"><code class="literal">\newrgbcolor{color}{num1 num2
-num3}</code> ,</span> <span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newhsbcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3}</code> ,</span>
-<span class="term"><code class="literal">\newcmykcolor{color}{num1
-num2 num3 num4}</code></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>Note that these commands are obsolete for LaTeX. Load PSTricks
-with <code class="literal">\usepackage{pstcol}</code> and use the
-standard LaTeX color commands instead.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.2 Setting graphics parameters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-setting" name=
-"pstricks-setting"></a>4.2.2.2 Setting graphics parameters</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psset{par1=value1,par2=value2,...}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10315824" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10315824"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"4.2.2.3 Dimensions, coordinates and angles">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-dimensions" name=
-"pstricks-dimensions"></a>4.2.2.3 Dimensions, coordinates and
-angles</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pssetlength{cmd}{dim}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10321808" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10321808"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">unit=dim, xunit=dim,
-yunit=dim, yunit=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10325584" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10325584"></a><a id="idp10327536" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10327536"></a><a id="idp10329440" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10329440"></a><a id="idp10331344" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10331344"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1cm</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\degrees[num]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10336160" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10336160"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\radians</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10339904" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10339904"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.4 Basic graphics parameters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-basic" name=
-"pstricks-basic"></a>4.2.2.4 Basic graphics parameters</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">linewidth=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10345760" class="indexterm" name="idp10345760"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">.8pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">linecolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10350608" class="indexterm" name="idp10350608"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">black</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">showpoints=true/false</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10355456" class="indexterm" name="idp10355456"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">false</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.5 Lines and polygons">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-lines" name=
-"pstricks-lines"></a>4.2.2.5 Lines and polygons</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">linearc=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10362448" class="indexterm" name="idp10362448"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">framearc=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10367152" class="indexterm" name="idp10367152"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">cornersize=relative/absolute</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10371984" class="indexterm" name="idp10371984"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">relative</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psline*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10376864" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10376864"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\qline(coor0)(coor1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10380656" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10380656"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pspolygon*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10384480" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10384480"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psframe*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10388240" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10388240"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.6 Arcs, circles and ellipses">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-arcs" name=
-"pstricks-arcs"></a>4.2.2.6 Arcs, circles and ellipses</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscircle*[par](x0,y0){radius}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10394160" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10394160"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\qdisk(coor){radius}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10397904" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10397904"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pswedge*[par](x0,y0){radius}{angle1}{angle2}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10401680" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10401680"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psellipse*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10405440" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10405440"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psarc*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10409216" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10409216"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psarcn*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10412992" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10412992"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">arcsep=dim,
-arcsepA=dim, arcsepB=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10416800" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10416800"></a><a id="idp10418704" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10418704"></a><a id="idp10420608" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10420608"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.7 Curves">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-curves" name=
-"pstricks-curves"></a>4.2.2.7 Curves</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psbezier*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10427600" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10427600"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\parabola*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10431360" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10431360"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10435120" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10435120"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psecurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10438896" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10438896"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10442672" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10442672"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">curvature=num1 num2
-num3</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10446480" class="indexterm" name="idp10446480"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1 .1 0</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.8 Dots">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-dots" name=
-"pstricks-dots"></a>4.2.2.8 Dots</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psdots*[par](x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10453424" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10453424"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">dotstyle=style</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10457168" class="indexterm" name="idp10457168"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">*</code></p>
-<p class="simpara">Dots: <code class="literal">*, o, +, triangle,
-triangle*, square, square*, pentagon, pentagon*, |</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">dotscale=num1
-num2</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10463024" class="indexterm" name="idp10463024"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">dotangle=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10467840" class="indexterm" name="idp10467840"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.9 Grids">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-grids" name=
-"pstricks-grids"></a>4.2.2.9 Grids</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psgrid(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10474768" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10474768"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gridwidth=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10478512" class="indexterm" name="idp10478512"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">.8pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gridcolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10483232" class="indexterm" name="idp10483232"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">black</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">griddots=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10487952" class="indexterm" name="idp10487952"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gridlabels=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10492640" class="indexterm" name="idp10492640"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">10pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gridlabelcolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10497360" class="indexterm" name="idp10497360"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">black</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subgriddiv=int</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10502080" class="indexterm" name="idp10502080"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">5</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subgridwidth=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10506768" class="indexterm" name="idp10506768"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">.4pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subgridcolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10511488" class="indexterm" name="idp10511488"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">gray</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">subgriddots=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10516208" class="indexterm" name="idp10516208"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.10 Plots">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-plots" name=
-"pstricks-plots"></a>4.2.2.10 Plots</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\fileplot*[par]{file}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10522928" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10522928"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\dataplot*[par]{commands}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10526688" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10526688"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\savedata{command}[data]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10530448" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10530448"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\readdata{command}{file}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10534208" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10534208"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\listplot*[par]{list}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10537952" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10537952"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psplot*[par]{xmin}{xmax}{function}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10541712" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10541712"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\parametricplot*[par]{tmin}{tmax}{function}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10545488" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10545488"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">plotstyle=style</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10549232" class="indexterm" name="idp10549232"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">line</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">plotpoints=int</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10553952" class="indexterm" name="idp10553952"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">50</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.11 Coordinate systems">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coordinate" name=
-"pstricks-coordinate"></a>4.2.2.11 Coordinate systems</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">origin={coor}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10561008" class="indexterm" name="idp10561008"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class=
-"literal">0pt,0pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">swapaxes=true</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10565728" class="indexterm" name="idp10565728"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">false</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.12 Line styles">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-line-styles" name=
-"pstricks-line-styles"></a>4.2.2.12 Line styles</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">linestyle=style</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10572624" class="indexterm" name="idp10572624"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">solid</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">dash=dim1
-dim2</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10577344" class="indexterm" name="idp10577344"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">5pt
-3pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">dotsep=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10582064" class="indexterm" name="idp10582064"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">3pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">border=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10586752" class="indexterm" name="idp10586752"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">0pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">bordercolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10591440" class="indexterm" name="idp10591440"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">white</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">doubleline=true/false</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10596160" class="indexterm" name="idp10596160"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">false</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">doublesep=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10600880" class="indexterm" name="idp10600880"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class=
-"literal">1.25\pslinewidth</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">doublecolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10605600" class="indexterm" name="idp10605600"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">white</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">shadow=true/false</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10610320" class="indexterm" name="idp10610320"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">false</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">shadowsize=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10615040" class="indexterm" name="idp10615040"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">3pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">shadowangle=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10619728" class="indexterm" name="idp10619728"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">-45</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">shadowcolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10624416" class="indexterm" name="idp10624416"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class=
-"literal">darkgray</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">dimen=outer/inner/middle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10629152" class="indexterm" name="idp10629152"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">outer</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.13 Fill styles">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-fill-styles" name=
-"pstricks-fill-styles"></a>4.2.2.13 Fill styles</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fillstyle=style</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10636048" class="indexterm" name="idp10636048"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">none</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">fillcolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10640768" class="indexterm" name="idp10640768"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">white</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">hatchwidth=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10645488" class="indexterm" name="idp10645488"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">.8pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">hatchsep=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10650208" class="indexterm" name="idp10650208"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">4pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">hatchcolor=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10654944" class="indexterm" name="idp10654944"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">black</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">hatchangle=rot</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10659664" class="indexterm" name="idp10659664"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">45</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.14 Arrowheads and such">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-arrowheads" name=
-"pstricks-arrowheads"></a>4.2.2.14 Arrowheads and such</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">arrows=style</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10666624" class="indexterm" name="idp10666624"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">-</code></p>
-<p class="simpara">Arrows: <code class="literal">-, &lt;-&gt;,
-&gt;-&lt;, &lt;&lt;-&gt;&gt;, &gt;&gt;-&lt;&lt;, |-|, |*-|*, [-],
-(-), o-o, *-*, oo-oo, **-**, c-c, cc-cc, C-C</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">arrowsize=dim
-num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10672640" class="indexterm" name="idp10672640"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">2pt 3</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">arrowlength=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10677360" class="indexterm" name="idp10677360"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">1.4</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">arrowinset=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10682048" class="indexterm" name="idp10682048"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">.4</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">tbarsize=dim
-num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10686736" class="indexterm" name="idp10686736"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">2pt 5</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">bracketlength=num,
-rbracketlength=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10691472" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10691472"></a><a id="idp10693376" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10693376"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">.15</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">dotsize=dim
-num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10698112" class="indexterm" name="idp10698112"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">.5pt
-2.5</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">arrowscale=num1
-num2</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10702832" class="indexterm" name="idp10702832"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">1</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.15 Custom styles">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-custom" name=
-"pstricks-custom"></a>4.2.2.15 Custom styles</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newpsobject{name}{object}{par1=value1,...}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10709648" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10709648"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newpsstyle{name}{par1=value1,...}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10713456" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10713456"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.16 The basics">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-basics" name=
-"pstricks-basics"></a>4.2.2.16 The basics</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscustom*[par]{commands}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10719232" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10719232"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.17 Parameters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-parameters" name=
-"pstricks-parameters"></a>4.2.2.17 Parameters</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">linetype=int</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10725200" class="indexterm" name="idp10725200"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.18 Graphics objects">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-graphics-objects" name=
-"pstricks-graphics-objects"></a>4.2.2.18 Graphics objects</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">liftpen=0/1/2</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10732144" class="indexterm" name="idp10732144"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.19 Safe tricks">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="safe-tricks" name=
-"safe-tricks"></a>4.2.2.19 Safe tricks</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\newpath</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10738960" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10738960"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\moveto(coor)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10742704" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10742704"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\closepath</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10746448" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10746448"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\stroke[par]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10750192" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10750192"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\fill[par]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10753936" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10753936"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\gsave</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10757680" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10757680"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\grestore</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10761424" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10761424"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\translate(coor)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10765168" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10765168"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\scale{num1
-num2}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10768912" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10768912"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rotate{angle}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10772656" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10772656"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\swapaxes</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10776400" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10776400"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\msave</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10780144" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10780144"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\mrestore</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10783888" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10783888"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\openshadow[par]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10787632" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10787632"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\closedshadow[par]</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10791376" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10791376"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\movepath(coor)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10795120" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10795120"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.20 Pretty safe tricks">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pretty-safe-tricks" name=
-"pretty-safe-tricks"></a>4.2.2.20 Pretty safe tricks</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\lineto(coor)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10800848" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10800848"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rlineto(coor)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10804592" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10804592"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\curveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10808352" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10808352"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rcurveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10812112" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10812112"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.21 For hackers only">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="hackers" name="hackers"></a>4.2.2.21 For
-hackers only</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\code{code}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10818000" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10818000"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\dim{dim}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10821744" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10821744"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\coor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10825504" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10825504"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rcoor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10829264" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10829264"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\file{file}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10833008" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10833008"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\arrows{arrows}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10836752" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10836752"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\setcolor{color}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10840496" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10840496"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.22 Pictures">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pictures" name="pictures"></a>4.2.2.22
-Pictures</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pspicture*[baseline](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10846400" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10846400"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\endpspicture</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10850144" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10850144"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"4.2.2.23 Placing and rotating whatever">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="placing" name="placing"></a>4.2.2.23
-Placing and rotating whatever</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rput*[refpoint]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10856016" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10856016"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\uput*{labelsep}[refangle]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10859792" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10859792"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pslabelsep</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10863536" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10863536"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">labelsep=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10867280" class="indexterm" name="idp10867280"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">5pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.24 Repetition">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-repetition" name=
-"pstricks-repetition"></a>4.2.2.24 Repetition</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\multirput*[refpoint]{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10874352" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10874352"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\multips{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{graphics}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10878128" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10878128"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.25 Axes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-axes" name=
-"pstricks-axes"></a>4.2.2.25 Axes</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp10882176" class="indexterm" name="idp10882176"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psaxes*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="informaltable">
-<table border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Horizontal</em></span></td>
-<td align="left"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Vertical</em></span></td>
-<td align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>Dflt</em></span></td>
-<td align="justify"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">Ox=num</td>
-<td align="left">Oy=num</td>
-<td align="left">0</td>
-<td align="justify">Label at origin.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">Dx=num</td>
-<td align="left">Dy=num</td>
-<td align="left">1</td>
-<td align="justify">Label increment.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">dx=dim</td>
-<td align="left">oy=dim</td>
-<td align="left">0pt</td>
-<td align="justify">Dist btwn labels.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">labels=all/x/y/none</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10902272" class="indexterm" name="idp10902272"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">all</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">showorigin=true/false</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10907184" class="indexterm" name="idp10907184"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">true</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">ticks=all/x/y/none</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10912032" class="indexterm" name="idp10912032"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">all</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">tickstyle=full/top/bottom</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10916864" class="indexterm" name="idp10916864"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">full</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">ticksize=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10921760" class="indexterm" name="idp10921760"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">3pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\psxlabel,
-\psylabel</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10926624" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10926624"></a><a id="idp10928528" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10928528"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">axesstyle=axes/frame/none</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10932336" class="indexterm" name="idp10932336"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">axes</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.26 Framed boxes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-framed" name=
-"pstricks-framed"></a>4.2.2.26 Framed boxes</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">framesep=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10939376" class="indexterm" name="idp10939376"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">3pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">boxsep=true/false</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10944192" class="indexterm" name="idp10944192"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">true</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psframebox*[par]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10949104" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10949104"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psdblframebox*[par]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10952912" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10952912"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psshadowbox*[par]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10956672" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10956672"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscirclebox*[par]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10960432" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10960432"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\cput*[par]{angle}(x,y){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10964192" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10964192"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psovalbox*[par]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10967984" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10967984"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.27 Clipping">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-clipping" name=
-"pstricks-clipping"></a>4.2.2.27 Clipping</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\clipbox[dim]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10973760" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10973760"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\psclip{graphics} ...
-\endpsclip</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10977520" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10977520"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.28 Rotation and scaling boxes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-rotation" name=
-"pstricks-rotation"></a>4.2.2.28 Rotation and scaling boxes</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rotateleft{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10983360" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10983360"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rotateright{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10987104" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10987104"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rotatedown{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10990848" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10990848"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\scalebox{num1
-num2}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10994656" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10994656"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\scaleboxto(x,y){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp10998400" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp10998400"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.29 Nodes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-nodes" name=
-"pstricks-nodes"></a>4.2.2.29 Nodes</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\rnode[refpoint]{name}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11004144" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11004144"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\Rnode(x,y){name}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11007904" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11007904"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\RnodeRef</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11011648" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11011648"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pnode(x,y){name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11015392" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11015392"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\cnode*[par](x,y){radius}{name}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11019152" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11019152"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\circlenode*[par]{name}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11022912" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11022912"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\cnodeput*[par]{angle}(x,y){name}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11026688" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11026688"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ovalnode*[par]{name}{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11030448" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11030448"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.30 Node connections">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-connections" name=
-"pstricks-connections"></a>4.2.2.30 Node connections</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">nodesep=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11036352" class="indexterm" name="idp11036352"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">offset=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11041216" class="indexterm" name="idp11041216"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">arm=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11046032" class="indexterm" name="idp11046032"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">10pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">angle=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11050848" class="indexterm" name="idp11050848"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">arcangle=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11055712" class="indexterm" name="idp11055712"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">8</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">ncurv=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11060528" class="indexterm" name="idp11060528"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">.67</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">loopsize=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11065440" class="indexterm" name="idp11065440"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1cm</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncline*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11070272" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11070272"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncLine*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11074032" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11074032"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\nccurve*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11077792" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11077792"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncarc*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11081552" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11081552"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncbar*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11085312" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11085312"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncdiag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11089120" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11089120"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncdiagg*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11092880" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11092880"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncangle*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11096640" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11096640"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncangles*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11100400" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11100400"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\ncloop*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11104160" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11104160"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\nccircle*[par]{arrows}{node}{radius}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11107920" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11107920"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pcline*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11111728" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11111728"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11115488" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11115488"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pcarc*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11119248" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11119248"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pcbar*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11123008" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11123008"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pcdiag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11126768" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11126768"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pcangle*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11130528" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11130528"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pcloop*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11134288" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11134288"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"4.2.2.31 Attaching labels to node connections">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-attaching" name=
-"pstricks-attaching"></a>4.2.2.31 Attaching labels to node
-connections</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\lput*[refpoint]{rotation}(pos){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11140336" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11140336"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\aput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11144096" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11144096"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\bput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11147856" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11147856"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\mput*[refpoint]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11151600" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11151600"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\Aput*[labelsep]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11155344" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11155344"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\Bput*[labelsep]{stuff}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11159088" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11159088"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.32 Coils and zigzags">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coils" name=
-"pstricks-coils"></a>4.2.2.32 Coils and zigzags</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscoil*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11164944" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11164944"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psCoil*[par]{angle1}{angle2}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11168704" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11168704"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pszigzag*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11172464" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11172464"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">coilwidth=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11176208" class="indexterm" name="idp11176208"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1cm</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">coilheight=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11181024" class="indexterm" name="idp11181024"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">coilarm=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11185840" class="indexterm" name="idp11185840"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">.5cm</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">coilaspect=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11190736" class="indexterm" name="idp11190736"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">45</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">coilinc=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11195552" class="indexterm" name="idp11195552"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">10</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\nccoil*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11200432" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11200432"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\nczigzag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11204192" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11204192"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pccoil*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11208000" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11208000"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pczigzag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11211760" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11211760"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.33 Special coordinates">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coordinates" name=
-"pstricks-coordinates"></a>4.2.2.33 Special coordinates</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p><code class="literal">\SpecialCoor</code></p>
-<a id="idp11216848" class="indexterm" name="idp11216848"></a>
-<div class="table"><a id="table-special-coordinates" name=
-"table-special-coordinates"></a>
-<p class="title"><strong>Table&nbsp;1.12.&nbsp;Special coordinates
-and angles</strong></p>
-<div class="table-contents">
-<table summary="Special coordinates and angles" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Coordinate</em></span></td>
-<td align="left"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Example</em></span></td>
-<td align="justify"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">(x,y)</td>
-<td align="left">(3,4)</td>
-<td align="justify">Cartesian coordinate.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">(r;a)</td>
-<td align="left">(3;110)</td>
-<td align="justify">Polar coordinate.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">(node)</td>
-<td align="left">(A)</td>
-<td align="justify">Center of node.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">([par]node)</td>
-<td align="left">([angle=45]A)</td>
-<td align="justify">Relative to node.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">(!ps)</td>
-<td align="left">(!5 3.3 2 exp)</td>
-<td align="justify">Raw PostScript.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">(coor1|coor2)</td>
-<td align="left">(A|1in;30)</td>
-<td align="justify">Combination.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-<table summary="Special coordinates and angles" border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">&nbsp;</td>
-<td class="auto-generated">&nbsp;</td>
-<td class="auto-generated">&nbsp;</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>Angle</em></span></td>
-<td align="left"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Example</em></span></td>
-<td align="justify"><span class=
-"emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">num</td>
-<td align="left">45</td>
-<td align="justify">Angle.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">(coor)</td>
-<td align="left">(-1,1)</td>
-<td align="justify">Coordinate (vector).</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">!ps</td>
-<td align="left">!33 sqrt</td>
-<td align="justify">Raw PostScript.</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<br class="table-break" />
-<p><code class="literal">\NormalCoor</code></p>
-<a id="idp11251264" class="indexterm" name="idp11251264"></a></div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.34 Overlays">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-overlays" name=
-"pstricks-overlays"></a>4.2.2.34 Overlays</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\overlaybox
-stuff\endoverlaybox</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11256768" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11256768"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\psoverlay{string}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11260512" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11260512"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\putoverlaybox{string}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11264304" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11264304"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gradbegin=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11268048" class="indexterm" name="idp11268048"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">gradbegin</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gradend=color</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11272896" class="indexterm" name="idp11272896"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">gradend</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gradlines=int</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11277744" class="indexterm" name="idp11277744"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">500</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gradmidpoint=num</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11282608" class="indexterm" name="idp11282608"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">.9</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">gradangle=angle</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11287472" class="indexterm" name="idp11287472"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"4.2.2.35 Typesetting text along a path">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-path" name=
-"pstricks-path"></a>4.2.2.35 Typesetting text along a path</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pstextpath[pos](x,y){graphics
-object}{text}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11294528" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11294528"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"4.2.2.36 Stroking and filling character paths">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-stroking" name=
-"pstricks-stroking"></a>4.2.2.36 Stroking and filling character
-paths</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscharpath*[par]{text}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11300480" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11300480"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pscharclip*[par]{text} ...
-\endpscharclip</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11304304" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11304304"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.37 Exporting EPS files">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-exporting" name=
-"pstricks-exporting"></a>4.2.2.37 Exporting EPS files</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\TeXtoEPS ...
-\endTeXtoEPS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11310240" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11310240"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\PSTtoEPS[par]{file}{graphics objects}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11314000" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11314000"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">bbllx=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11317744" class="indexterm" name="idp11317744"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">-1pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">bblly=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11322592" class="indexterm" name="idp11322592"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">-1pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">bburx=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11327440" class="indexterm" name="idp11327440"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">bbury=dim</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11332304" class="indexterm" name="idp11332304"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">1pt</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headerfile=file</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11337120" class="indexterm" name="idp11337120"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">s</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">headers=none/all/user</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11341936" class="indexterm" name="idp11341936"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">none</code></p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.38 Boxes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-boxes" name=
-"pstricks-boxes"></a>4.2.2.38 Boxes</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\psmathboxtrue,
-\psmathboxfalse</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11348944" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11348944"></a><a id="idp11350848" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11350848"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\everypsbox{commands}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11354592" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11354592"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">\pslongbox{name}{cmd}</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11358336" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11358336"></a></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\psverbboxtrue,
-\psverbboxfalse</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11362096" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11362096"></a><a id="idp11364000" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11364000"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2.2.39 Tips and More Tricks">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-tricks" name=
-"pstricks-tricks"></a>4.2.2.39 Tips and More Tricks</h5>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">\pslbrace,
-\psrbrace</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11369824" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11369824"></a><a id="idp11371728" class="indexterm" name=
-"idp11371728"></a></dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"4.2.3 List of Additional PSTricks Packages">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-add-packages" name=
-"pstricks-add-packages"></a>4.2.3 List of Additional PSTricks
-Packages</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/psgo/"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">psgo</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Draw Go diagrams</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-blur/"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">pst-blur</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>PSTricks package for "blurred" shadows</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://dominique.rodriguez.9online.fr/pst-eucl/" target=
-"_top"><code class="literal">pst-euc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>G&eacute;om&eacute;trie en LaTeX et PSTricks</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/More/pst-fr3d.tar.gz"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">pst-fr3d</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Three dimensional framed Boxes</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-ghsb/"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">pst-ghsb</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>PSTricks package for HSB Gradients</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-gr3d/"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">pst-gr3d</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>PSTricks package for 3D grids</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://members.aol.com/ManuelLuque2/optique.htm" target=
-"_top"><code class="literal">pst-lens</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Optique g&eacute;om&eacute;trique</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/" target=
-"_top"><code class="literal">pst-node</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>PSTricks package for nodes</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://members.aol.com/Mluque5130/pst-ob3d.tar.gz" target=
-"_top"><code class="literal">pst-ob3d</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>A PSTricks package for three dimensional basic objects</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/Physics/Oscilloscopes/"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">pst-osci</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Oscilloscopes with PSTricks</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-poly/"
-target="_top"><code class="literal">pst-poly</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Polygons with PSTricks</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/" target=
-"_top"><code class="literal">pst-tree</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>PSTricks package for trees</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.ensta.fr/~diam/latex/pst-uml/" target=
-"_top"><code class="literal">pst-uml</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Draw easily diagrams with UML notation</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://perso.enst.fr/~lombardy/Vauc/" target="_top"><code class=
-"literal">vaucansom.sty</code></a></span></dt>
-<dd>Drawing automata</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="5 fontinst (tbd.)">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fontinst" name=
-"fontinst"></a>5 <code class="filename">fontinst</code> (tbd.)</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11414640" class="indexterm" name="idp11414640"></a>
-<p>tbd.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="6 ConTeXt (tbd.)">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="context" name=
-"context"></a>6 ConTeXt (tbd.)</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11417680" class="indexterm" name="idp11417680"></a><a id=
-"idp11418688" class="indexterm" name="idp11418688"></a>
-<div class="section" title="6.1 Overview">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="context-ovw" name="context-ovw"></a>6.1
-Overview</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>ConTeXt is based on PlainTeX and MetaPost and gets controlled
-with some Perl scripts. It's mainly targeted towards layout
-oriented users and especially useful for presentations. It's
-extensible by the use of modules and has in it's base distribution
-already a large amount of functionality. The preferred output
-format is PDF, but DVI is possible too.</p>
-<p>Some of the unique features of ConTeXt are:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Inline XML (including MathML, ChemML, and
-PhysML)</li>
-<li class="listitem">really good XML support in general</li>
-<li class="listitem">inline MetaPost</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="7 Texinfo (tbd.)">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="texinfo" name=
-"texinfo"></a>7 Texinfo (tbd.)</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11428560" class="indexterm" name="idp11428560"></a>
-<p>tbd.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;pdfTeX" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="pdftex" name=
-"pdftex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;pdfTeX</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-options">1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">1.1 <code class=
-"filename">--file-line-error-style</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">1.2
-<code class="filename">--fmt format</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-help">1.3
-<code class="filename">--help</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ini">1.4
-<code class="filename">--ini</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-interaction-mode">1.5 <code class=
-"filename">--interaction mode</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">1.6
-<code class="filename">--ipc</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">1.7
-<code class="filename">--ipc-start</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">1.8
-<code class="filename">--jobname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">1.9 <code class=
-"filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">1.10
-<code class="filename">--maketex fmt</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">1.11
-<code class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-output-comment">1.12 <code class=
-"filename">--output-comment string</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">1.13 <code class=
-"filename">--parse-first-line</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-progname">1.14
-<code class="filename">--progname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">1.15
-<code class="filename">--recorder</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-shell-escape">1.16 <code class=
-"filename">--shell-escape</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#pdftex-option-translate-file">1.17 <code class=
-"filename">--translate-file tcxname</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-version">1.18
-<code class="filename">--version</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-environment">2
-Environment</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11432784" class="indexterm" name="idp11432784"></a>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The contents of this section was taken from <code class=
-"filename">pdftex(1)</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1 Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="pdftex-options" name=
-"pdftex-options"></a>1 Options</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11436624" class="indexterm" name="idp11436624"></a>
-<p>pdfTeX understands the following command line options.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1.1 --file-line-error-style">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-file-line-error-style" name=
-"pdftex-option-file-line-error-style"></a>1.1 <code class=
-"filename">--file-line-error-style</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11440816" class="indexterm" name="idp11440816"></a>
-<p>Print error messages in the form <code class=
-"literal">file:line:error</code> which is similar to the way many
-compilers format them.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2 --fmt format">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-fmt" name=
-"pdftex-option-fmt"></a>1.2 <code class="filename">--fmt
-format</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11445776" class="indexterm" name="idp11445776"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">format</code> as the name of the
-format to be used, instead of the name by which pdfTeX was called
-or a <code class="literal">%&amp;</code> line.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.3 --help">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-help" name=
-"pdftex-option-help"></a>1.3 <code class=
-"filename">--help</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11452096" class="indexterm" name="idp11452096"></a>
-<p>Print help message and exit.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.4 --ini">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ini" name=
-"pdftex-option-ini"></a>1.4 <code class=
-"filename">--ini</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11456384" class="indexterm" name="idp11456384"></a>
-<p>Be <span class="command"><strong>pdfinitex</strong></span>, for
-dumping formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called
-as <span class="command"><strong>pdfinitex</strong></span>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.5 --interaction mode">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-interaction-mode" name=
-"pdftex-option-interaction-mode"></a>1.5 <code class=
-"filename">--interaction mode</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11462112" class="indexterm" name="idp11462112"></a>
-<p>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of <code class=
-"literal">batchmode</code>, <code class=
-"literal">nonstopmode</code>, <code class=
-"literal">scrollmode</code>, and <code class=
-"literal">errorstopmode</code>. The meaning of these modes is the
-same as that of the corresponding <code class=
-"literal">\commands</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.6 --ipc">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ipc" name=
-"pdftex-option-ipc"></a>1.6 <code class=
-"filename">--ipc</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11469856" class="indexterm" name="idp11469856"></a>
-<p>Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output
-file. Whether this option is available is the choice of the
-installer.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.7 --ipc-start">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ipc-start" name=
-"pdftex-option-ipc-start"></a>1.7 <code class=
-"filename">--ipc-start</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11474208" class="indexterm" name="idp11474208"></a>
-<p>As <code class="literal">--ipc</code>, and starts the server at
-the other end as well. Whether this option is available is the
-choice of the installer.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.8 --jobname name">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-jobname-name" name=
-"pdftex-option-jobname-name"></a>1.8 <code class=
-"filename">--jobname name</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11479360" class="indexterm" name="idp11479360"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">name</code> for the job name, instead
-of deriving it from the name of the input file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.9 --kpathsea-debug bitmask">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug" name=
-"pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug"></a>1.9 <code class=
-"filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11484304" class="indexterm" name="idp11484304"></a>
-<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
-<code class="literal">bitmask</code>. See the Kpathsea manual for
-details.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.10 --maketex fmt">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-maketex" name=
-"pdftex-option-maketex"></a>1.10 <code class="filename">--maketex
-fmt</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11489376" class="indexterm" name="idp11489376"></a>
-<p>Enable <span class="command"><strong>mktexfmt</strong></span>,
-where <code class="literal">fmt</code> must be one of <code class=
-"literal">tex</code> or <code class="literal">tfm</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.11 --no-maketex fmt">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-no-maketex" name=
-"pdftex-option-no-maketex"></a>1.11 <code class=
-"filename">--no-maketex fmt</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11496608" class="indexterm" name="idp11496608"></a>
-<p>Disable <span class="command"><strong>mktexfmt</strong></span>,
-where <code class="literal">fmt</code> must be one of <code class=
-"literal">tex</code> or <code class="literal">tfm</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.12 --output-comment string">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-output-comment" name=
-"pdftex-option-output-comment"></a>1.12 <code class=
-"filename">--output-comment string</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11503648" class="indexterm" name="idp11503648"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">string</code> for the DVI file comment
-instead of the date.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.13 --parse-first-line">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-parse-first-line" name=
-"pdftex-option-parse-first-line"></a>1.13 <code class=
-"filename">--parse-first-line</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11508704" class="indexterm" name="idp11508704"></a>
-<p>If the first line of the main input file begins with
-<code class="literal">%&amp;</code> parse it to look for a dump
-name or a <code class="literal">--translate-file</code> option.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.14 --progname name">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-progname" name=
-"pdftex-option-progname"></a>1.14 <code class="filename">--progname
-name</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11514432" class="indexterm" name="idp11514432"></a>
-<p>Pretend to be program <code class="literal">name</code>. This
-affects both the format used and the search paths.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.15 --recorder">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-recorder" name=
-"pdftex-option-recorder"></a>1.15 <code class=
-"filename">--recorder</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11519424" class="indexterm" name="idp11519424"></a>
-<p>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
-opened for input and output in a file with extension <code class=
-"literal">.fls</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.16 --shell-escape">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-shell-escape" name=
-"pdftex-option-shell-escape"></a>1.16 <code class=
-"filename">--shell-escape</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11524592" class="indexterm" name="idp11524592"></a>
-<p>Enable the <code class="literal">\write18{command}</code>
-construct. The command can be any Bourne shell command. This
-construct is normally disallowed for security reasons.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.17 --translate-file tcxname">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-translate-file" name=
-"pdftex-option-translate-file"></a>1.17 <code class=
-"filename">--translate-file tcxname</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11529696" class="indexterm" name="idp11529696"></a>
-<p>Use the <code class="literal">tcxname</code> translation
-table.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.18 --version">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-version" name=
-"pdftex-option-version"></a>1.18 <code class=
-"filename">--version</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11534720" class="indexterm" name="idp11534720"></a>
-<p>Print version information and exit.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 Environment">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="pdftex-environment"
-name="pdftex-environment"></a>2 Environment</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11538416" class="indexterm" name="idp11538416"></a>
-<p>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path
-specifications' node) for the details of how the environment
-variables are used when searching. The <span class=
-"command"><strong>kpsewhich</strong></span> utility can be used to
-query the values of the variables.</p>
-<p>One caveat: In most pdfTeX formats, you cannot use ~ in a
-filename you give directly to pdfTeX, because ~ is an active
-character, and hence is expanded, not taken as part of the
-filename. Other programs, such as Metafont, do not have this
-problem.</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11544928" class="indexterm" name="idp11544928"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Normally, pdfTeX puts its output files in the
-current directory. If any output file cannot be opened there, it
-tries to open it in the directory specified in the environment
-variable <code class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</code>. There is no
-default value for that variable. For example, if you say
-<span class="command"><strong>pdftex paper</strong></span> and the
-current directory is not writable, if <code class=
-"literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</code> has the value <code class=
-"literal">/tmp</code>, pdfTeX attempts to create <code class=
-"literal">/tmp/paper.log</code> (and <code class=
-"literal">/tmp/paper.pdf</code>, if any output is produced.)</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TEXINPUTS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11555008" class="indexterm" name="idp11555008"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Search path for <code class=
-"literal">\input</code> and <code class="literal">\openin</code>
-files. This should probably start with ``.'', so that user files
-are found before system files. An empty path component will be
-replaced with the paths defined in the <code class=
-"filename">texmf.cnf</code> file. For example, set <code class=
-"literal">TEXINPUTS</code> to <code class=
-"literal">".:/home/usr/tex:"</code> to prepend the current direcory
-and <code class="literal">``/home/user/tex''</code> to the standard
-search path.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TEXFONTS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11563792" class="indexterm" name="idp11563792"></a>
-<p class="simpara">earch path for font metric (<code class=
-"literal">.tfm</code>) files.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TEXFORMATS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11568720" class="indexterm" name="idp11568720"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Search path for format files.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TEXPOOL</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11572928" class="indexterm" name="idp11572928"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Search path for <span class=
-"command"><strong>pdfinitex</strong></span> internal strings.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TEXEDIT</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11577856" class="indexterm" name="idp11577856"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Command template for switching to editor. The
-default, usually <span class="command"><strong>vi</strong></span>,
-is set when pdfTeX is compiled.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;3.&nbsp;Metafont (tbd.)" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="metafont" name=
-"metafont"></a>Chapter&nbsp;3.&nbsp;Metafont (tbd.)</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11584672" class="indexterm" name="idp11584672"></a>
-<p>tbd.</p>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="metapost" name=
-"metapost"></a>Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-options">1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">1.1 <code class=
-"filename">--file-line-error-style</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-help">1.2
-<code class="filename">--help</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-ini">1.3
-<code class="filename">--ini</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-intercation">1.4 <code class=
-"filename">--interaction mode</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-jobname">1.5
-<code class="filename">--jobname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">1.6 <code class=
-"filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-mem">1.7
-<code class="filename">--mem mem</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-parse-first-line">1.8 <code class=
-"filename">--parse-first-line</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-progname">1.9
-<code class="filename">--progname name</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-recorder">1.10
-<code class="filename">--recorder</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-T">1.11
-<code class="filename">-T</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#metapost-option-translate-file">1.12 <code class=
-"filename">--translate-file tcxname</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-troff">1.13
-<code class="filename">--troff</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-version">1.14
-<code class="filename">--version</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-environment">2
-Environment</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11588048" class="indexterm" name="idp11588048"></a>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The contents of this section was taken from <code class=
-"filename">mpost(1)</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<p>MetaPost is a programming language much like Knuth's Metafont
-except that it outputs PostScript programs instead of bitmaps.
-Borrowed from Metafont are the basic tools for creating and
-manipulating pictures. These include numbers, coordinate pairs,
-cubic splines, affine transformations, text strings, and boolean
-quantities. Additional features facilitate integrating text and
-graphics and accessing special features of PostScript such as
-clipping, shading, and dashed lines. Another feature borrowed from
-Metafont is the ability to solve linear equations that are given
-implicitly, thus allowing many programs to be written in a largely
-declarative style. By building complex operations from simpler
-ones, MetaPost achieves both power and exibility.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1 Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="metapost-options"
-name="metapost-options"></a>1 Options</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11593248" class="indexterm" name="idp11593248"></a>
-<p>MetaPost understands the following command line options.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1.1 --file-line-error-style">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-file-line-error-style"
-name="metapost-option-file-line-error-style"></a>1.1 <code class=
-"filename">--file-line-error-style</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11597104" class="indexterm" name="idp11597104"></a>
-<p>Print error messages in the form <code class=
-"literal">file:line:error</code> which is similar to the way many
-compilers format them.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2 --help">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-help" name=
-"metapost-option-help"></a>1.2 <code class=
-"filename">--help</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11602064" class="indexterm" name="idp11602064"></a>
-<p>Print help message and exit.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.3 --ini">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-ini" name=
-"metapost-option-ini"></a>1.3 <code class=
-"filename">--ini</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11606304" class="indexterm" name="idp11606304"></a>
-<p>Be <span class="command"><strong>inimpost</strong></span>, for
-dumping bases; this is implicitly true if the program is called as
-<span class="command"><strong>inimpost</strong></span>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.4 --interaction mode">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-intercation" name=
-"metapost-option-intercation"></a>1.4 <code class=
-"filename">--interaction mode</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11612032" class="indexterm" name="idp11612032"></a>
-<p>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of <code class=
-"literal">batchmode</code>, <code class=
-"literal">nonstopmode</code>, <code class=
-"literal">scrollmode</code>, and <code class=
-"literal">errorstopmode</code>. The meaning of these modes is the
-same as that of the corresponding commands.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.5 --jobname name">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-jobname" name=
-"metapost-option-jobname"></a>1.5 <code class="filename">--jobname
-name</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11619200" class="indexterm" name="idp11619200"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">name</code> for the job name, instead
-of deriving it from the name of the input file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.6 --kpathsea-debug bitmask">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-kpathsea-debug" name=
-"metapost-option-kpathsea-debug"></a>1.6 <code class=
-"filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11624256" class="indexterm" name="idp11624256"></a>
-<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
-<code class="literal">bitmask</code>. See the Kpathsea manual for
-details.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.7 --mem mem">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-mem" name=
-"metapost-option-mem"></a>1.7 <code class="filename">--mem
-mem</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11629312" class="indexterm" name="idp11629312"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">mem</code> as the name of the mem to
-be used, instead of the name by which MetaPost was called or a
-<code class="literal">%&amp;</code> line.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.8 --parse-first-line">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-parse-first-line" name=
-"metapost-option-parse-first-line"></a>1.8 <code class=
-"filename">--parse-first-line</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11635168" class="indexterm" name="idp11635168"></a>
-<p>If the first line of the main input file begins with
-<code class="literal">%&amp;</code> parse it to look for a dump
-name or a <code class="literal">--translate-file</code> option.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.9 --progname name">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-progname" name=
-"metapost-option-progname"></a>1.9 <code class=
-"filename">--progname name</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11640976" class="indexterm" name="idp11640976"></a>
-<p>Pretend to be program <code class="literal">name</code>. This
-affects both the format used and the search paths.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.10 --recorder">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-recorder" name=
-"metapost-option-recorder"></a>1.10 <code class=
-"filename">--recorder</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11645920" class="indexterm" name="idp11645920"></a>
-<p>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
-opened for input and output in a file with extension <code class=
-"literal">.fls.</code></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.11 -T">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-T" name=
-"metapost-option-T"></a>1.11 <code class="filename">-T</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11650768" class="indexterm" name="idp11650768"></a>
-<p>Produce TROFF output.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.12 --translate-file tcxname">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-translate-file" name=
-"metapost-option-translate-file"></a>1.12 <code class=
-"filename">--translate-file tcxname</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11655008" class="indexterm" name="idp11655008"></a>
-<p>Use the <code class="literal">tcxname</code> translation
-table.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.13 --troff">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-troff" name=
-"metapost-option-troff"></a>1.13 <code class=
-"filename">--troff</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11659968" class="indexterm" name="idp11659968"></a>
-<p>As -T.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.14 --version">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-version" name=
-"metapost-option-version"></a>1.14 <code class=
-"filename">--version</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11664192" class="indexterm" name="idp11664192"></a>
-<p>Print version information and exit.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 Environment">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="metapost-environment"
-name="metapost-environment"></a>2 Environment</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11667936" class="indexterm" name="idp11667936"></a>
-<p>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path
-specifications' node) for the details of how the environment
-variables are use when searching. The <span class=
-"command"><strong>kpsewhich</strong></span> utility can be used to
-query the values of the variables.</p>
-<p>If the environment variable <code class=
-"literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</code> is set, MetaPost attempts to put its
-output files in it, if they cannot be put in the current
-directory.</p>
-<p>Here is a list of the environment variables which affect the
-behavior of MetaPost:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">MPINPUTS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11674064" class="indexterm" name="idp11674064"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Search path for input files.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">MFINPUTS</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11677984" class="indexterm" name="idp11677984"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Auxiliary search path for input files with
-<code class="literal">.mf</code> extensions.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">MPSUPPORT</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11682656" class="indexterm" name="idp11682656"></a>
-<p class="simpara">Directory for various tables for handling
-included TeX and troff.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">MPXCOMMAND</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11687056" class="indexterm" name="idp11687056"></a>
-<p class="simpara">The name of a shell script that converts
-embedded typesetting commands to a form that MetaPost understands.
-Defaults: <code class="literal">makempx</code> for TeX and
-<code class="literal">troffmpx</code> for troff.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">TEX</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11692944" class="indexterm" name="idp11692944"></a>
-<p class="simpara">The version of TeX - or LaTeX - to use when
-processing <span class="command"><strong>btex</strong></span> and
-<span class="command"><strong>verbatimtex</strong></span> commands.
-Default TeX. This version of MetaPost allows you to use a
-<code class="literal">`%&amp;format'</code> line instead.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">TROFF</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11700416" class="indexterm" name="idp11700416"></a>
-<p class="simpara">The troff pipeline for <span class=
-"command"><strong>btex</strong></span> and <span class=
-"command"><strong>verbatimtex</strong></span> commands. Default
-<code class="literal">eqn -d\$\$ | troff</code></p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">MPEDIT</code></span></dt>
-<dd><a id="idp11706336" class="indexterm" name="idp11706336"></a>
-<p class="simpara">A command template for invoking an editor.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>A <code class="literal">.mem</code> file is a binary file that
-permits fast loading of macro packages. MetaPost reads the default
-<code class="literal">plain.mem</code> unless another <code class=
-"literal">.mem</code> file is specified at the start of the first
-line with an <code class="literal">&amp;</code> just before it.
-There is also an <code class="literal">mfplain.mem</code> that
-simulates plain Metafont so that MetaPost can read <code class=
-"literal">.mf</code> fonts. (Plain Metafont is described in
-<span class="emphasis"><em>The Metafontbook</em></span>).</p>
-<p>Experts can create <code class="literal">.mem</code> files by
-invoking <span class="command"><strong>inimpost</strong></span> and
-giving macro definitions followed by a dump command.</p>
-<p>The MetaPost language is similar to Metafont, but the manual
-<span class="emphasis"><em>A User's Manual for MetaPost</em></span>
-assumes no knowledge of Metafont. MetaPost does not have bitmap
-output commands or Metafont's online display mechanism.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;BibTeX" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="bibtex" name=
-"bibtex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;BibTeX</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-parameters">1
-Parameters</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">2
-Command Qualifiers</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bib-files">3 bib
-files</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-string-command">3.1
-<code class="filename">@STRING</code> command</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-format">3.2 Entry
-Format</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-types">3.3 Entry
-Types</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-text">3.4 Field
-Text</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-types">3.5 Field
-Types</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-files">4 bst
-files</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">4.1
-<code class="filename">ABBRV.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">4.2
-<code class="filename">ALPHA.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">4.3
-<code class="filename">PLAIN.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">4.4
-<code class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">4.5
-<code class="filename">UNSRT.BST</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11719920" class="indexterm" name="idp11719920"></a>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages
-for BibTeX of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).</p>
-</div>
-<p>Invokes the BibTeX utility to compile a bibliography file for
-LaTeX. Full details can be found in "LaTeX: A Document Preparation
-System" by Leslie Lamport.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1 Parameters">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="bibtex-parameters"
-name="bibtex-parameters"></a>1 Parameters</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11724784" class="indexterm" name="idp11724784"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">bibliography-file-spec</code></p>
-<p>Specifies the name of the bibliography database file to be
-compiled by BibTeX. If the file specification does not include a
-file type, BibTeX assumes a default type of BIB.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 Command Qualifiers">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id=
-"bibtex-command-qualifiers" name="bibtex-command-qualifiers"></a>2
-Command Qualifiers</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11729888" class="indexterm" name="idp11729888"></a>
-<p><code class="literal">/BIBINPUTS
-/BIBINPUTS=(name,...)</code></p>
-<p>Specify directories containing input files, and the order in
-which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value
-in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure
-TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default
-directory and then search each of the directories specified by the
-<code class="literal">/BIBINPUTS</code> option.</p>
-<p>Default is <code class="literal">/BIBINPUTS=(TEX_BIB:)</code>;
-TeX looks in the directory associated with the logical name
-<code class="literal">TEX_BIB.</code></p>
-<p><code class="literal">/STATS /STATS /NOSTATS [D]</code></p>
-<p>This qualifier is used while debugging <code class=
-"literal">.BST</code> files to determine BIBTEX memory usage.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">/TEXINPUTS
-/TEXINPUTS=(name,...)</code></p>
-<p>Specify directories containing input files, and the order in
-which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value
-in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure
-TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default
-directory and then search each of the directories specified by the
-<code class="literal">/TEXINPUTS</code> option.</p>
-<p>Default is <code class="literal">/TEXINPUTS=(TEX_INPUTS)</code>;
-TeX looks in the directory associated with the logical name
-<code class="literal">TEX_INPUTS</code>.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">/TRACE /TRACE /NOTRACE [D]</code></p>
-<p>This qualifier is used while debugging <code class=
-"literal">.BST</code> files to follow program flow.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3 bib files">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="bibtex-bib-files"
-name="bibtex-bib-files"></a>3 bib files</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11746736" class="indexterm" name="idp11746736"></a>
-<p>This help entry contains the same information as Appendix B of
-the LaTeX manual. It describes the format of a bibliography
-database (<code class="literal">.BIB</code>) file.</p>
-<p>A bibliography database file may contains two types of entry -
-an abbreviation definition or a reference entry for citation.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.1 @STRING command">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-string-command" name=
-"bibtex-string-command"></a>3.1 <code class=
-"filename">@STRING</code> command</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11752400" class="indexterm" name="idp11752400"></a>
-<p>The <code class="literal">@STRING</code> command is used to
-define abbreviations for use by BibTeX within the bibliography
-database file. The command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- @string{jgg1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
-</pre>
-<p>defines 'jgg1' to be the abbreviation for the string "Journal of
-Gnats and Gnus, Series~1". Parentheses can be used in place of the
-outermost braces in the @string command, and braces can be used
-instead of the quotation marks. The text must have matching
-braces.</p>
-<p>The case of letters is ignored in an abbreviation as well as in
-the command name @string, so the command above could have been
-written:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- @STRING{JgG1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
-</pre>
-<p>A <code class="literal">@string</code> command can appear
-anywhere before or between entries in a bibliography database file.
-However, it must come before any use of the abbreviation, so a
-sensible place for <code class="literal">@string</code> commands is
-at the beginning of the file. A <code class=
-"literal">@string</code> command in the bibliography database file
-takes precedence over a definition made by the bibliography style,
-so it can be used to change the definition of an abbreviation such
-as 'Feb'.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.2 Entry Format">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-format" name=
-"bibtex-entry-format"></a>3.2 Entry Format</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11762464" class="indexterm" name="idp11762464"></a>
-<p>A bibliography database file contains a series of reference
-entries like the following:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- @BOOK{kn:gnus,
- AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knudson",
- TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
- PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
- ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} }
-</pre>
-<p>The <code class="literal">@BOOK</code> states that this is an
-entry of type book. various entry types are described below. The
-'kn:gnus' is the citation key, as it appears in the argument of a
-<code class="literal">\cite</code> command referring to the
-entry.</p>
-<p>This entry has four fields, named <code class=
-"literal">AUTHOR</code>, <code class="literal">TITLE</code>,
-<code class="literal">PUBLISHER</code> and <code class=
-"literal">ADDRESS</code>. The meanings of these and other fields
-are described below. A field consists of the name, an '=' character
-with optional space around it, followed by its text. The text of a
-field is a string of characters, with no unmatched braces,
-surrounded by either a pair of braces or a pair of '"' characters.
-Entry fields are separated from one another, and from the citation
-key, by commas. A comma may have optional space around it.</p>
-<p>The outermost braces that surround the entire entry may be
-replaced by parentheses. As in TeX input files, an end-of-line
-character counts as a space and one space is equivalent to many
-spaces. Unlike TeX, BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry
-type, citation key and field names. The above entry could have been
-typed as follows:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@BOOK(kn:gnus, author = {Donald E. Knudson},
- TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
- PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
- ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} )
-</pre>
-<p>However, the case of letters does matter to LaTeX, so the
-citation key ("kn:gnus" in the example above) should appear exactly
-the same in all <code class="literal">\cite</code> commands in the
-LaTeX input file.</p>
-<p>The quotes or braces can be omitted around text consisting
-entirely of numerals. The following two fields are equivalent:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-Volume = "27" Volume = 27
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3 Entry Types">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types"></a>3.3 Entry Types</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11779008" class="indexterm" name="idp11779008"></a>
-<p>When entering a reference in the bibliography database, the
-first thing to decide is what type of entry it is. No fixed
-classification scheme can be complete, but BibTeX provides enough
-entry types to handle almost any reference reasonably well.</p>
-<p>References to different types of publications contain different
-information; a reference to a journal might include the volume and
-number of the journal, which is usually not meaningful for a book.
-Therefore, database entries of different types have different
-fields for each entry type, the fields are divided into three
-classes:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">Required</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>omitting the field will produce an error message and may result
-in a badly formatted bibliography entry. If the required
-information is not meaningful, you are using the wrong entry
-type.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">Optional</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>the field's information will be used if present, but can be
-omitted without causing any formatting problems. A reference should
-contain any available information that might help the reader, so
-you should include the optional field if it is applicable.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">Ignored</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>the field is ignored. BibTeX ignores any field that is not
-required or optional, so you can include any fields you want in a
-bibliography entry. It's often a good idea to put all relevant
-information about a reference in its bibliography entry - even
-information that may never appear in the bibliography. For example,
-if you want to keep an abstract of a paper in a computer file, put
-it in an 'abstract' field in the paper's bibliography entry. The
-bibliography database file is likely to be as good a place as any
-for the abstract, and it is possible to design a bibliography style
-for printing selected abstracts.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry type.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.1 article entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-article" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-article"></a>3.3.1 article entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11791424" class="indexterm" name="idp11791424"></a>
-<p>An article from a journal or magazine.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@ARTICLE{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-journal" title=
-"3.5.10 journal field">journal</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-volume" title=
-"3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-number" title=
-"3.5.14 number field">number</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-pages" title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-month" title=
-"3.5.12 month field">month</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-note" title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-key" title=
-"3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.2 book entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-book" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-book"></a>3.3.2 book entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11806640" class="indexterm" name="idp11806640"></a>
-<p>A book with an explicit publisher.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@BOOK{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>
-or <a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" title=
-"3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-title" title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" title=
-"3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-volume" title=
-"3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-series" title=
-"3.5.19 series field">series</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-edition" title=
-"3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.3 booklet entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-booklet" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-booklet"></a>3.3.3 booklet entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11823008" class="indexterm" name="idp11823008"></a>
-<p>A work that is printed and bound, but without a named publisher
-or sponsoring institution.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@BOOKLET{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished" title=
-"3.5.8 howpublished field">howpublished</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-year" title=
-"3.5.23 year field">year</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-note" title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-key" title=
-"3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.4 conference entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-conference" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-conference"></a>3.3.4 conference entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11835488" class="indexterm" name="idp11835488"></a>
-<p>An article in the proceedings of a conference. This entry is
-identical to the 'inproceedings' entry and is included for
-compatibility with another text formatting system.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@CONFERENCE{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-booktitle" title=
-"3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-editor" title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" title=
-"3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-organization" title=
-"3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-publisher" title=
-"3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.5 inbook entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-inbook" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-inbook"></a>3.3.5 inbook entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11851600" class="indexterm" name="idp11851600"></a>
-<p>A part of a book, which may be a chapter and/or a range of
-pages.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@INBOOK{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>
-or <a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-editor" title=
-"3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-title" title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-chapter" title=
-"3.5.5 chapter field">chapter</a> and/or <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-pages" title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" title=
-"3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-volume" title=
-"3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-series" title=
-"3.5.19 series field">series</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-edition" title=
-"3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.6 incollection entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-incollection" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-incollection"></a>3.3.6 incollection entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11869248" class="indexterm" name="idp11869248"></a>
-<p>A part of a book with its own title.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@INCOLLECTION{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-booktitle" title=
-"3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-editor" title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" title=
-"3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-organization" title=
-"3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-publisher" title=
-"3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.7 inproceedings entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings"></a>3.3.7 inproceedings
-entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11885024" class="indexterm" name="idp11885024"></a>
-<p>An article in the proceedings of a conference.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@INPROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-booktitle" title=
-"3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-editor" title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-pages" title=
-"3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-organization" title=
-"3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-publisher" title=
-"3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.8 manual entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-manual" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-manual"></a>3.3.8 manual entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11900864" class="indexterm" name="idp11900864"></a>
-<p>Technical documentation.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@MANUAL{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-organization" title=
-"3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-edition" title=
-"3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-year" title=
-"3.5.23 year field">year</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-note" title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-key" title=
-"3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.9 mastersthesis entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis"></a>3.3.9 mastersthesis
-entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11914032" class="indexterm" name="idp11914032"></a>
-<p>A Master's thesis.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@MASTERSTHESIS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-school" title=
-"3.5.18 school field">school</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.10 misc entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-misc" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-misc"></a>3.3.10 misc entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11926432" class="indexterm" name="idp11926432"></a>
-<p>Use this type when nothing else seems appropriate.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@MISC{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: none</p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-howpublished" title=
-"3.5.8 howpublished field">howpublished</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-year" title=
-"3.5.23 year field">year</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-note" title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-key" title=
-"3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.11 phdthesis entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis"></a>3.3.11 phdthesis entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11938032" class="indexterm" name="idp11938032"></a>
-<p>A PhD thesis.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@PHDTHESIS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-school" title=
-"3.5.18 school field">school</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.12 proceedings entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-proceedings" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-proceedings"></a>3.3.12 proceedings entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11950336" class="indexterm" name="idp11950336"></a>
-<p>The proceedings of a conference.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@PROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-title" title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-year" title=
-"3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-editor" title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher" title=
-"3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-organization" title=
-"3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.13 techreport entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-techreport" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-techreport"></a>3.3.13 techreport entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11963568" class="indexterm" name="idp11963568"></a>
-<p>A report published by a school or other institution, usually
-numbered within a series.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@TECHREPORT{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-institution" title=
-"3.5.9 institution field">institution</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year" title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-type"
-title="3.5.21 type field">type</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-number" title=
-"3.5.14 number field">number</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address" title=
-"3.5.1 address field">address</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-note" title=
-"3.5.13 note field">note</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.3.14 unpublished entry">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-unpublished" name=
-"bibtex-entry-types-unpublished"></a>3.3.14 unpublished entry</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11978032" class="indexterm" name="idp11978032"></a>
-<p>A document with an author and title, but not formally
-published.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-@UNPUBLISHED{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-</pre>
-<p>Required fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author" title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-title" title=
-"3.5.20 title field">title</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-note" title="3.5.13 note field">note</a></p>
-<p>Optional fields: <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month" title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-field-types-year" title=
-"3.5.23 year field">year</a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key" title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.4 Field Text">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text" name=
-"bibtex-field-text"></a>3.4 Field Text</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11988768" class="indexterm" name="idp11988768"></a>
-<p>The text of the field is enclosed in braces or double quote
-characters. A part of the text is said to be enclosed in braces if
-it lies inside a matching pair of braces other than the ones
-enclosing the entire entry or the entire field text.</p>
-<p>BibTeX manipulates the case of letters in the field text as
-described in the subtopics below.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.4.1 Names">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-names" name=
-"bibtex-field-text-names"></a>3.4.1 Names</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp11993216" class="indexterm" name="idp11993216"></a>
-<p>The text of an author or editor field represents a list of
-names. The bibliography style determines the format in which the
-name is printed: whether the first name or last name appears first,
-if the full first name or just the first initial is used, etc. The
-bibliography file entry simply tells BibTeX what the name is.</p>
-<p>You should type an author's complete name and let the
-bibliography style decide what to abbreviate. (But an author's
-complete name may be "Donald~E. Knuth" or even "J.~P.~Morgan"; you
-should type it the way the author would like it to appear, if
-that's known.)</p>
-<p>Most names can be entered in the obvious way, either with or
-without a comma, as in the following examples:</p>
-<p>"John Paul Jones" "Jones, John Paul" "Ludwig von Beethoven" "von
-Beethoven, Ludwig"</p>
-<p>Some people have multiple last names - for example, Per Brinch
-Hansen's last name is Brinch~Hansen. His name should be typed with
-a comma:</p>
-<p>"Brinch Hansen, Per"</p>
-<p>To understand why, you must understand how BibTeX handles names
-(for what follows, a "name" corresponds to a person).</p>
-<p>Each name consists of four parts: First, von, Last, and~Jr; each
-part consists of a (possibly empty) list of name-tokens. For
-example the First part of Per Brinch~Hansen's name has the single
-token "Per"; the Last part has two, "Brinch" and "Hansen"; and the
-von and Jr parts are empty. If you had typed</p>
-<p>"Per Brinch Hansen"</p>
-<p>instead, BibTeX would erroneously think "Brinch" were a
-First-part token, just as "Paul" is a First-part token in
-"John~Paul Jones".</p>
-<p>Here's another example:</p>
-<p>"Charles Louis Xavier Joseph de la Vallee Poussin"</p>
-<p>This name has four tokens in the First part, two in the von, and
-two in the Last. Here BibTeX knows where one part ends and the
-other begins because the tokens in the von part begin with
-lower-case letters.</p>
-<p>If you want BibTeX to consider something a single token, enclose
-it in braces. You should do this, for example, if a comma is part
-of a name:</p>
-<p>"{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}" "{Barnes and} {Noble, Inc.}"
-"{Barnes} {and} {Noble,} {Inc.}"</p>
-<p>The braces surrounding the comma keep "Inc." from being
-interpreted as a First token; this name has only a Last part, with
-either one, two, or four tokens (there must be a space separating
-the tokens in the second and third forms). Probably the second form
-is slightly more meaningful, but don't lose sleep over this since
-only rarely will an institution be an author or editor.</p>
-<p>So the two names</p>
-<p>"von Beethoven, Ludwig" "{von Beethoven}, Ludwig"</p>
-<p>are considered by BibTeX to be different names. In the first,
-"Beethoven" is the Last part and "von" is the von part; in the
-second, which in this case happens to be incorrect, the Last part
-has a single token and there's no von part. The bibliography style
-will probably print both the same, but it may alphabetize and label
-them differently.</p>
-<p>"Juniors" pose a special problem. Most people having "Jr." in
-their name precede it with a comma. Such a name should be entered
-as follows:</p>
-<p>"Ford, Jr., Henry"</p>
-<p>However, a few people do not use a comma. They are handled by
-considering the "Jr." to be part of the last Last token:</p>
-<p>"{Steele Jr.}, Guy L." "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}"</p>
-<p>This name has no Jr part.</p>
-<p>To summarize, you may type a name in one of three forms:</p>
-<p>"First von Last" "von Last, First" "von Last, Jr, First"</p>
-<p>You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't if
-either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple tokens but
-there's no von part.</p>
-<p>If there are multiple authors or editors, their names must be
-separated by the word "and", surrounded by spaces, not enclosed in
-braces:</p>
-<p>AUTHOR = "Ralph Alpher and Bethe, Hans and George Gamow"</p>
-<p>Since BibTeX interprets commas as separating parts of a name and
-"and" as separating names themselves, this example has three
-coauthors: Ralph Alpher, Hans Bethe, and George Gamow. If the word
-"and" appears as part of a name, it must be enclosed in braces, as
-in the example of "Barnes and Noble,~Inc." given above. If you have
-too many names to list in a field, you can end the list with "and
-others"; the standard styles appropriately append an "et al."</p>
-<p>BibTeX's rules are actually a bit more complicated than
-indicated here, but this description will suffice for most
-names.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.4.2 Titles">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-titles" name=
-"bibtex-field-text-titles"></a>3.4.2 Titles</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12016768" class="indexterm" name="idp12016768"></a>
-<p>The bibliography style determines whether or not a title is
-capitalized; the titles of books usually are, the title of articles
-usually are not. You type a title the way it should appear if it is
-capitalized (you should capitalize everything but articles and
-unstressed conjunctions and prepositions, and even these should be
-capitalized as the first word or the first after a colon):</p>
-<p>TITLE = "The Agony and the Ecstasy"</p>
-<p>BibTeX will change uppercase letters to lowercase if
-appropriate. Uppercase letters that should not be changed are
-enclosed in braces. The following two titles are equivalent; the
-"A" of "Africa" will not be made lowercase.</p>
-<p>"The Gnats and Gnus of {Africa}" "The Gnats and Gnus of
-{A}frica"</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.4.3 Abbreviations">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-abbr" name=
-"bibtex-field-text-abbr"></a>3.4.3 Abbreviations</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12022560" class="indexterm" name="idp12022560"></a>
-<p>Instead of an ordinary text string, the text of a field can be
-replaced by an abbreviation for it. An abbreviation is a string of
-characters that starts with a letter and does not contain a space
-or any of the following ten characters:</p>
-<p><code class="literal">" # % ' ( ) , = { }</code></p>
-<p>The abbreviation is typed in place of the text field, with no
-braces or quotation marks. If 'jgg1' is an abbreviation for</p>
-<p>Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1</p>
-<p>then the following are equivalent:</p>
-<p>JOURNAL = jgg1 JOURNAL = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus,
-Series~1"</p>
-<p>Some abbreviations are predefined by the bibliography style.
-These always include the usual 3 letter abbreviations for the
-month: jan, feb, mar etc.</p>
-<p>Bibliography styles usually contain abbreviations for the names
-of commonly referenced journals. Consult the Local Guide for a list
-of the predefined abbreviations for the bibliography styles
-available.</p>
-<p>You can define your own abbreviations by using BibTeX's
-<code class="literal">@STRING</code> command.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5 Field Types">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types" name=
-"bibtex-field-types"></a>3.5 Field Types</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12031968" class="indexterm" name="idp12031968"></a>
-<p>Below is a list of all fields recognized by the standard
-bibliography styles. An entry can also contain other fields, which
-are ignored by those styles.</p>
-<p>BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the field names.</p>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.1 address field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-address" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-address"></a>3.5.1 address field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12036352" class="indexterm" name="idp12036352"></a>
-<p>Publisher's address. For major publishing houses, just the city
-is given. For small publishers, you can help the reader by giving
-the complete address.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-ADDRESS = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.2 annote field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-annote" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-annote"></a>3.5.2 annote field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12041232" class="indexterm" name="idp12041232"></a>
-<p>An annotation, used only for annotated bibliography styles
-(which are not among the standard ones).</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-ANNOTE = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.3 author field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-author" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-author"></a>3.5.3 author field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12046016" class="indexterm" name="idp12046016"></a>
-<p>The name(s) of the author(s).</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-AUTHOR = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.4 booktitle field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-booktitle" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-booktitle"></a>3.5.4 booktitle field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12050720" class="indexterm" name="idp12050720"></a>
-<p>Title of a book, part of which is being cited.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-BOOKTITLE = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.5 chapter field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-chapter" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-chapter"></a>3.5.5 chapter field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12055440" class="indexterm" name="idp12055440"></a>
-<p>A chapter number.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-CHAPTER = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.6 edition field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-edition" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-edition"></a>3.5.6 edition field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12060128" class="indexterm" name="idp12060128"></a>
-<p>The edition of a book - for example, "second".</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-EDITION = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.7 editor field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-editor" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-editor"></a>3.5.7 editor field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12064848" class="indexterm" name="idp12064848"></a>
-<p>Name(s) of editor(s). If there is also an "author" field, then
-the "editor" field gives the editor of the book or collection in
-which the reference appears.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-EDITOR = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.8 howpublished field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-howpublished" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-howpublished"></a>3.5.8 howpublished field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12069696" class="indexterm" name="idp12069696"></a>
-<p>How something strange has been published.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-HOWPUBLISHED = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.9 institution field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-institution" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-institution"></a>3.5.9 institution field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12074432" class="indexterm" name="idp12074432"></a>
-<p>The institution that published the work.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-INSTITUTION = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.10 journal field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-journal" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-journal"></a>3.5.10 journal field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12079168" class="indexterm" name="idp12079168"></a>
-<p>A journal name. Abbreviations are provided for many journals;
-see the Local Guide.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-JOURNAL = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.11 key field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-key" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-key"></a>3.5.11 key field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12083904" class="indexterm" name="idp12083904"></a>
-<p>Used for alphabetizing and creating a label when the "author"
-and "editor" fields are missing. This field should not be confused
-with the citation key that appears in the <code class=
-"literal">\cite</code> command and at the beginning of the
-entry.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-KEY = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.12 month field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-month" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-month"></a>3.5.12 month field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12089520" class="indexterm" name="idp12089520"></a>
-<p>The month in which the work was published or, for an unpublished
-work, in which it was written.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-MONTH = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.13 note field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-note" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-note"></a>3.5.13 note field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12094272" class="indexterm" name="idp12094272"></a>
-<p>Any additional information that can help the reader.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-NOTE = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.14 number field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-number" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-number"></a>3.5.14 number field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12099008" class="indexterm" name="idp12099008"></a>
-<p>The number of a journal, magazine, or technical report. An issue
-of a journal or magazine is usually identified by its volume and
-number; the organization that issues a technical report usually
-gives it a number.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-NUMBER = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.15 organization field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-organization" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-organization"></a>3.5.15 organization
-field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12103920" class="indexterm" name="idp12103920"></a>
-<p>The organization sponsoring a conference.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-ORGANIZATION = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.16 pages field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-pages" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-pages"></a>3.5.16 pages field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12108656" class="indexterm" name="idp12108656"></a>
-<p>A page number or range of numbers such as "42--111"; you may
-also have several of these, separating them with commas:
-"7,41,73--97". The standard styles convert a single dash to a
-double. &gt;</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-PAGES = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.17 publisher field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-publisher" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-publisher"></a>3.5.17 publisher field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12113744" class="indexterm" name="idp12113744"></a>
-<p>The publisher's name.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-PUBLISHER = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.18 school field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-school" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-school"></a>3.5.18 school field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12118448" class="indexterm" name="idp12118448"></a>
-<p>The name of the school where a thesis was written.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-SCHOOL = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.19 series field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-series" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-series"></a>3.5.19 series field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12123168" class="indexterm" name="idp12123168"></a>
-<p>The name of a series or set of books. When citing an entire
-book, the the "title" field gives its title and an optional
-"series" field gives the name of a series in which the book is
-published.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-SERIES = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.20 title field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-title" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-title"></a>3.5.20 title field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12128048" class="indexterm" name="idp12128048"></a>
-<p>The work's title.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-TITLE = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.21 type field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-type" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-type"></a>3.5.21 type field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12132704" class="indexterm" name="idp12132704"></a>
-<p>The type of a technical report - for example, "Research
-Note".</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-TYPE = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.22 volume field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-volume" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-volume"></a>3.5.22 volume field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12137440" class="indexterm" name="idp12137440"></a>
-<p>The volume of a journal or multivolume book work.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-VOLUME = field_text
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="3.5.23 year field">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-year" name=
-"bibtex-field-types-year"></a>3.5.23 year field</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12142128" class="indexterm" name="idp12142128"></a>
-<p>The year of publication or, for an unpublished work, the year it
-was written. This field's text should contain only numerals.</p>
-<p>Format:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-YEAR = field_text
-</pre></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4 bst files">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="bibtex-bst-files"
-name="bibtex-bst-files"></a>4 bst files</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12147168" class="indexterm" name="idp12147168"></a>
-<p>Bibliography style files define the style of a bibliography
-source list.</p>
-<p>The standard bibliography style files are <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-plain" title="4.3 PLAIN.BST"><code class=
-"filename">PLAIN</code></a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-unsrt" title="4.5 UNSRT.BST"><code class=
-"filename">UNSRT</code></a>, <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-alpha" title="4.2 ALPHA.BST"><code class=
-"filename">ALPHA</code></a> and <a class="link" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-abbr" title="4.1 ABBRV.BST"><code class=
-"filename">ABBRV</code></a>.</p>
-<p>If you want to make a bibliography style of your own, look at
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex-bst-sample" title=
-"4.4 SAMPLE.BST"><code class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</code></a>.</p>
-<div class="section" title="4.1 ABBRV.BST">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-abbr" name=
-"bibtex-bst-abbr"></a>4.1 <code class=
-"filename">ABBRV.BST</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12159760" class="indexterm" name="idp12159760"></a>
-<p>This style is the same as the style defined in <code class=
-"filename">PLAIN.BST</code>, except that entries are more compact
-because first names, month names and journal names are
-abbreviated.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.2 ALPHA.BST">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-alpha" name=
-"bibtex-bst-alpha"></a>4.2 <code class=
-"filename">ALPHA.BST</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12164832" class="indexterm" name="idp12164832"></a>
-<p>This style is the same as the style defined in <code class=
-"filename">PLAIN.BST</code> except that entry labels like "Knu66",
-formed from the author's name and the year of publication, are
-used.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.3 PLAIN.BST">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-plain" name=
-"bibtex-bst-plain"></a>4.3 <code class=
-"filename">PLAIN.BST</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12169904" class="indexterm" name="idp12169904"></a>
-<p>This style is formatted more or less as suggested by Mary-Claire
-van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars" (Alfred A. Knopf, New York,
-1979). Entries are sorted alphabetically and are labelled with
-numbers.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.4 SAMPLE.BST">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-sample" name=
-"bibtex-bst-sample"></a>4.4 <code class=
-"filename">SAMPLE.BST</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12174320" class="indexterm" name="idp12174320"></a>
-<p>This is a sample bibliography style file meant to help you
-construct a new style. It creates a bibliography in which entries
-appear as follows:</p>
-<p>[Jones79] Jones, R. L. and Richards, P. Q. The Birds and the
-Bees. {\it Journal of Irreproducible Results 4}, 2 (Jan. 1979),
-27-33.</p>
-<p>[Jones82a] Jones, P. G. The Bees and the Trees ... (1982).</p>
-<p>[Jones82b] Jones, R. L. The Trees and the Peas ... (1982).</p>
-<p>[Krist74] Kristofferson, R. P. Peopl and Places ... (1974)</p>
-<p>It should illustrate how you write a style file. The functions
-are described in an informal Pascal-like style in comments. Because
-of the way while loops and if-then-else statements must use
-functions, the following convention is used. If a while loop is
-labeled 'foo' in the informal description, then its test and body
-are the functions named 'foo.test' and 'foo.body'. If an if
-statement is labeled 'foo', then its two clauses are the functions
-named 'foo.then' and 'foo.else'. (Null clauses just use the 'skip$'
-function.) Note that because functions have to be defined in terms
-of already-defined functions, the actual function definitions are
-given in a 'bottom-up' order.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4.5 UNSRT.BST">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-unsrt" name=
-"bibtex-bst-unsrt"></a>4.5 <code class=
-"filename">UNSRT.BST</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12182448" class="indexterm" name="idp12182448"></a>
-<p>This style is that same as <code class=
-"filename">PLAIN.BST</code> except that entries appear in the order
-of their first citation.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="makeindex" name=
-"makeindex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-options">1
-Options</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-c">1.1
-<code class="filename">-c</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-g">1.2
-<code class="filename">-g</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-i">1.3
-<code class="filename">-i</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-l">1.4
-<code class="filename">-l</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-q">1.5
-<code class="filename">-q</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-r">1.6
-<code class="filename">-r</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">1.7
-<code class="filename">-s sty</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">1.8
-<code class="filename">-o ind</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">1.9
-<code class="filename">-t log</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">1.10
-<code class="filename">-p no</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-L">1.11
-<code class="filename">-L</code></a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-T">1.12
-<code class="filename">-T</code></a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style-file">2 Style
-File</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style">2.1 Input
-Style Specifiers</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#makeindex-output-style-specs">2.2 Output Style
-Specifiers</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-example">3
-Example</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-ordering">4
-Ordering</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-special-effects">5
-Special Effects</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12187760" class="indexterm" name="idp12187760"></a>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages
-for Make-Index of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).</p>
-<p>Some obvious errors in this documentation have been corrected
-according to <code class="filename">makeindex(1L)</code>.</p>
-<p>Additional information was taken from <code class=
-"filename">makeindex(1L)</code> and the program source files as
-found in teTeX 2.0.2.</p>
-</div>
-<p>Make-Index is a general purpose index processor. It takes one or
-more raw index files (normally generated by a formatter), sorts the
-entries, and produces the actual index file. It is not dependent on
-any particular format of raw index file, although the <code class=
-"literal">.idx</code> file generated by LaTeX is the default. Up to
-three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting within the same entry
-is supported. The input format may be redefined in a style file so
-that raw index or glossary output from other formatters may be
-processed. The style file also defines the style of output index
-file. Unless specified otherwise, the file name base of the first
-input file (<code class="literal">idx0</code>) is used to determine
-other related input/output files. The default input file type is
-<code class="literal">.idx</code>.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1 Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="makeindex-options"
-name="makeindex-options"></a>1 Options</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12198800" class="indexterm" name="idp12198800"></a>
-<p>Make-Index is a Unix program, and therefore has a Unix-style
-command line. Instead of qualifiers delimited with a slash
-(<code class="literal">/</code>), Make-Index options are delimited
-with a hyphen (<code class="literal">-</code>).</p>
-<div class="section" title="1.1 -c">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-c" name=
-"makeindex-option-c"></a>1.1 <code class="filename">-c</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12204800" class="indexterm" name="idp12204800"></a>
-<p>Enable blank compression. By default every blank counts in the
-index key. The <code class="literal">-c</code> option ignores
-leading and trailing blanks and tabs and compresses intermediate
-ones to a single space.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2 -g">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-g" name=
-"makeindex-option-g"></a>1.2 <code class="filename">-g</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12209856" class="indexterm" name="idp12209856"></a>
-<p>Employ German word ordering in the index, in accord with rules
-set forth in DIN 5007. The quote character must be redefined in a
-style file (for example, redefine quote as <code class=
-"literal">'+'</code>). If the quote character is not redefined,
-Make-Index will produce an error message and abort.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.3 -i">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-i" name=
-"makeindex-option-i"></a>1.3 <code class="filename">-i</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12215424" class="indexterm" name="idp12215424"></a>
-<p>Use <code class="literal">stdin</code> as the input file. When
-this option is specified and the <code class="literal">-o</code> is
-not, output is written to <code class="literal">stdout</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.4 -l">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-l" name=
-"makeindex-option-l"></a>1.4 <code class="filename">-l</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12221792" class="indexterm" name="idp12221792"></a>
-<p>Use letter ordering. Default is word ordering (explained in the
-<a class="link" href="#makeindex-ordering" title=
-"4 Ordering">Ordering</a> section).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.5 -q">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-q" name=
-"makeindex-option-q"></a>1.5 <code class="filename">-q</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12227040" class="indexterm" name="idp12227040"></a>
-<p>Quiet mode, send no messages to <code class=
-"literal">stderr</code>. By default progress and error messages are
-sent to <code class="literal">stderr</code> as well as the
-transcript file. The <code class="literal">-q</code> option
-disables the <code class="literal">stderr</code> messages.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.6 -r">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-r" name=
-"makeindex-option-r"></a>1.6 <code class="filename">-r</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12234176" class="indexterm" name="idp12234176"></a>
-<p>Disable implicit page range formation. By default three or more
-successive pages will be automatically abbreviated as a range (e.g.
-1--5). The <code class="literal">-r</code> option disables it,
-making the explicit range operators the only way to create page
-ranges (see the <a class="link" href="#makeindex-special-effects"
-title="5 Special Effects">Special Effects</a> section below).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.7 -s sty">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-s-sty" name=
-"makeindex-option-s-sty"></a>1.7 <code class="filename">-s
-sty</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12240224" class="indexterm" name="idp12240224"></a>
-<p>Take <code class="literal">sty</code> as the style file. There
-is no default for the style file name. The environment variable
-INDEXSTYLE defines the path where the style file should be
-found.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.8 -o ind">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-o-ind" name=
-"makeindex-option-o-ind"></a>1.8 <code class="filename">-o
-ind</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12245328" class="indexterm" name="idp12245328"></a>
-<p>Take <code class="literal">ind</code> as the output index file.
-By default the file name base of the first input file <code class=
-"literal">idx0</code> concatenated with the extension <code class=
-"literal">.ind</code> is used as the output file name.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.9 -t log">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-t-log" name=
-"makeindex-option-t-log"></a>1.9 <code class="filename">-t
-log</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12251840" class="indexterm" name="idp12251840"></a>
-<p>Take <code class="literal">log</code> as the transcript file. By
-default the file name base of the first input file <code class=
-"literal">idx0</code> concatenated with the extension <code class=
-"literal">.ilg</code> is used as the transcript file name.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.10 -p no">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-p-no" name=
-"makeindex-option-p-no"></a>1.10 <code class="filename">-p
-no</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12258352" class="indexterm" name="idp12258352"></a>
-<p>Set the starting page number of the output index file to be
-<code class="literal">no</code>. This is useful when the index file
-is to be formatted separately. Other than pure numbers, three
-special cases are allowed for no: <code class="literal">any</code>,
-<code class="literal">odd</code>, and <code class=
-"literal">even</code>. In these special cases, the starting page
-number is determined by retrieving the last page number from the
-source log file. The source log file name is determined by
-concatenating the file name base of the first raw index file
-(<code class="literal">idx0</code>) with the extension <code class=
-"literal">.log</code>. The last source page is obtained by
-searching backward in the log file for the first instance of a
-number included in <code class="literal">[...]</code>. If a page
-number is missing or the log file is not found, no attempt will be
-made to set the starting page number. The meaning of each of these
-cases follows:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">any</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The starting page is the last source page number plus 1.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">odd</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The starting page is the first odd page following the last
-source page number.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">even</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The starting page is the first even page following the last
-source page number.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.11 -L">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-L" name=
-"makeindex-option-L"></a>1.11 <code class="filename">-L</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12273584" class="indexterm" name="idp12273584"></a>
-<p>Sort based on locale settings. String comparisons for sorting
-are done using <span class=
-"command"><strong>strcoll(3)</strong></span>, which compares
-strings according to the current locale category <code class=
-"literal">LC_COLLATE</code>.</p>
-<p>Not available on all systems (depends on compile time
-settings).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.12 -T">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-T" name=
-"makeindex-option-T"></a>1.12 <code class="filename">-T</code></h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12279792" class="indexterm" name="idp12279792"></a>
-<p>Special support for Thai documents.</p>
-<p>Not available on all systems (depends on compile time
-settings).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 Style File">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="makeindex-style-file"
-name="makeindex-style-file"></a>2 Style File</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12283920" class="indexterm" name="idp12283920"></a>
-<p>The style file format is very simple. It is a list of
-<code class="literal">&lt;specifier, attribute&gt;</code> pairs.
-There are two types of specifiers (input and output). The pairs
-don't have to obey any particular order in the file. A line lead by
-`<code class="literal">%</code>' is a comment. The following is a
-list of all the specifiers and their respective arguments where
-<code class="literal">&lt;string&gt;</code> is an arbitrary string
-delimited by double quotes (<code class="literal">"..."</code>),
-<code class="literal">&lt;char&gt;</code> is a single letter
-embraced by single quotes (<code class="literal">'...'</code>), and
-<code class="literal">&lt;number&gt;</code> is a nonnegative
-integer. The maximum length of a <code class=
-"literal">&lt;string&gt;</code> is 144. Notice that a backslash
-must be escaped (by an extra backslash) in the string quotation.
-Anything not specified in the style file will be assigned a default
-value, which is shown on a separate line. This file can reside
-anywhere in the path defined by the environment variable
-<code class="envar">INDEXSTYLE</code>.</p>
-<div class="section" title="2.1 Input Style Specifiers">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style" name=
-"makeindex-style"></a>2.1 Input Style Specifiers</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12293760" class="indexterm" name="idp12293760"></a>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.1 actual &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-actual-char" name=
-"makeindex-actual-char"></a>2.1.1 actual &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12296400" class="indexterm" name="idp12296400"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">@</code></p>
-<p>The symbol which indicates that the next entry is to appear in
-the actual index file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.2 arg_close &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-arg-close" name=
-"makeindex-arg-close"></a>2.1.2 arg_close &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12301072" class="indexterm" name="idp12301072"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">}</code></p>
-<p>This is the closing delimiter for the index entry argument.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.3 arg_open &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style-arg-open" name=
-"makeindex-style-arg-open"></a>2.1.3 arg_open &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12305792" class="indexterm" name="idp12305792"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">{</code></p>
-<p>This is the opening delimiter for the index entry argument.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.4 encap &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-encap-char" name=
-"makeindex-encap-char"></a>2.1.4 encap &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12310336" class="indexterm" name="idp12310336"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">|</code></p>
-<p>The symbol which indicates that the rest of the argument list is
-to be used as the encapsulating command for the page number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.5 escape &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-escape-char" name=
-"makeindex-escape-char"></a>2.1.5 escape &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12315072" class="indexterm" name="idp12315072"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">\\</code></p>
-<p>The symbol which escapes the next letter, unless its preceding
-letter is escape. In other words, quote is used to escape the
-letter which immediately follows it. But if it is preceded by
-escape, it does not escape anything.</p>
-<p>Notice that the two symbols must be distinct.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.6 keyword &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style-string" name=
-"makeindex-style-string"></a>2.1.6 keyword &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12320288" class="indexterm" name="idp12320288"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\\indexentry"</code></p>
-<p>This is the command which tells Make-Index that its argument is
-an index entry.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.7 level &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-level-char" name=
-"makeindex-level-char"></a>2.1.7 level &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12325360" class="indexterm" name="idp12325360"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">!</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter which denotes a new level of subitem.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.8 quote &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-quote-char" name=
-"makeindex-quote-char"></a>2.1.8 quote &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12329888" class="indexterm" name="idp12329888"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"</code></p>
-<p><code class="literal">quote</code> is used to escape the letter
-which immediately follows it, but if it is preceded by escape, it
-is treated as a ordinary character. These two symbols must be
-distinct.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.9 range_close &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-range-close" name=
-"makeindex-range-close"></a>2.1.9 range_close &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12335216" class="indexterm" name="idp12335216"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">)</code></p>
-<p>The closing delimiter indicating the end of an explicit page
-range.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.1.10 range_open &lt;char&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-range-open" name=
-"makeindex-range-open"></a>2.1.10 range_open &lt;char&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12339680" class="indexterm" name="idp12339680"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">(</code></p>
-<p>The opening delimiter indicating the beginning of an explicit
-page range.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2 Output Style Specifiers">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-style-specs" name=
-"makeindex-output-style-specs"></a>2.2 Output Style Specifiers</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12344320" class="indexterm" name="idp12344320"></a>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.1 page_compositor &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-page-compositor" name=
-"makeindex-page-compositor"></a>2.2.1 page_compositor
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12347008" class="indexterm" name="idp12347008"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"-"</code></p>
-<p>This specifier is used to separate a range of page numbers.</p>
-<p>Officially undocumented!</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.2 preamble &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-preamble-string" name=
-"makeindex-output-preamble-string"></a>2.2.2 preamble
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12352112" class="indexterm" name="idp12352112"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code></p>
-<p>The preamble of actual index file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.3 postamble &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-postamble-string" name=
-"makeindex-output-postamble-string"></a>2.2.3 postamble
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12356736" class="indexterm" name="idp12356736"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class=
-"literal">"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code></p>
-<p>The postamble of actual index file.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.4 setpage_prefix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-setpage-prefix" name=
-"makeindex-output-setpage-prefix"></a>2.2.4 setpage_prefix
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12361376" class="indexterm" name="idp12361376"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n
-\\setcounter{page}{"</code></p>
-<p>The prefix of the command which sets the starting page
-number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.5 setpage_suffix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-setpage-suffix" name=
-"makeindex-output-setpage-suffix"></a>2.2.5 setpage_suffix
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12366064" class="indexterm" name="idp12366064"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"}\n"</code></p>
-<p>The suffix of the command which sets the starting page
-number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.6 group_skip &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-group-skip" name=
-"makeindex-output-group-skip"></a>2.2.6 group_skip
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12370736" class="indexterm" name="idp12370736"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</code></p>
-<p>The vertical space to be inserted before a new group begins.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.7 heading_prefix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string"
-name="makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string"></a>2.2.7
-heading_prefix &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12375408" class="indexterm" name="idp12375408"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">""</code></p>
-<p>The header prefix to be inserted before a new letter begins.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.8 heading_suffix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string"
-name="makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string"></a>2.2.8
-heading_suffix &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12380048" class="indexterm" name="idp12380048"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">""</code></p>
-<p>The header suffix to be inserted before a new letter begins.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.9 headings_flag &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-headings-flag" name=
-"makeindex-output-headings-flag"></a>2.2.9 headings_flag
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12384624" class="indexterm" name="idp12384624"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">0</code></p>
-<p>The flag indicating the condition of inserting new letter
-header. Default is 0, which means no header. Positive means insert
-an uppercase letter between prefix and suffix. Negative means
-insert a lowercase letter.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"2.2.10 symhead_positive &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-symhead-positive" name=
-"makeindex-output-symhead-positive"></a>2.2.10 symhead_positive
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12389376" class="indexterm" name="idp12389376"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"Symbols"</code></p>
-<p>Heading for symbols to be inserted if <code class=
-"literal">headings_flag</code> is positive.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"2.2.11 symhead_negative &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-symhead-negative" name=
-"makeindex-output-symhead-negative"></a>2.2.11 symhead_negative
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12394752" class="indexterm" name="idp12394752"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"symbols"</code></p>
-<p>Heading for symbols to be inserted if <code class=
-"literal">headings_flag</code> is negative.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"2.2.12 numhead_positive &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-numhead-positive" name=
-"makeindex-output-numhead-positive"></a>2.2.12 numhead_positive
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12400128" class="indexterm" name="idp12400128"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"Numbers"</code></p>
-<p>Heading for numbers to be inserted if <code class=
-"literal">headings_flag</code> is positive.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"2.2.13 numhead_negative &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-numhead-negative" name=
-"makeindex-output-numhead-negative"></a>2.2.13 numhead_negative
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12405504" class="indexterm" name="idp12405504"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"numbers"</code></p>
-<p>Heading for numbers to be inserted if <code class=
-"literal">headings_flag</code> is negative.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.14 item_0 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-0" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-0"></a>2.2.14 item_0 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12410784" class="indexterm" name="idp12410784"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\item "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between two primary (level 0)
-items.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.15 item_1 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-1" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-1"></a>2.2.15 item_1 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12415360" class="indexterm" name="idp12415360"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between two secondary (level 1)
-items.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.16 item_2 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-2" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-2"></a>2.2.16 item_2 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12419984" class="indexterm" name="idp12419984"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between two level 2 items.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.17 item_01 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-01" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-01"></a>2.2.17 item_01 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12424672" class="indexterm" name="idp12424672"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1
-item.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.18 item_x1 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-x1" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-x1"></a>2.2.18 item_x1 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12429296" class="indexterm" name="idp12429296"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1
-item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case
-the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.19 item_12 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-12" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-12"></a>2.2.19 item_12 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12434080" class="indexterm" name="idp12434080"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2
-item.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.20 item_x2 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-x2" name=
-"makeindex-output-item-x2"></a>2.2.20 item_x2 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12438704" class="indexterm" name="idp12438704"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</code></p>
-<p>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2
-item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case
-the level 1 item doesn't have any page numbers.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.21 delim_0 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-0" name=
-"makeindex-output-delim-0"></a>2.2.21 delim_0 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12443488" class="indexterm" name="idp12443488"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">", "</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key and its first
-page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.22 delim_1 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-1" name=
-"makeindex-output-delim-1"></a>2.2.22 delim_1 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12448208" class="indexterm" name="idp12448208"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">", "</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key and its first
-page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.23 delim_2 &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-2" name=
-"makeindex-output-delim-2"></a>2.2.23 delim_2 &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12452928" class="indexterm" name="idp12452928"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">", "</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key and its first
-page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.24 delim_n &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-n" name=
-"makeindex-output-delim-n"></a>2.2.24 delim_n &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12457648" class="indexterm" name="idp12457648"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">", "</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers for the
-same key in any level. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.25 delim_r &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-r" name=
-"makeindex-output-delim-r"></a>2.2.25 delim_r &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12462480" class="indexterm" name="idp12462480"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"--"</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter to be inserted between the starting and ending
-page numbers of a range.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.26 delim_t &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-t" name=
-"makeindex-output-delim-t"></a>2.2.26 delim_t &lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12467104" class="indexterm" name="idp12467104"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">""</code></p>
-<p>The delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list. This
-delimiter has no effect on entries which have no associated page
-list.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.27 encap_prefix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-prefix" name=
-"makeindex-output-encap-prefix"></a>2.2.27 encap_prefix
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12471824" class="indexterm" name="idp12471824"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\\"</code></p>
-<p>The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page
-number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.28 encap_infix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-infox" name=
-"makeindex-output-encap-infox"></a>2.2.28 encap_infix
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12476448" class="indexterm" name="idp12476448"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"{"</code></p>
-<p>The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page
-number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.29 encap_suffix &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-suffix" name=
-"makeindex-output-encap-suffix"></a>2.2.29 encap_suffix
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12481040" class="indexterm" name="idp12481040"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"}"</code></p>
-<p>The suffix for the command which encapsulates the page
-number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.30 line_max &lt;number&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-line-max" name=
-"makeindex-output-line-max"></a>2.2.30 line_max &lt;number&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12485664" class="indexterm" name="idp12485664"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">72</code></p>
-<p>The maximum length of a line in the output beyond which a line
-wraps around.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.31 indent_space &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-indent-space" name=
-"makeindex-output-indent-space"></a>2.2.31 indent_space
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12490368" class="indexterm" name="idp12490368"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">"\t\t"</code></p>
-<p>The space to be inserted in front of a wrapped line. Default is
-two tabs.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.32 indent_length &lt;number&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-indent-length" name=
-"makeindex-output-indent-length"></a>2.2.32 indent_length
-&lt;number&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12495056" class="indexterm" name="idp12495056"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">16</code></p>
-<p>The length of indent_space. In the default case this is 16 (for
-2 tabs).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.33 suffix_2p &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-2p" name=
-"makeindex-output-suffix-2p"></a>2.2.33 suffix_2p
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12499744" class="indexterm" name="idp12499744"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">""</code></p>
-<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
-number of a two page list. When present, it overrides <code class=
-"literal">delim_r</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.34 suffix_3p &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-3p" name=
-"makeindex-output-suffix-3p"></a>2.2.34 suffix_3p
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12505072" class="indexterm" name="idp12505072"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">""</code></p>
-<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
-number of a three page list. When present, it overrides
-<code class="literal">delim_r</code> and <code class=
-"literal">suffix_mp</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2.35 suffix_mp &lt;string&gt;">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-mp" name=
-"makeindex-output-suffix-mp"></a>2.2.35 suffix_mp
-&lt;string&gt;</h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12511120" class="indexterm" name="idp12511120"></a>
-<p>Default: <code class="literal">""</code></p>
-<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
-number of a multiple page list (three or more pages). When present,
-it overrides <code class="literal">delim_r</code>.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3 Example">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="makeindex-example"
-name="makeindex-example"></a>3 Example</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12516768" class="indexterm" name="idp12516768"></a>
-<p>The following example shows a style file called <code class=
-"literal">book.isty</code> which defines a stand-alone index for a
-book. By stand-alone, we mean it can be formatted independent of
-the main source.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-preamble
-"\\documentstyle[12pt]{book}
-\\begin{document}
-\\begin{theindex}
-{\\small\n"
-
-postamble
-"\n\n}
-\\end{theindex}
-\\end{document}\n"
-</pre>
-<p>Suppose a particular book style requires the index (as well as
-any chapters) to start from an odd page number. Given <code class=
-"literal">foo.idx</code> as the raw index file, the following
-command line produces an index in file <code class=
-"literal">foo-.ind</code>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-makeindex -s book.isty -o foo-.ind -p odd foo
-</pre>
-<p>The reason to use a non-default output file name is to avoid
-clobbering the source output (presumably <code class=
-"literal">foo.dvi</code>) because if the index is in file
-<code class="literal">foo.ind</code>, its output will also be in
-<code class="literal">foo.dvi</code> as a result of separate
-formatting using . In the example the index is in <code class=
-"literal">foo-.ind</code>, its output will be in <code class=
-"literal">foo-.dvi</code> and thus introduces no confusion.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4 Ordering">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="makeindex-ordering"
-name="makeindex-ordering"></a>4 Ordering</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12529104" class="indexterm" name="idp12529104"></a>
-<p>By default <code class="literal">makeindex</code> assumes word
-ordering. The <code class="literal">-l</code> option turns it into
-letter ordering. The only difference is whether a blank is treated
-as an effective letter or not. In word ordering, a blank precedes
-any letter in the alphabet, whereas in letter ordering, it doesn't
-count at all. This is best illustrated by the following
-example:</p>
-<div class="informaltable">
-<table border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" />
-<col align="left" /></colgroup>
-<thead>
-<tr>
-<th align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>word
-order</em></span></th>
-<th align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>letter
-order</em></span></th>
-</tr>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">sea lion</td>
-<td align="left">seal</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">seal</td>
-<td align="left">seal lion</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<p>Numbers are sorted in numeric order. For instance,</p>
-<div class="informaltable">
-<table border="0">
-<colgroup>
-<col align="left" /></colgroup>
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">9 (nine), 123</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left">123 10 (ten), see Derek, Bo</td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<p>Letters are first sorted with uppercase and lowercase considered
-identical; then, within identical words the uppercase letter
-precedes its lowercase counterpart.</p>
-<p>Patterns lead by a special symbol precede numbers, which precede
-patterns lead by a letter. The symbol here refers to anything not
-in the union of digits and English alphabet. This includes those
-which follow 'z' in the ASCII chart. As a special case, anything
-started with a digit but mixed with non-digits is considered a
-symbol-leading pattern instead of a number.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="5 Special Effects">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id=
-"makeindex-special-effects" name="makeindex-special-effects"></a>5
-Special Effects</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12549376" class="indexterm" name="idp12549376"></a>
-<p>In the normal case entries such as</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10}
-</pre>
-<p>in the raw index file will be converted to</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha, 1
- \subitem beta, 3
- \subsubitem gamma, 10
-</pre>
-<p>in the output index file by Make-Index. Notice that the level
-symbol (<code class="literal">!</code>) is used to delimit levels
-of nesting.</p>
-<p>It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form by
-using the actual (<code class="literal">@</code>) operator. For
-instance,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha@{\it alpha\/}}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>will become</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item {\it alpha\/} 1
-</pre>
-<p>after the conversion. The idea is that the pattern preceding
-<code class="literal">@</code> is used as sort key, whereas the one
-following it is put in the actual result. However, the same key
-with and without the actual part are regarded as distinct
-entries.</p>
-<p>It is also possible to encapsulate a page number with a
-designated command using the encap (<code class="literal">|</code>)
-operator. For example, in the default case,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>will be converted to</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha \bold{1}
-</pre>
-<p>where <code class="literal">\bold{n}</code> will expand to
-<code class="literal">{\bf n}</code>. This allows the encap
-operator to be used to set pages in different fonts, thereby
-conveying more information about whatever being indexed. For
-instance, given the same key the page where its definition appears
-can be in one font while where its primary example is given can be
-in another, with other ordinary appearances in a third. Notice that
-in this example, the three output attributes associated with page
-encapsulation <code class="literal">encap_prefix</code>,
-<code class="literal">encap_infix</code>, and <code class=
-"literal">encap_suffix</code> correspond respectively to backslash,
-left brace, and right brace. If this is to be formatted by
-languages other than , they would be defined differently.</p>
-<p>By the same token, the <code class="literal">encap</code>
-operator can be used to make cross references in the index. For
-instance,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>will become</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha \see{beta}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>in the output index file after the conversion, where</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\see{beta}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>will expand to</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-{\it see\/} beta
-</pre>
-<p>Notice that in a cross reference like this the page number
-disappears. Therefore, where to insert such a command in the source
-is immaterial.</p>
-<p>A pair of encap concatenated with <code class=
-"literal">range_open</code> (<code class="literal">|(</code>) and
-with <code class="literal">range_close</code> (<code class=
-"literal">|)</code>) creates an explicit page range. That is,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
-</pre>
-<p>will become</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha, 1--5
-</pre>
-<p>Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged into
-the range implicitly. This is especially useful when an entire
-section about a particular subject is to be indexed, in which case
-only the range opening and closing operators need to be inserted at
-the beginning and end of the section, respectively.</p>
-<p>This explicit page range formation can also include an extra
-command to set the page range in a designated font. Thus</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
-</pre>
-<p>will become</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha, \bold{1--5}
-</pre>
-<p>A couple of special cases are worth mentioning here. First,
-entries like</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
-</pre>
-<p>will be interpreted as</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha, \bold{3}, 1--5
-</pre>
-<p>but with a warning message in the transcript about the encounter
-of an inconsistent page encapsulator. Secondly, an explicit range
-beginning in a Roman page number and ending in Arabic is considered
-an error. In a case like this the range is broken into two
-subranges, if possible, one in Roman, the other in Arabic. For
-instance,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha|(}{i}
-\indexentry{alpha}{iv}
-\indexentry{alpha}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{7}
-</pre>
-<p>will be turned into</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha, 1--iv, 3--7
-</pre>
-<p>with a warning message in the transcript complaining about the
-illegal range formation.</p>
-<p>Finally, every special symbol mentioned in this section may be
-escaped by the quote operator (<code class="literal">"</code>).
-Thus</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>will actually become</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item alpha@beta, 1
-</pre>
-<p>as a result of executing Make-Index. However, if quote is
-preceded by escape (<code class="literal">\</code>), its following
-letter is not escaped. That is,</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\indexentry{f\"ur}{1}
-</pre>
-<p>means</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\item f\"ur, 1
-</pre>
-<p>which represents umlaut accented <code class="literal">u</code>
-to the family of processors.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="chapter" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;xindy" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="xindy" name=
-"xindy"></a>Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;xindy</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list">1 Command
-List</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing">1.1 Processing
-Commands</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">1.2
-Markup Commands</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href=
-"#xindy-command-list-raw-index">1.3 Raw Index
-Interface</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking">2 Invoking
-xindy</a></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">2.1
-Command Line Options</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-search-path">2.2 Search
-Path</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12589264" class="indexterm" name="idp12589264"></a>
-<div class="note" title="Note" style=
-"margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
-<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
-<p>The content of this section was taken from the original
-documentation of xindy V2.1 (<code class=
-"filename">Doc/manual*.html</code>).</p>
-</div>
-<p><span class="emphasis"><em>xindy</em></span> means
-fle<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span>ible <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>ind</em></span>exing s<span class=
-"emphasis"><em>y</em></span>stem. It is an indexing system that can
-be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary document
-preparation systems. This term includes systems such as TeX and
-LaTeX, the Nroff-family or SGML-based systems (e.g. HTML) that
-process some kind of text and generate indexing information. It is
-not fixed to any specific system, but can be configured for a wide
-variety of purposes.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1 Command List">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="xindy-command-list"
-name="xindy-command-list"></a>1 Command List</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12596352" class="indexterm" name="idp12596352"></a>
-<p>Here is the complete list of xindy's commands that may be used
-in the index style. The symbol <code class="literal">name</code>
-always refers to a string. We separate the commands into the
-processing and markup commands. The commands are listed in
-alphabetical order.</p>
-<p>The parenthesis <code class="literal">[</code> and <code class=
-"literal">]</code> denote optional parts of the syntax and
-<code class="literal">{</code> and <code class="literal">}</code>
-denote the grouping of elements. A vertical bar indicates
-alternatives. However, the enclosing round braces <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>are</em></span> part of the syntax and must be
-supplied.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1.1 Processing Commands">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing"></a>1.1 Processing Commands</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12604208" class="indexterm" name="idp12604208"></a>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.1 define-alphabet">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet"></a>1.1.1
-<code class="literal">define-alphabet</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12607328" class="indexterm" name="idp12607328"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-alphabet name string-list)
-</pre>
-<p>Defines <code class="literal">name</code> to be the alphabet
-consisting of all elements of the <code class=
-"literal">string-list</code>. Examples:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-alphabet "example-alphabet" ("An" "Example" "Alphabet"))
-</pre>
-<p>defines an alphabet consisting of exactly three symbols. For the
-successor relationship holds: <code class=
-"literal">succ("An")="Example"</code> and <code class=
-"literal">succ("Example")="Alphabet"</code>. The built-in alphabet
-<code class="literal">digits</code> is defined as follows:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-alphabet "digits"
- ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9"))
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.2 define-attributes">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes"></a>1.1.2
-<code class="literal">define-attributes</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12617264" class="indexterm" name="idp12617264"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-attributes attribute-list)
-</pre>
-<p>Defines all attributes the raw index may contain. Parameter
-<code class="literal">attribute-list</code> is a list of list of
-strings. The nesting level must not be more than 2. So <code class=
-"literal">(..(..)..)</code> is allowed, whereas <code class=
-"literal">(..(..(..)..)..)</code> is not.</p>
-<p>The list has two kinds of elements: strings and list of strings.
-A single string is treated as if it were a single element list. So
-the lists <code class="literal">("definition")</code> and
-<code class="literal">( ("definition") )</code> are equivalent. All
-elements forming a list are a so-called <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>attribute group</em></span>. The members of a group
-are written to the output file before any member of the following
-groups are written.</p>
-<p>Examples of valid attributes lists are:</p>
-<p><code class="literal">("definition" "usage")</code> defines two
-attribute groups. The first one contains all references with the
-attribute <code class="literal">definition</code> and the second
-one all with the attribute <code class="literal">usage</code>.</p>
-<p><code class="literal">(("definition" "important")
-"usage")</code> defines two attribute groups. The first one
-contains all references with the attributes <code class=
-"literal">definition</code> or <code class=
-"literal">important</code> and the second one all with the
-attribute <code class="literal">usage</code>. In the attribute
-group <code class="literal">("definition" "important")</code> the
-attribute <code class="literal">definition</code> overrides
-<code class="literal">important</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.3 define-crossref-class">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class"></a>1.1.3
-<code class="literal">define-crossref-class</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12635344" class="indexterm" name="idp12635344"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-crossref-class name [:unverified])
-</pre>
-<p>Defines <code class="literal">name</code> to be a class of cross
-references. We distinguish two types of cross reference classes.
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Verified</em></span> cross reference
-classes can be checked for dangling references. If for instance a
-cross reference points to the non-existent keyword `foo' a warning
-is issued and the user is advised to correct the invalid cross
-reference. This is the default. If for some reasons this mechanism
-must be deactivated the switch <code class=
-"literal">:unverified</code> can be used to suppress this
-behaviour.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.4 define-letter-group">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group"></a>1.1.4
-<code class="literal">define-letter-group</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12642592" class="indexterm" name="idp12642592"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group name [:before lgname] [:after lgname]
- [:prefixes list-of-prefixes])
-</pre>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-groups list-of-letter-groups)
-</pre>
-<p>This command defines a letter group with name <code class=
-"literal">name</code>, which must be a string value, grouping all
-index entries that have a <span class="emphasis"><em>sort
-key</em></span> beginning with the prefix <code class=
-"literal">name</code>. The command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group "a")
-</pre>
-<p>is equivalent to the command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group "a" :prefixes ("a"))
-</pre>
-<p>Using the latter form one can associate more than one prefix
-with a given letter group. Also further prefixes can be added to an
-already existing letter group by simply defining the same letter
-group again. This results not in a redefinition but in adding more
-prefixes to the currently defined prefixes.</p>
-<p>Example:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group "a")
-</pre>
-<p>defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
-with the string <code class="literal">"a"</code>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group "c" :after "a")
-</pre>
-<p>defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
-with the string <code class="literal">"c"</code>. The letter group
-appears behind the letter group <code class=
-"literal">"a"</code></p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group "b" :after "a" :before "c")
-</pre>
-<p>inserts letter group <code class="literal">"b"</code> between
-letter group <code class="literal">"a"</code> and <code class=
-"literal">"c"</code>. This allows incremental definition of letter
-groups by extending already defined ones.</p>
-<p>The arguments <code class="literal">:after</code> and
-<code class="literal">:before</code> define a partial order on the
-letter groups. xindy tries to convert this partial order into a
-total one. If this is impossible due to circular definitions, an
-error is reported. If more than one possible total ordering can
-result, it is left open which one is used, so one should always
-define a complete total order.</p>
-<p>The command <code class="literal">define-letter-groups</code>
-(with an `s' at the end) is simply an abbreviation for a sequence
-of <code class="literal">define-letter-group</code> definitions
-where the elements are ordered in the ordering given by the list.
-Example:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-groups ("a" "b" "c")
-</pre>
-<p>equals the definitions</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-letter-group "a")
-(define-letter-group "b" :after "a")
-(define-letter-group "c" :after "b")
-</pre>
-<p>See also commands <code class=
-"literal">markup-letter-group-list</code> and <code class=
-"literal">markup-letter-group</code> for further information.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.5 define-location-class">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class"></a>1.1.5
-<code class="literal">define-location-class</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12667920" class="indexterm" name="idp12667920"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-location-class name layer-list
- [:min-range-length num]
- [:hierdepth depth]
- [:var])
-</pre>
-<p>Defines <code class="literal">name</code> to be a location class
-consisting of the given list of layers. A list of layers consists
-of names of basetypes and/or strings representing separators.
-Separators must follow the keyword argument <code class=
-"literal">:sep</code>. If the keyword <code class=
-"literal">:min-range-length</code> is specified we define the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>minimum range length</em></span> to be
-used when building ranges. The argument <code class=
-"literal">num</code> must be a positive integer number or the
-keyword <code class="literal">none</code> in which case the
-building of ranges is disallowed. If the switch <code class=
-"literal">:var</code> is specified the declared class is of type
-<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span>, i.e. it is a
-<span class="emphasis"><em>var-location-class</em></span>. Since
-building of ranges is currently only allowed for standard classes
-<code class="literal">:var</code> and <code class=
-"literal">:min-range-length</code> must not be used together. The
-keyword argument <code class="literal">:hierdepth</code> can be
-used to declare that the location references have to be tagged in a
-hierarchical form. Its argument <code class="literal">depth</code>
-must be an integer number indicating the number of layers the
-hierarchy does contain. See command <code class=
-"literal">markup-locref-list</code> for more information.
-Examples:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-location-class "page-numbers" ("arabic-numbers")
- :minimum-range-length 3)
-</pre>
-<p>Defines the location class <code class=
-"literal">page-numbers</code> consisting of one layer which is the
-alphabet <code class="literal">arabic-numbers</code>. Since the
-minimum range length is set to 3 the location references 2, 3 and 4
-don't form a range because the range length is only 2. But the
-references 6, 7, 8, and 9 are enough to form a range. Some example
-instances of this class are <code class="literal">0, 1, ...
-2313</code>, etc.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-location-class "sections" :var
- ("arabic-numbers" :sep "."
- "arabic-numbers" :sep "."
- "arabic-numbers"))
-</pre>
-<p>defines a variable location class. Valid instances are
-<code class="literal">1, 1.1, 1.2, 2, 2.4.5</code>, but none of
-<code class="literal">2-3</code> (wrong separator), <code class=
-"literal">1.2.3.4</code> (more than 3 layers), <code class=
-"literal">2.3.iv</code> (roman number instead of arabic one).</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.6 define-location-class-order">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order"></a>1.1.6
-<code class="literal">define-location-class-order</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12689984" class="indexterm" name="idp12689984"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-location-class-order list)
-</pre>
-<p>Defines the order in which the location classes are written to
-the output file. The parameter <code class="literal">list</code> is
-a list of names of location classes. Examples:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-location-class-order
- ("page-numbers" "sections" "xrefs"))
-</pre>
-<p>tells the system that the page numbers should appear before the
-section numbers and that the cross references should appear at the
-end. If this command is omitted, the declaration order of the
-location classes in the index style is implicitly used as the
-output order. In the case that a location class does not appear in
-the list, the output may behave unexpectedly, so one should always
-enumerate all used location classes when using this command.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.7 define-rule-set">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set"></a>1.1.7
-<code class="literal">define-rule-set</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12696928" class="indexterm" name="idp12696928"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-rule-set name
- [ :inherit-from ("rule-set" "rule-set-2") ]
- :rules (&lt;rule&gt;...) )
-</pre>
-<p>A complete specification of a multi-phase sorting process for a
-language requires that some rules have to appear in several
-subsequent sorting phases. Rule sets can be used to define a set of
-rules that can be instantiated in an arbitrary sorting phase.
-Basically, they offer means to separate the definition of sorting
-rules from their instantiation, hence, acting as a wrapper for
-calls to <code class="literal">sort-rule</code>. They do not add
-new functionality that is not already present with <code class=
-"literal">sort-rule</code>.</p>
-<p>A rule can be of the form:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-&lt;rule&gt; ::= ("pattern" "replacement"
- [:string|:bregexp|:egegexp] [:again])
-</pre>
-<p>The following incomplete example defines a new rule set of name
-<code class="literal">isolatin1-tolower</code> that inherits
-definitions from rule set <code class=
-"literal">latin-tolower</code>, overriding or adding the sort rules
-in the list of <code class="literal">:rules</code>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-rule-set "isolatin1-tolower"
-
- :inherit-from ("latin-tolower")
-
- :rules (("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ...
- )
-...)
-</pre>
-<p>Rule sets can be instantiated with the command <code class=
-"literal">use-rule-set</code>. For further descriptions on the
-sorting model refer to the command <code class=
-"literal">sort-rule</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.8 define-sort-rule-orientations">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations"></a>1.1.8
-<code class="literal">define-sort-rule-orientations</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12710496" class="indexterm" name="idp12710496"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-sort-rule-orientations (orientations...))
-</pre>
-<p>Defines the order for the different sorting phases. The
-currently implemented <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>orientations</em></span> are <code class=
-"literal">forward</code> and <code class="literal">backward</code>.
-This command must precede all <code class=
-"literal">sort-rule</code> commands in an index style. It defines
-the orientations and implicitly sets the maximum number of sorting
-phases performed.</p>
-<p>For further descriptions on the sorting model refer to the
-command <code class="literal">sort-rule</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.9 merge-rule">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule"
-name="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule"></a>1.1.9
-<code class="literal">merge-rule</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12719504" class="indexterm" name="idp12719504"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-rule pattern replacement [:again]
- [:bregexp | :eregexp | :string])
-</pre>
-<p>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>merge key</em></span> from the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>main key</em></span> of an index entry.
-This mapping is necessary to map all keywords that are differently
-written but belong to the same keyword to the same canonical
-keyword.</p>
-<p>The parameter <code class="literal">pattern</code> can be a
-POSIX-compliant regular expression or an ordinary string. The
-implementation uses the GNU Rx regular expression library which
-implements the POSIX regular expressions. Regular expressions (REs)
-can be specified as <span class="emphasis"><em>basic regular
-expressions</em></span> (BREs) or <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>extended regular expressions</em></span> (EREs). You
-can use the switch <code class="literal">:bregexp</code> to force
-the interpretation of the pattern as a BRE, or <code class=
-"literal">:eregexp</code> to interpret it as an ERE. If you want
-xindy to interpret the pattern literally, use the switch
-<code class="literal">:string</code>. If none of these switches is
-selected, xindy uses an auto-detection mechanism to decide, if the
-pattern is a regular expression or not. If it recognizes the
-pattern as a RE, it interprets it as an ERE by default.</p>
-<p>The parameter <code class="literal">replacement</code> must be a
-string possibly containing the special characters <code class=
-"literal">&amp;</code> (substitutes for the complete match) and
-<code class="literal">\1 ,..., \9</code> (substituting for the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span>-th submatch. Examples:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-rule "A" "a")
-</pre>
-<p>replaces each occurrence of the uppercase letter <code class=
-"literal">`A'</code> with its lowercase counterpart.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-rule "\~"([AEOUaeou])" "\1")
-</pre>
-<p>transforms the TeX umlaut-letters into their stripped
-counterparts, such that <code class="literal">`\"A '</code> is
-treated as an <code class="literal">`A'</code> afterwards.</p>
-<p>The following sequences have a special meaning:</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">` ~n
-'</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>End of line symbol (<span class=
-"emphasis"><em>linefeed</em></span>).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">` ~b
-'</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The ISO-Latin character with the lowest ordinal number.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">` ~e
-'</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The ISO-Latin character with the highest ordinal number.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">` ~~
-'</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The tilde character.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">` ~"
-'</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The double quote character.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>Tilde characters and double quotes have to be quoted themselves
-with a tilde character. The special characters <code class=
-"literal">` ~b '</code> and <code class="literal">` ~e '</code>
-allow the definition of arbitrary sorting orders by rules. In
-connection with an additional character every position in the
-alphabet can be described. E.g. <code class="literal">` m~e
-'</code> is lexicographically placed between <code class=
-"literal">`m'</code> and <code class="literal">`n'</code>.</p>
-<p>Due to efficiency, rules that just exchange characters or
-substitute constant character sequences are not treated as regular
-expressions. Therefore, instead of using the rule</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-rule "[A-Z]" "&amp;")
-</pre>
-<p>it is more efficient (though less comfortable) to use</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-rule "A" "Ax")
-(merge-rule "B" "Bx")
-...
-(merge-rule "Z" "Zx")
-</pre>
-<p>Usually rules are applied in order of their definition. Rules
-with a special prefix precede those that begin with a class of
-characters, so that the search pattern <code class=
-"literal">`alpha'</code> is checked before <code class=
-"literal">`.*'</code>, but <code class="literal">`auto'</code> and
-<code class="literal">`a.*'</code> are checked in order of their
-definition.</p>
-<p>The first rule from a style file that matches the input is
-applied and the process restarts behind the substituted text. If no
-rule could be applied, the actual character is copied from the
-input and the process continues with the next character.</p>
-<p>Sometimes it is necessary to apply rules anew to the result of a
-transformation. By specifying the keyword argument <code class=
-"literal">:again</code> in the merge rule the rule is marked as
-mutable, which means that after using this rule the transformation
-process shall restart at the same place. E.g. the rule</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-rule "\$(.*)\$" "\1" :again)
-</pre>
-<p>deletes <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> surrounding
-<code class="literal">`$ '</code> symbols from the input.</p>
-<p>See also command <code class="literal">sort-rule</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.10 merge-to">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to"
-name="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to"></a>1.1.10
-<code class="literal">merge-to</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12764048" class="indexterm" name="idp12764048"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(merge-to attr-from attr-to [:drop])
-</pre>
-<p>A merge rule says that the attribute <code class=
-"literal">attr-from</code> can be used to build ranges in
-<code class="literal">attr-to</code>. Both attributes must name
-valid attribute names. The switch <code class=
-"literal">:drop</code> indicates, that the original location
-reference with attribute <code class="literal">attr-from</code> has
-to be dropped (removed), if a successful range was built with
-location references in attribute <code class=
-"literal">attr-to</code>. A detailed description is given in the
-section about processing phases.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.11 require">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing-require"
-name="xindy-command-list-processing-require"></a>1.1.11
-<code class="literal">require</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12772832" class="indexterm" name="idp12772832"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(require filename)
-</pre>
-<p>This command allows to load more index style modules. The module
-is searched in the directories defined in the search path. The file
-is read in and processing of the current file continues. The
-argument <code class="literal">filename</code> must be a string.
-This allows to decompose the index style into several modules that
-can be included into the topmost index style file. Example:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(require "french/alphabet.xdy")
-(require "french/sort-rules.xdy")
-(require "tex/locations.xdy")
-(require "tex/markup.xdy")
-</pre>
-<p>Submodules can load other submodules as well. If a file is
-required that was already loaded, the <code class=
-"literal">require</code> command is simply ignored and processing
-continues without including this file twice. See also command
-searchpath.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.12 searchpath">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath"
-name="xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath"></a>1.1.12
-<code class="literal">searchpath</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12780560" class="indexterm" name="idp12780560"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(searchpath {path-string | path-list})
-</pre>
-<p>This command adds the given paths to the list of paths, xindy
-searches for index style files. The argument <code class=
-"literal">path-string</code> must be a colon-separated string of
-directory names. If this path ends with a colon the default search
-path is added to the end of the path list. Example:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(searchpath ".:/usr/local/lib/xindy:/usr/local/lib/xindy/english:")
-</pre>
-<p>adds the specified directories to the search path. Since the
-last path ends with a colon, the built-in search path is added at
-the end. Specifying</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(searchpath ("."
- "/usr/local/lib/xindy"
- "/usr/local/lib/xindy/english"
- :default))
-</pre>
-<p>yields exactly the same result as the example above. Here
-<code class="literal">path-list</code> must be a list of strings
-and/or the keyword(s) <code class="literal">:default</code> and
-<code class="literal">:last</code>. The keyword <code class=
-"literal">:default</code> signifies that the default pathnames are
-to be inserted at the specified position in the list. The keyword
-<code class="literal">:last</code> allows to insert the currently
-active paths at the indicated position. Since this allows to insert
-the built-in paths at any position and incrementally adding new
-paths to the search path, this version of the command ist more
-flexible than the first version.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.13 sort-rule">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule"
-name="xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule"></a>1.1.13
-<code class="literal">sort-rule</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12792192" class="indexterm" name="idp12792192"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(sort-rule pattern replacement [:run level] [:again])
-</pre>
-<p>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>sort key</em></span> of an index entry
-from the <span class="emphasis"><em>merge key</em></span>. This key
-is used to sort the index entries lexicographically after they have
-been merged using the merge key.</p>
-<p>The argument <code class="literal">:run</code> indicates that
-this rule is only in effect a the specified <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>level</em></span> (default is level 0). For a
-detailed discussion on the definition of sort rules for different
-layers refer to the documentation about the new sorting scheme
-(<code class="literal">new-sort-rules</code>) that comes with this
-distribution.</p>
-<p>See command <code class="literal">merge-rule</code> for more
-information about keyword rules.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.1.14 use-rule-set">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set" name=
-"xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set"></a>1.1.14
-<code class="literal">use-rule-set</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12801904" class="indexterm" name="idp12801904"></a>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(use-rule-set [:run phase]
- [:rule-set ( &lt;rule-set&gt;... ))
-</pre>
-<p>This command instantiates the gives rule sets to be in effect at
-sorting phase <code class="literal">phase</code>. The order of the
-rule sets given with argument <code class=
-"literal">:rule-set</code> is significant. Rule set entries of rule
-set appearing at the beginning of the list override entries in rule
-sets at the end of the list.</p>
-<p>The following example declares that in phase 0 the rule sets
-<code class="literal">din5007</code> and <code class=
-"literal">isolatin1-tolower</code> should be active, whereas in
-phase 2 the other rule sets have to be applied.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(use-rule-set :run 0
- :rule-set ("din5007" "isolatin1-tolower"))
-
-(use-rule-set :run 1
- :rule-set ("resolve-umlauts"
- "resolve-sharp-s"
- "isolatin1-tolower"
- ))
-</pre>
-<p>For a discussion on rule sets refer to command <code class=
-"literal">define-rule-set</code>.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2 Markup Commands">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-markup" name=
-"xindy-command-list-markup"></a>1.2 Markup Commands</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12812464" class="indexterm" name="idp12812464"></a>
-<p>The following commands can be used to define the markup of the
-index. They don't have any influence on the indexing process. Since
-the markup scheme is characterized by the concept of <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>environments</em></span>, the syntax and naming
-scheme of all commands follows a simple structure.</p>
-<p>The commands can be separated into <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>environment</em></span> and <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>list-environment</em></span> commands. All commands
-of the first group support the keyword arguments <code class=
-"literal">:open</code> and <code class="literal">:close</code>,
-whereas the second group additionally supports the keyword argument
-<code class="literal">:sep</code>. If one of these keyword
-arguments is missing, the default markup tag is always the empty
-tag. The <code class="literal">:open</code> tag is always printed
-before the object itself and the <code class=
-"literal">:close</code> tag is always printed after the object has
-been printed. If a list is printed the <code class=
-"literal">:sep</code> tag is printed between two elements of the
-list but not before the first element, or after the last one. All
-commands dealing with a list have the suffix <code class=
-"literal">`-list'</code> as part of their command name.</p>
-<p>Since the number of commands and the heavy usage of <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>default</em></span> and <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>specialized</em></span> tags makes the markup
-somehow complex (but very powerful) we have added a mechanism to
-trace the markup tags xindy omits during its markup phase with the
-command <code class="literal">markup-trace</code>.</p>
-<p>Here follows the list of markup commands in alphabetical order
-with some of the commands grouped together.</p>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.1 markup-attribute-group-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-attribute-group-list" name=
-"markup-attribute-group-list"></a>1.2.1 <code class=
-"literal">markup-attribute-group-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-attribute-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
-(markup-attribute-group [:open string] [:close string]
- [:group group-num])
-</pre>
-<p>Location class groups consist of lists of attribute groups. The
-markup of this list can be defined with the command <code class=
-"literal">markup-attribute-group-list</code>.</p>
-<p>To allow different markup for different attribute groups the
-command <code class="literal">markup-attribute-group</code> can be
-specialized on the group number with the keyword argument
-<code class="literal">:group</code> which must be an integer
-number. E.g., given are the groups <code class=
-"literal">("definition" "theorem")</code> and <code class=
-"literal">("default")</code> with group numbers 0 and 1, then</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-attribute-group :open "&lt;group0&gt;" :close &lt;/group0&gt;"
- :group 0)
-
-(markup-attribute-group :open "&lt;group1&gt;" :close "&lt;/group1&gt;"
- :group 1)
-</pre>
-<p>can be used to assign different markup for both groups in a
-SGML-based language.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.2 markup-crossref-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-crossref-list" name=
-"markup-crossref-list"></a>1.2.2 <code class=
-"literal">markup-crossref-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-crossref-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
-(markup-crossref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
-(markup-crossref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-</pre>
-<p>A crossref class group contains cross references of the same
-class. The separator between the classes is defined with the
-<code class="literal">(markup-locclass-list :sep)</code>-parameter.
-A list of cross references can be tagged with the <code class=
-"literal">command markup-crossref-list</code> that specializes on
-the <code class="literal">:class</code> argument.</p>
-<p>Each cross reference is determined by a list of layers
-indicating the target of the cross reference. To define a suitable
-markup for such a list the <code class="literal">command
-markup-crossref-layer-list</code> can be used.</p>
-<p>Each layer of a cross reference can be assigned two tags that
-specialize on the class of the reference, like all other
-commands.</p>
-<p>A suitable markup for a cross reference class <code class=
-"literal">see</code> within LaTeX2e could look like that:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-crossref-list :class "see" :open "\emph{see} "
- :sep "; ")
-(markup-crossref-layer-list :class "see" :sep ",")
-(markup-crossref-layer :class "see"
- :open "\textbf{" :close "}")
-</pre>
-<p>An example output could look like <code class="literal">... see
-house; garden,winter; greenhouse</code></p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.3 markup-index">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-index" name=
-"markup-index"></a>1.2.3 <code class=
-"literal">markup-index</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-index [:open string] [:close string]
- [ :flat | :tree | :hierdepth depth ])
-</pre>
-<p>Defines the markup tags that enclose the whole index via the
-<code class="literal">:open</code> and <code class=
-"literal">:close</code> parameters. Examples:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-index :open "Here comes the index~n"
- :close "That's all folks!~n")
-</pre>
-<p>defines that the <code class="literal">:open</code> string is
-printed before the rest of the index and the <code class=
-"literal">:close</code> string appears after the index is
-printed.</p>
-<p>Additionally one can specify the form of the generated index. It
-is possible to produce flat indexes by specifying the switch
-<code class="literal">:flat</code>, to generate a tree with the
-<code class="literal">:tree</code> switch or any kind of mixture
-between both by specifying the depth up to which trees shall be
-built with the parameter <code class="literal">:hierdepth</code>.
-Its argument depth is the number of layers that can be formed into
-a tree. Therefore <code class="literal">:flat</code> is an
-abbrevation of <code class="literal">:hierdepth 0</code> and
-<code class="literal">:tree</code> is an abbrevation of
-<code class="literal">:hierdepth max-depth</code>, with
-<code class="literal">max-depth</code> being the maximum number of
-layers a keyword has. An example: the keywords</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-("tree" "binary" "AVL")
-("tree" "binary" "natural")
-</pre>
-<p>can be transformed in the following ways:</p>
-<p>A flat index (<code class="literal">:flat</code> or <code class=
-"literal">:hierdepth 0</code>)</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-tree binary AVL
-tree binary natural
-</pre>
-<p>with <code class="literal">:hierdepth 1</code></p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-tree
- binary AVL
- binary natural
-</pre>
-<p>and a tree (<code class="literal">:tree</code> or <code class=
-"literal">:hierdepth &gt; 1</code>)</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-tree
- binary
- AVL
- natural
-</pre>
-<p>Most often one will create tree-like indexes or ones that are
-flat.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.4 markup-indexentry-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-indexentry-list" name=
-"markup-indexentry-list"></a>1.2.4 <code class=
-"literal">markup-indexentry-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-indexentry-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string] [:depth integer])
-
-(markup-indexentry [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer])
-</pre>
-<p>Letter groups consists of a list of index entries. The command
-<code class="literal">markup-indexentry-list</code> defines the
-markup of these lists. The markup can be specialized on the depth
-if the index is hierarchically organized. The command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentList}"
- :close "\end{IdxentList}"
- :sep "~n")
-</pre>
-<p>defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
-the given markup tags. If additionally</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentListII}"
- :close "\end{IdxentListII}"
- :sep "~n"
- :depth 2)
-</pre>
-<p>is defined, all index entry lists of all layers (except layer 2)
-are tagged according to the first specification, and the index
-entry list within depth 2 are tagged according to the second
-rule.</p>
-<p>The command <code class="literal">markup-indexentry</code>
-defines the markup of an index entry at a given depth. Since index
-entries may also contain subentries and the markup for subentries
-may be different in different layers, the optional keyword argument
-<code class="literal">:depth</code> can be used to assign different
-markup for different layers. If depth is ommited the default markup
-for all possible depths is defined. The top-most index entries have
-depth 0.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{Indexentry}"
- :close "\end{Indexentry}")
-</pre>
-<p>defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
-the given markup tags. If additionally</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{IndexentryII}"
- :close "\end{IndexentryII}"
- :depth 2)
-</pre>
-<p>is defined, all index entries of all layers (except layer 2) are
-tagged according to the first specification, and the index entries
-with depth 2 are tagged according to the second rule.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.5 markup-keyword-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-keyword-list" name=
-"markup-keyword-list"></a>1.2.5 <code class=
-"literal">markup-keyword-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-keyword-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string] [:depth integer])
-
-(markup-keyword [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer])
-</pre>
-<p>The print key of an index entry consists of a list of strings.
-The markup of this list can be defined with the command
-<code class="literal">markup-keyword-list</code>. The keyword
-argument <code class="literal">:depth</code> may be specified to
-define the markup of the list at a particular depth.</p>
-<p>The keyword of an index entry consists of a list of strings.
-Each of these components is tagged with the strings defined with
-the command <code class="literal">markup-keyword</code>. Since we
-maybe need different markup for different layers, the optional
-keyword argument can be used to specialize this markup for some
-depth.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.6 markup-letter-group-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-letter-group-list" name=
-"markup-letter-group-list"></a>1.2.6 <code class=
-"literal">markup-letter-group-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-letter-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
-(markup-letter-group [:open string] [:close string] [:group group-name]
- [:open-head string] [:close-head string]
- [:upcase | :downcase | :capitalize])
-</pre>
-<p>The first command defines the markup of the letter group with
-name <code class="literal">group-name</code>. Since the markup of
-letter groups often contains the name of the letter group as a part
-of it, the other keyword arguments allow an additional markup for
-this group name. If one of the parameters <code class=
-"literal">:open-head</code> and <code class=
-"literal">:close-head</code> is specified additional markup is
-added as can be described as follows:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-&lt;OPEN&gt;
- IF (:open-head OR :close-head)
- &lt;OPEN-HEAD&gt;
- transformer-of(&lt;GROUP-NAME&gt;)
- &lt;CLOSE-HEAD&gt;
- FI
- &lt;INDEXENTRIES...&gt;
-&lt;CLOSE&gt;
-</pre>
-<p>Here, <code class="literal">transformer-of</code> is a function
-that possibly transforms the string representing the group name
-into another string. The transformers we currently support can be
-specified with the switches <code class="literal">:upcase</code>,
-<code class="literal">:downcase</code> and <code class=
-"literal">:capitalize</code> which result in the corresponding
-string conversions. If none of them is specified no transformation
-is done at all.</p>
-<p>The command <code class="literal">markup-letter-group</code>
-defines the markup of the list of letter groups.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.7 markup-locclass-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-locclass-list" name=
-"markup-locclass-list"></a>1.2.7 <code class=
-"literal">markup-locclass-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locclass-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-</pre>
-<p>Each index entry contains a list of location class groups. This
-markup command can be used to define the markup of this list.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.8 markup-locref">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-locref" name=
-"markup-locref"></a>1.2.8 <code class=
-"literal">markup-locref</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locref [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class locref-class]
- [:attr attribute]
- [:depth integer])
-</pre>
-<p>The markup tags of a location reference can be specialized on
-the three arguments <code class="literal">:class</code>,
-<code class="literal">:attr</code> and additionally, if
-sub-references are used, <code class="literal">:depth</code>. Most
-often one will only use a tag depending on the attribute. For
-example, all location references with the attribute <code class=
-"literal">definition</code> should appear in a font series like
-bold, emphasizing the importance of this location reference; those
-with the attribute <code class="literal">default</code> in font
-shape italic. The markup in this case would not specialize on the
-depth or any particular class. A valid definition, suitable for a
-usage within HTML, could look like this.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locref :open "&lt;B&gt;" :close "&lt;/B&gt;" :attr "definition")
-(markup-locref :open "&lt;I&gt;" :close "&lt;/I&gt;" :attr "default")
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.9 markup-locref-class">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-locref-class" name=
-"markup-locref-class"></a>1.2.9 <code class=
-"literal">markup-locref-class</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locref-class [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class locref-class])
-</pre>
-<p>All location references of a particular location reference class
-can be wrapped into the tags defined by this command. It
-specializes on the keyword argument <code class=
-"literal">:class</code>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.10 markup-locref-layer">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-locref-layer" name=
-"markup-locref-layer"></a>1.2.10 <code class=
-"literal">markup-locref-layer</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer] [:layer integer]
- [:class locref-class])
-
-(markup-locref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:depth integer]
- [:class locref-class])
-</pre>
-<p>A location reference contains a list of location reference
-layers. The second markup command can be used to markup this list.
-It specializes on the class of the location references and the
-depth (if sub-references are used).</p>
-<p>The first command allows to tag the elements of a layer list
-differently. The first element of this list can is specialisable
-with <code class="literal">:layer 0</code>, the next element with
-<code class="literal">:layer 1</code>, etc. See the next example
-for an example.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.11 markup-locref-list">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-locref-list" name=
-"markup-locref-list"></a>1.2.11 <code class=
-"literal">markup-locref-list</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locref-list [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
- [:depth integer] [:class locref-class])
-</pre>
-<p>An attribute group contains a list of location references and/or
-ranges. Additionally a layered location reference itself may
-contain sub-references that are stored as a list of location
-references. We specialize the markup for these lists on the
-location class they belong to with the keyword argument
-<code class="literal">:class</code>, and on <code class=
-"literal">:depth</code> that specializes on the different subentry
-levels when using location references with sub-references.</p>
-<p>Given is a list of location references that have the class
-description</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(define-location-class "Appendix"
- ("ALPHA" :sep "-" "arabic-numbers")
- :hierdepth 2)
-</pre>
-<p>This location class has instances like <code class=
-"literal">A-1</code>, <code class="literal">B-5</code>, etc. The
-keyword argument <code class="literal">:hierdepth 2</code> informs
-xindy to markup these location references in a hierarchical form.
-With the commands</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-locref-list :sep "; "
- :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
-(markup-locref-list :open " " :sep ","
- :depth 1 :class "Appendix")
-(markup-locref-layer :open "{\bf " :close "}" :layer 0
- :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
-</pre>
-<p>we obtain a markup sequence for some example data that could
-look like</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- \bf A} 1,2,5; {\bf B} 5,6,9; {\bf D} 1,5,8; ...
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title="1.2.12 markup-range">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-range" name=
-"markup-range"></a>1.2.12 <code class=
-"literal">markup-range</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-range [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
- [:class locref-class]
- [:length num] [:ignore-end])
-</pre>
-<p>A range consists of two location references. Markup can be
-specified with the <code class="literal">:open</code> and
-<code class="literal">:close</code> arguments and one separator
-given by the argument <code class="literal">:sep</code>.</p>
-<p>Since both location references are tagged with markup defined by
-the command <code class="literal">markup-locref</code> a
-specialization on attributes or depth is not necessary.
-Specialization is allowed on the class they belong to, because the
-separator between two location refences may be different for each
-location class. Argument <code class="literal">:length</code> can
-be used to define different markup for different lengths. In
-conjunction with <code class="literal">:length</code> is may be
-useful not to print the second location reference at all. For
-example, one wishes to markup ranges of length 1 in the form Xf.
-instead of X--Y. This can be accomplished with the switch
-<code class="literal">:ignore-end</code>.</p>
-<p>The markup tags for a range (X,Y) can be described as
-follows:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-&lt;OPEN&gt;
- Markup of location reference X
-&lt;SEP&gt;
- IF (not :ignore-end)
- Markup of location reference Y
- FI
-&lt;CLOSE&gt;
-</pre>
-<p>The following tags can be used to define a range of page numbers
-(given in a location class <code class=
-"literal">page-numbers</code>) without considering the open and
-close parameters:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-range :sep "-" :class "page-numbers")
-</pre>
-<p>Location ranges then appear separated by a hyphen in a form like
-this:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- ..., 5-8, 19-23, ...
-</pre></div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"1.2.13 (markup-trace [:on] [:open string] [:close string])">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h4 class="title"><a id="markup-trace" name=
-"markup-trace"></a>1.2.13 <code class="literal">(markup-trace [:on]
-[:open string] [:close string])</code></h4>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<p>This command can be used to activate the tracing of all markup
-commands xindy executes. The switch <code class=
-"literal">:on</code> activates the trace. If <code class=
-"literal">:on</code> is omitted, the command line flag <code class=
-"literal">-t</code> can be used as well. All tags which are emitted
-but not yet defined explicitly by the user are tagged with a
-symbolic notation indicating the commands that must be used to
-define this tag. The defaults for the keyword argument <code class=
-"literal">:open</code> is <code class="literal">`&lt;'</code> and
-for <code class="literal">:close</code> is <code class=
-"literal">`&gt;'</code>. The beginning of an example output could
-look like:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-&lt;INDEX:OPEN&gt;
- &lt;LETTER-GROUP-LIST:OPEN&gt;
- &lt;LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]&gt;
- &lt;INDEXENTRY-LIST:OPEN [0]&gt;
- &lt;INDEXENTRY:OPEN [0]&gt;
- &lt;KEYWORD-LIST:OPEN [0]&gt;
- &lt;KEYWORD:OPEN [0]&gt;
- ...
-</pre>
-<p>We use a simple indentation scheme to make the structure of the
-tags visible. The symbolic tag <code class=
-"literal">&lt;LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]&gt;</code> for example
-indicates that the tag that can be specified with the command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-letter-group :open "XXX" :group "a" ... )
-</pre>
-<p>is emitted at this point in the markup process. By incrementally
-adding markup commands to the index, more and more tags can be
-defined until the whole markup is defined. This general mechanism
-should allow everyone understand the markup process. The best is to
-start with a small index, define the complete markup and afterwards
-process the whole index. Additionally one can enclose the symbolic
-tags into an environment that is neutral to the document
-preparation system, such as a comment. For TeX this could be</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-trace :open "%%" :close "~n")
-</pre>
-<p>or a definition in the TeX document like</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-\def\ignore#1{}
-</pre>
-<p>combined with the command</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(markup-trace :open "\ignore{" :close "}")
-</pre></div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="1.3 Raw Index Interface">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-raw-index" name=
-"xindy-command-list-raw-index"></a>1.3 Raw Index Interface</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp12953120" class="indexterm" name="idp12953120"></a>
-<p>This section can be skipped if the reader is not interested in
-adapting xindy to a new document preparation system.</p>
-<p>The raw index is the file that represents the index that is to
-be processed. Since many different document preparation systems may
-use different forms of index representations, their output must be
-transformed in a form readable by xindy. We also could have written
-an configurable parser performing this task, but usually a tool
-written with some text processing tools such as <span class=
-"command"><strong>perl</strong></span>, <span class=
-"command"><strong>sed</strong></span> or <span class=
-"command"><strong>awk</strong></span> can achieve the same task as
-well. Therefore, adapting xindy to a completely different system
-can mostly be done by writing an appropriate raw index filter.</p>
-<p>The format of the raw index interface of xindy is defined as
-follows:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(indexentry { :key string-list [:print string-list]
- | :tkey list-of-layers }
- [:attr string]
- { :locref string [:open-range | :close-range]
- | :xref string-list } )
-</pre>
-<p>The pseudo variable <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>string</em></span> is a sequence of characters
-surrounded by double quotes, e.g.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-"Hi, it's me" "one" "a string with two \"double quotes\""
-</pre>
-<p>are three examples of valid strings. If you need to include a
-double quote as a literal character, you must quote it itself with
-a backslash as shown in the third example. A <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> is simply a list of strings
-separated by whitespaces and surrounded by round braces. An example
-of a string list is</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-("This" "is" "a" "list" "of" "strings")
-</pre>
-<p>So far about the syntax. The semantics of the different elements
-are described here.</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:key</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The argument <span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span>
-defines the keyword of the index entry. It must be a list of
-strings, since the keyword may consist of different layers such as
-<code class="literal">("heap" "fibonacci")</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:print</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The optional <span class="emphasis"><em>print key</em></span>
-defines the way the keyword has to be printed in the markup
-phase.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:tkey</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Another possibility to define the keys of an index entry is with
-the <code class="literal">:tkey</code> keyword argument. It can be
-used instead of the <code class="literal">:key</code> and
-<code class="literal">:print</code> arguments. Instead of
-specifying separately the key and the corresponding print key, we
-define the keyword by its layers. Each layer consist of a list of
-one or two strings. The first string will be interpreted as the
-main key, whereas the second one will become the print key. If the
-print key is ommited, the main key is taken instead. So the
-definition</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-:tkey (("This") ("is") ("a") ("bang" "BANG !!!"))
-</pre>
-<p>is equivalent to</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-:key ("This" "is" "a" "bang")
-:print ("This" "is" "a" "BANG !!!")
-</pre></dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:locref</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>The reference an index entry describes can be a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>location reference</em></span> or a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>cross reference</em></span>. The switch <code class=
-"literal">:locref</code> describes a location reference. Its
-optional arguments are <code class="literal">:open-range</code> and
-<code class="literal">:close-range</code>. The <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>string</em></span> that must be supplied must
-somehow encode the location reference. It might look like the
-string <code class="literal">"25"</code> representing the page
-number 25, or <code class="literal">"Appendix-I"</code>
-representing the first appendix numbered in uppercase roman
-numerals.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:open-range,:close-range</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>These are switches that do not take any arguments. They describe
-the beginning and ending of a <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>range</em></span>, starting or ending from the
-location reference that is given by the argument <code class=
-"literal">:locref</code>. If they are supplied, the location
-reference may have influence on the way ranges are build.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:xref</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>These arguments choose the second alternative. The argument
-<span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> of parameter
-<code class="literal">:xref</code> describes where the index entry
-should point to.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term"><code class=
-"literal">:attr</code></span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>This parameter may be used to tag a location reference with a
-certain attribute or it names the class of a cross reference. It
-may also used to associate different markup for different
-attributes in the markup phase. If this parameter is omitted or is
-the empty string, the indexentry is declared to have the attribute
-<code class="literal">default</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>Some examples:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(indexentry :key ("airplane") :locref "25" :attr "default")
-</pre>
-<p>defines an index entry with the key <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>airplane'</em></span> indexed on page <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>25'</em></span>. This index entry has the attribute
-<code class="literal">default</code>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :attr "see")
-</pre>
-<p>defines a cross reference with the key <code class=
-"literal">house</code> pointing to the term <code class=
-"literal">building</code>. This cross reference belongs to the
-cross reference class <code class="literal">see</code>.</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :open-range)
-</pre>
-<p>is an invalid specification, since <code class=
-"literal">:open-range</code> mustn't be used together with cross
-references.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 Invoking xindy">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="xindy-invoking" name=
-"xindy-invoking"></a>2 Invoking xindy</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp13002048" class="indexterm" name="idp13002048"></a>
-<div class="section" title="2.1 Command Line Options">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-invoking-cmdline" name=
-"xindy-invoking-cmdline"></a>2.1 Command Line Options</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp13004688" class="indexterm" name="idp13004688"></a>
-<p>The following command line options are accepted:</p>
-<pre class="programlisting">
-xindy [-h] [-t] [-v] [-l logfile] [-o outfile]
- [-L n] [-f filterprog]
- indexstyle raw-index
-</pre>
-<p>The argument <code class="literal">indexstyle</code> names a
-file, containing the index style description. The argument
-<code class="literal">raw-index</code> names a file, containing the
-raw index. Both arguments are mandatory.</p>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Gives a short summary of all command line options.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">-l</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Writes helpful information into the specified <code class=
-"literal">logfile</code>. For example, the keyword mappings are
-written into this file, so one can check if the intended mappings
-were actually performed this way.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">-o</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Explicitly defines the name of the <code class=
-"literal">output</code> file. If not given, the name of the
-<code class="literal">raw-index</code> is used with its extension
-changed to <code class="literal">.ind</code> (or added, if it had
-no extension at all).</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">-t</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Enters tracing mode of the symbolic markup tags. The format of
-the emitted tags can be defined with the command <code class=
-"literal">markup-trace</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Set the xindy logging-level to <code class=
-"literal">n</code>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Run <code class="literal">filterprog</code> on <code class=
-"literal">raw-index</code> before reading. The program must act as
-a filter reading from <code class="literal">stdin</code> and
-writing to <code class="literal">stdout</code>. The most obvious
-use of this option in conjunction with TeX is to run <code class=
-"literal">-f tex2xindy</code> on the index file prior to reading
-the entries into xindy.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Shows the version number of xindy.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<p>Errors and warnings are reported to <code class=
-"literal">stdout</code> and additionally to the logfile if
-<code class="literal">-l</code> was specified.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2.2 Search Path">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-search-path" name=
-"xindy-search-path"></a>2.2 Search Path</h3>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp13032720" class="indexterm" name="idp13032720"></a>
-<p>The system uses the concept of a search path for finding the
-index style files and modules. The searchpath can be set with the
-environment variable <code class="envar">XINDY_SEARCHPATH</code>
-which must contain a list of colon-separated directories. If it
-ends with a colon, the built-in searchpath is added to the entire
-searchpath. See the command <a class="link" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath" title=
-"1.1.12 searchpath">searchpath</a> for further details.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div xml:lang="en" class="appendix" title=
-"Appendix&nbsp;A.&nbsp;Appendices" lang="en">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="appendices" name=
-"appendices"></a>Appendix&nbsp;A.&nbsp;Appendices</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="toc">
-<p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p>
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#issues">1 Bugs / Known Issues /
-Missing Features</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#about">2 About this
-Document</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#release-news">3 Release
-News</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="section"><a href="#gfdl">4 GNU Free Documentation
-License</a></span></dt>
-<dt><span class="index"><a href=
-"#tex-refs-idx">Index</a></span></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title=
-"1 Bugs / Known Issues / Missing Features">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="issues" name=
-"issues"></a>1 Bugs / Known Issues / Missing Features</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp13040576" class="indexterm" name="idp13040576"></a>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">PDF</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>A PDF file is no longer supported.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">Texinfo</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Currently we don't know any working solution to convert DocBook
-XML to Texinfo (at least not for a complex document). Anyone who
-wants to work on this issue is highly welcome. A starting point
-could be the <span class="emphasis"><em>docbook2X</em></span>
-project at <a class="ulink" href="http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net"
-target="_top">http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net</a>.</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">vim-help</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<p>Quite a few poeple are asking for a version in vim-help format.
-<a class="ulink" href="mailto:srinath@eecs.berkeley.edu" target=
-"_top">Srinath Avadhanula</a> has already done some work on
-this.</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="2 About this Document">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="about" name=
-"about"></a>2 About this Document</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a id="idp13051152" class="indexterm" name="idp13051152"></a>
-<p>The source format of this document is <a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/docbook/" target=
-"_top">DocBook XML (V4.3)</a>.</p>
-<p>The various output formats were generated using:</p>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc">
-<li class="listitem"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" target="_top">xsltproc
-(libxml2-2.6.26/libxslt-1.1.26)</a> as XSLT processor</li>
-<li class="listitem"><a class="ulink" href=
-"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook" target="_top">DocBook XSL
-Stylesheets (V1.77.1)</a> for HTML and Epub</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-<p>You'll always find the newest version of this document at
-<a class="ulink" href="http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/" target=
-"_top">http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/</a>.</p>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="3 Release News">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="release-news" name=
-"release-news"></a>3 Release News</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="variablelist">
-<dl>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.4.1 12-12-03</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Removed obsolete file still referenced in
-Makefile (no visible changes)</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.4.0 12-12-02</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Minor changes for Epub output</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added missing IDs on some sections and
-tables</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.9 05-05-14</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the
-use of this reference for other projects</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added new section <a class="link" href=
-"#float" title="3.3 float">float</a> in chapter <a class="link"
-href="#latex" title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.8 04-10-28</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Minor changes in <a class="link" href=
-"#page-styles" title="2.3.15 Page Styles">\maketitle</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.7 04-08-26</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter
-<a class="link" href="#bibtex" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;BibTeX">BibTeX</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Switched to DocBook XML V4.3</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added new section <a class="link" href=
-"#opt-latex" title="2.1 Options">Options</a> in chapter <a class=
-"link" href="#latex" title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.6 04-06-21</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Added a note in chapter <a class="link" href=
-"#latex" title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a> with the copyright and
-permission notice of the original file <code class=
-"filename">latex2.texi</code></li>
-<li class="listitem">Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks
-in chapter <a class="link" href="#xindy" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;xindy">xindy</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">PDF file optimized/linearized and some
-finetuning</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.5 04-05-01</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Added content to chapters <a class="link"
-href="#metapost" title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost">MetaPost</a>
-and <a class="link" href="#pdftex" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Enhanced index for chapter <a class="link"
-href="#metapost" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost">Make-Index</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.4 04-04-24</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Version control system changed from CVS to
-SVN</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added missing entries to chapter <a class=
-"link" href="#makeindex" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.3 04-01-26</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Corrected again section <a class="link" href=
-"#makeindex-output-style-specs" title=
-"2.2 Output Style Specifiers">Output Style Specifiers</a> and
-<a class="link" href="#makeindex-style" title=
-"2.1 Input Style Specifiers">Input Style Specifiers</a> of chapter
-<a class="link" href="#makeindex" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Corrected some symbols in the index</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.2 04-01-16</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Corrected sections <a class="link" href=
-"#makeindex-output-style-specs" title=
-"2.2 Output Style Specifiers">Output Style Specifiers</a> and
-<a class="link" href="#makeindex-style" title=
-"2.1 Input Style Specifiers">Input Style Specifiers</a> of chapter
-<a class="link" href="#makeindex" title=
-"Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Enhanced index in PDF</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.1 04-01-06</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">More work on PDF</li>
-<li class="listitem">Modularized XSL stylesheet files</li>
-<li class="listitem">Corrected some typos</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.3.0 03-12-25</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Changed document root to <span class=
-"emphasis"><em>book</em></span></li>
-<li class="listitem">More work on PDF version</li>
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.64.1</li>
-<li class="listitem">Minor fixes</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.6 03-10-27</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Rearranged appendix</li>
-<li class="listitem">Work on PDF version</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.5 03-10-17</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Added contents of <a class="link" href="#gfdl"
-title="4 GNU Free Documentation License">GNU FDL</a> in
-appendix</li>
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4</li>
-<li class="listitem">Switched to <a class="ulink" href=
-"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" target="_top"><code class=
-"literal">xsltproc</code></a> as XSLT-processor</li>
-<li class="listitem">Reedited some deeply nested sections</li>
-<li class="listitem">Changed colors in CSS</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.4 03-09-06</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Added subsection <a class="link" href=
-"#dcolumn" title="3.2 dcolumn"><code class=
-"literal">dcolumn</code></a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Subsection <a class="link" href="#fontenc"
-title="3.4 fontenc"><code class="literal">fontenc</code></a>
-translated into english</li>
-<li class="listitem">Corrected typo in <a class="link" href=
-"#cmd-sbox" title="2.3.17.&nbsp;\sbox"><code class=
-"filename">\sbox</code></a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.3 03-04-12</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Provide PDF output using <a class="ulink"
-href="http://www.pragma-ade.com/" target="_top">ConTeXt</a> and
-<a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.hobby.nl/~scaprea/context/index.html" target=
-"_top">DocBook In ConTeXt</a> (still experimental)</li>
-<li class="listitem">Reedited (beautified) sections LaTeX /
-Commands / <a class="link" href="#counters" title=
-"2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a> | <a class="link" href=
-"#cross-references" title="2.3.2 Cross References">Cross
-References</a> | <a class="link" href="#definitions" title=
-"2.3.3 Definitions">Definitions</a> | <a class="link" href=
-"#layout" title="2.3.5 Layout">Layout</a> | <a class="link" href=
-"#env-latex" title="2.3.6 Environments">Environments</a> |
-<a class="link" href="#footnotes" title=
-"2.3.7 Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.2 03-01-26</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Added bzip2 compressed version of source and
-outfiles tarball</li>
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1</li>
-<li class="listitem">Eliminated more spurious &amp;Acirc;
-characters in HTML output</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.1 03-01-18</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2</li>
-<li class="listitem">Eliminated spurious &amp;Acirc;
-characters</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.2.0 03-01-11</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.58.1</li>
-<li class="listitem">Minor changes to CSS file</li>
-<li class="listitem">License changed to <a class="ulink" href=
-"http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" target="_top">GNU Free
-Documentation License</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Added subsection <a class="link" href=
-"#pstricks-commands" title="4.2.2 Commands and Parameters">Commands
-and Parameters</a> to section <a class="link" href="#pstricks"
-title="4.2 PSTricks">PSTricks</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Reworked <a class="link" href="#inputenc"
-title="3.8 inputenc">inputenc</a> section</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.1.3 02-10-17</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Started rework of <a class="link" href=
-"#komascript" title="3.9 KOMA-Script">KOMA-Script</a> section</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added subsection <a class="link" href=
-"#pstricks-add-packages" title=
-"4.2.3 List of Additional PSTricks Packages">Additional PSTricks
-Packages</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.56.1</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.1.2 02-10-01</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Reworked <a class="link" href="#hyperref"
-title="3.7 hyperref">hyperref</a> section</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.1.1 02-09-19</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Added template sections for <a class="link"
-href="#pictex" title="4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)">PiCTeX</a> and <a class=
-"link" href="#texinfo" title="7 Texinfo (tbd.)">Texinfo</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Added subsection <a class="link" href=
-"#release-news" title="3 Release News">Release News</a> in appendix
-<a class="link" href="#about" title="2 About this Document">About
-this Document</a></li>
-<li class="listitem">Using new XSL stylesheets V1.55.0</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added missing CSS file to outfiles
-tarball</li>
-<li class="listitem">Corrected wrong FPI</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.1.0 02-08-20</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Eliminated trailing '.' in numbered
-sections</li>
-<li class="listitem">Minor markup errors corrected</li>
-<li class="listitem">Reworked CSS file</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.0.5 02-08-10</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Switched to DocBook XML 4.2</li>
-<li class="listitem">Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' completed</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.0.4 02-07-25</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">Section 'Makeindex' completed</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.0.3 02-07-13</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating
-index (no other changes)</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.0.2 02-07-05</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex',
-'Makeindex', and 'xindy'</li>
-<li class="listitem">New section 'Special Symbols'</li>
-<li class="listitem">Added information for 'german' package</li>
-<li class="listitem">Registered as a new project (tex-refs) on
-freshmeat.net</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-<dt><span class="term">V0.0.1 02-06-21</span></dt>
-<dd>
-<div class="itemizedlist">
-<ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact="compact">
-<li class="listitem">First official announcement</li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="section" title="4 GNU Free Documentation License">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="gfdl" name=
-"gfdl"></a>4 GNU Free Documentation License</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<h5 class="title"><a id="idp13212128" name=
-"idp13212128"></a>Version 1.2, November 2002</h5>
-<pre class="programlisting">
- Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-0. PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-4. MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
-Entitled "Endorsements".
-
-
-6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-8. TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-
-9. TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
-</pre></div>
-<div class="index" title="Index">
-<div class="titlepage">
-<div>
-<div>
-<h2 class="title"><a id="tex-refs-idx" name=
-"tex-refs-idx"></a>Index</h2>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="index">
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>Symbols</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>$, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\!, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\' (tabbing), <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\(, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\), <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\+, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\,, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\- (hyphenation), <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\- (tabbing) , <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\;, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\&lt; , <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\=, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\a, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\addcontentsline, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>\address, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\addtocontents, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>\addtocounter{counter}{value}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\addtolength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\addvspace, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\alph, <a class="indexterm" href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\Alph, <a class="indexterm" href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\appendix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>\arabic, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\areaset, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-page-layout">Page-Layout</a></dt>
-<dt>\author, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\backslash, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>\begin, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\bfseries, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\bibitem, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\bibliography, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\bibliographystyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\bigskip, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\bm, <a class="indexterm" href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
-<dt>\boldsymbol, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
-<dt>\boldsymbold, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
-<dt>\caption, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\cc, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\cdots, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\centering, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\chapter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>\circle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\cite, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\cleardoublepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\clearpage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\cline, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\closing, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\COLON, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\dashbox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\date, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\ddots, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\depth, <a class="indexterm" href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\documentclass, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>\dotfill, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\emph, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\encl, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\end, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\enlargethispage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\ensuremath{}, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\fbox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\floatname, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\floatplacement, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\floatstyle, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\flushbottom, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#layout">Layout</a></dt>
-<dt>\fnsymbol, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\fontencoding, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\fontfamily, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\fontseries, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\fontshape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\fontsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\footnote, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
-<dt>\footnotemark, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
-<dt>\footnotesize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\footnotetext, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
-<dt>\frac, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\frame, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\framebox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a>, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\fussy, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\graphicspath, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#graphicspath">\graphicspath</a></dt>
-<dt>\height, <a class="indexterm" href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\hfill, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\hline, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\hrulefill, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\hspace, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\huge, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\Huge, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\hyphenation, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\include, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt>
-<dt>\includegraphics, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#includegraphics">\includegraphics</a></dt>
-<dt>\includeonly, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt>
-<dt>\indent, <a class="indexterm" href="#making-paragraphs">Making
-Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>\input, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt>
-<dt>\item, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\itshape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\kill, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\label, <a class="indexterm" href="#cross-references">Cross
-References</a></dt>
-<dt>\large, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\Large, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\LARGE, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\ldots, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\lefteqn, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\linebreak, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\linethickness, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\listof, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\listoffigures, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>\listoftables, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>\location, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\makebox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\makebox (picture), <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\makelabels, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\maketitle, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\markboth, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\markright, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathbf, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathcal, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathnormal, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathrm, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathsf, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathtt, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mathversion, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\mbox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\mdseries, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\medskip, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\multicolumn, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\multiput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\name, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\newcommand, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>\newcounter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\newenvironment, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>\newfloat, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\newfont, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>\newlength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\newline, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\newpage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\newsavebox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\newtheorem, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>\nocite, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\nofiles, <a class="indexterm" href="#table-of-contents">Table
-of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>\noindent, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>\nolinebreak, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\nopagebreak, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\normalfont, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\normalsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\onecolumn, <a class="indexterm" href="#layout">Layout</a></dt>
-<dt>\opening, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\oval, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\overbrace, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\overline, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\pagebreak, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\pagenumbering, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\pageref, <a class="indexterm" href="#cross-references">Cross
-References</a></dt>
-<dt>\pagestyle, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\par, <a class="indexterm" href="#making-paragraphs">Making
-Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>\paragraph, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>\parbox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\pmb, <a class="indexterm" href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
-<dt>\poptabs, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\ps, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\pushtabs, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\put, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\raggedbottom, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#layout">Layout</a></dt>
-<dt>\raggedleft, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\raggedright, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\raisebox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\ref, <a class="indexterm" href="#cross-references">Cross
-References</a></dt>
-<dt>\refstepcounter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\restylefloat, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\rmfamily, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\roman, <a class="indexterm" href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\Roman, <a class="indexterm" href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\rule, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\samepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\savebox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\sbox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\scriptsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\scshape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\selectfont, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\setcounter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\setlength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\settodepth, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\settoheight, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\settowidth, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\sffamily, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\shortstack, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\signature, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\sloppy, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\slshape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\small, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\smallskip, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\sqrt, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\startbreaks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\stepcounter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\stopbreaks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\subparagraph, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>\subsection, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>\subsubsection, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>\symbol, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>\tableofcontents, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>\telephone, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>\textbf, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textmd, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textnormal, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textrm, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textsc, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textsf, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textsl, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\texttt, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\textup, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\thanks, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\thispagestyle, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\tiny, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\title, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\today, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\totalheight, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\ttfamily, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\twocolumn, <a class="indexterm" href="#layout">Layout</a></dt>
-<dt>\typearea, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-page-layout">Page-Layout</a></dt>
-<dt>\typein, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal Input/Output</a></dt>
-<dt>\typeout, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal Input/Output</a></dt>
-<dt>\unboldmath, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
-<dt>\underbrace, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\underline, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\upDelta, <a class="indexterm" href="#upDelta-upOmega">\upDelta
-/ \upOmega</a></dt>
-<dt>\upOmega, <a class="indexterm" href="#upDelta-upOmega">\upDelta
-/ \upOmega</a></dt>
-<dt>\upshape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\usebox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\usecounter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\usefont, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>\usepackage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>\value, <a class="indexterm" href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>\vdots, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\vector, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\verb, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\vfill, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\vline, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>\vpageref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
-<dt>\vpagerefrange, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
-<dt>\vref, <a class="indexterm" href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
-<dt>\vrefrange, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
-<dt>\vspace, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\width, <a class="indexterm" href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>\[, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\\, <a class="indexterm" href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line
-&amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>\], <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>\` (tabbing), <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>^, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>_, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>A</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>About this Document, <a class="indexterm" href="#about">About
-this Document</a></dt>
-<dt>Accents, <a class="indexterm" href="#special-symbols">Special
-Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>Accessing any character of a font, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>Aligning Equations, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>amsmath, <a class="indexterm" href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
-<dt>ansinew, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
-<dt>Appendix, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>applemac, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
-<dt>array, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Arrays, math, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Arrows, <a class="indexterm" href="#special-symbols">Special
-Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>article class, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Author, for titlepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>B</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>BCOR, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>Bibliography, creating (automatically), <a class="indexterm"
-href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Bibliography, creating (manually), <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>BibTeX, <a class="indexterm" href="#bibtex">BibTeX</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>bib files, <a class="indexterm" href="#bibtex-bib-files">bib
-files</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>@STRING command, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-string-command">@STRING command</a></dt>
-<dt>Entry Format, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-format">Entry Format</a></dt>
-<dt>Entry Types, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types">Entry Types</a></dt>
-<dt>Field Text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-text">Field Text</a></dt>
-<dt>Field Types, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types">Field Types</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>bst files, <a class="indexterm" href="#bibtex-bst-files">bst
-files</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>ABBRV.BST, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-abbr">ABBRV.BST</a></dt>
-<dt>ALPHA.BST, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-alpha">ALPHA.BST</a></dt>
-<dt>PLAIN.BST, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-plain">PLAIN.BST</a></dt>
-<dt>SAMPLE.BST, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-sample">SAMPLE.BST</a></dt>
-<dt>UNSRT.BST, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-bst-unsrt">UNSRT.BST</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Command Qualifiers, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-command-qualifiers">Command Qualifiers</a></dt>
-<dt>Entry Types</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>article entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-article">article entry</a></dt>
-<dt>book entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-book">book entry</a></dt>
-<dt>booklet entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-booklet">booklet entry</a></dt>
-<dt>conference entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-conference">conference entry</a></dt>
-<dt>inbook entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-inbook">inbook entry</a></dt>
-<dt>incollection entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-incollection">incollection entry</a></dt>
-<dt>inproceedings entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings">inproceedings entry</a></dt>
-<dt>manual entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-manual">manual entry</a></dt>
-<dt>mastersthesis entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis">mastersthesis entry</a></dt>
-<dt>misc entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-misc">misc entry</a></dt>
-<dt>phdthesis entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis">phdthesis entry</a></dt>
-<dt>proceedings entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-proceedings">proceedings entry</a></dt>
-<dt>techreport entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-techreport">techreport entry</a></dt>
-<dt>unpublished entry, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-entry-types-unpublished">unpublished entry</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Field Text</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Abbreviations, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-text-abbr">Abbreviations</a></dt>
-<dt>Names, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-text-names">Names</a></dt>
-<dt>Titles, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-text-titles">Titles</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Field Types</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>address field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-address">address field</a></dt>
-<dt>annote field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-annote">annote field</a></dt>
-<dt>author field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-author">author field</a></dt>
-<dt>booktitle field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-booktitle">booktitle field</a></dt>
-<dt>chapter field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-chapter">chapter field</a></dt>
-<dt>edition field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-edition">edition field</a></dt>
-<dt>editor field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-editor">editor field</a></dt>
-<dt>howpublished field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-howpublished">howpublished field</a></dt>
-<dt>institution field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-institution">institution field</a></dt>
-<dt>journal field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-journal">journal field</a></dt>
-<dt>key field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-key">key field</a></dt>
-<dt>month field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-month">month field</a></dt>
-<dt>note field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-note">note field</a></dt>
-<dt>number field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-number">number field</a></dt>
-<dt>organization field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-organization">organization field</a></dt>
-<dt>pages field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-pages">pages field</a></dt>
-<dt>publisher field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher field</a></dt>
-<dt>school field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-school">school field</a></dt>
-<dt>series field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-series">series field</a></dt>
-<dt>title field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-title">title field</a></dt>
-<dt>type field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-type">type field</a></dt>
-<dt>volume field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-volume">volume field</a></dt>
-<dt>year field, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-field-types-year">year field</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Parameters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#bibtex-parameters">Parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>using, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Binary Operators, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>bm, <a class="indexterm" href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
-<dt>book class, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Boxes, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>C</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Cc list, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>center, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Centering text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Centering text, environment for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Characters, reserved, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>Characters, special, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>cite.sty, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Classes of document, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Commands, defining new ones, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>Computer programs, typesetting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>ConTeXt, <a class="indexterm" href="#context">ConTeXt
-(tbd.)</a></dt>
-<dt>Counters, a list of, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>Counters, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>Counters, getting the value of, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>Counters, setting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>cp850, <a class="indexterm" href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
-<dt>Creating letters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>Creating pictures, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Creating tables, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Credits, <a class="indexterm" href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Cross referencing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
-<dt>Cross referencing using page number, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
-<dt>Cross referencing using section number, <a class="indexterm"
-href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>D</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Date, for titlepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>dcolumn, <a class="indexterm" href="#dcolumn">dcolumn</a></dt>
-<dt>Defining a new command, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>Defining new environments, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>Defining new fonts, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>Defining new theorems, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>Delimiters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Displaying quoted text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation, <a class=
-"indexterm" href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>DIV, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>Document Classes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>E</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Ellipsis, <a class="indexterm" href="#special-symbols">Special
-Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>Enclosed material, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>Ending &amp; Starting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#starting-and-ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a></dt>
-<dt>Enlarge current page, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>enumerate, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Environments, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Environments, defining, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>eqnarray, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>equation, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Equations, aligning, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Equations, environment for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>exponent, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>F</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>figure, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Figures, footnotes in, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>float, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>\floatname, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\floatplacement, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\floatstyle, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\listof, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\newfloat, <a class="indexterm" href="#float">float</a></dt>
-<dt>\restylefloat, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#float">float</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Flushing a page, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>flushleft, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>flushright, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Font commands, low-level, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Font Sizes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Font Styles, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>fontenc, <a class="indexterm" href="#fontenc">fontenc</a></dt>
-<dt>fontinst, <a class="indexterm" href="#fontinst">fontinst
-(tbd.)</a></dt>
-<dt>Fonts, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Fonts, new commands for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>footexclude, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>footinclude, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>Footnotes in figures, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Footnotes, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
-<dt>Formatting Text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Formulae, environment for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Formulae, maths, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>G</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>german, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>!-, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"", <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"=, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"a, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"ck, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"ff, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"|, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>"~, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>&lt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\-, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\dq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\flq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\flqq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\frq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\frqq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\glq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\glqq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>\grqq, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Global options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>graphics, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#graphics">graphics</a></dt>
-<dt>Greek letters, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Greek Letters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>H</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>headexclude, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>headinclude, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>hyperref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref">hyperref</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>commands</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>\autoref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\href, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\hyperbaseurl, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\hyperimage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\hyperlink, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\hyperref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\hypertarget, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\nolinkurl, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>\texorpdfstring, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>options</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>4, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>a4paper, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>a5paper, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>anchorcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>b5paper, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>backref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>baseurl, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>bookmarks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>bookmarksnumbered, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>bookmarksopen, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>bookmarksopenlevel, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>bookmarkstype, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>breaklinks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>citebordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>citecolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>colorlinks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>debug, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>draft, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>dvipdf, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>dvipdfm, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>dvips, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>dvipsone, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>dviwindo, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>executivepaper, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>extension, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>filebordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>filecolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>frenchlinks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>hyperfigures, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>hyperindex, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>hypertex, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>hypertexnames, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>implicit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>latex2html, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>legalpaper, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>letterpaper, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>linkbordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>linkcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>linktocpage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>menubordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>menucolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>naturalnames, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>nesting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pageanchor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pagebackref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pagebordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pagecolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfauthor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfborder, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfcenterwindow, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfcreator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdffitwindow, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfhighlight, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfkeywords, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfmenubar, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfnewwindow, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfpagelayout, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfpagemode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfpagescrop, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfpagetransition, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfproducer, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfstartpage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfstartview, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfsubject, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdftex, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdftitle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdftoolbar, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfview, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfwindowui, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>plainpages, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>raiselinks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>runbordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>tex4ht, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>textures, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>unicode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>urlbordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>urlcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>verbose, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dt>vtex, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Hyphenation, defining, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Hyphenation, forcing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>I</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Indent, forcing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>Indent, suppressing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>Input file, splitting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt>
-<dt>Input/Output, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal Input/Output</a></dt>
-<dt>inputenc, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
-<dt>Inserting figures, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>itemize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>J</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Justification, ragged left, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Justification, ragged right, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>K</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Known Issues, <a class="indexterm" href="#issues">Bugs / Known
-Issues / Missing Features</a></dt>
-<dt>KOMA-Script, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript">KOMA-Script</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>scraddr, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>\Address{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\Comment{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\FirstName{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\FreeIII{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\FreeII{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\FreeIV{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\FreeI{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\InputAddressFile, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\LastName{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\Name{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-<dt>\Telephone{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with scraddr</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>scrlttr2, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>address, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>address files, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>backaddress, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>backaddressseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>business line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>carbon copy, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>ccseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>circular letters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>Closing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>Closing Part, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>customer, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>date, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>emailseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>enclosure, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>enclseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>faxseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>font options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>font selection, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>footer, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>footnotes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>format options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromaddress, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>frombank, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromemail, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromfax, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromlogo, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromname, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromphone, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>fromurl, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>general document properties, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>invoice, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>language selection, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>language support, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>letter class option files, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>letter declaration, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>letterhead, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>lists, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>location, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>margin notes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>myref, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>Opening, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>options for letterhead and address, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>other layout, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>page layout, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>page style, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>phoneseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>place, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>placeseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>postscript, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>pseudo lengths, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>sender's extension, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>signature, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>specialmail, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>subject, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>subject line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>subjectseparator, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>text, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>text emphasis, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>title, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>title line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>toaddress, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>toname, <a class="indexterm" href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
-Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>variables, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>yourmail, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>yourref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>\addtoreffields, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>\ifkomavarempty, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>\KOMAoptions{}, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>\newkomavar, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>\setkomavar, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-<dt>\usekomavar, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>L</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Labelled lists, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>LaTeX</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex">Options</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>-file-line-error-style, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-file-line-error-style">-file-line-error-style</a></dt>
-<dt>-fmt=FMTNAME, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-fmt">-fmt=FMTNAME</a></dt>
-<dt>-help, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-help">-help</a></dt>
-<dt>-ini, <a class="indexterm" href="#opt-latex-ini">-ini</a></dt>
-<dt>-interaction=STRING, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-interaction-mode">-interaction=STRING</a></dt>
-<dt>-ipc, <a class="indexterm" href="#opt-latex-ipc">-ipc</a></dt>
-<dt>-ipc-start, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-ipc-start">-ipc-start</a></dt>
-<dt>-jobname=STRING, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-jobname-name">-jobname=STRING</a></dt>
-<dt>-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-kpathsea-debug">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</a></dt>
-<dt>-mltex, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-mltex">-mltex</a></dt>
-<dt>-output-comment=STRING, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-output-comment">-output-comment=STRING</a></dt>
-<dt>-parse-first-line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-parse-first-line">-parse-first-line</a></dt>
-<dt>-progname=STRING, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-progname">-progname=STRING</a></dt>
-<dt>-recorder, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-recorder">-recorder</a></dt>
-<dt>-shell-escape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-shell-escape">-shell-escape</a></dt>
-<dt>-src-specials, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-src-specials">-src-specials</a></dt>
-<dt>-src-specials=WHERE, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-src-specials-where">-src-specials=WHERE</a></dt>
-<dt>-translate-file=TCXNAME, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname">-translate-file=TCXNAME</a></dt>
-<dt>-version, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-version">-version</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>LaTeX overview, <a class="indexterm" href="#overview">Overview
-of LaTeX and Local Guide</a></dt>
-<dt>LaTeX Packages, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#latex-packages">LaTeX Packages</a></dt>
-<dt>latin1, <a class="indexterm" href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
-<dt>latin9, <a class="indexterm" href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
-<dt>Layout commands, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Left-justifying text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Left-justifying text, environment for, <a class="indexterm"
-href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Left-to-right mode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#modes">Modes</a></dt>
-<dt>Lengths, adding to, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>Lengths, defining a new, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>Lengths, defining and using, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>Lengths, predefined, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>Lengths, setting value of, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>letter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>letter class, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Letters, <a class="indexterm" href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>Letters, ending, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>Letters, starting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#letters">Letters</a></dt>
-<dt>Line Breaking, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Line breaks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Lines in tables, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Lining text up in columns using tab stops, <a class="indexterm"
-href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Lining text up in tables, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>list, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Lists of items, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Lists of items, generic, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Lists of items, numbered, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Loading additional packages, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Low-level font commands, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>LR mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
-<dt>lrbox, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>M</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Make-Index, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex">Make-Index</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Example, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-example">Example</a></dt>
-<dt>Input Style Specifiers, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-style">Input Style Specifiers</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>actual, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-actual-char">actual &lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>arg_close, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-arg-close">arg_close &lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>arg_open, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-style-arg-open">arg_open &lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>encap, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-encap-char">encap
-&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>escape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-escape-char">escape &lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>keyword, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-style-string">keyword &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>level, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-level-char">level
-&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>quote, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-quote-char">quote
-&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>range_close, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-range-close">range_close &lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>range_open, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-range-open">range_open &lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>-c, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-c">-c</a></dt>
-<dt>-g, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-g">-g</a></dt>
-<dt>-i, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-i">-i</a></dt>
-<dt>-l, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-l">-l</a></dt>
-<dt>-L, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-L">-L</a></dt>
-<dt>-o ind, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">-o
-ind</a></dt>
-<dt>-p no, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-p-no">-p
-no</a></dt>
-<dt>-q, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-q">-q</a></dt>
-<dt>-r, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-r">-r</a></dt>
-<dt>-s sty, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">-s
-sty</a></dt>
-<dt>-T, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-T">-T</a></dt>
-<dt>-t log, <a class="indexterm" href="#makeindex-option-t-log">-t
-log</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Ordering, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-ordering">Ordering</a></dt>
-<dt>Output Style Specifiers, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-style-specs">Output Style Specifiers</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>delim_0, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-delim-0">delim_0 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>delim_1, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-delim-1">delim_1 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>delim_2, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-delim-2">delim_2 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>delim_n, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-delim-n">delim_n &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>delim_r, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-delim-r">delim_r &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>delim_t, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-delim-t">delim_t &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>encap_infix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-encap-infox">encap_infix &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>encap_prefix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-encap-prefix">encap_prefix
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>encap_suffix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-encap-suffix">encap_suffix
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>group_skip, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-group-skip">group_skip &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>headings_flag, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-headings-flag">headings_flag
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>heading_prefix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string">heading_prefix
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>heading_suffix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string">heading_suffix
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>indent_length, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-indent-length">indent_length
-&lt;number&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>indent_space, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-indent-space">indent_space
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_0, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-0">item_0 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_01, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-01">item_01 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_1, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-1">item_1 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_12, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-12">item_12 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_2, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-2">item_2 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_x1, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-x1">item_x1 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>item_x2, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-item-x2">item_x2 &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>line_max, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-line-max">line_max &lt;number&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>numhead_negative, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-numhead-negative">numhead_negative
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>numhead_positive, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-numhead-positive">numhead_positive
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>page_compositor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-page-compositor">page_compositor
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>postamble, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-postamble-string">postamble
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>preamble, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-preamble-string">preamble
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>setpage_prefix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-setpage-prefix">setpage_prefix
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>setpage_suffix, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-setpage-suffix">setpage_suffix
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>suffix_2p, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-suffix-2p">suffix_2p &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>suffix_3p, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-suffix-3p">suffix_3p &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>suffix_mp, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-suffix-mp">suffix_mp &lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>symhead_negative, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-symhead-negative">symhead_negative
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-<dt>symhead_positive, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-output-symhead-positive">symhead_positive
-&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Special Effects, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-special-effects">Special Effects</a></dt>
-<dt>Style File, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#makeindex-style-file">Style File</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Making a title page, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Making paragraphs, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>Margin Notes, <a class="indexterm" href="#margin-notes">Margin
-Notes</a></dt>
-<dt>Math Formulae, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Math Functions, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>Math Miscellany, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Math mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
-<dt>Math mode, entering, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Math mode, spacing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Math Symbols, Variable Size, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>mathpazo, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#mathpazo">mathpazo</a></dt>
-<dt>Maths symbols, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Metafont, <a class="indexterm" href="#metafont">Metafont
-(tbd.)</a></dt>
-<dt>MetaPost, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost">MetaPost</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Environment, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>MFINPUTS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>MPEDIT, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>MPINPUTS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>MPSUPPORT, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>MPXCOMMAND, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TEX, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TROFF, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>--file-line-error-style, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">--file-line-error-style</a></dt>
-<dt>--help, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-help">--help</a></dt>
-<dt>--ini, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-ini">--ini</a></dt>
-<dt>--interaction mode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-intercation">--interaction mode</a></dt>
-<dt>--jobname name, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-jobname">--jobname name</a></dt>
-<dt>--kpathsea-debug bitmask, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</a></dt>
-<dt>--mem mem, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-mem">--mem mem</a></dt>
-<dt>--parse-first-line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-parse-first-line">--parse-first-line</a></dt>
-<dt>--progname name, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-progname">--progname name</a></dt>
-<dt>--recorder, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-recorder">--recorder</a></dt>
-<dt>--translate-file tcxname, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-translate-file">--translate-file tcxname</a></dt>
-<dt>--troff, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-troff">--troff</a></dt>
-<dt>--version, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#metapost-option-version">--version</a></dt>
-<dt>-T, <a class="indexterm" href="#metapost-option-T">-T</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>minipage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Minipage, creating a, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Modes, <a class="indexterm" href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
-<dt>Multicolumn text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#layout">Layout</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>N</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>New line, starting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>New line, starting (paragraph mode), <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>New Page, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Notes in the margin, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#margin-notes">Margin Notes</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>O</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Operators</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Binary, <a class="indexterm" href="#special-symbols">Special
-Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>Relational, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Options, global, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>overcite.sty, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Overview of LaTeX, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#overview">Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>P</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Packages</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>amsmath, <a class="indexterm" href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
-<dt>bm, <a class="indexterm" href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
-<dt>bm.sty, <a class="indexterm" href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
-<dt>dcolumn, <a class="indexterm" href="#dcolumn">dcolumn</a></dt>
-<dt>german, <a class="indexterm" href="#german">german</a></dt>
-<dt>graphics, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#graphics">graphics</a></dt>
-<dt>hyperref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#hyperref">hyperref</a></dt>
-<dt>KOMA-Script, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#komascript">KOMA-Script</a></dt>
-<dt>mathpazo, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#mathpazo">mathpazo</a></dt>
-<dt>Several Small Packages, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#small-packages">Several Small Packages</a></dt>
-<dt>url, <a class="indexterm" href="#url-package">url</a></dt>
-<dt>varioref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Packages, loading, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Page break, forcing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Page Breaking, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Page Formatting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Page numbering, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>Page styles, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>Paragraph mode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#modes">Modes</a></dt>
-<dt>Paragraph, starting a new, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>Paragraphs, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
-<dt>Parameters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#parameters">Parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>pdfTeX, <a class="indexterm" href="#pdftex">pdfTeX</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Environment, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>TEXEDIT, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TEXFONTS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TEXFORMATS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TEXINPUTS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TEXMFOUTPUT, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-<dt>TEXPOOL, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-options">Options</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>--file-line-error-style, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">--file-line-error-style</a></dt>
-<dt>--fmt format, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-fmt">--fmt format</a></dt>
-<dt>--help, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-help">--help</a></dt>
-<dt>--ini, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-ini">--ini</a></dt>
-<dt>--interaction mode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-interaction-mode">--interaction mode</a></dt>
-<dt>--ipc, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-ipc">--ipc</a></dt>
-<dt>--ipc-start, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-ipc-start">--ipc-start</a></dt>
-<dt>--jobname name, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-jobname-name">--jobname name</a></dt>
-<dt>--kpathsea-debug bitmask, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</a></dt>
-<dt>--maketex fmt, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-maketex">--maketex fmt</a></dt>
-<dt>--no-maketex fmt, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-no-maketex">--no-maketex fmt</a></dt>
-<dt>--output-comment string, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-output-comment">--output-comment string</a></dt>
-<dt>--parse-first-line, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">--parse-first-line</a></dt>
-<dt>--progname name, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-progname">--progname name</a></dt>
-<dt>--recorder, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-recorder">--recorder</a></dt>
-<dt>--shell-escape, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-shell-escape">--shell-escape</a></dt>
-<dt>--translate-file tcxname, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-translate-file">--translate-file tcxname</a></dt>
-<dt>--version, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pdftex-option-version">--version</a></dt>
-<dt>[-no]-maketex=FMT, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#opt-latex-no-maketex">[-no]-maketex=FMT</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>People</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Bausum, David, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#plaintex-ovw">Overview</a></dt>
-<dt>Berry, Karl, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Borgert, Wolfgang, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Casellas, Ramon, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Danielsson, Holger, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Devenish, James, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Gaesslein, Hubert, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Goossens, Michel, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#overview">Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a></dt>
-<dt>Hagen, Hans, <a class="indexterm" href="#context">ConTeXt
-(tbd.)</a></dt>
-<dt>Karp, Peter, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Lamport, Leslie, <a class="indexterm" href="#overview">Overview
-of LaTeX and Local Guide</a></dt>
-<dt>Mittelbach, Frank, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#overview">Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a></dt>
-<dt>Niepraschk, Rolf, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Nordhaug, Hans Fredrik, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Pepping, Simon, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>Samarin, Alexander, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#overview">Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a></dt>
-<dt>Stayton, Bob, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-<dt>van Zandt, Timothy, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-ovw">Overview</a></dt>
-<dt>Voss, Herbert, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#credits">Credits</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>PiCTeX, <a class="indexterm" href="#pictex">PiCTeX
-(tbd.)</a></dt>
-<dt>picture, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Pictures, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>PlainTeX, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#plaintex">PlainTeX</a></dt>
-<dt>Poetry, an environment for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Predefined lengths, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
-<dt>Programs, typesetting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>PSTricks, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks">PSTricks</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>commands</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>\aput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\Aput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\arrows, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\bput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\Bput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\circlenode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\clipbox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-clipping">Clipping</a></dt>
-<dt>\closedshadow, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\closepath, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\cnode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\cnodeput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\code, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\coor, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\cput, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-framed">Framed
-boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\curveto, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\dataplot, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\degrees, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-<dt>\dim, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\endpspicture, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pictures">Pictures</a></dt>
-<dt>\everypsbox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\file, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\fileplot, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\fill, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\grestore, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\gsave, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\lineto, <a class="indexterm" href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty
-safe tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\listplot, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\lput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\movepath, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\moveto, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\mput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\mrestore, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\msave, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\multips, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-repetition">Repetition</a></dt>
-<dt>\multirput, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-repetition">Repetition</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncangles, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncarc, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncbar, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\nccircle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\nccoil, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and
-zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\nccurve, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncdiag, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncdiagg, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncline, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncLine, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\ncloop, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\nczigzag, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils
-and zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\newcmykcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
-<dt>\newgray, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
-<dt>\newhsbcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
-<dt>\newpath, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\newpsobject, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-custom">Custom styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\newpsstyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-custom">Custom styles</a></dt>
-<dt>\newrgbcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
-<dt>\NormalCoor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-coordinates">Special coordinates</a></dt>
-<dt>\openshadow, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\ovalnode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\overlaybox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>\parabola, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
-<dt>\parametricplot, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\pcangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pcarc, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pcbar, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pccoil, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and
-zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\pccurve, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pcdiag, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pcline, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pcloop, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>\pczigzag, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils
-and zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\pnode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psarc, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>\psarcn, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>\psaxes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psbezier, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
-<dt>\psccurve, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscharclip, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-stroking">Stroking and filling character paths</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscharpath, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-stroking">Stroking and filling character paths</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscircle, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscirclebox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psclip, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-clipping">Clipping</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscoil, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and
-zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\psCoil, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and
-zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscurve, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
-<dt>\pscustom, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-basics">The
-basics</a></dt>
-<dt>\psdblframebox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psdots, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
-<dt>\psecurve, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
-<dt>\psellipse, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>\psframe, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
-polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>\psframebox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psgrid, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>\pslabelsep, <a class="indexterm" href="#placing">Placing and
-rotating whatever</a></dt>
-<dt>\pslbrace, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-tricks">Tips
-and More Tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\psline, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
-polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>\pslongbox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psmathboxfalse, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psmathboxtrue, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psovalbox, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-framed">Framed
-boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psoverlay, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>\pspicture, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pictures">Pictures</a></dt>
-<dt>\psplot, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\pspolygon, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines
-and polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>\psrbrace, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-tricks">Tips
-and More Tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\psset, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-setting">Setting
-graphics parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>\pssetlength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-<dt>\psshadowbox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\pstextpath, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-path">Typesetting text along a path</a></dt>
-<dt>\PSTtoEPS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>\psverbboxfalse, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psverbboxtrue, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\pswedge, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>\psxlabel, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>\psylabel, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>\pszigzag, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils
-and zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>\putoverlaybox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>\qline, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
-polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>\radians, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-<dt>\rcoor, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\rcurveto, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\readdata, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\rlineto, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\rnode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\Rnode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\RnodeRef, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
-<dt>\rotate, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\rotatedown, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\rotateleft, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\rotateright, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\rput, <a class="indexterm" href="#placing">Placing and
-rotating whatever</a></dt>
-<dt>\savedata, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>\scale, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\scalebox, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\scaleboxto, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>\setcolor, <a class="indexterm" href="#hackers">For hackers
-only</a></dt>
-<dt>\SpecialCoor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-coordinates">Special coordinates</a></dt>
-<dt>\stroke, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\swapaxes, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\TeXtoEPS, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>\translate, <a class="indexterm" href="#safe-tricks">Safe
-tricks</a></dt>
-<dt>\uput, <a class="indexterm" href="#placing">Placing and
-rotating whatever</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>parameter</dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>angle, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>arcangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>arcsep, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>arcsepA, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>arcsepB, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs,
-circles and ellipses</a></dt>
-<dt>arm, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>arrowinset, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>arrowlength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>arrows, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>arrowscale, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>arrowsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>axesstyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>bbllx, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>bblly, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>bburx, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>bbury, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>border, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
-styles</a></dt>
-<dt>bordercolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>boxsep, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-framed">Framed
-boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>bracketlength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>coilheight, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils
-and zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>coilinc, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and
-zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>coilwidth, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-coils">Coils
-and zigzags</a></dt>
-<dt>cornersize, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines
-and polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>curvature, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
-<dt>dash, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
-styles</a></dt>
-<dt>dimen, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
-styles</a></dt>
-<dt>dotangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
-<dt>dotscale, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
-<dt>dotsep, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
-styles</a></dt>
-<dt>dotsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>dotstyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
-<dt>doublecolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>doubleline, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>doublesep, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>fillcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
-<dt>fillstyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
-<dt>framearc, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
-polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>framesep, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-framed">Framed
-boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>gradangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>gradbegin, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>gradend, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>gradlines, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>gradmidpoint, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
-<dt>gridcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>griddots, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>gridlabelcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>gridlabels, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>gridwidth, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>hatchangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
-<dt>hatchcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
-<dt>hatchsep, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
-<dt>hatchwidth, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
-<dt>headerfile, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>headers, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS files</a></dt>
-<dt>labels, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>labelsep, <a class="indexterm" href="#placing">Placing and
-rotating whatever</a></dt>
-<dt>liftpen, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-graphics-objects">Graphics objects</a></dt>
-<dt>linearc, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
-polygons</a></dt>
-<dt>linecolor, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-basic">Basic
-graphics parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>linestyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>linetype, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-parameters">Parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>linewidth, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-basic">Basic
-graphics parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>loopsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
-<dt>ncurv, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>nodesep, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>offset, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-connections">Node
-connections</a></dt>
-<dt>origin, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-coordinate">Coordinate systems</a></dt>
-<dt>plotpoints, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>plotstyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
-<dt>rbracketlength, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>runit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-<dt>shadow, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
-styles</a></dt>
-<dt>shadowangle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>shadowcolor, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>shadowsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
-<dt>showorigin, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>showpoints, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-basic">Basic
-graphics parameters</a></dt>
-<dt>subgriddots, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>subgridwidth, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
-<dt>swapaxes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-coordinate">Coordinate systems</a></dt>
-<dt>tbarsize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and such</a></dt>
-<dt>ticks, <a class="indexterm" href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>ticksize, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>tickstyle, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
-<dt>unit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-<dt>xunit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-<dt>yunit, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates and angles</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>Q</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>quotation, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>quote, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying, <a class=
-"indexterm" href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Quoted text, displaying, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>R</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Ragged left text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Ragged left text, environment for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Ragged right text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Ragged right text, environment for, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Relational Operators, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>Remarks in the margin, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#margin-notes">Margin Notes</a></dt>
-<dt>report class, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
-<dt>Reserved Characters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>Right-justifying text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Right-justifying text, environment for, <a class="indexterm"
-href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>S</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Sectioning, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
-<dt>Several Small Packages, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#small-packages">Several Small Packages</a></dt>
-<dt>Simulating typed text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Sizes of text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Small Packages, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#small-packages">Several Small Packages</a></dt>
-<dt>Space, inserting vertical, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>Spaces, <a class="indexterm" href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
-&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-<dt>Spacing, within Math mode, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Special Characters, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
-<dt>Splitting the input file, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt>
-<dt>Starting &amp; Ending, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#starting-and-ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a></dt>
-<dt>Starting on a right-hand page, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
-<dt>Styles of text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Styles, page, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>Subscript, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Superscript, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dt>Symbols, <a class="indexterm" href="#math-formulae">Math
-Formulae</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Miscellaneous, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
-<dt>Special, <a class="indexterm" href="#special-symbols">Special
-Symbols</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>T</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Tab stops, using, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>tabbing, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>table, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Table of Contents, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#table-of-contents">Table of Contents</a></dt>
-<dt>Tables, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>tabular, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Terminal Input/Output, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal Input/Output</a></dt>
-<dt>Texinfo, <a class="indexterm" href="#texinfo">Texinfo
-(tbd.)</a></dt>
-<dt>Thanks, for titlepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>thebibliography, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>theorem, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Theorems, defining, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
-<dt>Theorems, typesetting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Title making, <a class="indexterm" href="#page-styles">Page
-Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>Title pages, creating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Title, for titlepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
-<dt>titlepage, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Typed text, simulating, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Typeface Sizes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Typeface Styles, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-<dt>Typefaces, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>U</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>url, <a class="indexterm" href="#url-package">url</a></dt>
-<dt>Using BibTeX, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>V</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>Variables, a list of, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#counters">Counters</a></dt>
-<dt>varioref, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
-<dt>verbatim, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Verbatim text, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>verse, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
-<dt>Vertical space, inserting, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</div>
-<div class="indexdiv">
-<h3>X</h3>
-<dl>
-<dt>xindy, <a class="indexterm" href="#xindy">xindy</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Command List, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list">Command List</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Markup Commands, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-markup">Markup Commands</a></dt>
-<dt>Raw Index Interface, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-raw-index">Raw Index Interface</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Invoking, <a class="indexterm" href="#xindy-invoking">Invoking
-xindy</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>Command Line Options, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-invoking-cmdline">Command Line Options</a></dt>
-<dt>Search Path, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-search-path">Search Path</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt>Processing Commands, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing">Processing Commands</a></dt>
-<dd>
-<dl>
-<dt>define-alphabet, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet">define-alphabet</a></dt>
-<dt>define-attributes, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes">define-attributes</a></dt>
-<dt>define-crossref-class, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class">define-crossref-class</a></dt>
-<dt>define-letter-group, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group">define-letter-group</a></dt>
-<dt>define-location-class, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class">define-location-class</a></dt>
-<dt>define-location-class-order, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order">define-location-class-order</a></dt>
-<dt>define-rule-set, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set">define-rule-set</a></dt>
-<dt>define-sort-rule-orientations, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations">define-sort-rule-orientations</a></dt>
-<dt>merge-rule, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule">merge-rule</a></dt>
-<dt>merge-to, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to">merge-to</a></dt>
-<dt>require, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-require">require</a></dt>
-<dt>searchpath, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath">searchpath</a></dt>
-<dt>sort-rule, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule">sort-rule</a></dt>
-<dt>use-rule-set, <a class="indexterm" href=
-"#xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set">use-rule-set</a></dt>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa806cb0b6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex-refs/tex-refs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8776 +0,0 @@
-References for TeX and Friends
-
-Michael Wiedmann
-
- <mw at miwie dot in-berlin dot de>
-
- Copyright © ? Stephen Gilmore
-
- Copyright © ? Torsten Martinsen
-
- Copyright © 1988, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- Copyright © 1994 - 1996 Torsten Martinsen
-
- Copyright © 2002, 2003 Peter Karp, Michael Wiedmann
-
- Copyright © 2004 - 2012 Michael Wiedmann
-
- License
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
- Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts,
- and no Back-Cover Texts.
- Revision History
- Revision 0.4.1 2012-12-03
- Removed obsolete file still referenced in Makefile (no visible
- changes)
- Revision 0.2.0 2003-01-11
- License changed to GNU Free Documentation License.
- Revision 0.0.1 2002-06-21
- This version was adapted from the edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e
- documentation, converted to DocBook XML using texi2db, and
- further edited manually.
- __________________________________________________________
-
- Table of Contents
-
- Preface
- Credits
- 1 TeX
-
- 1 PlainTeX
-
- 1.1 Overview
-
- 2 LaTeX
-
- 2.1 Options
- 2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide
- 2.3 Commands
- 2.4 Parameters
-
- 3 LaTeX Packages
-
- 3.1 amsmath
- 3.2 dcolumn
- 3.3 float
- 3.4 fontenc
- 3.5 german
- 3.6 graphics
- 3.7 hyperref
- 3.8 inputenc
- 3.9 KOMA-Script
- 3.10 mathpazo
- 3.11 varioref
- 3.12 Several Small Packages
-
- 4 Generic Packages
-
- 4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)
- 4.2 PSTricks
-
- 5 fontinst (tbd.)
- 6 ConTeXt (tbd.)
-
- 6.1 Overview
-
- 7 Texinfo (tbd.)
-
- 2 pdfTeX
-
- 1 Options
-
- 1.1 --file-line-error-style
- 1.2 --fmt format
- 1.3 --help
- 1.4 --ini
- 1.5 --interaction mode
- 1.6 --ipc
- 1.7 --ipc-start
- 1.8 --jobname name
- 1.9 --kpathsea-debug bitmask
- 1.10 --maketex fmt
- 1.11 --no-maketex fmt
- 1.12 --output-comment string
- 1.13 --parse-first-line
- 1.14 --progname name
- 1.15 --recorder
- 1.16 --shell-escape
- 1.17 --translate-file tcxname
- 1.18 --version
-
- 2 Environment
-
- 3 Metafont (tbd.)
- 4 MetaPost
-
- 1 Options
-
- 1.1 --file-line-error-style
- 1.2 --help
- 1.3 --ini
- 1.4 --interaction mode
- 1.5 --jobname name
- 1.6 --kpathsea-debug bitmask
- 1.7 --mem mem
- 1.8 --parse-first-line
- 1.9 --progname name
- 1.10 --recorder
- 1.11 -T
- 1.12 --translate-file tcxname
- 1.13 --troff
- 1.14 --version
-
- 2 Environment
-
- 5 BibTeX
-
- 1 Parameters
- 2 Command Qualifiers
- 3 bib files
-
- 3.1 @STRING command
- 3.2 Entry Format
- 3.3 Entry Types
- 3.4 Field Text
- 3.5 Field Types
-
- 4 bst files
-
- 4.1 ABBRV.BST
- 4.2 ALPHA.BST
- 4.3 PLAIN.BST
- 4.4 SAMPLE.BST
- 4.5 UNSRT.BST
-
- 6 Make-Index
-
- 1 Options
-
- 1.1 -c
- 1.2 -g
- 1.3 -i
- 1.4 -l
- 1.5 -q
- 1.6 -r
- 1.7 -s sty
- 1.8 -o ind
- 1.9 -t log
- 1.10 -p no
- 1.11 -L
- 1.12 -T
-
- 2 Style File
-
- 2.1 Input Style Specifiers
- 2.2 Output Style Specifiers
-
- 3 Example
- 4 Ordering
- 5 Special Effects
-
- 7 xindy
-
- 1 Command List
-
- 1.1 Processing Commands
- 1.2 Markup Commands
- 1.3 Raw Index Interface
-
- 2 Invoking xindy
-
- 2.1 Command Line Options
- 2.2 Search Path
-
- A Appendices
-
- 1 Bugs / Known Issues / Missing Features
- 2 About this Document
- 3 Release News
- 4 GNU Free Documentation License
- Index
-
- List of Tables
-
- 1.1 Options for \newcommand
- 1.2 Options for \newenvironment
- 1.3 Options for \newtheorem
- 1.4 Commands in a tabbing environment
- 1.5 Commands used inside a tabular environment
- 1.6 Standard styles distributed with BibTeX
- 1.7 Three environments that put LaTeX in math mode
- 1.8 Math Miscellany
- 1.9 Typefaces
- 1.10 Standard type size commands
- 1.11 Low-level font commands
- 1.12 Special coordinates and angles
-
-Preface
-
- LaTeX2e is a document preparation system implemented as a macro
- package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program.
-
- LaTeX was originally conceived by Leslie Lamport.
-
- This updated LaTeX reference is by no means complete, but it's
- a first step towards a more complete LaTeX reference! We
- welcome if we'll get pointed to missing commands or even better
- when you make additions and further improvements and send them
- to the authors.
-
- TUG (TeX User Group) and DANTE (German TeX User Group) both
- have excellent FAQ's which answer many questions or give great
- pointers to additional resources both on the internet or in
- books. Most if not all missing packages can also be found on
- the CTAN servers.
-
- This reference is not meant to replace the package
- documentation or the standard literature like the LaTeX
- handbook and the LaTeX companion. Look there for detailed
- descriptions of the commands and even mostly more options and
- examples.
-
- The authors intend to extend this documentation to other TeX
- related packages (e.g. ConTeXt, MetaPost, Metafont, etc.).
- Contributions are very welcome!
-
-Credits
-
- The following people have contributed substantial parts to this
- documentation project or helped in some other way (listed
- alphabetically):
- * Karl Berry
- * Wolfgang Borgert
- * Ramon Casellas
- * Holger Danielsson
- * James Devenish
- * Hubert Gaesslein
- * Peter Karp
- * Rolf Niepraschk
- * Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
- * Simon Pepping
- * Bob Stayton
- * Herbert Voss
-
-Chapter 1. TeX
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 PlainTeX
-
- 1.1 Overview
-
- 2 LaTeX
-
- 2.1 Options
- 2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide
- 2.3 Commands
- 2.4 Parameters
-
- 3 LaTeX Packages
-
- 3.1 amsmath
- 3.2 dcolumn
- 3.3 float
- 3.4 fontenc
- 3.5 german
- 3.6 graphics
- 3.7 hyperref
- 3.8 inputenc
- 3.9 KOMA-Script
- 3.10 mathpazo
- 3.11 varioref
- 3.12 Several Small Packages
-
- 4 Generic Packages
-
- 4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)
- 4.2 PSTricks
-
- 5 fontinst (tbd.)
- 6 ConTeXt (tbd.)
-
- 6.1 Overview
-
- 7 Texinfo (tbd.)
-
-1 PlainTeX
-
-1.1 Overview
-
- For a really excellent reference of all TeX primitive control
- sequences see David Bausum's TeX Primitive Control Sequences.
-
-2 LaTeX
-
-Note
-
- The original file latex2e.texi contains the following copyright
- and permission notice:
-
- “Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies
- of this manual provided the copyright notice and this
- permission notice are preserved on all copies.”
-
- “Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions
- of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying,
- provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
- under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one.”
-
-2.1 Options
-
- LaTeX understands the following command line options.
-
-2.1.1 -file-line-error-style
-
- Print error messages in the form file:line:error.
-
-2.1.2 -fmt=FMTNAME
-
- Use FMTMAME instead of program name or a %& line.
-
-2.1.3 -ini
-
- Be initex, for dumping formats; this is implicitly true if the
- program is called as initex.
-
-2.1.4 -interaction=STRING
-
- Set interaction mode
- (STRING=batchmode/nonstopmode/scrollmode/errorstopmode).
-
-2.1.5 -ipc
-
- Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file.
-
- Note: not available on all systems.
-
-2.1.6 -ipc-start
-
- As -ipc, and also start the server at the other end.
-
- Note: not available on all systems.
-
-2.1.7 -jobname=STRING
-
- Set the job name to STRING.
-
-2.1.8 -kpathsea-debug=NUMBER
-
- Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bits of
- NUMBER.
-
-2.1.9 [-no]-maketex=FMT
-
- Disable/enable mktexFMT generation (FMT=tex/tfm).
-
-2.1.10 -mltex
-
- Enable MLTeX extensions such as \charsubdef.
-
-2.1.11 -output-comment=STRING
-
- use STRING for DVI file comment instead of date.
-
-2.1.12 -parse-first-line
-
- Parse of the first line of the input file.
-
-2.1.13 -progname=STRING
-
- Set program (and fmt) name to STRING.
-
-2.1.14 -recorder
-
- Enable filename recorder.
-
-2.1.15 -shell-escape
-
- Enable \write18{SHELL COMMAND}.
-
-2.1.16 -src-specials
-
- Insert source specials into the DVI file.
-
-2.1.17 -src-specials=WHERE
-
- Insert source specials in certain places of the DVI file. WHERE
- is a comma-separated value list: cr display hbox math par
- parend vbox.
-
-2.1.18 -translate-file=TCXNAME
-
- Use the TCX file TCXNAME.
-
-2.1.19 -help
-
- Display this help and exit.
-
-2.1.20 -version
-
- Output version information and exit.
-
-2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide
-
- The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program
- and the LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it
- processes an input file containing the text of a document with
- interspersed commands that describe how the text should be
- formatted. It produces at least three files as output:
- 1. A Device Independent, or .dvi file. This contains commands
- that can be translated into commands for a variety of
- output devices. You can view the output of LaTeX by using a
- program such as xdvi, which actually uses the .dvi file.
- 2. A transcript or .log file that contains summary information
- and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the
- input file.
- 3. An auxiliary or .aux file. This is used by LaTeX itself,
- for things such as sectioning.
-
- For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should
- consult The TeXbook by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN 0-201-13448-9,
- published jointly by the American Mathematical Society and
- Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
-
- For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:
-
- LaTeX: A Document Preparation System, by Leslie Lamport,
- Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.
-
- The LaTeX Companion, by Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and
- Alexander Samarin, Addison-Wesley, 1994.
-
-2.3 Commands
-
- A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of
- a \ followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single
- non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, [], are
- optional while arguments contained in braces, {}, are required.
-
- NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case
- unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.
-
-2.3.1 Counters
-
- Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with
- it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the
- environment or command that produces the number, except with no
- \ (enumi - enumiv are used for the nested enumerate
- environment). Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's
- standard document classes to control numbering.
-part paragraph figure enumi
-chapter subparagraph table enumii
-section page footnote enumiii
-subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
-subsubsection
-
-\addtocounter
-
- The \addtocounter command increments the counter by the amount
- specified by the value argument. The value argument can be
- negative.
-
-\alph{counter}
-
- This command causes the value of the counter to be printed in
- alphabetic characters. The \alph command uses lower case
- alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., a, b, c... while the
- \Alph command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., A,
- B, C....
-
-\arabic{counter}
-
- The \arabic command causes the value of the counter to be
- printed in Arabic numbers, i.e., 3.
-
-\fnsymbol{counter}
-
- The \fnsymbol command causes the value of the counter to be
- printed in a specific sequence of nine symbols that can be used
- for numbering footnotes.
-
- NB. counter must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive.
-
-\newcounter{foo}[counter]
-
- The \newcounter command defines a new counter named foo. The
- counter is initialized to zero.
-
- The optional argument [counter] causes the counter foo to be
- reset whenever the counter named in the optional argument is
- incremented.
-
-\refstepcounter{counter}
-
- The \refstepcounter command works like \stepcounter. See
- \stepcounter, except it also defines the current \ref value to
- be the result of \thecounter.
-
-\roman{counter}
-
- This command causes the value of the counter to be printed in
- Roman numerals. The \roman command uses lower case Roman
- numerals, i.e., i, ii, iii..., while the \Roman command uses
- upper case Roman numerals, i.e., I, II, III....
-
-\stepcounter{counter}
-
- The \stepcounter command adds one to the counter and resets all
- subsidiary counters.
-
-\setcounter{counter}{value}
-
- The \setcounter command sets the value of the counter to that
- specified by the value argument.
-
-\usecounter{counter}
-
- The \usecounter command is used in the second argument of the
- list environment to allow the counter specified to be used to
- number the list items.
-
-\value{counter}
-
- The \value command produces the value of the counter named in
- the mandatory argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an
- integer or number, such as the second argument of a \setcounter
- or \addtocounter command, or in:
-\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
-
- It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.
-
-2.3.2 Cross References
-
- One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is
- to refer the reader to them, as in See Figure 3 for more
- details. A smarter version of the cross reference commands is
- available in the package varioref.
-
-\label{key}
-
- A \label command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the key
- the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside
- a numbered environment assigns that number to the key.
-
- A key can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or
- punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are
- different.
-
- To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name,
- it is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix
- separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are
- * cha for chapters
- * sec for lower-level sectioning commands
- * fig for figures
- * tab for tables
- * eq for equations
-
- Thus, a label for a figure would look like fig:bandersnatch.
-
-\pageref{key}
-
- The \pageref command produces the page number of the place in
- the text where the corresponding \label command appears. ie.
- where \label{key} appears. For a smart version see \vpageref.
-
-\ref{key}
-
- The \ref command produces the number of the sectional unit,
- equation number, ... of the corresponding \label command. For a
- smart version see \vref.
-
-2.3.3 Definitions
-
-\newcommand
-
-\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
-\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
-\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
-\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
-
- These commands define (or redefine) a command.
-
- Table 1.1. Options for \newcommand
- cmd A command name beginning with a \. For \newcommand it must
- not be already defined and must not begin with \end; for
- \renewcommand it must already be defined.
- args An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of
- the command being defined. The default is for the command to
- have no arguments.
- def If this optional parameter is present, it means that the
- command's first argument is optional. The default value of the
- optional argument is def.
- definition The text to be substituted for every occurrence of
- cmd; a parameter of the form #n in cmd is replaced by the text
- of the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
-
-\newenvironment
-
-\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
-\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
-\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
-
- These commands define or redefine an environment.
-
- Table 1.2. Options for \newenvironment
- nam The name of the environment. For \newenvironment there must
- be no currently defined environment by that name, and the
- command \nam must be undefined. For \renewenvironment the
- environment must already be defined.
- args An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of
- the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments.
- Arguments can only be used in te {begdef} part.
- default If this is specified, the first argument is optional,
- and default gives the default value for that argument.
- begdef The text substituted for every occurrence of
- \begin{nam}; a parameter of the form #n in cmd is replaced by
- the text of the nth argument when this substitution takes
- place.
- enddef The text substituted for every occurrence of \end{nam}.
- It may not contain any argument parameters.
-
-\newtheorem
-
-\newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
-\newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}
-
- This command defines a theorem-like environment.
-
- Table 1.3. Options for \newtheorem
- env_name The name of the environment to be defined. A string of
- letters. It must not be the name of an existing environment or
- counter.
- caption The text printed at the beginning of the environment,
- right before the number. This may simply say Theorem, for
- example.
- within The name of an already defined counter, usually of a
- sectional unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem
- counter within the sectional unit.
- numbered_like The name of an already defined theorem-like
- environment.
-
- The \newtheorem command may have at most one optional argument.
-
-\newfont
-
- \newfont{cmd}{font_name}
-
- Defines the command name cmd, which must not be currently
- defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named
- font_name to be the current font.
-
-2.3.4 Document Classes
-
- Valid LaTeX document classes include:
- * article
- * report
- * letter
- * book
- * slides
-
- Other document classes are often available. See Overview, for
- details. They are selected with the following command:
-
- \documentclass [options] {class}
-
- All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following
- options for selecting the typeface size (10pt is default):
-
- 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
-
- All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size
- (default is letter):
-
- a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper,
- executivepaper
-
- Miscellaneous options:
- * landscape --- selects landscape format. Default is
- portrait.
- * titlepage, notitlepage --- selects if there should be a
- separate title page.
- * leqno --- equation number on left side of equations.
- Default is right side.
- * fleqn --- displayed formulas flush left. Default is
- centered.
- * openbib --- use open bibliography format.
- * draft, final --- mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a
- rule. Default is final.
-
- These options are not available with the slides class:
- * oneside, twoside --- selects one- or twosided layout.
- Default is oneside, except for the book class.
- * openright, openany --- determines if a chapter should start
- on a right-hand page. Default is openright for book.
- * onecolumn, twocolumn --- one or two columns. Defaults to
- one column.
-
- The slides class offers the option clock for printing the time
- at the bottom of each note.
-
- If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by
- a comma.
-
- Additional packages are loaded by a
-
- \usepackage[options]{pkg}
-
- command. If you specify more than one package, they must be
- separated by a comma.
-
- Any options given in the \documentclass command that are
- unknown by the selected document class are passed on to the
- packages loaded with \usepackage.
-
-2.3.5 Layout
-
- Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of
- the page.
-
-\flushbottom
-
- The \flushbottom declaration makes all text pages the same
- height, adding extra vertical space when necessary to fill out
- the page.
-
- This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.
-
-\onecolumn
-
- The \onecolumn declaration starts a new page and produces
- single-column output.
-
-\raggedbottom
-
- The \raggedbottom declaration makes all pages the height of the
- text on that page. No extra vertical space is added.
-
-\twocolumn
-
- \twocolumn[text]
-
- The \twocolumn declaration starts a new page and produces
- two-column output. If the optional text argument is present, it
- is typeset in one-column mode.
-
-2.3.6 Environments
-
- LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making
- environments. Each environment begins and ends in the same
- manner.
-\begin{environment-name}
- .
- .
- .
-\end{environment-name}
-
-array
-
-\begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
-column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{array}
-
- Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a
- single mandatory argument describing the number of columns and
- the alignment within them. Each column, coln, is specified by a
- single letter that tells how items in that row should be
- formatted.
- * c --- for centered
- * l --- for flush left
- * r --- for flush right
-
- Column entries must be separated by an &. Column entries may
- include other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be
- terminated with the string \\.
-
- Note that the array environment can only be used in math mode,
- so normally it is used inside an equation environment.
-
-center
-
-\begin{center}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{center}
-
- The center environment allows you to create a paragraph
- consisting of lines that are centered within the left and right
- margins on the current page. Each line must be terminated with
- the string \\.
-
-\centering
-
- This declaration corresponds to the center environment. This
- declaration can be used inside an environment such as quote or
- in a parbox. The text of a figure or table can be centered on
- the page by putting a \centering command at the beginning of
- the figure or table environment.
-
- Unlike the center environment, the \centering command does not
- start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
- paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope
- of the declaration must contain the blank line or \end command
- (of an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
-
-description
-
-\begin{description}
-\item [label] First item
-\item [label] Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{description}
-
- The description environment is used to make labelled lists. The
- label is bold face and flushed right.
-
-enumerate
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{enumerate}
-
- The enumerate environment produces a numbered list.
- Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to four
- levels deep. They can also be nested within other
- paragraph-making environments.
-
- Each item of an enumerated list begins with an \item command.
- There must be at least one \item command within the
- environment.
-
- The enumerate environment uses the enumi through enumiv
- counters (see Counters). The type of numbering can be changed
- by redefining \theenumi etc.
-
-eqnarray
-
-\begin{eqnarray}
-math formula 1 \\
-math formula 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{eqnarray}
-
- The eqnarray environment is used to display a sequence of
- equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column
- array environment, with consecutive rows separated by \\ and
- consecutive items within a row separated by an &.
-
- An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has
- a \nonumber command.
-
- The command \lefteqn is used for splitting long formulas across
- lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in
- a box of zero width.
-
-equation
-
-\begin{equation}
- math formula
-\end{equation}
-
- The equation environment centers your equation on the page and
- places the equation number in the right margin.
-
-figure
-
-\begin{figure}[placement]
-
- body of the figure
-
-\caption{figure title}
-\end{figure}
-
- Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and
- are usually floated to a convenient place, like the top of a
- page. Figures will not be split between two pages.
-
- The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will
- try to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can
- possibly put a float:
- 1. h (Here) - at the position in the text where the figure
- environment appears.
- 2. t (Top) - at the top of a text page.
- 3. b (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text page.
- 4. p (Page of floats) - on a separate float page, which is a
- page containing no text, only floats.
-
- The standard report and article classes use the default
- placement tbp.
-
- The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX
- commands, etc. you wish. The \caption command allows you to
- title your figure.
-
-flushleft
-
-\begin{flushleft}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{flushleft}
-
- The flushleft environment allows you to create a paragraph
- consisting of lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand
- margin. Each line must be terminated with the string \\.
-
-\raggedright
-
- This declaration corresponds to the flushleft environment. This
- declaration can be used inside an environment such as quote or
- in a parbox.
-
- Unlike the flushleft environment, the \raggedright command does
- not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
- paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope
- of the declaration must contain the blank line or \end command
- (of an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
-
-flushright
-
-\begin{flushright}
-Text on line 1 \\
-Text on line 2 \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{flushright}
-
- The flushright environment allows you to create a paragraph
- consisting of lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand
- margin. Each line must be terminated with the string \\.
-
-\raggedleft
-
- This declaration corresponds to the flushright environment.
- This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
- quote or in a parbox.
-
- Unlike the flushright environment, the \raggedleft command does
- not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
- paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope
- of the declaration must contain the blank line or \end command
- (of an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
-
-itemize
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{itemize}
-
- The itemize environment produces a bulleted list. Itemizations
- can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They
- can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments.
-
- Each item of an itemized list begins with an \item command.
- There must be at least one \item command within the
- environment.
-
- The itemize environment uses the itemi through itemiv counters
- (see Counters). The type of numbering can be changed by
- redefining \theitemi etc.
-
-letter
-
- This environment is used for creating letters. See Letters.
-
-list
-
- The list environment is a generic environment which is used for
- defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom
- used in documents, but often in macros.
-\begin{list}{label}{spacing}
-\item First item
-\item Second item
- .
- .
- .
-\end{list}
-
- The {label} argument specifies how items should be labelled.
- This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to
- form the label. This argument can and usually does contain
- other LaTeX commands.
-
- The {spacing} argument contains commands to change the spacing
- parameters for the list. This argument will most often be null,
- i.e., {}. This will select all default spacing which should
- suffice for most cases.
-
-minipage
-
-\begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width}
- text
-\end{minipage}
-
- The minipage environment is similar to a \parbox command. It
- takes the same optional position argument and mandatory width
- argument. You may use other paragraph-making environments
- inside a minipage.
-
- Footnotes in a minipage environment are handled in a way that
- is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or
- tables. A \footnote or \footnotetext command puts the footnote
- at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the
- page, and it uses the mpfootnote counter instead of the
- ordinary footnote counter See Counters.
-
- NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using
- footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong
- minipage.
-
-picture
-
-\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
- .
- .
- picture commands
- .
- .
-\end{picture}
-
- The picture environment allows you to create just about any
- kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and
- circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by
- specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may
- have a decimal point and a minus sign --- a number like 5, 2.3
- or -3.1416. A coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the
- unit length \unitlength, so if \unitlength has been set to 1cm,
- then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54
- centimetres. You can change the value of \unitlength anywhere
- you want, using the \setlength command, but strange things will
- happen if you try changing it inside the picture environment.
-
- A position is a pair of coordinates, such as (2.4,-5),
- specifying the point with x-coordinate 2.4 and y-coordinate -5.
- Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an
- origin, which is normally at the lower-left corner of the
- picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, it
- is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to delimit the
- argument.
-
- The picture environment has one mandatory argument, which is a
- position. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment
- produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by
- this argument's x- and y-coordinates.
-
- The picture environment also has an optional position argument,
- following the size argument, that can change the origin.
- (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not
- contained in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the
- coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the
- picture (thereby determining the origin). For example, if
- \unitlength has been set to 1mm, the command
-\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
-
- produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200
- millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and
- whose upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When
- you first draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument,
- leaving the origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want
- to modify your picture by shifting everything, you just add the
- appropriate optional argument.
-
- The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal
- size of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large
- the picture really is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put
- things outside the picture, or even off the page. The picture's
- nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining how much room to
- leave for it.
-
- Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the \put
- command. The command
-\put (11.3,-.3){...}
-
- puts the object specified by ... in the picture, with its
- reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points
- for various objects will be described below.
-
- The \put command creates an LR box. You can put anything in the
- text argument of the \put command that you'd put into the
- argument of an \mbox and related commands. When you do this,
- the reference point will be the lower left corner of the box.
-
- Picture commands:
-
-\circle{diameter}, \circle*{diameter}
-
- The \circle command produces a circle with a diameter as close
- to the specified one as possible. If the *-form of the command
- is used, LaTeX draws a solid circle.
-
- Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
-
-\dashbox
-
- Draws a box with a dashed line.
-
- \dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}
-
- The \dashbox has an extra argument which specifies the width of
- each dash. A dashed box looks best when the width and height
- are multiples of the dash_length.
-
-\frame{...}
-
- The \frame command puts a rectangular frame around the object
- specified in the argument. The reference point is the bottom
- left corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the
- frame and the object.
-
-\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}
-
- The \framebox command is exactly the same as the \makebox
- command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the
- box that it creates.
-
- The framebox command produces a rule of thickness \fboxrule,
- and leaves a space \fboxsep between the rule and the contents
- of the box.
-
-\line(x slope,y slope){length}
-
- The \line command draws a line of the specified length and
- slope.
-
- Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x
- and y have integer values from -6 through 6.
-
-\linethickness{dimension}
-
- Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a
- picture environment to be dimension, which must be a positive
- length. It does not affect the thickness of slanted lines and
- circles, or the quarter circles drawn by \oval to form the
- corners of an oval.
-
-\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}
-
- The \makebox command for the picture environment is similar to
- the normal \makebox command except that you must specify a
- width and height in multiples of \unitlength.
-
- The optional argument, [position], specifies the quadrant that
- your text appears in. You may select up to two of the
- following:
- * t - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle
- * b - Moves the item to the bottom
- * l - Moves the item to the left
- * r - Moves the item to the right
-
- See \makebox.
-
-\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}
-
- The \multiput command can be used when you are putting the same
- object in a regular pattern across a picture.
-
-\oval(width,height)[portion]
-
- The \oval command produces a rectangle with rounded corners.
- The optional argument, [portion], allows you to select part of
- the oval.
- * t - Selects the top portion
- * b - Selects the bottom portion
- * r - Selects the right portion
- * l - Selects the left portion
-
- Note that the corners of the oval are made with quarter circles
- with a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large ovals will look more
- like boxes with rounded corners.
-
-\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }
-
- The \put command places the item specified by the mandatory
- argument at the given coordinates.
-
-\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}
-
- The \shortstack command produces a stack of objects. The valid
- positions are:
- * r - Moves the objects to the right of the stack
- * l - Moves the objects to the left of the stack
- * c - Moves the objects to the centre of the stack (default)
-
-\vector(x slope,y slope){length}
-
- The \vector command draws a line with an arrow of the specified
- length and slope. The x and y values must lie between -4 and
- +4, inclusive.
-
-quotation
-
-\begin{quotation}
- text
-\end{quotation}
-
- The margins of the quotation environment are indented on the
- left and the right. The text is justified at both margins and
- there is paragraph indentation. Leaving a blank line between
- text produces a new paragraph.
-
-quote
-
-\begin{quote}
- text
-\end{quote}
-
- The margins of the quote environment are indented on the left
- and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a
- blank line between text produces a new paragraph.
-
-tabbing
-
-\begin{tabbing}
-text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
-second row \> \> more \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabbing}
-
- The tabbing environment provides a way to align text in
- columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much
- the way you do with an ordinary typewriter.
-
- It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is
- constant and known in advance.
-
- This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the tabular
- environment.
-
- The following commands can be used inside a tabbing
- environment:
-
- Table 1.4. Commands in a tabbing environment
- \= Sets a tab stop at the current position.
- \> Advances to the next tab stop.
- \< This command allows you to put something to the left of the
- local margin without changing the margin. Can only be used at
- the start of the line.
- \+ Moves the left margin of the next and all the following
- commands one tab stop to the right.
- \- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following
- commands one tab stop to the left.
- \' Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current
- column, i.e. everything from the most recent \>, \<, \', \\, or
- \kill command, to the right of the previous column, flush
- against the current column's tab stop.
- \` Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop,
- including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right
- of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The \`
- command moves all the text that follows it, up to the \\ or
- \end{tabbing} command that ends the line, to the right margin
- of the tabbing environment. There must be no \> or \' command
- between the \` and the command that ends the line.
- \kill Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like \\
- except that it throws away the current line instead of
- producing output for it. The effect of any \=, \+ or \-
- commands in that line remain in effect.
- \pushtabs Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for
- temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a
- tabbing environment.
- \poptabs Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last
- \pushtabs.
- \a In a tabbing environment, the commands \=, \' and \` do not
- produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands \a=, \a' and
- \a` are used.
-
- This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional
- format:
-\begin{tabbing}
-function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
- \> begin \= \+ \\
- \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
- fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
- else \+ \\
- fact := 1; \-\- \\
- end;\\
-\end{tabbing}
-
-table
-
-\begin{table}[placement]
-
- body of the table
-
-\caption{table title}
-\end{table}
-
- Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and
- are usually floated to a convenient place, like the top of a
- page. Tables will not be split between two pages.
-
- The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will
- try to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can
- possibly put a float:
- * h : Here - at the position in the text where the table
- environment appears.
- * t : Top - at the top of a text page.
- * b : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page.
- * p : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a
- page containing no text, only floats.
-
- The standard report and article classes use the default
- placement [tbp].
-
- The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX
- commands, etc., you wish. The \caption command allows you to
- title your table.
-
-tabular
-
-\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
-column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabular}
-
- or
-\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
-column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
- .
- .
- .
-\end{tabular*}
-
- These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of
- rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and
- optional arguments consist of:
-
- Table 1.5. Commands used inside a tabular environment
- width Specifies the width of the tabular* environment. There
- must be rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill
- out the specified width.
- pos Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on
- the centre of the environment.
- * t - align on top row
- * b - align on bottom row
-
- cols Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence
- of the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of
- columns and intercolumn material.
- * l - A column of left-aligned items.
- * r - A column of right-aligned items.
- * c - A column of centred items.
- * | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the
- environment.
- * @{text} - This inserts text in every row. An @-expression
- suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between
- columns; any desired space between the inserted text and
- the adjacent items must be included in text. An
- \extracolsep{wd} command in an @-expression causes an extra
- space of width wd to appear to the left of all subsequent
- columns, until countermanded by another \extracolsep
- command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra
- space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An \extracolsep
- command can be used only in an @-expression in the cols
- argument.
- * p{wd} - Produces a column with each item typeset in a
- parbox of width wd, as if it were the argument of a
- \parbox[t]{wd} command. However, a \\ may not appear in the
- item, except in the following situations:
- 1. inside an environment like minipage, array, or
- tabular.
- 2. inside an explicit \parbox.
- 3. in the scope of a \centering, \raggedright, or
- \raggedleft declaration. The latter declarations must
- appear inside braces or an environment when used in a
- p-column element.
- * *{num}{cols} - Equivalent to num copies of cols, where num
- is any positive integer and cols is any list of
- column-specifiers, which may contain another *-expression.
-
- These commands can be used inside a tabular environment:
-
-\cline{i-j}
-
- The \cline command draws horizontal lines across the columns
- specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j, which
- are identified in the mandatory argument.
-
-\hline
-
- The \hline command will draw a horizontal line the width of the
- table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top,
- bottom, and between the rows of the table.
-
-\multicolumn
-
- \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
-
- The \multicolumn is used to make an entry that spans several
- columns. The first mandatory argument, cols, specifies the
- number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, pos,
- specifies the formatting of the entry; c for centred, l for
- flushleft, r for flushright. The third mandatory argument,
- text, specifies what text is to make up the entry.
-
-\vline
-
- The \vline command will draw a vertical line extending the full
- height and depth of its row. An \hfill command can be used to
- move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in
- an @-expression.
-
-thebibliography
-
-\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
-\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
- .
- .
- .
-\end{thebibliography}
-
- The thebibliography environment produces a bibliography or
- reference list. In the article class, this reference list is
- labelled References; in the report class, it is labelled
- Bibliography.
- * widest-label: Text that, when printed, is approximately as
- wide as the widest item label produces by the \bibitem
- commands.
-
-\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
-
- The \bibitem command generates an entry labelled by label. If
- the label argument is missing, a number is generated as the
- label, using the enumi counter. The cite_key is any sequence of
- letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a
- comma. This command writes an entry on the .aux file containing
- cite_key and the item's label. When this .aux file is read by
- the \begin{document} command, the item's label is associated
- with cite_key, causing the reference to cite_key by a \cite
- command to produce the associated label.
-
-\cite[text]{key_list}
-
- The key_list argument is a list of citation keys. This command
- generates an in-text citation to the references associated with
- the keys in key_list by entries on the .aux file read by the
- \begin{document} command.
-
- The optional text argument will appear after the citation, i.e.
- \cite[p.~2f.]{knuth} might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'.
-
- The package cite.sty allows a line break in the \cite reference
- and can sort numerical entries.
-
- overcite.sty makes citations like footnotes.
-
-\nocite{key_list}
-
- The \nocite command produces no text, but writes key_list,
- which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the .aux file.
- \nocite{*} uses all entries from the BibTeX database.
-
-Using BibTeX
-
- If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly
- recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of
- titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the
- thebibliography environment. Instead, you include the lines
-\bibliographystyle{style}
-\bibliography{bibfile}
-
- where style refers to a file style.bst, which defines how your
- citations will look.
-
- Table 1.6. Standard styles distributed with BibTeX
- alpha Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of
- author and year of publication.
- plain Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.
- unsrt Like plain, but entries are in order of citation.
- abbrv Like plain, but more compact labels.
-
- In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored
- to the demands of various publications.
-
- The argument to \bibliography refers to the file bibfile.bib,
- which should contain your database in BibTeX format. Only the
- entries referred to via \cite and \nocite will be listed in the
- bibliography.
-
-theorem
-
-\begin{theorem}
- theorem text
-\end{theorem}
-
- The theorem environment produces Theorem x in boldface followed
- by your theorem text.
-
-titlepage
-
-\begin{titlepage}
- text
-\end{titlepage}
-
- The titlepage environment creates a title page, i.e. a page
- with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the
- following page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title
- page is left to you. The \today command comes in handy for
- title pages.
-
- Note that you can use the \maketitle (see \maketitle) command
- to produce a standard title page.
-
-verbatim
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- text
-\end{verbatim}
-
- The verbatim environment is a paragraph-making environment that
- gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX
- into a typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the
- same effect that they would on a typewriter.
-
-\verb char literal_text char \verb*char literal_text char
-
- Typesets literal_text exactly as typed, including special
- characters and spaces, using a typewriter (\tt) type style.
- There may be no space between \verb or \verb* and char (space
- is shown here only for clarity). The *-form differs only in
- that spaces are printed
-
-verse
-
-\begin{verse}
- text
-\end{verse}
-
- The verse environment is designed for poetry, though you may
- find other uses for it.
-
- The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate
- the lines of each stanza with \\, and use one or more blank
- lines to separate the stanzas.
-
-2.3.7 Footnotes
-
- Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be
- produced with one command, the \footnote command. They can also
- be produced with two commands, the \footnotemark and the
- \footnotetext commands. See the specific command for
- information on why you would use one over the other.
-
-\footnote[number]{text}
-
- The \footnote command places the numbered footnote text at the
- bottom of the current page. The optional argument, number, is
- used to change the default footnote number. This command can
- only be used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it
- in sectioning commands like \chapter, in figures, tables or in
- a tabular environment.
-
-\footnotemark
-
- The \footnotemark command puts the footnote number in the text.
- This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of
- the footnote is supplied by the \footnotetext command.
-
- This command can be used to produce several consecutive
- footnote markers referring to the same footnote by using
-
- \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
-
- after the first \footnote command.
-
-\footnotetext[number]{text}
-
- The \footnotetext command produces the text to be placed at the
- bottom of the page. This command can come anywhere after the
- \footnotemark command. The \footnotetext command must appear in
- outer paragraph mode.
-
- The optional argument, number, is used to change the default
- footnote number.
-
-2.3.8 Lengths
-
- A length is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a
- length as an argument.
-
-\newlength
-
- \newlength{\gnat}
-
- The \newlength command defines the mandatory argument, \gnat,
- as a length command with a value of 0in. An error occurs if a
- \gnat command already exists.
-
-\setlength
-
- \setlength{\gnat}{length}
-
- The \setlength command is used to set the value of a length
- command. The length argument can be expressed in any terms of
- length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (in), millimetres (mm),
- points (pt), etc.
-
-\addtolength
-
- \addtolength{\gnat}{length}
-
- The \addtolength command increments length command by the
- amount specified in the length argument. It can be a negative
- amount.
-
-\settodepth
-
- \settodepth{\gnat}{text}
-
- The \settodepth command sets the value of a length command
- equal to the depth of the text argument.
-
-\settoheight
-
- \settoheight{\gnat}{text}
-
- The \settoheight command sets the value of a length command
- equal to the height of the text argument.
-
-\settowidth
-
- \settowidth{\gnat}{text}
-
- The \settowidth command sets the value of a length command
- equal to the width of the text argument.
-
-Predefined lengths
-
- \width
-
- \height
-
- \depth
-
- \totalheight
-
- These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the
- box-making commands See Spaces & Boxes. They specify the
- natural width etc. of the text in the box. \totalheight equals
- \height + \depth. To make a box with the text stretched to
- double the natural size, e.g., say
-
- \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}
-
-2.3.9 Letters
-
- You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and
- business. The letter document class is designed to make a
- number of letters at once, although you can make just one if
- you so desire.
-
- Your .tex source file has the same minimum commands as the
- other document classes, i.e., you must have the following
- commands as a minimum:
-\documentclass{letter}
-\begin{document}
- ... letters ...
-\end{document}
-
- Each letter is a letter environment, whose argument is the name
- and address of the recipient. For example, you might have:
-\begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.\\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
- ...
-\end{letter}
-
- The letter itself begins with the \opening command. The text of
- the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input.
- Commands that make no sense in a letter, like \chapter, do not
- work. The letter closes with a \closing command.
-
- After the closing, you can have additional material. The \cc
- command produces the usual cc: .... There's also a similar
- \encl command for a list of enclosures. With both these
- commands, use \\ to separate the items.
-
- These commands are used with the letter class:
-
-\address
-
- \address{Return address}
-
- The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the
- envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by
- \\ commands. If you do not make an \address declaration, then
- the letter will be formatted for copying onto your
- organisation's standard letterhead. (See Overview, for details
- on your local implementation). If you give an \address
- declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a personal
- letter.
-
-\cc
-
- \cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}
-
- Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each
- name is printed on a separate line.
-
-\closing
-
- \closing{text}
-
- The letter closes with a \closing command, i.e.,
-\closing{Best Regards,}
-
-\encl
-
- \encl{CV\\Certificates}
-
- Generate a list of enclosed material.
-
-\location
-
- \location{address}
-
- This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only
- appears if the firstpage pagestyle is selected.
-
-\makelabels
-
- \makelabels{number}
-
- If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a
- sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the
- letters.
-
-\name
-
- \name{June Davenport}
-
- Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the
- return address.
-
-\opening
-
- \opening{text}
-
- The letter begins with the \opening command. The mandatory
- argument, text, is whatever text you wish to start your letter,
- i.e.,
-\opening{Dear Joe,}
-
-\ps
-
- \ps
-
- Use this command before a postscript.
-
-\signature
-
- \signature{Harvey Swick}
-
- Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter
- underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go
- on separate lines should be separated by \\ commands.
-
-\startbreaks
-
- \startbreaks
-
- Used after a \stopbreaks command to allow page breaks again.
-
-\stopbreaks
-
- \stopbreaks
-
- Inhibit page breaks until a \startbreaks command occurs.
-
-\telephone
-
- \telephone{number}
-
- This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
- firstpage pagestyle is selected.
-
-2.3.10 Line & Page Breaking
-
- The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to
- translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces.
- To produce a printed document, this string must be broken into
- lines, and these lines must be broken into pages. In some
- environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the \\
- command, but LaTeX usually does it for you.
-
-\\
-
- \\[extra-space], \\*[extra-space]
-
- The \\ command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an
- optional argument, extra-space, that specifies how much extra
- vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can
- be a negative amount.
-
- The \\* command is the same as the ordinary \\ command except
- that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.
-
-\-
-
- The \- command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at
- that point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will
- usually find all correct hyphenation points. The \- command is
- used for the exceptional cases.
-
- Note that when you insert \- commands in a word, the word will
- only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the
- hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.
-
-\cleardoublepage
-
- The \cleardoublepage command ends the current page and causes
- all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input
- to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the
- next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page, producing a blank
- page if necessary.
-
-\clearpage
-
- The \clearpage command ends the current page and causes all
- figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be
- printed.
-
-\enlargethispage
-
- \enlargethispage{size}
-
- \enlargethispage*{size}
-
- Enlarge the \textheight for the current page by the specified
- amount; e.g. \enlargethispage{\baselineskip} will allow one
- additional line.
-
- The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the
- page as much as possible. This is normally used together with
- an explicit \pagebreak.
-
-\samepage
-
- \samepage
-
- The object in the argument {} should be on the current page.
-
-\fussy
-
- \fussy
-
- This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy
- about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between
- words, but may produce overfull boxes.
-
- This command cancels the effect of a previous \sloppy command.
- \sloppy
-
-\hyphenation
-
- \hyphenation{words}
-
- The \hyphenation command declares allowed hyphenation points,
- where words is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which
- each hyphenation point is indicated by a - character.
-
-\linebreak
-
- \linebreak[number]
-
- The \linebreak command tells LaTeX to break the current line at
- the point of the command. With the optional argument, number,
- you can convert the \linebreak command from a demand to a
- request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher
- the number, the more insistent the request is.
-
- The \linebreak command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it
- extends to the right margin.
-
-\newline
-
- The \newline command breaks the line right where it is. It can
- only be used in paragraph mode.
-
-\newpage
-
- The \newpage command ends the current page. In contrast to
- \pagebreak it can produce a partly empty page, even when
- \flushbottom is active.
-
-\nolinebreak
-
- \nolinebreak[number]
-
- The \nolinebreak command prevents LaTeX from breaking the
- current line at the point of the command. With the optional
- argument, number, you can convert the \nolinebreak command from
- a demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4.
- The higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
-
-\nopagebreak
-
- \nopagebreak[number]
-
- The \nopagebreak command prevents LaTeX from breaking the
- current page at the point of the command. With the optional
- argument, number, you can convert the \nopagebreak command from
- a demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4.
- The higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
-
-\pagebreak
-
- \pagebreak[number]
-
- The \pagebreak command tells LaTeX to break the current page at
- the point of the command. With the optional argument, number,
- you can convert the \pagebreak command from a demand to a
- request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher
- the number, the more insistent the request is.
-
-\sloppy
-
- \sloppy
-
- This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This
- can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space
- between words.
-
- Lasts until a \fussy command is issued. \fussy.
-
-2.3.11 Making Paragraphs
-
- A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines ---
- lines not containing even a %. A blank line should not appear
- where a new paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode
- or in the argument of a sectioning command.
-
-\indent
-
- \indent
-
- This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width
- of the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph
- indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed.
-
-\noindent
-
- \noindent
-
- When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the
- paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle
- of a paragraph.
-
-\par
-
- Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or
- environment definitions easier to read.
-
-2.3.12 Margin Notes
-
- The command \marginpar[left]{right} creates a note in the
- margin. The first line will be at the same height as the line
- in the text where the \marginpar occurs.
-
- When you only specify the mandatory argument right, the text
- will be placed
- * in the right margin for one-sided layout
- * in the outside margin for two-sided layout
- * in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
-
- By issuing the command \reversemarginpar, you can force the
- marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.
-
- When you specify both arguments, left is used for the left
- margin, and right is used for the right margin.
-
- The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
- hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a \hspace{0pt}
- command.
-
-2.3.13 Math Formulae
-
- Table 1.7. Three environments that put LaTeX in math mode
- math For Formulae that appear right in the text.
- displaymath For Formulae that appear on their own line.
- equation The same as the displaymath environment except that it
- adds an equation number in the right margin.
-
- The math environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode,
- but the displaymath and equation environments can be used only
- in paragraph mode. The math and displaymath environments are
- used so often that they have the following short forms:
-\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
-
-\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
-
- In fact, the math environment is so common that it has an even
- shorter form:
-$ ... $ instead of \(...\)
-
-Subscripts & Superscripts
-
- To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just
- type _{exp} . To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type
- ^{exp }. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of
- that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing
- when something has both a subscript and a superscript.
-
-Math Symbols
-
-Spacing in Math Mode
-
- In a math environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and
- puts in the spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats
- mathematics the way it's done in mathematics texts. If you want
- different spacing, LaTeX provides the following four commands
- for use in math mode:
- 1. \; - a thick space
- 2. \: - a medium space
- 3. \, - a thin space
- 4. \! - a negative thin space
-
-Math Miscellany
-
- Table 1.8. Math Miscellany
- \cdots Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised
- to the centre of the line.
- \ddots Produces a diagonal ellipsis.
- \frac{num}{den} Produces the fraction num divided by den.
- \ldots Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any mode,
- not just math mode.
- \overbrace{text} Generates a brace over text.
- \overline{text} Causes the argument text to be overlined.
- \sqrt[root]{arg} Produces the square root of its argument. The
- optional argument, root, determines what root to produce, i.e.,
- the cube root of x+y would be typed as $\sqrt[3]{x+y}$.
- \underbrace{text} Generates text with a brace underneath.
- \underline{text} Causes the argument text to be underlined.
- This command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.
- \vdots Produces a vertical ellipsis.
- \ensuremath{} It's argument is set in math mode. This is needed
- for own definitions.
-
-2.3.14 Modes
-
- When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one
- of three modes:
- * paragraph mode
- * Math mode
- * Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
-
- LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to
- a different level, though not all level changes produce mode
- changes. Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an
- environment, or when LaTeX is processing the argument of
- certain text-producing commands.
-
- Paragraph mode is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in
- when processing ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your
- text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. LaTeX is in
- math mode when it's generating a mathematical formula. In LR
- mode, as in paragraph mode, LaTeX considers the output that it
- produces to be a string of words with spaces between them.
- However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX keeps going from left to
- right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. Even if you put a
- hundred words into an \mbox, LaTeX would keep typesetting them
- from left to right inside a single box, and then complain
- because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
-
- LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an \mbox
- command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the
- box - for example, you can make it enter math mode to put a
- formula in the box. There are also several text-producing
- commands and environments for making a box that put LaTeX in
- paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or
- environments will be called a parbox. When LaTeX is in
- paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in inner
- paragraph mode. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out
- in, is called outer paragraph mode.
-
-2.3.15 Page Styles
-
- The \documentclass command determines the size and position of
- the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes
- in them.
-
-\maketitle
-
- \maketitle
-
- The \maketitle command generates a title on a separate title
- page. In the article class, \maketitle will also switch to
- pagestyle plain. See Page Styles for commands to change page
- numbering.
-
- Information used to produce the title is obtained from the
- following declarations:
-
- See Page Styles for the commands to give the information.
-
-\author
-
- \author{names}
-
- The \author command declares the author(s), where names is a
- list of authors separated by \and commands. Use \\ to separate
- lines within a single author's entry -- for example, to give
- the author's institution or address.
-
-\date
-
- \date{text}
-
- The \date command declares text to be the document's date. With
- no \date command, the current date is used.
-
-\thanks
-
- \thanks{text}
-
- The \thanks command produces a \footnote to the title.
-
-\title
-
- \title{text}
-
- The \title command declares text to be the title. Use \\ to
- tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long title.
-
-\pagenumbering
-
- \pagenumbering{num_style}
-
- Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of
- num_style are:
- * arabic - Arabic numerals
- * roman - Lowercase Roman numerals
- * Roman - Uppercase Roman numerals
- * alph - Lowercase letters
- * Alph - Uppercase letters
-
-\pagestyle
-
- \pagestyle{option}
-
- The \pagestyle command changes the style from the current page
- on throughout the remainder of your document.
-
- The valid options are:
- * plain - Just a plain page number.
- * empty - Produces empty heads and feet - no page numbers.
- * headings - Puts running headings on each page. The document
- style specifies what goes in the headings.
- * myheadings - You specify what is to go in the heading with
- the \markboth or the \markright commands.
-
-\markboth
-
-\markboth{left head}{right head}
-
- The \markboth command is used in conjunction with the page
- style myheadings for setting both the left and the right
- heading. You should note that a left-hand heading is generated
- by the last \markboth command before the end of the page, while
- a right-hand heading is generated by the first \markboth or
- \markright that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
- the last one before the page.
-
-\markright
-
-\markright{right head}
-
- The \markright command is used in conjunction with the page
- style myheadings for setting the right heading, leaving the
- left heading unchanged. You should note that a left-hand
- heading is generated by the last \markboth command before the
- end of the page, while a right-hand heading is generated by the
- first \markboth or \markright that comes on the page if there
- is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
-
-\thispagestyle
-
- \thispagestyle{option}
-
- The \thispagestyle command works in the same manner as the
- \pagestyle command except that it changes the style for the
- current page only.
-
-2.3.16 Sectioning
-
- Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text
- into units.
- * \part
- * \chapter (report and book class only)
- * \section
- * \subsection
- * \subsubsection
- * \paragraph
- * \subparagraph
-
- All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,
-
- \chapter[optional]{title}
-
- In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory
- argument of the sectioning command can appear in two other
- places:
- 1. The table of contents
- 2. The running head at the top of the page
-
- You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two
- places as appears in the text heading. To handle this
- situation, the sectioning commands have an optional argument
- that provides the text for these other two purposes.
-
- All sectioning commands have *-forms that print a title, but do
- not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of
- contents.
-
- \appendix
-
- The \appendix command changes the way sectional units are
- numbered. The \appendix command generates no text and does not
- affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command
- is something like
-\chapter{The First Chapter}
- ...
-\appendix
-\chapter{The First Appendix}
-
-2.3.17 Spaces & Boxes
-
- All the predefined length parameters See Predefined lengths can
- be used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
-
-\dotfill
-
- The \dotfill command produces a rubber length that produces
- dots instead of just spaces.
-
-\hfill
-
- The \hfill fill command produces a rubber length which can
- stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.
-
-\hrulefill
-
- The \hrulefill fill command produces a rubber length which can
- stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a
- horizontal rule.
-
-\hspace
-
- \hspace{length}, \hspace*{length}
-
- The \hspace command adds horizontal space. The length of the
- space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands,
- i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as
- positive space with an \hspace command. Adding negative space
- is like backspacing.
-
- LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line.
- If you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the
- optional * argument. Then the space is never removed.
-
-\addvspace
-
- \addvspace{length}
-
- The \addvspace command normally adds a vertical space of height
- length. However, if vertical space has already been added to
- the same point in the output by a previous \addvspace command,
- then this command will not add more space than needed to make
- the natural length of the total vertical space equal to length.
-
-\bigskip
-
- The \bigskip command is equivalent to \vspace{bigskipamount}
- where bigskipamount is determined by the document class.
-
-\medskip
-
- The \medskip command is equivalent to \vspace{medskipamount}
- where medskipamount is determined by the document class.
-
-\smallskip
-
- \smallskip
-
- The \smallskip command is equivalent to
- \vspace{smallskipamount} where smallskipamount is determined by
- the document class.
-
-\vfill
-
- The \vfill fill command produces a rubber length which can
- stretch or shrink vertically.
-
-\vspace
-
- \vspace{length}, \vspace*{length}
-
- The \vspace command adds vertical space. The length of the
- space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands,
- i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as
- positive space with an \vspace command.
-
- LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page.
- If you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the
- optional * argument. Then the space is never removed.
-
-\fbox
-
- \fbox{text}
-
- The \fbox command is exactly the same as the \mbox command,
- except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
- it creates.
-
-\framebox
-
- \framebox[width][position]{text}
-
- The \framebox command is exactly the same as the \makebox
- command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the
- box that it creates.
-
- The framebox command produces a rule of thickness \fboxrule,
- and leaves a space \fboxsep between the rule and the contents
- of the box.
-
-lrbox
-
- \begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}
-
- This is the environment form of \sbox.
-
- The text inside the environment is saved in the box cmd, which
- must have been declared with \newsavebox.
-
-\makebox
-
- \makebox[width][position]{text}
-
- The \makebox command creates a box just wide enough to contain
- the text specified. The width of the box is specified by the
- optional width argument. The position of the text within the
- box is determined by the optional position argument.
- * c --- centred (default)
- * l --- flushleft
- * r --- flushright
- * s --- stretch from left to right margin. The text must
- contain stretchable space for this to work.
-
- See \makebox (picture).
-
-\mbox
-
- \mbox{text}
-
- The \mbox command creates a box just wide enough to hold the
- text created by its argument.
-
- Use this command to prevent text from being split across lines.
-
-\newsavebox
-
- \newsavebox{cmd}
-
- Declares cmd, which must be a command name that is not already
- defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.
-
-\parbox
-
- \parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}
-
- A parbox is a box whose contents are created in paragraph mode.
- The \parbox has two mandatory arguments:
- * width - specifies the width of the parbox, and
- * text - the text that goes inside the parbox.
-
- LaTeX will position a parbox so its centre lines up with the
- centre of the text line. The optional position argument allows
- you to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox
- (default is top).
-
- If the height argument is not given, the box will have the
- natural height of the text.
-
- The inner-pos argument controls the placement of the text
- inside the box. If it is not specified, position is used.
- * t --- text is placed at the top of the box.
- * c --- text is centred in the box.
- * b --- text is placed at the bottom of the box.
- * s --- stretch vertically. The text must contain vertically
- stretchable space for this to work.
-
- A \parbox command is used for a parbox containing a small piece
- of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you
- shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making environments inside a
- \parbox argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones
- containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a
- minipage environment See minipage.
-
-\raisebox
-
- \raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}
-
- The \raisebox command is used to raise or lower text. The first
- mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be raised
- (or lowered if it is a negative amount). The text itself is
- processed in LR mode.
-
- Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a
- different size than it really does - or a different size than
- LaTeX would normally think it has. The \raisebox command lets
- you tell LaTeX how tall it is.
-
- The first optional argument, extend-above, makes LaTeX think
- that the text extends above the line by the amount specified.
- The second optional argument, extend-below, makes LaTeX think
- that the text extends below the line by the amount specified.
-
-\rule
-
- \rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}
-
- The \rule command is used to produce horizontal lines. The
- arguments are defined as follows:
- * raise-height - specifies how high to raise the rule
- (optional)
- * width - specifies the length of the rule (mandatory)
- * thickness - specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory)
-
-\savebox
-
- \savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}
-
- This command typeset text in a box just as for \makebox.
- However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in
- bin cmd, which must have been declared with \newsavebox.
-
-\sbox
-
- \sbox{cmd}\{text}
-
- This commands typesets text in a box just as for \mbox.
- However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in
- cmd, which must have been declared with \newsavebox.
-
-\usebox
-
- \usebox{cmd}
-
- Prints the box most recently saved in bin cmd by a \savebox
- command.
-
-2.3.18 Special Characters
-
- The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are
- called special printing characters, or simply special
- characters.
-# $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
-
- Whenever you put one of these special characters into your
- file, you are doing something special. If you simply want the
- character to be printed just as any other letter, include a \
- in front of the character. For example, \$ will produce $ in
- your output.
-
- One exception to this rule is the \ itself because \\ has its
- own special meaning. A \ is produced by typing $\backslash$ in
- your file.
-
- Also, \~ means `place a tilde accent over the following
- letter', so you will probably want to use \verb instead.
-
- In addition, you can access any character of a font once you
- know its number by using the \symbol command. For example, the
- character used for displaying spaces in the \verb* command has
- the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as \symbol{32}.
-
- You can also specify octal numbers with ' or hexadecimal
- numbers with ", so the previous example could also be written
- as \symbol{'40} or \symbol{"20}.
-
-2.3.19 Special Symbols
-
-Accents on Characters
-
- The rules differ somewhat depending whether you are in text
- mode, math modes, or the tabbing environment.
-
-Text Mode
-
- The following accents may be placed on letters. Although o is
- used in most of the example, the accents may be placed on any
- letter. Accents may even be placed above a missing letter; for
- example, \~{} produces a tilde over a blank space.
-
- The following commands may be used only in paragraph or LR
- mode:
- * \`{o} produces a grave accent, ò
- * \'{o} produces an acute accent, ó
- * \^{o} produces a circumflex, ô
- * \"{o} produces an umlaut or dieresis, ö
- * \H{o} produces a long Hungarian umlaut
- * \~{o} produces a tilde, õ
- * \c{c} produces a cedilla, ç
- * \={o} produces a macron accent (a bar over the letter)
- * \b{o} produces a bar under the letter
- * \.{o} produces a dot over the letter
- * \d{o} produces a dot under the letter
- * \u{o} produces a breve over the letter
- * \v{o} produces a v over the letter
- * \t{oo} produces a tie (inverted u) over the two letters
-
- Note that the letters i and j require special treatment when
- they are given accents because it is often desirable to replace
- the dot with the accent. For this purpose, the commands \i and
- \j can be used to produce dotless letters.
-
- For example,
- * \^{\i} should be used for i, circumflex, î
- * \"{\i} should be used for i, umlaut, ï
-
-Math Mode
-
- Several of the above and some similar accents can also be
- produced in math mode. The following commands may be used only
- in math mode:
- * \hat{o} is similar to the circumflex (cf. \^)
- * \widehat{oo} is a wide version of \hat over several letters
- * \check{o} is a vee or check (cf. \v)
- * \tilde{o} is a tilde (cf. \~)
- * \widetilde{oo} is a wide version of \tilde over several
- letters
- * \acute{o} is an acute accent (cf. \`)
- * \grave{o} is a grave accent (cf. >\')
- * \dot{o} is a dot over the letter (cf. \.)
- * \ddot{o} is a double dot over the letter
- * \breve{o} is a breve (cf. \u)
- * \bar{o} is a macron (cf. \=)
- * \vec{o} is a vector (arrow) over the letter
-
-Tabbing Environment
-
- Some of the accent marks used in running text have other uses
- in the Tabbing Environment. In that case they can be created
- with the following command:
- * >\a' for an acute accent
- * \a` for a grave accent
- * \a= for a macron accent
-
-Arrows
-
- LaTeX provides commands for all sorts of arrows. The following
- commands are used only in math mode.
-
- In general the command names are created from left, right, up,
- or down. leftright gives a double headed arrow. Prefacing with
- long gives a longer arrow. Capitalizing the first letter gives
- a double-shanked arrow.
-
- Examples are:
- * \leftarrow
- * \Leftarrow
- * \longleftarrow
- * \Longleftarrow
- * \rightarrow
- * \Rightarrow
- * \longrightarrow
- * \Longrightarrow
- * \leftrightarrow
- * \Leftrightarrow
- * \longleftrightarrow
- * \uparrow
- * \downarrow
- * \Uparrow
- * >\nearrow points from southwest to northeast
- * \searrow points from northwest to southeast
- * \swarrow points from northeast to southwest
- * \nwarrow points from southeast to northwest
-
- The \stackrel command is useful for putting things over or
- under your arrow.
-
- See also:
- * Math Symbols
- * Binary and Relational Operators
- * Greek Letters
- * Miscellaneous Symbols
- * Variable Size Math Symbols
-
-Binary and Relational Operators
-
- Some math symbols are obtained by typing the corresponding
- keyboard character. Examples include
-+ - = < >
-
-Note
-
- plus, minus, and equal sign may be used in either text or math
- mode, but < and > are math mode only (they produce inverted
- exclamation and question marks, respectively, in text mode).
-
- The following commands may be used only in math mode:
- * \pm plus or minus sign
- * \mp minus or plus sign
- * \times times (an "x")
- * \div divided by sign
- * \ast an asterisk (centered)
- * \star a five-point star (centered)
- * \bullet a bullet
- * \circ an open bullet
- * \cdot a centered dot
- * \leq less than or equal to
- * \ll much less than
- * \subset is a subset of
- * \geq greater than or equal to
- * \gg much greater than
- * \equiv equivalence symbol
- * \sim similar to
- * \simeq similar or equal to
- * \approx approximately equal to
- * \neq not equal to
- * \per "perpendicular to" symbols
- * \propto proportional to
-
- Note that greater than and less than are obtained simply by
- entering > and <.
-
- A slash, indicating not can be placed through a symbol (or a
- letter) with the \not command. For example, not less than is
- \not< and not less than or equal to is \not\leq. If the slash
- isn't properly positioned it can be moved by putting a math
- mode spacing command between the \notand the symbol.
-
-Delimiters
-
- Delimiters are objects which act logically like parentheses.
- These can be used only in math mode.
-
- The delimiters recognized by LaTeX include:
- * ( (left parenthesis)
- * ) (right parenthesis)
- * [ (left bracket)
- * ] (right bracket)
- * \{ (left brace)
- * \} (right brace)
- * | (vertical line)
- * \vert (vertical line)
- * \| (double vertical lines)
- * \Vert (double vertical lines)
- * / (slash)
- * \backslash (backslash)
- * \langle (left angle bracket)
- * \rangle (right angle bracket)
- * \uparrow (uparrow)
- * \downarrow (down arrow)
- * \updownarrow (up/down arrow)
-
-Making Delimiters the Right Size
-
- Delimiters in formulas should be big enough to fit around the
- formulas they delimit (for example arround arrays). To obtain
- stretchable delimiters (LaTeX makes them the appropriate size)
- type a \left or \right command before the delimiter. \left and
- \right commands must come in matching pairs, although the
- delimiters themselves need not be the same. Thus, \left \{ ...
- \right \[ produces a legal pair. In cases where only one
- delimiter is desired, it is possible to make the matching
- delimiter invisible by typing a period (.) after the command,
- i.e., \left. or \right.
-
- In an eqnarray environment the matching \left and \right cannot
- be split between lines and it may be necessary to use an
- invisible \right. and \left. to terminate and begin parts on
- different lines. In this case a second problem may arise, since
- the size of the delimiters will be chosen only for the local
- part, so that the size of the visible left and right delimiters
- might not match. The solution is to trick LaTeX into thinking
- that both parts have the same vertical height. This can be done
- by placing a strut, that is a zero-width \rule. It can also be
- accomplished with the \vphantom command, which I have not found
- documented, but which appears to work.
-
- \vphantom{construct} creates a zero-width object with the
- height of construct. The argument can contain things such as
- \frac or the variable size math symbols and should be chosen
- according to what is in the section with the delimiter you want
- to match.
-
-Some Examples
-
-A six-j symbol
-
-\[ \left\{
-\begin{array}{ccc}
-a & b & c \\
-d & e & f \end{array}
-\right>\} \]
-
- This should be displayed something like (insofar as it can be
- rendered in "ascii art"):
-( a b c )
-- -
-( d e f )
-
- Note that the \[ ... \] set this off as Display Math, and that
- the Array Environment is used to generate the three centered
- columns inside the braces.
-
-A "multiple choice" equation
-
-\[ f(x) =
- \left\{ \begin{array}{l}
- 0, x < 0 \\ 1, x = 0 \\
- 2, x > 0 \end{array} \right. \]
-
- will be displayed as
- ( 0, x < 0
-f(x) = - 1, x = 0
- ( 2, x > 0
-
- Note that the invisible \right delimiter is specified using a
- period.
-
-Ellipsis
-
- Ellipses (three dots) can be produced by the following commands
- * \ldots horizontally at bottom of line
- * \cdots horizontally center of line (math mode only)
- * \ddots diagonal (math mode only)
- * \vdots vertical (math mode only)
-
-Greek Letters
-
- These commands may be used only in math mode:
- * \alpha
- * \beta
- * \gamma
- * \delta
- * \epsilon
- * \varepsilon (variation, script-like)
- * \zeta
- * \eta
- * \theta
- * \vartheta (variation, script-like)
- * \iota
- * \kappa
- * \lambda
- * \mu
- * \nu
- * \xi
- * \pi
- * \varpi (variation)
- * \rho
- * \varrho (variation, with the tail)
- * \sigma
- * \varsigma (variation, script-like)
- * \tau
- * \upsilon
- * \phi
- * \varphi (variation, script-like)
- * \chi
- * \psi
- * \omega
-
- Capital letters:
- * \Gamma
- * \Delta
- * \Theta
- * \Lambda
- * \Xi
- * \Pi
- * \Sigma
- * \Upsilon
- * \Phi
- * \Psi
- * \Omega
-
- See also:
- * Math Symbols
- * Accents
- * Miscellaneous Symbols
-
-Miscellaneous Symbols
-
-Some symbols for math
-
- The following symbols are also used only in math mode
- * \aleph Hebrew aleph
- * \hbar h-bar, Planck's constant
- * \imath variation on i; no dot
- * \jmath variation on j; no dot
- * \ell script (loop) l
- * \wp fancy script lowercase P
- * \Re script capital R (Real)
- * \Im script capital I (Imaginary)
- * \prime prime (also obtained by typing ')
- * \nabla inverted capital Delta
- * \surd radical (square root) symbol
- * \angle angle symbol
- * \forall for all (inverted A)
- * \exists exists (left-facing E)
- * \partial partial derivative symbol
- * \infty infinity symbol
- * \triangle open triangle symbol
- * \Box open square
- * \Diamond open diamond
- * \flat music: flat symbol
- * \natural music: natural symbol
- * \clubsuit playing cards: club suit symbol
- * \diamondsuit playing cards: diamond suit symbol
- * \heartsuit playing cards: heart suit symbol
- * \spadesuit playing cards: space suit symbol
-
-Some Other Symbols
-
- The following symbols can be used in any mode:
- * \dag dagger
- * >\ddag double dagger
- * >\S section symbol
- * >\P paragraph symbol
- * >\copyright copyright symbol
- * >\pounds British pound sterling symbol
-
-Calligraphic Style Letters
-
- Twenty-six calligraphic letters are provided (the upper case
- alphabet). These can only be used in math mode.
-
- In LaTeX 2.09 they are produced with the \cal declaration:
-${\cal A}$
-
- In LaTeX2e they are obtained with the \mathcal command:
-$\mathcal{CAL}$
-
-Math Functions
-
- Functions like log or cos are normally used in math mode.
- However, inmath mode strings of letters are treated as a
- product of variables, which would normally be displayed in math
- italics rather than a text font which would be appropriate for
- these functions. To get proper display of such functions they
- are generated with LaTeX commands.
-
- Some of these commands are:
- * \arccos
- * \arcsin
- * \arctan
- * \cos
- * \cosh
- * \cot
- * \coth
- * \csc
- * \deg
- * \det
- * \dim
- * \exp
- * \gcd
- * \hom
- * \inf
- * \ker
- * \lg
- * \lim
- * \liminf
- * \limsup
- * \ln
- * \log
- * \max
- * \min
- * \sec
- * \sin
- * \sinh
- * \sup
- * \tan
- * \tanh
-
- Two commands are provided for the "modulus" function
- * \bmod
- * \pmod{}
-
- The former would be used to write "a mod b" as a \bmod b and
- the latter, which requires an argument that is displayed in
- parentheses, would be used to write "n = i (mod j)" as n = i
- \pmod{j}
-
-Variable Size Math Symbols
-
- The size of some mathematical symbols, notably summation signs,
- product signs, and integral signs, depends on the environment
- in which they appear (i.e., displaymath as opposed to math
- environments.
-
- These include:
- * \sum a summation sign (capital sigma)
- * \prod a product (capital pi)
- * \coprod a coproduct (inverted capital pi)
- * \int an integral sign
- * \oint a surface (circular) integral sign
- * \bigcup big "U"
- * \bigcap big inverted "U"
- * \bigvee big "V"
- * \bigwedge big inverted "V"
- * \bigodot big "O" with dot at center
- * \bigotimes big "O" with cross inside
- * \bigoplus big "O" with a + inside
- * \biguplus big "U" with a + inside
-
- The \sqrt command also produces a variable size symbol
- appropriate for the size of hte radicand argument.
-
- The "limits" associated with these symbols are entered as
- subscripts for entries appearing below the symbol and as
- superscripts for entries appearing above the symbol. For
- example the sum from n=0 to infinity of x^n would be entered as
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty} x_{n}
-
- The actual placement of the limits depends on whether this is
- in displaymath mode in which case they are placed below/above
- or in math mode in running text in which case they are placed
- as regular subscripts and superscripts.
-
- Note that it is possible to treat several of these symbols (a
- common example would be a double sum) as a single symbol for
- placing limits above and/or below by using the \mathop command.
-
- Hats and tildes over symbols which stretch (as best they can)
- to the correct size for their arguments are produced by
- \widehat and \widetilde
-
-2.3.20 Splitting the Input
-
- A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting
- the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to
- split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many
- separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it
- is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX.
-
-\include
-
- \include{file}
-
- The \include command is used in conjunction with the
- \includeonly command for selective inclusion of files. The file
- argument is the first name of a file, denoting file.tex. If
- file is one the file names in the file list of the \includeonly
- command or if there is no \includeonly command, the \include
- command is equivalent to
-\clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
-
- except that if the file file.tex does not exist, then a warning
- message rather than an error is produced. If the file is not in
- the file list, the \include command is equivalent to
- \clearpage.
-
- The \include command may not appear in the preamble or in a
- file read by another \include command.
-
-\includeonly
-
- \includeonly{file_list}
-
- The \includeonly command controls which files will be read in
- by an \include command. file_list should be a comma-separated
- list of filenames. Each filename must match exactly a filename
- specified in a \include command. This command can only appear
- in the preamble.
-
-\input
-
- \input{file}
-
- The \input command causes the indicated file to be read and
- processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the
- current file at that point. The file name may be a complete
- file name with extension or just a first name, in which case
- the file file.tex is used.
-
-2.3.21 Starting & Ending
-
- Your input file must contain the following commands as a
- minimum:
-\documentclass{class}
-\begin{document}
- ... your text goes here ...
-\end{document}
-
- where the class selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX.
- See Document Classes (and see Overview), for details of the
- various document classes available locally.
-
- You may include other LaTeX commands between the \documentclass
- and the \begin{document} commands (i.e., in the `preamble').
-
-2.3.22 Table of Contents
-
- A table of contents is produced with the \tableofcontents
- command. You put the command right where you want the table of
- contents to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It produces a
- heading, but it does not automatically start a new page. If you
- want a new page after the table of contents, include a \newpage
- command after the \tableofcontents command.
-
- There are similar commands \listoffigures and \listoftables for
- producing a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively.
- Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents.
-
- NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you
- cannot have the \nofiles command in your document.
-
-\addcontentsline
-
- \addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}
-
- The \addcontentsline command adds an entry to the specified
- list or table where:
- * file is the extension of the file on which information is
- to be written: toc (table of contents), lof (list of
- figures), or lot (list of tables).
- * sec_unit controls the formatting of the entry. It should be
- one of the following, depending upon the value of the file
- argument:
- 1. toc --- the name of the sectional unit, such as part
- or subsection.
- 2. lof --- figure
- 3. lot --- table
- * entry is the text of the entry.
-
-\addtocontents
-
- \addtocontents{file}{text}
-
- The \addtocontents command adds text (or formatting commands)
- directly to the file that generates the table of contents or
- list of figures or tables.
- * file is the extension of the file on which information is
- to be written: toc (table of contents), lof (list of
- figures), or lot (list of tables).
- * text is the information to be written.
-
-2.3.23 Terminal Input/Output
-
-\typein
-
- \typein[cmd]{msg}
-
- Prints msg on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait
- for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the cmd
- argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if it had
- been included in the input file in place of the \typein
- command. If the cmd argument is present, it must be a command
- name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the
- typed input.
-
-\typeout
-
- \typeout{msg}
-
- Prints msg on the terminal and in the log file. Commands in msg
- that are defined with \newcommand or \renewcommand are replaced
- by their definitions before being printed.
-
- LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single
- space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to msg. A
- \space command in msg causes a single space to be printed. A
- ^^J in msg prints a newline.
-
-2.3.24 Typefaces
-
- The typeface is specified by giving the size and style. A
- typeface is also called a font.
-
-\Styles
-
- The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
-
- These commands are used like \textit{italics text}. The
- corresponding command in parenthesis is the declaration form,
- which takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form
- lasts until the next type style command or the end of the
- current group.
-
- The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say
- \sffamily\bfseries to get sans serif boldface.
-
- You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms;
- e.g. \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}.
-
- Table 1.9. Typefaces
- \textrm (\rmfamily) Roman.
- \textit (\itshape) , \emph Emphasis (toggles between \textit
- and \textrm).
- \textmd (\mdseries) Medium weight (default). The opposite of
- boldface.
- \textbf (\bfseries) Boldface.
- \textup (\upshape) Upright (default). The opposite of slanted.
- \textsl (\slshape) Slanted.
- \textsf (\sffamily) Sans serif.
- \textsc (\scshape) Small caps.
- \texttt (\ttfamily) Typewriter.
- \textnormal (\normalfont) Main document font.
- \mathrm Roman, for use in math mode.
- \mathbf Boldface, for use in math mode. For bold symbols or
- complete equations take a look at \boldsymbol and \bm.
- \mathsf Sans serif, for use in math mode.
- \mathtt Typewriter, for use in math mode.
- \mathit Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with
- several letters.
- \mathnormal For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type
- style declaration.
- \mathcal `Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
-
- In addition, the command \mathversion{bold} can be used for
- switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas.
- \mathversion{normal} restores the default.
-
-Sizes
-
- The following standard type size commands are supported by
- LaTeX.
-
- The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope
- of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command
- or the end of the current group.
-
- You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g.
- \begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}.
-
- Table 1.10. Standard type size commands
- \tiny
- \scriptsize
- \footnotesize
- \small
- \normalsize (default)
- \large
- \Large
- \LARGE
- \huge
- \Huge
-
-Low-level font commands
-
- These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
- packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the
- available ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7
- of The LaTeX Companion.
-
- Table 1.11. Low-level font commands
- \fontencoding{enc} Select font encoding. Valid encodings
- include OT1 and T1.
- \fontfamily{family} Select font family. Valid families include:
- * cmr for Computer Modern Roman
- * cmss for Computer Modern Sans Serif
- * cmtt for Computer Modern Typewriter
-
- and numerous others.
- \fontseries{series} Select font series. Valid series include:
- * m Medium (normal)
- * b Bold
- * c Condensed
- * bc Bold condensed
- * bx Bold extended
-
- and various other combinations.
- \fontshape{shape} Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
- * n Upright (normal)
- * it Italic
- * sl Slanted (oblique)
- * sc Small caps
- * ui Upright italics
- * ol Outline
-
- The two last shapes are not available for most font families.
- \fontsize{size}{skip} Set font size. The first parameter is the
- font size to switch to; the second is the \baselineskip to use.
- The unit of both parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is
- that the baselineskip should be 1.2 times the font size.
- \selectfont The changes made by calling the four font commands
- described above do not come into effect until \selectfont is
- called.
- \usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape} Equivalent to calling
- \fontencoding, \fontfamily, \fontseries and \fontshape with the
- given parameters, followed by \selectfont.
-
-2.4 Parameters
-
- The input file specification indicates the file to be
- formatted; TeX uses .tex as a default file extension. If you
- omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input from the
- terminal. You specify command options by supplying a string as
- a parameter to the command; e.g.
-
- latex \scrollmode\input foo.tex
-
- will process foo.tex without pausing after every error.
-
- Output files are always created in the current directory. When
- you fail to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output
- names on the file specification associated with the logical
- name TEX_OUTPUT, typically texput.log.
-
-3 LaTeX Packages
-
-3.1 amsmath
-
- amsmath consists of several packages to aid in typesetting
- math.
-
- \boldsymbol
- Produces a bold math symbol. When not only a single
- symbol, but a complete equation has to be bold you might
- consider using the superior \bm command which takes
- better care of spacing.
-
- \pmb
- Can be used for mathematic symbols, when no bold version
- is available. It prints the standard symbol several
- times slightly shifted and is inferior to a real bold
- font!
-
-3.2 dcolumn
-
- \usepackage{dcolumn}
-
- Defines a system for defining columns of entries in an array or
- tabular which are to be aligned on a decimal point.
-
- This package defines D to be a column specifier with three
- arguments:
-D{sep.tex}{sep.dvi}{decimal places}
-
- sep.tex should be a single character, this is used as the
- separator in the .tex file. It will usually be '.' or ','.
-
- sep.dvi is used as the separator in the output.
-
- decimal places should be the maximum number of decimal places
- in the column.
-
- \newcolumntype can be used to define own column types.
-
-3.3 float
-
-Note
-
- The contents of this section was taken from the documentation
- of float v1.3d of 2001/11/08.
-
- “This style option improves the interface for defining objects
- such as figures and tabels in LaTeX. It adds the notion of a
- float style that governs the appearance of floats.”
-
- \newfloat{<placement>}{<ext>}[<within>]
- Add a new class of floats.
-
- \floatstyle{<style>}
- Sets a default float style.
-
- \floatname{<style>}{<name>}
- Define the float name used in the caption of a float.
-
- \floatplacement{<>}{<placement>}
- Resets the default placement specifier of a class of
- floats.
-
- \restylefloat<style>
- Change styles for the standard float types figure and
- table.
-
- \listof{<type>}{<title>}
- Produces a list of all floats of a given class.
-
-3.4 fontenc
-
- \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-
- chooses T1-fonts and allows correct automatic hyphenation.
-
-3.5 german
-
- Das german Paket muß geladen sein:
-
- "a
- erzeugt ein ä
-
- entsprechend "o, "u, "A, "O, "U, "s (ß)
-
- "ck
- wird bei Trennung zu k-k
-
- "ff
- wird bei Trennung zu ff-f
-
- entsprechend "ll, "mm, "pp, "rr, "tt
-
- \glqq
- oder "` erzeugt untere doppelte Anführungszeichen
-
- \grqq
- oder "' erzeugt obere doppelte Anführungszeichen
-
- \glq
- erzeugt untere einfache Anführungszeichen
-
- \flqq
- oder "< doppelte linke französische Anführungszeichen
-
- \frqq
- oder "> doppelte rechte französische Anführungszeichen
-
- \flq
- einfache linke französische Anführungszeichen
-
- \frq
- einfache rechte französische Anführungszeichen
-
- "|
- verhindert eine Ligatur an der Stelle
-
- \-
- markiert mögliche Trennstelle, im restlichen Wort ist
- keine Trennung mehr möglich
-
- "-
- Trennvorschlag, der Rest des Wortes kann noch
- automatisch getrennt werden
-
- ""
- Trennvorschlag, bei dem bei einer Trennung kein
- Bindestrich eingefügt wird
-
- "~
- Bindestrich, an dem nicht getrennt werden darf
-
- "=
- Bindestrich, an dem getrennt werden darf
-
- \dq
- erzeugt ein nicht-typographisches gerades
- Anführungszeichen
-
-\texttt{\dq}
-
- <
- oder \dq ergibt das Zoll-Zeichen
-
-3.6 graphics
-
- Look up details in grfguide.
-
-3.6.1 \includegraphics
-
- \includegraphics[]{picture-name}
-
- File extensions of the graphics should be omitted, so it's
- easier to change the format (for example for pdf or ps output).
-
-3.6.2 \graphicspath
-
- \graphicspath{dir-list}
-
- dir-list is a list of absolute or relative paths, where the
- command \includegraphics{} searches for the graphic files:
-
- \graphicspath{{eps/}{tiff/}} would cause the system to look in
- the subdirectories eps and tiff of the current directory. This
- is unix syntax, on a Mac it would be:
-
- \graphicspath{{:eps:}{:tiff:}}
-
- Under Windows/DOS use also the slash / to separate directories.
- Not all tex installations can handle filenames with spaces. So
- it's better to avoid them.
-
-3.7 hyperref
-
- For more infos read in the book LaTeX Web Companion or Mit
- LaTeX ins Web.
-
-3.7.1 Options
-
- 4
- use Acrobat 4 features (default: false).
-
- a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, legalpaper, letterpaper,
- executivepaper
- use the specified paper size.
-
- anchorcolor
- set color of anchors (default: black).
-
- backref
- do bibliographical back references (default: false).
-
- baseurl
- set base URL for document (default: empty).
-
- bookmarks
- make bookmarks (default: true).
-
- bookmarksnumbered
- put section numbers in bookmarks (default: false).
-
- bookmarksopen
- open up bookmark tree (default: false).
-
- bookmarksopenlevel
- level to which bookmarks are open (default: \maxdimen).
-
- bookmarkstype
- to specify which `toc' file to mimic toc.
-
- breaklinks
- allow links to break over lines (default: false).
-
- citebordercolor
- color of border around cites (default: 0 1 0).
-
- citecolor
- color of citation links (default: green).
-
- colorlinks
- color links (default: false).
-
- debug
- provide details of anchors defined (same as verbose,
- default: false).
-
- draft
- do not do any hyper linking (default: false).
-
- dvipdf, dvipdfm, dvips, dvipsone, dviwindo, hypertex,
- latex2html, pdftex, tex4ht, textures, ps2pdf, vtex
- use the specified backend.
-
- extension
- suffix of linked files (default: dvi).
-
- filebordercolor
- color of border around file links (default: 0 .5 .5).
-
- filecolor
- color of file links (default: cyan).
-
- frenchlinks
- use small caps instead of color for links (default:
- false).
-
- hyperfigures
- make figures hyper links (default: false).
-
- hyperindex
- set up hyperlinked indices (default: true).
-
- hypertexnames
- use guessable names for links (default: true).
-
- implicit
- redefine LaTeX internals (default: true).
-
- linkbordercolor
- color of border around links (default: 1 0 0).
-
- linkcolor
- color of links (default: red).
-
- linktocpage
- make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT
- (default: false).
-
- menubordercolor
- color of border around menu links (default: 1 0 0).
-
- menucolor
- color for menu links (default: red).
-
- naturalnames
- use LaTeX-computed names for links (default: false).
-
- nesting
- allow nesting of links (default: false).
-
- pageanchor
- put an anchor on every page (default: true).
-
- pagebackref
- backreference by page number (default: false).
-
- pagebordercolor
- color of border around page links (default: 1 1 0).
-
- pagecolor
- color of page links (default: red).
-
- pdfauthor
- text for PDF Author field (default: empty).
-
- pdfborder
- width of PDF link border (default: 0 0 1; 0 0 0 for
- colorlinks)
-
- pdfcenterwindow
- position the document window center of the screen
- (default: false).
-
- pdfcreator
- text for PDF Creator field (default: LaTeX with hyperref
- package).
-
- pdffitwindow
- resize document window to fit document size (default:
- false).
-
- pdfhighlight
- set highlighting of PDF links (default: /I).
-
- pdfkeywords
- text for PDF Keywords field (default: empty).
-
- pdfmenubar
- make PDF viewer's menu bar visible (default: true).
-
- pdfnewwindow
- make links that open another PDF file start a new window
- (default: false).
-
- pdfpagelayout
- set layout of PDF pages (default: empty).
-
- pdfpagemode
- set default mode of PDF display (default: empty).
-
- pdfpagescrop
- set crop size of PDF document (default: empty).
-
- pdfpagetransition
- set PDF page transition style (default: empty).
-
- pdfproducer
- text for PDF Producer field (default: empty).
-
- pdfstartpage
- page at which PDF document opens (default: 1).
-
- pdfstartview
- starting view of PDF document (default: /Fit).
-
- pdfsubject
- text for PDF Subject field (default: empty).
-
- pdftitle
- text for PDF Title field(default: empty).
-
- pdftoolbar
- make PDF toolbar visible (default: true).
-
- pdfview
- PDF `view' when on link traversal (default: empty).
-
- pdfwindowui
- make PDF user interface elements visible (default:
- true).
-
- plainpages
- do page number anchors as plain arabic (default: true).
-
- raiselinks
- raise up links (for HyperTeX backend; default: false).
-
- runbordercolor
- color of border around run links (default: 0 .7 .7).
-
- unicode
- Unicode encoded pdf strings (default: true).
-
- urlbordercolor
- color of border around URL links (default: 0 1 1).
-
- urlcolor
- color of URL links (default: magenta).
-
- verbose
- be chatty (default: false).
-
-3.7.2 Commands
-
- \texorpdfstring{TeX-string}{pdf-string}
- allows different texts for PDF or TeX creation.
-
-\section{The role of \texorpdfstring{H$_2$O}{water}}
-
- \href{URL}{Text}
- the text will be resolved into a URL. The URL must be
- complete, according to a base-url which might be defined
- in a \hyperbaseurl.
-
-\href{http://www.karpfenteich.net/pit/}{Peter's input tips}
-
- \hyperbaseurl{URL}
- defines a base URL, which is preset to a given URL. This
- helps to make portable documents.
-
- \hyperimage{image-URL}
- includes the picture of the URL reference.
-
- \hyperref{URL}{category}{name}{text}, \hyperref[mark]{text}
- text is activated as a hyperlink to the point which is
- defined with a \label command with the symbolic name
- mark.
-
- \hyperlink{name}{text}, \hyertarget{name}{text}
- \hyperlink creates an internal link to an object which
- is somewhere defined with a \hypertarget command.
-
- For HTML the command \hyperlink inserts a # character in
- front of each link. Thus it'll refer to the topical
- document, while \href will expect a complete URL.
-
- \autoref{marker}
- \autoref is a substitution for the standard \ref
- command. It inserts a context sensitive phrase.
-
-see \autoref{foo}
-
- for a \label in a section will output see section 3 for
- an example.
-
- There are macros to change the default output with the
- help of the \renewcommand:
-
-\figurename *\figurename*
-\tablename *\tablename*
-\partname *\partname*
-\appendixname *\appendixname*
-\equationname *\equationname*
-\Itemname *\Itemname*
-\chaptername *\chaptername*
-\sectionname *\sectionname*
-\subsectionname *\subsesctionname*
-\subsubsectionname *\subsubsectionname*
-\paragraphname *\paragraphname*
-\Hfootnotename *\Hfootnotename*
-\AMSname *\AMSname*
-\theoremname *\theoremname*
-
- \nolinkurl
- Allows line breaks in a verbatim like environment like
- \url, but without the hyperlink function. This is useful
- to define own commands like this example:
-
-\newcommand*{\urlw}[1]{\href{http://www.#1}%
- {\nolinkurl{www.#1}}}
-
- This new defined command \urlw allows the user to
- typeset a linkable (this function is offered by \href)
- www.example.org address in the latex source like this:
-
-\urlw{example.org}
-
- This will produce the string www.example.org which is
- hyperlinked and breakable (when the driver like pdfTeX
- allows line breaks in links).
-
-3.8 inputenc
-
- \usepackage[encoding name]{inputenc}
-
- Allows to specify an input encoding for direct input of
- character codes > 127, e.g. accented characters.
-
- Important encodings are:
-
- latin9, latin1
- Linux, Unix, VMS
-
- ansinew
- Windows (codepage 1252)
-
- cp850
- OS/2, MSDOS (codpage 850)
-
- applemac
- Apple Macintosh
-
-3.9 KOMA-Script
-
- The KOMA-Script package has a very detailed and well written
- documentation. Read the scrguide for further information! :-)
-
-3.9.1 Page-Layout
-
- \typearea[BCOR]{DIV}
-
- \areaset[BCOR]{Breite}{Höhe}
-
-3.9.2 Options
-
- headinclude, headexclude, footinclude, footexclude
- will determine if headers and footers are used in the
- calculation of the page size. Default is exclude.
- Include will make the text area smaller.
-
- DIV
- is a factor which determins how large the used page size
- is. This method takes care of good typography.
-
- Try values between 10 and 15. Higher values will cause
- smaller margins. An example would be: DIV12.
-
- BCOR
- Binding correction. Takes care of the loss of the
- visible paper size when the paper is cut and a book is
- bound.
-
-3.9.3 Letter Class scrlttr2
-
- This reference is based on the excellent scrguien.pdf from
- 2002-09-06.
-
-Options
-
-Defining Options Later
-
- \KOMAoptions{options list}
- Use this to change options after loading the class. List
- single or multiple options, separated by commas.
-
-Page Layout Options
-
- paper=format
- Defines the paper format.
-
- BCOR=length, DIV=value, headlines=count
- Divisor, binding correction, and number of headlines.
-
- enlargefirstpage
- If true some more text would fit on the first page
-
-Other Layout Options
-
- twoside
- Activate possibilities of a double-sided document, but
- stay with with the one-sided layout as far as possible.
-
- cleardoublepage=style
- Inserted pages by \cleardoublepage get one of these page
- styles:
-
- + empty
- + plain
- + standard
-
- headsepline, footsepline
- Insert a separator line below the head or above the
- foot.
-
- mpinclude, mpexclude
- These two options of the typearea package should not be
- used with scrlttr2.
-
- pagenumber=position
- This option defines if and where a page number will be
- placed. Possible values are:
-
- bot, foot
- Page number in foot, horizontal position not
- changed
-
- botcenter, botcentered, botmiddle, footcenter,
- footcentered, footmiddle
- Page number infoot,centered
-
- botleft, footleft
- Page number in foot, left justified
-
- botrigth, footright
- Page number in foot, right justified
-
- center, centered, middle
- Page number centered horizontally, vertical
- position not changed
-
- false, no, off
- No page number
-
- head, top
- Page number in head, horizontal position not
- changed
-
- headcenter, headcentered, headmiddle, topcenter,
- topcentered, topmiddle
- Page number in head, centered
-
- headleft, topleft
- Page number in head, left justified
-
- headright, topright
- Page number in head, right justified
-
- left
- Page number left, vertical position not changed
-
- right
- Page number right, vertical position not changed
-
- Default is botcenter
-
- parskip=value
- Mark paragraphs alternatively by vertical skip. Possible
- values are:
-
- false, off
- Paragraph indentation instead of verticalk space
-
- full, on, true
- One line vertical space between paragraphs; at
- least 1 em free space in the last line.
-
- full*
- One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at
- least a quarter of a line free space at the end of
- a paragraph.
-
- full+
- One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at
- least a third of aline free space at the end of a
- paragraph.
-
- full-
- One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; last
- line of a paragraph may be arbitrarily filled.
-
- half
- Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at
- least 1 em free space in the last line.
-
- half*
- Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at
- least a quarter of a line free space at the end of
- a paragraph.
-
- half+
- Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at
- least a third of a line free space at the end of a
- paragraph.
-
- half-
- One line vertical space between paragraphs; last
- line may be arbitrarily filled.
-
- Default is false.
-
-Font Options
-
- fontsize=size
- Font size of the document. Defaults to 12pt.
-
-Options for Letterhead and Address
-
- fromalign
- Defines the placement of the from address in the
- letterhead. Possible values are:
-
- center, centered, middle
- Return address centered.
-
- false, no, off
- Standard design for return address.
-
- left
- Left justified return address.
-
- rigth
- Right justified return address.
-
- Default is left
-
- fromrule
- Allows to place a horizontal rule within return address.
- Possible values are:
-
- afteraddress, below, true, yes
- Line below return address
-
- aftername
- Line right below sender's name
-
- false, no, off
- No line.
-
- Default is false.
-
- fromphone
- Defines whether the phone number will be part of the
- return address.
-
- fromfax
- Defines whether the facsimile number will be part of the
- return address.
-
- fromemail
- Defines whether the email address will be part of the
- return address.
-
- fromurl
- Defines whether the URL will be part of the return
- address.
-
- fromlogo
- Defines whether the logo will be part of the return
- address.
-
- addrfield
- Defines whether a return address field will be set.
-
- backaddress
- Defines whether a return address for window envelopes
- will be set.
-
- subject
- Choose of your subject should have a title and if the
- subject should be set before or after the opening.
- Possible values are:
-
- afteropening
- Set subject after opening.
-
- beforeopening
- Set subject before opening.
-
- titled
- Add title to subject.
-
- untitled
- Do not add title to subject.
-
- Defaults are beforeopening and untitled.
-
- locfield
- Toggle between presets for the field width of
- additionbal sender attributes.
-
- narrow
- Small sender supplement field.
-
- wide
- Wide sender supplement field.
-
- Default is narrow.
-
- foldmarks
- Activates fold marks.
-
- numericaldate
- Toggles between standard, language-dependent date
- presentation and a short, numerical one.
-
- refline
- Defines that the reference line may extend beyond the
- normal type area.
-
-Format Options
-
- draft
- Toggles between the final and the draft version.
-
-Letter Class Option Files
-
- \LoadLetterOption{name}
- Load a lco file. name is the filename without suffix.
-
- Predefined lco files:
-
- DIN
- For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676.
-
- DINmtext
- For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676, but
- using an alternate layout with more text on the
- first page.
-
- KOMAold
- Fo AQ4 paper size using a layout close to the
- obsolete scrlettr class.
-
- SN
- For Swiss letters with address field on the right
- side, according to SN 010 130
-
- SNleft
- For Swiss letters with address field on the left
- side.
-
- \LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize{option name}{paper size}
- Useful to be abel to emit warnings if the user selects a
- different paper size from the one the lco file is based
- on.
-
-General Document Properties
-
-Font Selection
-
- See also the section for Changing Fonts in KOMA-Script (still
- to be written).
-
- backaddress
- Back address for a window envelope
-
- descriptionlabel
- Label in a description environment
-
- fromaddress
- Sender's address in letterhead
-
- fromname
- Sender's address in letterhead if different from
- fromaddress
-
- pagefoot
- Footer, sometimes header of a page
-
- pagehead
- Header, sometimes footer of a page
-
- pagenumber
- Page number in footer or header
-
- subject
- Subject in the opening
-
- title
- Headline in the opening
-
-Page Style
-
- See also the section for Page Style in KOMA-Script (still to be
- written).
-
- empty
- Entirely empty headers and footers
-
- plain
- Empty head and and only page number in header or footer
-
- headings
- Automatic page headings
-
- myheadings
- Manual page headings
-
-Variables
-
- The main difference between a command and a variable is that a
- command usually triggers an action whereas a variable only
- consists of plain text. Furthermore a variable can have an
- additional description.
-
- \newkomavar[description]{name},
- \newkomavar*[description]{name}, \addtoreffields{name}
- \newkomavar defines a new variable, addressed with name.
-
- The command \addtoreffields adds the variable name to
- the reference fields. See section Business Line.
-
- The command \newkomavar* works like \newkomavar with an
- additional call of the command \addtoreffields.
-
- Overview of all variables:
-
- backaddress
- Back address for window envelopes
-
- backaddressseparator
- Separator within the back address
-
- ccseparator
- Separator between title of additional recipients and
- additional recipients
-
- customer
- Customer number
-
- date
- Date
-
- emailseparator
- Separator between e-mail name and e-mail address
-
- enclseparator
- Separator between title of enclosure and and enclosures
-
- faxseparator
- Separator between title of fax and fax number
-
- fromaddress
- Sender's address without its name
-
- frombank
- Sender's bank account
-
- fromemail
- Sender's e-mail
-
- fromfax
- Sender's fax number
-
- fromlogo
- Commands for inserting the sender's logo
-
- fromname
- Complete name of the sender
-
- fromphone
- Sender's telephone number
-
- fromurl
- URL of the sender
-
- invoice
- Invoice number
-
- location
- More details of the sender
-
- myref
- Sender's reference
-
- place
- Place
-
- placeseparator
- Separator between place and date
-
- phoneseparator
- Separator between title of telephone and telephone
- number
-
- signature
- Signature beneath the ending of the letter
-
- specialmail
- Special mail
-
- subject
- Subject
-
- subjectseparator
- Separator between title of subject and subject
-
- title
- Letter title
-
- toname
- Complete name of recipient
-
- toaddress
- Address of recipient without its name
-
- yourmail
- Date of recipient's mail
-
- yourref
- Recipient's reference
-
- \setkomavar{name}[description]{content},
- \setkomavar*{name}{description}
- \setkomavar sets the content of the variable name. The
- optional argument sets the description of the variable.
-
- \setkomavar* only sets the description.
-
- \usekomavar[command]{name}, \usekomavar*[command]{name}
- \usekomavar gives you access to the content of the
- variable name.
-
- \usekomavar* gives you access to the description of the
- variable name.
-
- \ifkomavarempty{name}{true}{false},
- \ifkomavarempty*{name}{true}{false}
- The true argument will be executed if the content or
- description is empty. Otherwise the false argument will
- be executed.
-
- The starred version handles the description of a
- variable, the variant without star the content.
-
-Pseudo Lengths
-
- \@newplength{name}
- Defines a new pseudo length
-
- \useplength{name}
- Access value of pseudo length name
-
- \setlengthtoplength[factor]{length}{pseudo length} ,
- \addtolengthplength[factor]{length}{pseudo length}
- Assign a multiple of pseudo length to a real length.
- Adds a multiple of pseudo length to length.
-
- \@setplength[factor]{pseudo length}{value} ,
- \@addtoplength[factor]{pseudo length}{value}
- Assign a multiple of a value to a pseudo length. Adds
- value to pseudo length.
-
-Letter Declaration
-
-Letterhead
-
- firstheadvpos
- Distance between the top of the sheet and the
- letterhead.
-
- firstheadwidth
- Width of the letterhead.
-
- fromname, fromaddress, fromphone, fromfax, fromemail, fromurl,
- fromlogo
- This variables give all statements concerning the sender
- necessary to create the letterhead.
-
- phoneseparator, faxseparator, emailseparator, urlseparator
- Separators for variables in letterhead.
-
- \firsthead{construction}
- Create letterhead freely.
-
-Footer
-
- firstfootvpos
- Distance between footer and upper border of the sheet.
-
- firstfootwidth
- Width of letter's firstpage footer.
-
- \firstfoot{Construction}
- Set definition for first page's footer
-
-Address
-
- toaddrvpos, toaddrhpos
- Distance between address window of a window envelope and
- the upper and left border of the sheet.
-
- toaddrwidth
- Width of the address window.
-
- toaddrindent
- Value of indentation for the address from the left
- border.
-
- backaddress, backaddressseparator, backaddrheight
- Double backslashes within return address will be
- exchanged with backaddressseparator. Height of the
- return address field.
-
- specialmail, specialmailindent, specialmailrightindent
- Optionally set between return address and addressee.
- specialmailindent and specialmailrightindent determine
- left and right indentation.
-
- toname, toaddress
- Usually not set directly by the user.
-
- \begin{letter}[options]{address}
- Major point of the letter class.
-
- \AtBeginLetter{command}
- Hook for commands run at begin of a letter.
-
-Sender's Extension
-
- locwidth
- Declares width of sender's extensions.
-
- location
- Content of sender's extension.
-
-Business Line
-
- refvpos
- Distance between upper border of sheet and business
- line.
-
- refwidth
- Available width for the business line.
-
- refaftervskip
- Vertical space to be inserted beneath business line.
-
- place, placeseparator
- If all variables for business line are empty, the
- content of place and placeseparator will be set,
- followed by content of date.
-
- yourref, yourmail, myref, customer, invoice, date
- Typical fields for business lines.
-
-Title and Subject Line
-
- title
- Additional tile. Set centered beneath the business line.
-
- subject, subjectseparator
- Set the subject of the letter, optional prefixed by a
- label.
-
-Further Issues
-
- tfoldmarkvpos, bfoldmarkvpos
- Position of upper and lower fold mark.
-
- foldmarkhpos
- Distance between fold marks and the sheet's left border.
-
- frombank
- Internally not used yet.
-
- \nexthead{construction}, \nextfoot{construction}
- Create letter head or foot for the following pages
- freely.
-
-The Text
-
-Opening
-
- \opening{opening}
- Set the opening of the letter.
-
-Footnotes
-
- See section Footnotes in KOMA-Script (still to be written).
-
-Lists
-
- See section Lists in KOMA-Script (still to be written).
-
-Margin Notes
-
- See section Margin Notes in KOMA-Script (still to be written).
-
-Text Emphasis
-
- See section Logical Markup of Text in KOMA-Script (still to be
- written).
-
-Closing Part
-
-Closing
-
- signature
- Inlcudes an explanation for the inscription. Defaults to
- \usekomavar{fromname}.
-
- \closing{closing phrase}
- Typesets the colsing phrase follwoed by a vertical space
- and the contents fo variable signature.
-
- sigindent, sigbeforevskip, \raggedsignature
- Indentation of the box for closing phrase, inscription
- and signature (defaults to 0mm). Vertical space between
- closing phrase and signature (defaults to two lines).
- Alignment inside the box.
-
-Postscript, Carbon Copy, and Enclosures
-
- \ps
- Set a postscript.
-
- \cc{distribution list}, ccseparator
- Set a ddistribution list. If the contents of ccseparator
- isn't empty then the name and the content of the
- variable is inserted prior to distribution list.
-
- \encl{enclosures}, enclseparator
- Same structur as the distribution list.
-
-Language Support
-
-Language Selection
-
- \captionenglish, \captionUSenglish, \captionamerican,
- \captionbritish, \captionUKenglish, \captiongerman,
- \captionngerman, \captionaustrian, \captionfrench,
- \captionitalian, \captionspanish, \captiondutch,
- \captioncroatian
- If the used language selection scheme does not support
- switching the language the above commands can be used
- directly.
-
- \dateenglish, \dateUSenglish, \dateamerican, \datebritish,
- \dateUKenglish, \dategerman, \datengerman,
- \dateaustrian, \datefrench, \dateitalian, \datespanish,
- \datedutch, \datecrotian
- Numerical date representation.
-
-Language-Dependent Terms
-
- \yourrefname, \youremailname, \myrefname, \customername,
- \invoicename, \subjectname, \ccname, \enclname,
- \headtoname, \headfromname, \datename, \pagename,
- \phonename, \faxname, \emailname, \wwwname, \bankname
- These defintions can be modified to support a new
- language of for private customization.
-
-Defining Language Terms
-
- \providecaptioname{language}{term}{definition},
- \newcaptioname{language}{term}{defintion},
- \renewcaptionname{language}{term}{definition}
- Assign a definition for a language to a term.
-
-Address Files and Circular Letters
-
- \adrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{Comm
- ent}{Key}
- Address entry for address files. The file extension has
- to be .adr!
-
- \addrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{F3}
- {F4}{Key}
- This command supports four freely definable parameters
- for an address entry.
-
- \adrchar{initial letter}, \addrchar{initial letter}
- Separator for address entries. Ignored by scrlttr2.
-
-3.9.4 Address Files with scraddr
-
- \InputAddressFile{file name}
- Read the contents of the given address file. Filename
- extension has to be .adr and has to be omitted in the
- argument.
-
- \Name{Key}, \FirstName{Key}, \LastName{Key}, \Address{Key},
- \Telephone{Key}, \FreeI{Key}, \FreeII{Key},
- \Comment{Key}, \FreeIII{Key}, \FreeIV{Key}
- Access to the data in address file. \Name is a
- concatenation of \FirstName and \LastName.
-
- AdrFreeIVempty, AdrFreeIVshow, AdrFreeIVwarn, AdrFreeIVstop
- Package warning options. Defaults to AdrFreeIVshow.
-
-3.10 mathpazo
-
- Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.
-
-3.10.1 \upDelta / \upOmega
-
- Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.
-
- Package options are:
-
- [slantedGreek]
- Uppercase Greek will be typeset slanted.
-
- [noBBpl]
- Do not use PazoMathBlackboardBold as (partial)
- blackboard bold font (e.g with \mathbb{R}).
-
- [osf]
- Make the font family pplj (Palatino with old style
- numerals) the default roman font, and use an alternative
- version of the virtual math italic fonts (zplmrj7m and
- zplmbj7m) with upright Palatino old style numerals for
- use with the \oldstylenums command.
-
- [osfeqnnum]
- Use old style numerals for equation numbering.
-
-3.11 varioref
-
- Smarter version of the original latex2e cross reference
- commands. Generated strings are customizable, Babel options are
- recognized (further info in the package documentation).
-
- \vref, \vpageref
- \vref is similar to \ref but adds an additional page
- reference, like on the facing page or on page 27
- whenever the corresponding \label is not on the same
- page.
-
- \vpageref is a variation of \pageref with similar
- functionality.
-
- \vrefrange, \vpagerefrange
- The \v...range commands take two labels as arguments and
- produce strings which depend on wether or not these
- labels fall onto a single page or on different pages.
-
- \vref*, \vpageref*, \vpagerefrange*
- Star * variants do not add any space before the
- generated text for situations like:
-
-(\vref{foo} ...)
-
-3.12 Several Small Packages
-
- Must be loaded with the usual \usepackage command. Further info
- for a package to be found in the documentation (dvi, pdf, ps)
- or in the sty-file itself.
-
-3.12.1 bm
-
- Bold math symbols or equations with better spacing then the
- \boldsymbold command. If possible load after other packages
- which redefine the fonts. When no bold font is available for a
- certain char bm will use poor man's bold \pmb.
-
- \bm
- Produces bold math symbol or equation.
-
- \unboldmath
- Can be used to set parts of an equation unbold.
-
-3.12.2 url
-
- Defines line breakable hyperlinked (uses hyperref package)
- verbatim input for urls and e-mail addresses.
-
- Example: \url{http://example.org} outputs http://example.org.
-
- Related commands are \href and \nolinkurl.
-
-4 Generic Packages
-
-4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)
-
- tbd.
-
-4.2 PSTricks
-
-4.2.1 Overview
-
- The idea behind the PSTricks package of Timothy van Zandt is to
- provide most of the PostScript language in LaTeX and TeX
- syntax.
-
-4.2.2 Commands and Parameters
-
-4.2.2.1 Color
-
- \newgray{color}{num} , \newrgbcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3} ,
- \newhsbcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3} ,
- \newcmykcolor{color}{num1 num2 num3 num4}
-
- Note that these commands are obsolete for LaTeX. Load PSTricks
- with \usepackage{pstcol} and use the standard LaTeX color
- commands instead.
-
-4.2.2.2 Setting graphics parameters
-
- \psset{par1=value1,par2=value2,...}
-
-4.2.2.3 Dimensions, coordinates and angles
-
- \pssetlength{cmd}{dim}
-
- unit=dim, xunit=dim, yunit=dim, yunit=dim
- Default: 1cm
-
- \degrees[num]
-
- \radians
-
-4.2.2.4 Basic graphics parameters
-
- linewidth=dim
- Default: .8pt
-
- linecolor=color
- Default: black
-
- showpoints=true/false
- Default: false
-
-4.2.2.5 Lines and polygons
-
- linearc=dim
- Default: 0pt
-
- framearc=num
- Default: 0
-
- cornersize=relative/absolute
- Default: relative
-
- \psline*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
-
- \qline(coor0)(coor1)
-
- \pspolygon*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
-
- \psframe*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)
-
-4.2.2.6 Arcs, circles and ellipses
-
- \pscircle*[par](x0,y0){radius}
-
- \qdisk(coor){radius}
-
- \pswedge*[par](x0,y0){radius}{angle1}{angle2}
-
- \psellipse*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)
-
- \psarc*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}
-
- \psarcn*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}
-
- arcsep=dim, arcsepA=dim, arcsepB=dim
- Default: 0pt
-
-4.2.2.7 Curves
-
- \psbezier*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
-
- \parabola*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)
-
- \pscurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
-
- \psecurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
-
- \psccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)
-
- curvature=num1 num2 num3
- Default: 1 .1 0
-
-4.2.2.8 Dots
-
- \psdots*[par](x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
-
- dotstyle=style
- Default: *
-
- Dots: *, o, +, triangle, triangle*, square, square*,
- pentagon, pentagon*, |
-
- dotscale=num1 num2
- Default: 1
-
- dotangle=angle
- Default: 0
-
-4.2.2.9 Grids
-
- \psgrid(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- gridwidth=dim
- Default: .8pt
-
- gridcolor=color
- Default: black
-
- griddots=num
- Default: 0
-
- gridlabels=dim
- Default: 10pt
-
- gridlabelcolor=color
- Default: black
-
- subgriddiv=int
- Default: 5
-
- subgridwidth=dim
- Default: .4pt
-
- subgridcolor=color
- Default: gray
-
- subgriddots=num
- Default: 0
-
-4.2.2.10 Plots
-
- \fileplot*[par]{file}
-
- \dataplot*[par]{commands}
-
- \savedata{command}[data]
-
- \readdata{command}{file}
-
- \listplot*[par]{list}
-
- \psplot*[par]{xmin}{xmax}{function}
-
- \parametricplot*[par]{tmin}{tmax}{function}
-
- plotstyle=style
- Default: line
-
- plotpoints=int
- Default: 50
-
-4.2.2.11 Coordinate systems
-
- origin={coor}
- Default: 0pt,0pt
-
- swapaxes=true
- Default: false
-
-4.2.2.12 Line styles
-
- linestyle=style
- Default: solid
-
- dash=dim1 dim2
- Default: 5pt 3pt
-
- dotsep=dim
- Default: 3pt
-
- border=dim
- Default: 0pt
-
- bordercolor=color
- Default: white
-
- doubleline=true/false
- Default: false
-
- doublesep=dim
- Default: 1.25\pslinewidth
-
- doublecolor=color
- Default: white
-
- shadow=true/false
- Default: false
-
- shadowsize=dim
- Default: 3pt
-
- shadowangle=angle
- Default: -45
-
- shadowcolor=color
- Default: darkgray
-
- dimen=outer/inner/middle
- Default: outer
-
-4.2.2.13 Fill styles
-
- fillstyle=style
- Default: none
-
- fillcolor=color
- Default: white
-
- hatchwidth=dim
- Default: .8pt
-
- hatchsep=dim
- Default: 4pt
-
- hatchcolor=color
- Default: black
-
- hatchangle=rot
- Default: 45
-
-4.2.2.14 Arrowheads and such
-
- arrows=style
- Default: -
-
- Arrows: -, <->, >-<, <<->>, >>-<<, |-|, |*-|*, [-], (-),
- o-o, *-*, oo-oo, **-**, c-c, cc-cc, C-C
-
- arrowsize=dim num
- Default: 2pt 3
-
- arrowlength=num
- Default: 1.4
-
- arrowinset=num
- Default: .4
-
- tbarsize=dim num
- Default: 2pt 5
-
- bracketlength=num, rbracketlength=num
- Default: .15
-
- dotsize=dim num
- Default: .5pt 2.5
-
- arrowscale=num1 num2
- Default: 1
-
-4.2.2.15 Custom styles
-
- \newpsobject{name}{object}{par1=value1,...}
-
- \newpsstyle{name}{par1=value1,...}
-
-4.2.2.16 The basics
-
- \pscustom*[par]{commands}
-
-4.2.2.17 Parameters
-
- linetype=int
- Default: 0
-
-4.2.2.18 Graphics objects
-
- liftpen=0/1/2
- Default: 0
-
-4.2.2.19 Safe tricks
-
- \newpath
-
- \moveto(coor)
-
- \closepath
-
- \stroke[par]
-
- \fill[par]
-
- \gsave
-
- \grestore
-
- \translate(coor)
-
- \scale{num1 num2}
-
- \rotate{angle}
-
- \swapaxes
-
- \msave
-
- \mrestore
-
- \openshadow[par]
-
- \closedshadow[par]
-
- \movepath(coor)
-
-4.2.2.20 Pretty safe tricks
-
- \lineto(coor)
-
- \rlineto(coor)
-
- \curveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
-
- \rcurveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
-
-4.2.2.21 For hackers only
-
- \code{code}
-
- \dim{dim}
-
- \coor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
-
- \rcoor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)
-
- \file{file}
-
- \arrows{arrows}
-
- \setcolor{color}
-
-4.2.2.22 Pictures
-
- \pspicture*[baseline](x0,y0)(x1,y1)
-
- \endpspicture
-
-4.2.2.23 Placing and rotating whatever
-
- \rput*[refpoint]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}
-
- \uput*{labelsep}[refangle]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}
-
- \pslabelsep
-
- labelsep=dim
- Default: 5pt
-
-4.2.2.24 Repetition
-
- \multirput*[refpoint]{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{stuff}
-
- \multips{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{graphics}
-
-4.2.2.25 Axes
-
- \psaxes*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- Horizontal Vertical Dflt Description
- Ox=num Oy=num 0 Label at origin.
- Dx=num Dy=num 1 Label increment.
- dx=dim oy=dim 0pt Dist btwn labels.
-
- labels=all/x/y/none
- Default: all
-
- showorigin=true/false
- Default: true
-
- ticks=all/x/y/none
- Default: all
-
- tickstyle=full/top/bottom
- Default: full
-
- ticksize=dim
- Default: 3pt
-
- \psxlabel, \psylabel
-
- axesstyle=axes/frame/none
- Default: axes
-
-4.2.2.26 Framed boxes
-
- framesep=dim
- Default: 3pt
-
- boxsep=true/false
- Default: true
-
- \psframebox*[par]{stuff}
-
- \psdblframebox*[par]{stuff}
-
- \psshadowbox*[par]{stuff}
-
- \pscirclebox*[par]{stuff}
-
- \cput*[par]{angle}(x,y){stuff}
-
- \psovalbox*[par]{stuff}
-
-4.2.2.27 Clipping
-
- \clipbox[dim]{stuff}
-
- \psclip{graphics} ... \endpsclip
-
-4.2.2.28 Rotation and scaling boxes
-
- \rotateleft{stuff}
-
- \rotateright{stuff}
-
- \rotatedown{stuff}
-
- \scalebox{num1 num2}{stuff}
-
- \scaleboxto(x,y){stuff}
-
-4.2.2.29 Nodes
-
- \rnode[refpoint]{name}{stuff}
-
- \Rnode(x,y){name}{stuff}
-
- \RnodeRef
-
- \pnode(x,y){name}
-
- \cnode*[par](x,y){radius}{name}
-
- \circlenode*[par]{name}{stuff}
-
- \cnodeput*[par]{angle}(x,y){name}{stuff}
-
- \ovalnode*[par]{name}{stuff}
-
-4.2.2.30 Node connections
-
- nodesep=dim
- Default: 0
-
- offset=dim
- Default: 0
-
- arm=dim
- Default: 10pt
-
- angle=angle
- Default: 0
-
- arcangle=angle
- Default: 8
-
- ncurv=num
- Default: .67
-
- loopsize=dim
- Default: 1cm
-
- \ncline*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncLine*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \nccurve*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncarc*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncbar*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncdiag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncdiagg*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncangle*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncangles*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \ncloop*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \nccircle*[par]{arrows}{node}{radius}
-
- \pcline*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pcarc*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pcbar*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pcdiag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pcangle*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pcloop*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
-4.2.2.31 Attaching labels to node connections
-
- \lput*[refpoint]{rotation}(pos){stuff}
-
- \aput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}
-
- \bput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}
-
- \mput*[refpoint]{stuff}
-
- \Aput*[labelsep]{stuff}
-
- \Bput*[labelsep]{stuff}
-
-4.2.2.32 Coils and zigzags
-
- \pscoil*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)
-
- \psCoil*[par]{angle1}{angle2}
-
- \pszigzag*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)
-
- coilwidth=dim
- Default: 1cm
-
- coilheight=num
- Default: 1
-
- coilarm=dim
- Default: .5cm
-
- coilaspect=angle
- Default: 45
-
- coilinc=angle
- Default: 10
-
- \nccoil*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \nczigzag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}
-
- \pccoil*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
- \pczigzag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
-
-4.2.2.33 Special coordinates
-
- \SpecialCoor
-
- Table 1.12. Special coordinates and angles
- Coordinate Example Description
- (x,y) (3,4) Cartesian coordinate.
- (r;a) (3;110) Polar coordinate.
- (node) (A) Center of node.
- ([par]node) ([angle=45]A) Relative to node.
- (!ps) (!5 3.3 2 exp) Raw PostScript.
- (coor1|coor2) (A|1in;30) Combination.
-
- Angle Example Description
- num 45 Angle.
- (coor) (-1,1) Coordinate (vector).
- !ps !33 sqrt Raw PostScript.
-
- \NormalCoor
-
-4.2.2.34 Overlays
-
- \overlaybox stuff\endoverlaybox
-
- \psoverlay{string}
-
- \putoverlaybox{string}
-
- gradbegin=color
- Default: gradbegin
-
- gradend=color
- Default: gradend
-
- gradlines=int
- Default: 500
-
- gradmidpoint=num
- Default: .9
-
- gradangle=angle
- Default: 0
-
-4.2.2.35 Typesetting text along a path
-
- \pstextpath[pos](x,y){graphics object}{text}
-
-4.2.2.36 Stroking and filling character paths
-
- \pscharpath*[par]{text}
-
- \pscharclip*[par]{text} ... \endpscharclip
-
-4.2.2.37 Exporting EPS files
-
- \TeXtoEPS ... \endTeXtoEPS
-
- \PSTtoEPS[par]{file}{graphics objects}
-
- bbllx=dim
- Default: -1pt
-
- bblly=dim
- Default: -1pt
-
- bburx=dim
- Default: 1pt
-
- bbury=dim
- Default: 1pt
-
- headerfile=file
- Default: s
-
- headers=none/all/user
- Default: none
-
-4.2.2.38 Boxes
-
- \psmathboxtrue, \psmathboxfalse
-
- \everypsbox{commands}
-
- \pslongbox{name}{cmd}
-
- \psverbboxtrue, \psverbboxfalse
-
-4.2.2.39 Tips and More Tricks
-
- \pslbrace, \psrbrace
-
-4.2.3 List of Additional PSTricks Packages
-
- psgo
- Draw Go diagrams
-
- pst-blur
- PSTricks package for "blurred" shadows
-
- pst-euc
- Géométrie en LaTeX et PSTricks
-
- pst-fr3d
- Three dimensional framed Boxes
-
- pst-ghsb
- PSTricks package for HSB Gradients
-
- pst-gr3d
- PSTricks package for 3D grids
-
- pst-lens
- Optique géométrique
-
- pst-node
- PSTricks package for nodes
-
- pst-ob3d
- A PSTricks package for three dimensional basic objects
-
- pst-osci
- Oscilloscopes with PSTricks
-
- pst-poly
- Polygons with PSTricks
-
- pst-tree
- PSTricks package for trees
-
- pst-uml
- Draw easily diagrams with UML notation
-
- vaucansom.sty
- Drawing automata
-
-5 fontinst (tbd.)
-
- tbd.
-
-6 ConTeXt (tbd.)
-
-6.1 Overview
-
- ConTeXt is based on PlainTeX and MetaPost and gets controlled
- with some Perl scripts. It's mainly targeted towards layout
- oriented users and especially useful for presentations. It's
- extensible by the use of modules and has in it's base
- distribution already a large amount of functionality. The
- preferred output format is PDF, but DVI is possible too.
-
- Some of the unique features of ConTeXt are:
- * Inline XML (including MathML, ChemML, and PhysML)
- * really good XML support in general
- * inline MetaPost
-
-7 Texinfo (tbd.)
-
- tbd.
-
-Chapter 2. pdfTeX
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 Options
-
- 1.1 --file-line-error-style
- 1.2 --fmt format
- 1.3 --help
- 1.4 --ini
- 1.5 --interaction mode
- 1.6 --ipc
- 1.7 --ipc-start
- 1.8 --jobname name
- 1.9 --kpathsea-debug bitmask
- 1.10 --maketex fmt
- 1.11 --no-maketex fmt
- 1.12 --output-comment string
- 1.13 --parse-first-line
- 1.14 --progname name
- 1.15 --recorder
- 1.16 --shell-escape
- 1.17 --translate-file tcxname
- 1.18 --version
-
- 2 Environment
-
-Note
-
- The contents of this section was taken from pdftex(1).
-
-1 Options
-
- pdfTeX understands the following command line options.
-
-1.1 --file-line-error-style
-
- Print error messages in the form file:line:error which is
- similar to the way many compilers format them.
-
-1.2 --fmt format
-
- Use format as the name of the format to be used, instead of the
- name by which pdfTeX was called or a %& line.
-
-1.3 --help
-
- Print help message and exit.
-
-1.4 --ini
-
- Be pdfinitex, for dumping formats; this is implicitly true if
- the program is called as pdfinitex.
-
-1.5 --interaction mode
-
- Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of batchmode,
- nonstopmode, scrollmode, and errorstopmode. The meaning of
- these modes is the same as that of the corresponding \commands.
-
-1.6 --ipc
-
- Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output
- file. Whether this option is available is the choice of the
- installer.
-
-1.7 --ipc-start
-
- As --ipc, and starts the server at the other end as well.
- Whether this option is available is the choice of the
- installer.
-
-1.8 --jobname name
-
- Use name for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name
- of the input file.
-
-1.9 --kpathsea-debug bitmask
-
- Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask.
- See the Kpathsea manual for details.
-
-1.10 --maketex fmt
-
- Enable mktexfmt, where fmt must be one of tex or tfm.
-
-1.11 --no-maketex fmt
-
- Disable mktexfmt, where fmt must be one of tex or tfm.
-
-1.12 --output-comment string
-
- Use string for the DVI file comment instead of the date.
-
-1.13 --parse-first-line
-
- If the first line of the main input file begins with %& parse
- it to look for a dump name or a --translate-file option.
-
-1.14 --progname name
-
- Pretend to be program name. This affects both the format used
- and the search paths.
-
-1.15 --recorder
-
- Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
- opened for input and output in a file with extension .fls.
-
-1.16 --shell-escape
-
- Enable the \write18{command} construct. The command can be any
- Bourne shell command. This construct is normally disallowed for
- security reasons.
-
-1.17 --translate-file tcxname
-
- Use the tcxname translation table.
-
-1.18 --version
-
- Print version information and exit.
-
-2 Environment
-
- See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path
- specifications' node) for the details of how the environment
- variables are used when searching. The kpsewhich utility can be
- used to query the values of the variables.
-
- One caveat: In most pdfTeX formats, you cannot use ~ in a
- filename you give directly to pdfTeX, because ~ is an active
- character, and hence is expanded, not taken as part of the
- filename. Other programs, such as Metafont, do not have this
- problem.
-
- TEXMFOUTPUT
- Normally, pdfTeX puts its output files in the current
- directory. If any output file cannot be opened there, it
- tries to open it in the directory specified in the
- environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT. There is no default
- value for that variable. For example, if you say pdftex
- paper and the current directory is not writable, if
- TEXMFOUTPUT has the value /tmp, pdfTeX attempts to
- create /tmp/paper.log (and /tmp/paper.pdf, if any output
- is produced.)
-
- TEXINPUTS
- Search path for \input and \openin files. This should
- probably start with ``.'', so that user files are found
- before system files. An empty path component will be
- replaced with the paths defined in the texmf.cnf file.
- For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/usr/tex:" to
- prepend the current direcory and ``/home/user/tex'' to
- the standard search path.
-
- TEXFONTS
- earch path for font metric (.tfm) files.
-
- TEXFORMATS
- Search path for format files.
-
- TEXPOOL
- Search path for pdfinitex internal strings.
-
- TEXEDIT
- Command template for switching to editor. The default,
- usually vi, is set when pdfTeX is compiled.
-
-Chapter 3. Metafont (tbd.)
-
- tbd.
-
-Chapter 4. MetaPost
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 Options
-
- 1.1 --file-line-error-style
- 1.2 --help
- 1.3 --ini
- 1.4 --interaction mode
- 1.5 --jobname name
- 1.6 --kpathsea-debug bitmask
- 1.7 --mem mem
- 1.8 --parse-first-line
- 1.9 --progname name
- 1.10 --recorder
- 1.11 -T
- 1.12 --translate-file tcxname
- 1.13 --troff
- 1.14 --version
-
- 2 Environment
-
-Note
-
- The contents of this section was taken from mpost(1).
-
- MetaPost is a programming language much like Knuth's Metafont
- except that it outputs PostScript programs instead of bitmaps.
- Borrowed from Metafont are the basic tools for creating and
- manipulating pictures. These include numbers, coordinate pairs,
- cubic splines, affine transformations, text strings, and
- boolean quantities. Additional features facilitate integrating
- text and graphics and accessing special features of PostScript
- such as clipping, shading, and dashed lines. Another feature
- borrowed from Metafont is the ability to solve linear equations
- that are given implicitly, thus allowing many programs to be
- written in a largely declarative style. By building complex
- operations from simpler ones, MetaPost achieves both power and
- exibility.
-
-1 Options
-
- MetaPost understands the following command line options.
-
-1.1 --file-line-error-style
-
- Print error messages in the form file:line:error which is
- similar to the way many compilers format them.
-
-1.2 --help
-
- Print help message and exit.
-
-1.3 --ini
-
- Be inimpost, for dumping bases; this is implicitly true if the
- program is called as inimpost.
-
-1.4 --interaction mode
-
- Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of batchmode,
- nonstopmode, scrollmode, and errorstopmode. The meaning of
- these modes is the same as that of the corresponding commands.
-
-1.5 --jobname name
-
- Use name for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name
- of the input file.
-
-1.6 --kpathsea-debug bitmask
-
- Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask.
- See the Kpathsea manual for details.
-
-1.7 --mem mem
-
- Use mem as the name of the mem to be used, instead of the name
- by which MetaPost was called or a %& line.
-
-1.8 --parse-first-line
-
- If the first line of the main input file begins with %& parse
- it to look for a dump name or a --translate-file option.
-
-1.9 --progname name
-
- Pretend to be program name. This affects both the format used
- and the search paths.
-
-1.10 --recorder
-
- Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
- opened for input and output in a file with extension .fls.
-
-1.11 -T
-
- Produce TROFF output.
-
-1.12 --translate-file tcxname
-
- Use the tcxname translation table.
-
-1.13 --troff
-
- As -T.
-
-1.14 --version
-
- Print version information and exit.
-
-2 Environment
-
- See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path
- specifications' node) for the details of how the environment
- variables are use when searching. The kpsewhich utility can be
- used to query the values of the variables.
-
- If the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT is set, MetaPost
- attempts to put its output files in it, if they cannot be put
- in the current directory.
-
- Here is a list of the environment variables which affect the
- behavior of MetaPost:
-
- MPINPUTS
- Search path for input files.
-
- MFINPUTS
- Auxiliary search path for input files with .mf
- extensions.
-
- MPSUPPORT
- Directory for various tables for handling included TeX
- and troff.
-
- MPXCOMMAND
- The name of a shell script that converts embedded
- typesetting commands to a form that MetaPost
- understands. Defaults: makempx for TeX and troffmpx for
- troff.
-
- TEX
- The version of TeX - or LaTeX - to use when processing
- btex and verbatimtex commands. Default TeX. This version
- of MetaPost allows you to use a `%&format' line instead.
-
- TROFF
- The troff pipeline for btex and verbatimtex commands.
- Default eqn -d\$\$ | troff
-
- MPEDIT
- A command template for invoking an editor.
-
- A .mem file is a binary file that permits fast loading of macro
- packages. MetaPost reads the default plain.mem unless another
- .mem file is specified at the start of the first line with an &
- just before it. There is also an mfplain.mem that simulates
- plain Metafont so that MetaPost can read .mf fonts. (Plain
- Metafont is described in The Metafontbook).
-
- Experts can create .mem files by invoking inimpost and giving
- macro definitions followed by a dump command.
-
- The MetaPost language is similar to Metafont, but the manual A
- User's Manual for MetaPost assumes no knowledge of Metafont.
- MetaPost does not have bitmap output commands or Metafont's
- online display mechanism.
-
-Chapter 5. BibTeX
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 Parameters
- 2 Command Qualifiers
- 3 bib files
-
- 3.1 @STRING command
- 3.2 Entry Format
- 3.3 Entry Types
- 3.4 Field Text
- 3.5 Field Types
-
- 4 bst files
-
- 4.1 ABBRV.BST
- 4.2 ALPHA.BST
- 4.3 PLAIN.BST
- 4.4 SAMPLE.BST
- 4.5 UNSRT.BST
-
-Note
-
- The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages
- for BibTeX of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).
-
- Invokes the BibTeX utility to compile a bibliography file for
- LaTeX. Full details can be found in "LaTeX: A Document
- Preparation System" by Leslie Lamport.
-
-1 Parameters
-
- bibliography-file-spec
-
- Specifies the name of the bibliography database file to be
- compiled by BibTeX. If the file specification does not include
- a file type, BibTeX assumes a default type of BIB.
-
-2 Command Qualifiers
-
- /BIBINPUTS /BIBINPUTS=(name,...)
-
- Specify directories containing input files, and the order in
- which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null
- value in the list indicates the current directory. The search
- procedure TeX uses to locate input files is to first search
- your default directory and then search each of the directories
- specified by the /BIBINPUTS option.
-
- Default is /BIBINPUTS=(TEX_BIB:); TeX looks in the directory
- associated with the logical name TEX_BIB.
-
- /STATS /STATS /NOSTATS [D]
-
- This qualifier is used while debugging .BST files to determine
- BIBTEX memory usage.
-
- /TEXINPUTS /TEXINPUTS=(name,...)
-
- Specify directories containing input files, and the order in
- which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null
- value in the list indicates the current directory. The search
- procedure TeX uses to locate input files is to first search
- your default directory and then search each of the directories
- specified by the /TEXINPUTS option.
-
- Default is /TEXINPUTS=(TEX_INPUTS); TeX looks in the directory
- associated with the logical name TEX_INPUTS.
-
- /TRACE /TRACE /NOTRACE [D]
-
- This qualifier is used while debugging .BST files to follow
- program flow.
-
-3 bib files
-
- This help entry contains the same information as Appendix B of
- the LaTeX manual. It describes the format of a bibliography
- database (.BIB) file.
-
- A bibliography database file may contains two types of entry -
- an abbreviation definition or a reference entry for citation.
-
-3.1 @STRING command
-
- The @STRING command is used to define abbreviations for use by
- BibTeX within the bibliography database file. The command
- @string{jgg1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
-
- defines 'jgg1' to be the abbreviation for the string "Journal
- of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1". Parentheses can be used in place
- of the outermost braces in the @string command, and braces can
- be used instead of the quotation marks. The text must have
- matching braces.
-
- The case of letters is ignored in an abbreviation as well as in
- the command name @string, so the command above could have been
- written:
- @STRING{JgG1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
-
- A @string command can appear anywhere before or between entries
- in a bibliography database file. However, it must come before
- any use of the abbreviation, so a sensible place for @string
- commands is at the beginning of the file. A @string command in
- the bibliography database file takes precedence over a
- definition made by the bibliography style, so it can be used to
- change the definition of an abbreviation such as 'Feb'.
-
-3.2 Entry Format
-
- A bibliography database file contains a series of reference
- entries like the following:
- @BOOK{kn:gnus,
- AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knudson",
- TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
- PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
- ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} }
-
- The @BOOK states that this is an entry of type book. various
- entry types are described below. The 'kn:gnus' is the citation
- key, as it appears in the argument of a \cite command referring
- to the entry.
-
- This entry has four fields, named AUTHOR, TITLE, PUBLISHER and
- ADDRESS. The meanings of these and other fields are described
- below. A field consists of the name, an '=' character with
- optional space around it, followed by its text. The text of a
- field is a string of characters, with no unmatched braces,
- surrounded by either a pair of braces or a pair of '"'
- characters. Entry fields are separated from one another, and
- from the citation key, by commas. A comma may have optional
- space around it.
-
- The outermost braces that surround the entire entry may be
- replaced by parentheses. As in TeX input files, an end-of-line
- character counts as a space and one space is equivalent to many
- spaces. Unlike TeX, BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the
- entry type, citation key and field names. The above entry could
- have been typed as follows:
-@BOOK(kn:gnus, author = {Donald E. Knudson},
- TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
- PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
- ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} )
-
- However, the case of letters does matter to LaTeX, so the
- citation key ("kn:gnus" in the example above) should appear
- exactly the same in all \cite commands in the LaTeX input file.
-
- The quotes or braces can be omitted around text consisting
- entirely of numerals. The following two fields are equivalent:
-Volume = "27" Volume = 27
-
-3.3 Entry Types
-
- When entering a reference in the bibliography database, the
- first thing to decide is what type of entry it is. No fixed
- classification scheme can be complete, but BibTeX provides
- enough entry types to handle almost any reference reasonably
- well.
-
- References to different types of publications contain different
- information; a reference to a journal might include the volume
- and number of the journal, which is usually not meaningful for
- a book. Therefore, database entries of different types have
- different fields for each entry type, the fields are divided
- into three classes:
-
- Required
- omitting the field will produce an error message and may
- result in a badly formatted bibliography entry. If the
- required information is not meaningful, you are using
- the wrong entry type.
-
- Optional
- the field's information will be used if present, but can
- be omitted without causing any formatting problems. A
- reference should contain any available information that
- might help the reader, so you should include the
- optional field if it is applicable.
-
- Ignored
- the field is ignored. BibTeX ignores any field that is
- not required or optional, so you can include any fields
- you want in a bibliography entry. It's often a good idea
- to put all relevant information about a reference in its
- bibliography entry - even information that may never
- appear in the bibliography. For example, if you want to
- keep an abstract of a paper in a computer file, put it
- in an 'abstract' field in the paper's bibliography
- entry. The bibliography database file is likely to be as
- good a place as any for the abstract, and it is possible
- to design a bibliography style for printing selected
- abstracts.
-
- BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry type.
-
-3.3.1 article entry
-
- An article from a journal or magazine.
-
- Format:
-@ARTICLE{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, journal, year
-
- Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note, key
-
-3.3.2 book entry
-
- A book with an explicit publisher.
-
- Format:
-@BOOK{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
-
- Optional fields: volume, series, address, edition, month, note,
- key
-
-3.3.3 booklet entry
-
- A work that is printed and bound, but without a named publisher
- or sponsoring institution.
-
- Format:
-@BOOKLET{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: title
-
- Optional fields: author, howpublished, address, month, year,
- note, key
-
-3.3.4 conference entry
-
- An article in the proceedings of a conference. This entry is
- identical to the 'inproceedings' entry and is included for
- compatibility with another text formatting system.
-
- Format:
-@CONFERENCE{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, booktitle, year
-
- Optional fields: editor, pages, organization, publisher,
- address, month, note, key
-
-3.3.5 inbook entry
-
- A part of a book, which may be a chapter and/or a range of
- pages.
-
- Format:
-@INBOOK{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages,
- publisher, year
-
- Optional fields: volume, series, address, edition, month, note,
- key
-
-3.3.6 incollection entry
-
- A part of a book with its own title.
-
- Format:
-@INCOLLECTION{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, booktitle, year
-
- Optional fields: editor, pages, organization, publisher,
- address, month, note, key
-
-3.3.7 inproceedings entry
-
- An article in the proceedings of a conference.
-
- Format:
-@INPROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, booktitle, year
-
- Optional fields: editor, pages, organization, publisher,
- address, month, note, key
-
-3.3.8 manual entry
-
- Technical documentation.
-
- Format:
-@MANUAL{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: title
-
- Optional fields: author, organization, address, edition, month,
- year, note, key
-
-3.3.9 mastersthesis entry
-
- A Master's thesis.
-
- Format:
-@MASTERSTHESIS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, school, year
-
- Optional fields: address, month, note, key
-
-3.3.10 misc entry
-
- Use this type when nothing else seems appropriate.
-
- Format:
-@MISC{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: none
-
- Optional fields: author, title, howpublished, month, year,
- note, key
-
-3.3.11 phdthesis entry
-
- A PhD thesis.
-
- Format:
-@PHDTHESIS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, school, year
-
- Optional fields: address, month, note, key
-
-3.3.12 proceedings entry
-
- The proceedings of a conference.
-
- Format:
-@PROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: title, year
-
- Optional fields: editor, publisher, organization, address,
- month, note, key
-
-3.3.13 techreport entry
-
- A report published by a school or other institution, usually
- numbered within a series.
-
- Format:
-@TECHREPORT{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, institution, year
-
- Optional fields: type, number, address, month, note, key
-
-3.3.14 unpublished entry
-
- A document with an author and title, but not formally
- published.
-
- Format:
-@UNPUBLISHED{citation_key,
- required_fields [, optional_fields] }
-
- Required fields: author, title, note
-
- Optional fields: month, year, key
-
-3.4 Field Text
-
- The text of the field is enclosed in braces or double quote
- characters. A part of the text is said to be enclosed in braces
- if it lies inside a matching pair of braces other than the ones
- enclosing the entire entry or the entire field text.
-
- BibTeX manipulates the case of letters in the field text as
- described in the subtopics below.
-
-3.4.1 Names
-
- The text of an author or editor field represents a list of
- names. The bibliography style determines the format in which
- the name is printed: whether the first name or last name
- appears first, if the full first name or just the first initial
- is used, etc. The bibliography file entry simply tells BibTeX
- what the name is.
-
- You should type an author's complete name and let the
- bibliography style decide what to abbreviate. (But an author's
- complete name may be "Donald~E. Knuth" or even "J.~P.~Morgan";
- you should type it the way the author would like it to appear,
- if that's known.)
-
- Most names can be entered in the obvious way, either with or
- without a comma, as in the following examples:
-
- "John Paul Jones" "Jones, John Paul" "Ludwig von Beethoven"
- "von Beethoven, Ludwig"
-
- Some people have multiple last names - for example, Per Brinch
- Hansen's last name is Brinch~Hansen. His name should be typed
- with a comma:
-
- "Brinch Hansen, Per"
-
- To understand why, you must understand how BibTeX handles names
- (for what follows, a "name" corresponds to a person).
-
- Each name consists of four parts: First, von, Last, and~Jr;
- each part consists of a (possibly empty) list of name-tokens.
- For example the First part of Per Brinch~Hansen's name has the
- single token "Per"; the Last part has two, "Brinch" and
- "Hansen"; and the von and Jr parts are empty. If you had typed
-
- "Per Brinch Hansen"
-
- instead, BibTeX would erroneously think "Brinch" were a
- First-part token, just as "Paul" is a First-part token in
- "John~Paul Jones".
-
- Here's another example:
-
- "Charles Louis Xavier Joseph de la Vallee Poussin"
-
- This name has four tokens in the First part, two in the von,
- and two in the Last. Here BibTeX knows where one part ends and
- the other begins because the tokens in the von part begin with
- lower-case letters.
-
- If you want BibTeX to consider something a single token,
- enclose it in braces. You should do this, for example, if a
- comma is part of a name:
-
- "{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}" "{Barnes and} {Noble, Inc.}"
- "{Barnes} {and} {Noble,} {Inc.}"
-
- The braces surrounding the comma keep "Inc." from being
- interpreted as a First token; this name has only a Last part,
- with either one, two, or four tokens (there must be a space
- separating the tokens in the second and third forms). Probably
- the second form is slightly more meaningful, but don't lose
- sleep over this since only rarely will an institution be an
- author or editor.
-
- So the two names
-
- "von Beethoven, Ludwig" "{von Beethoven}, Ludwig"
-
- are considered by BibTeX to be different names. In the first,
- "Beethoven" is the Last part and "von" is the von part; in the
- second, which in this case happens to be incorrect, the Last
- part has a single token and there's no von part. The
- bibliography style will probably print both the same, but it
- may alphabetize and label them differently.
-
- "Juniors" pose a special problem. Most people having "Jr." in
- their name precede it with a comma. Such a name should be
- entered as follows:
-
- "Ford, Jr., Henry"
-
- However, a few people do not use a comma. They are handled by
- considering the "Jr." to be part of the last Last token:
-
- "{Steele Jr.}, Guy L." "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}"
-
- This name has no Jr part.
-
- To summarize, you may type a name in one of three forms:
-
- "First von Last" "von Last, First" "von Last, Jr, First"
-
- You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't if
- either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple tokens
- but there's no von part.
-
- If there are multiple authors or editors, their names must be
- separated by the word "and", surrounded by spaces, not enclosed
- in braces:
-
- AUTHOR = "Ralph Alpher and Bethe, Hans and George Gamow"
-
- Since BibTeX interprets commas as separating parts of a name
- and "and" as separating names themselves, this example has
- three coauthors: Ralph Alpher, Hans Bethe, and George Gamow. If
- the word "and" appears as part of a name, it must be enclosed
- in braces, as in the example of "Barnes and Noble,~Inc." given
- above. If you have too many names to list in a field, you can
- end the list with "and others"; the standard styles
- appropriately append an "et al."
-
- BibTeX's rules are actually a bit more complicated than
- indicated here, but this description will suffice for most
- names.
-
-3.4.2 Titles
-
- The bibliography style determines whether or not a title is
- capitalized; the titles of books usually are, the title of
- articles usually are not. You type a title the way it should
- appear if it is capitalized (you should capitalize everything
- but articles and unstressed conjunctions and prepositions, and
- even these should be capitalized as the first word or the first
- after a colon):
-
- TITLE = "The Agony and the Ecstasy"
-
- BibTeX will change uppercase letters to lowercase if
- appropriate. Uppercase letters that should not be changed are
- enclosed in braces. The following two titles are equivalent;
- the "A" of "Africa" will not be made lowercase.
-
- "The Gnats and Gnus of {Africa}" "The Gnats and Gnus of
- {A}frica"
-
-3.4.3 Abbreviations
-
- Instead of an ordinary text string, the text of a field can be
- replaced by an abbreviation for it. An abbreviation is a string
- of characters that starts with a letter and does not contain a
- space or any of the following ten characters:
-
- " # % ' ( ) , = { }
-
- The abbreviation is typed in place of the text field, with no
- braces or quotation marks. If 'jgg1' is an abbreviation for
-
- Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1
-
- then the following are equivalent:
-
- JOURNAL = jgg1 JOURNAL = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"
-
- Some abbreviations are predefined by the bibliography style.
- These always include the usual 3 letter abbreviations for the
- month: jan, feb, mar etc.
-
- Bibliography styles usually contain abbreviations for the names
- of commonly referenced journals. Consult the Local Guide for a
- list of the predefined abbreviations for the bibliography
- styles available.
-
- You can define your own abbreviations by using BibTeX's @STRING
- command.
-
-3.5 Field Types
-
- Below is a list of all fields recognized by the standard
- bibliography styles. An entry can also contain other fields,
- which are ignored by those styles.
-
- BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the field names.
-
-3.5.1 address field
-
- Publisher's address. For major publishing houses, just the city
- is given. For small publishers, you can help the reader by
- giving the complete address.
-
- Format:
-ADDRESS = field_text
-
-3.5.2 annote field
-
- An annotation, used only for annotated bibliography styles
- (which are not among the standard ones).
-
- Format:
-ANNOTE = field_text
-
-3.5.3 author field
-
- The name(s) of the author(s).
-
- Format:
-AUTHOR = field_text
-
-3.5.4 booktitle field
-
- Title of a book, part of which is being cited.
-
- Format:
-BOOKTITLE = field_text
-
-3.5.5 chapter field
-
- A chapter number.
-
- Format:
-CHAPTER = field_text
-
-3.5.6 edition field
-
- The edition of a book - for example, "second".
-
- Format:
-EDITION = field_text
-
-3.5.7 editor field
-
- Name(s) of editor(s). If there is also an "author" field, then
- the "editor" field gives the editor of the book or collection
- in which the reference appears.
-
- Format:
-EDITOR = field_text
-
-3.5.8 howpublished field
-
- How something strange has been published.
-
- Format:
-HOWPUBLISHED = field_text
-
-3.5.9 institution field
-
- The institution that published the work.
-
- Format:
-INSTITUTION = field_text
-
-3.5.10 journal field
-
- A journal name. Abbreviations are provided for many journals;
- see the Local Guide.
-
- Format:
-JOURNAL = field_text
-
-3.5.11 key field
-
- Used for alphabetizing and creating a label when the "author"
- and "editor" fields are missing. This field should not be
- confused with the citation key that appears in the \cite
- command and at the beginning of the entry.
-
- Format:
-KEY = field_text
-
-3.5.12 month field
-
- The month in which the work was published or, for an
- unpublished work, in which it was written.
-
- Format:
-MONTH = field_text
-
-3.5.13 note field
-
- Any additional information that can help the reader.
-
- Format:
-NOTE = field_text
-
-3.5.14 number field
-
- The number of a journal, magazine, or technical report. An
- issue of a journal or magazine is usually identified by its
- volume and number; the organization that issues a technical
- report usually gives it a number.
-
- Format:
-NUMBER = field_text
-
-3.5.15 organization field
-
- The organization sponsoring a conference.
-
- Format:
-ORGANIZATION = field_text
-
-3.5.16 pages field
-
- A page number or range of numbers such as "42--111"; you may
- also have several of these, separating them with commas:
- "7,41,73--97". The standard styles convert a single dash to a
- double. >
-
- Format:
-PAGES = field_text
-
-3.5.17 publisher field
-
- The publisher's name.
-
- Format:
-PUBLISHER = field_text
-
-3.5.18 school field
-
- The name of the school where a thesis was written.
-
- Format:
-SCHOOL = field_text
-
-3.5.19 series field
-
- The name of a series or set of books. When citing an entire
- book, the the "title" field gives its title and an optional
- "series" field gives the name of a series in which the book is
- published.
-
- Format:
-SERIES = field_text
-
-3.5.20 title field
-
- The work's title.
-
- Format:
-TITLE = field_text
-
-3.5.21 type field
-
- The type of a technical report - for example, "Research Note".
-
- Format:
-TYPE = field_text
-
-3.5.22 volume field
-
- The volume of a journal or multivolume book work.
-
- Format:
-VOLUME = field_text
-
-3.5.23 year field
-
- The year of publication or, for an unpublished work, the year
- it was written. This field's text should contain only numerals.
-
- Format:
-YEAR = field_text
-
-4 bst files
-
- Bibliography style files define the style of a bibliography
- source list.
-
- The standard bibliography style files are PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
- and ABBRV.
-
- If you want to make a bibliography style of your own, look at
- SAMPLE.BST.
-
-4.1 ABBRV.BST
-
- This style is the same as the style defined in PLAIN.BST,
- except that entries are more compact because first names, month
- names and journal names are abbreviated.
-
-4.2 ALPHA.BST
-
- This style is the same as the style defined in PLAIN.BST except
- that entry labels like "Knu66", formed from the author's name
- and the year of publication, are used.
-
-4.3 PLAIN.BST
-
- This style is formatted more or less as suggested by
- Mary-Claire van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars" (Alfred A.
- Knopf, New York, 1979). Entries are sorted alphabetically and
- are labelled with numbers.
-
-4.4 SAMPLE.BST
-
- This is a sample bibliography style file meant to help you
- construct a new style. It creates a bibliography in which
- entries appear as follows:
-
- [Jones79] Jones, R. L. and Richards, P. Q. The Birds and the
- Bees. {\it Journal of Irreproducible Results 4}, 2 (Jan. 1979),
- 27-33.
-
- [Jones82a] Jones, P. G. The Bees and the Trees ... (1982).
-
- [Jones82b] Jones, R. L. The Trees and the Peas ... (1982).
-
- [Krist74] Kristofferson, R. P. Peopl and Places ... (1974)
-
- It should illustrate how you write a style file. The functions
- are described in an informal Pascal-like style in comments.
- Because of the way while loops and if-then-else statements must
- use functions, the following convention is used. If a while
- loop is labeled 'foo' in the informal description, then its
- test and body are the functions named 'foo.test' and
- 'foo.body'. If an if statement is labeled 'foo', then its two
- clauses are the functions named 'foo.then' and 'foo.else'.
- (Null clauses just use the 'skip$' function.) Note that because
- functions have to be defined in terms of already-defined
- functions, the actual function definitions are given in a
- 'bottom-up' order.
-
-4.5 UNSRT.BST
-
- This style is that same as PLAIN.BST except that entries appear
- in the order of their first citation.
-
-Chapter 6. Make-Index
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 Options
-
- 1.1 -c
- 1.2 -g
- 1.3 -i
- 1.4 -l
- 1.5 -q
- 1.6 -r
- 1.7 -s sty
- 1.8 -o ind
- 1.9 -t log
- 1.10 -p no
- 1.11 -L
- 1.12 -T
-
- 2 Style File
-
- 2.1 Input Style Specifiers
- 2.2 Output Style Specifiers
-
- 3 Example
- 4 Ordering
- 5 Special Effects
-
-Note
-
- The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages
- for Make-Index of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).
-
- Some obvious errors in this documentation have been corrected
- according to makeindex(1L).
-
- Additional information was taken from makeindex(1L) and the
- program source files as found in teTeX 2.0.2.
-
- Make-Index is a general purpose index processor. It takes one
- or more raw index files (normally generated by a formatter),
- sorts the entries, and produces the actual index file. It is
- not dependent on any particular format of raw index file,
- although the .idx file generated by LaTeX is the default. Up to
- three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting within the same
- entry is supported. The input format may be redefined in a
- style file so that raw index or glossary output from other
- formatters may be processed. The style file also defines the
- style of output index file. Unless specified otherwise, the
- file name base of the first input file (idx0) is used to
- determine other related input/output files. The default input
- file type is .idx.
-
-1 Options
-
- Make-Index is a Unix program, and therefore has a Unix-style
- command line. Instead of qualifiers delimited with a slash (/),
- Make-Index options are delimited with a hyphen (-).
-
-1.1 -c
-
- Enable blank compression. By default every blank counts in the
- index key. The -c option ignores leading and trailing blanks
- and tabs and compresses intermediate ones to a single space.
-
-1.2 -g
-
- Employ German word ordering in the index, in accord with rules
- set forth in DIN 5007. The quote character must be redefined in
- a style file (for example, redefine quote as '+'). If the quote
- character is not redefined, Make-Index will produce an error
- message and abort.
-
-1.3 -i
-
- Use stdin as the input file. When this option is specified and
- the -o is not, output is written to stdout.
-
-1.4 -l
-
- Use letter ordering. Default is word ordering (explained in the
- Ordering section).
-
-1.5 -q
-
- Quiet mode, send no messages to stderr. By default progress and
- error messages are sent to stderr as well as the transcript
- file. The -q option disables the stderr messages.
-
-1.6 -r
-
- Disable implicit page range formation. By default three or more
- successive pages will be automatically abbreviated as a range
- (e.g. 1--5). The -r option disables it, making the explicit
- range operators the only way to create page ranges (see the
- Special Effects section below).
-
-1.7 -s sty
-
- Take sty as the style file. There is no default for the style
- file name. The environment variable INDEXSTYLE defines the path
- where the style file should be found.
-
-1.8 -o ind
-
- Take ind as the output index file. By default the file name
- base of the first input file idx0 concatenated with the
- extension .ind is used as the output file name.
-
-1.9 -t log
-
- Take log as the transcript file. By default the file name base
- of the first input file idx0 concatenated with the extension
- .ilg is used as the transcript file name.
-
-1.10 -p no
-
- Set the starting page number of the output index file to be no.
- This is useful when the index file is to be formatted
- separately. Other than pure numbers, three special cases are
- allowed for no: any, odd, and even. In these special cases, the
- starting page number is determined by retrieving the last page
- number from the source log file. The source log file name is
- determined by concatenating the file name base of the first raw
- index file (idx0) with the extension .log. The last source page
- is obtained by searching backward in the log file for the first
- instance of a number included in [...]. If a page number is
- missing or the log file is not found, no attempt will be made
- to set the starting page number. The meaning of each of these
- cases follows:
-
- any
- The starting page is the last source page number plus 1.
-
- odd
- The starting page is the first odd page following the
- last source page number.
-
- even
- The starting page is the first even page following the
- last source page number.
-
-1.11 -L
-
- Sort based on locale settings. String comparisons for sorting
- are done using strcoll(3), which compares strings according to
- the current locale category LC_COLLATE.
-
- Not available on all systems (depends on compile time
- settings).
-
-1.12 -T
-
- Special support for Thai documents.
-
- Not available on all systems (depends on compile time
- settings).
-
-2 Style File
-
- The style file format is very simple. It is a list of
- <specifier, attribute> pairs. There are two types of specifiers
- (input and output). The pairs don't have to obey any particular
- order in the file. A line lead by `%' is a comment. The
- following is a list of all the specifiers and their respective
- arguments where <string> is an arbitrary string delimited by
- double quotes ("..."), <char> is a single letter embraced by
- single quotes ('...'), and <number> is a nonnegative integer.
- The maximum length of a <string> is 144. Notice that a
- backslash must be escaped (by an extra backslash) in the string
- quotation. Anything not specified in the style file will be
- assigned a default value, which is shown on a separate line.
- This file can reside anywhere in the path defined by the
- environment variable INDEXSTYLE.
-
-2.1 Input Style Specifiers
-
-2.1.1 actual <char>
-
- Default: @
-
- The symbol which indicates that the next entry is to appear in
- the actual index file.
-
-2.1.2 arg_close <char>
-
- Default: }
-
- This is the closing delimiter for the index entry argument.
-
-2.1.3 arg_open <char>
-
- Default: {
-
- This is the opening delimiter for the index entry argument.
-
-2.1.4 encap <char>
-
- Default: |
-
- The symbol which indicates that the rest of the argument list
- is to be used as the encapsulating command for the page number.
-
-2.1.5 escape <char>
-
- Default: \\
-
- The symbol which escapes the next letter, unless its preceding
- letter is escape. In other words, quote is used to escape the
- letter which immediately follows it. But if it is preceded by
- escape, it does not escape anything.
-
- Notice that the two symbols must be distinct.
-
-2.1.6 keyword <string>
-
- Default: "\\indexentry"
-
- This is the command which tells Make-Index that its argument is
- an index entry.
-
-2.1.7 level <char>
-
- Default: !
-
- The delimiter which denotes a new level of subitem.
-
-2.1.8 quote <char>
-
- Default: "
-
- quote is used to escape the letter which immediately follows
- it, but if it is preceded by escape, it is treated as a
- ordinary character. These two symbols must be distinct.
-
-2.1.9 range_close <char>
-
- Default: )
-
- The closing delimiter indicating the end of an explicit page
- range.
-
-2.1.10 range_open <char>
-
- Default: (
-
- The opening delimiter indicating the beginning of an explicit
- page range.
-
-2.2 Output Style Specifiers
-
-2.2.1 page_compositor <string>
-
- Default: "-"
-
- This specifier is used to separate a range of page numbers.
-
- Officially undocumented!
-
-2.2.2 preamble <string>
-
- Default: "\\begin{theindex}\n"
-
- The preamble of actual index file.
-
-2.2.3 postamble <string>
-
- Default: "\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"
-
- The postamble of actual index file.
-
-2.2.4 setpage_prefix <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\setcounter{page}{"
-
- The prefix of the command which sets the starting page number.
-
-2.2.5 setpage_suffix <string>
-
- Default: "}\n"
-
- The suffix of the command which sets the starting page number.
-
-2.2.6 group_skip <string>
-
- Default: "\n\n \\indexspace\n"
-
- The vertical space to be inserted before a new group begins.
-
-2.2.7 heading_prefix <string>
-
- Default: ""
-
- The header prefix to be inserted before a new letter begins.
-
-2.2.8 heading_suffix <string>
-
- Default: ""
-
- The header suffix to be inserted before a new letter begins.
-
-2.2.9 headings_flag <string>
-
- Default: 0
-
- The flag indicating the condition of inserting new letter
- header. Default is 0, which means no header. Positive means
- insert an uppercase letter between prefix and suffix. Negative
- means insert a lowercase letter.
-
-2.2.10 symhead_positive <string>
-
- Default: "Symbols"
-
- Heading for symbols to be inserted if headings_flag is
- positive.
-
-2.2.11 symhead_negative <string>
-
- Default: "symbols"
-
- Heading for symbols to be inserted if headings_flag is
- negative.
-
-2.2.12 numhead_positive <string>
-
- Default: "Numbers"
-
- Heading for numbers to be inserted if headings_flag is
- positive.
-
-2.2.13 numhead_negative <string>
-
- Default: "numbers"
-
- Heading for numbers to be inserted if headings_flag is
- negative.
-
-2.2.14 item_0 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\item "
-
- The command to be inserted between two primary (level 0) items.
-
-2.2.15 item_1 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\subitem "
-
- The command to be inserted between two secondary (level 1)
- items.
-
-2.2.16 item_2 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\subsubitem "
-
- The command to be inserted between two level 2 items.
-
-2.2.17 item_01 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\subitem "
-
- The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1
- item.
-
-2.2.18 item_x1 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\subitem "
-
- The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1
- item. The difference between this and previous is that in this
- case the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers.
-
-2.2.19 item_12 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\subsubitem "
-
- The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2
- item.
-
-2.2.20 item_x2 <string>
-
- Default: "\n \\subsubitem "
-
- The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2
- item. The difference between this and previous is that in this
- case the level 1 item doesn't have any page numbers.
-
-2.2.21 delim_0 <string>
-
- Default: ", "
-
- The delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key and its
- first page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.
-
-2.2.22 delim_1 <string>
-
- Default: ", "
-
- The delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key and its
- first page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.
-
-2.2.23 delim_2 <string>
-
- Default: ", "
-
- The delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key and its
- first page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.
-
-2.2.24 delim_n <string>
-
- Default: ", "
-
- The delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers for the
- same key in any level. Default is a comma followed by a blank.
-
-2.2.25 delim_r <string>
-
- Default: "--"
-
- The delimiter to be inserted between the starting and ending
- page numbers of a range.
-
-2.2.26 delim_t <string>
-
- Default: ""
-
- The delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list. This
- delimiter has no effect on entries which have no associated
- page list.
-
-2.2.27 encap_prefix <string>
-
- Default: "\\"
-
- The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page number.
-
-2.2.28 encap_infix <string>
-
- Default: "{"
-
- The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page number.
-
-2.2.29 encap_suffix <string>
-
- Default: "}"
-
- The suffix for the command which encapsulates the page number.
-
-2.2.30 line_max <number>
-
- Default: 72
-
- The maximum length of a line in the output beyond which a line
- wraps around.
-
-2.2.31 indent_space <string>
-
- Default: "\t\t"
-
- The space to be inserted in front of a wrapped line. Default is
- two tabs.
-
-2.2.32 indent_length <number>
-
- Default: 16
-
- The length of indent_space. In the default case this is 16 (for
- 2 tabs).
-
-2.2.33 suffix_2p <string>
-
- Default: ""
-
- Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
- number of a two page list. When present, it overrides delim_r.
-
-2.2.34 suffix_3p <string>
-
- Default: ""
-
- Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
- number of a three page list. When present, it overrides delim_r
- and suffix_mp.
-
-2.2.35 suffix_mp <string>
-
- Default: ""
-
- Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
- number of a multiple page list (three or more pages). When
- present, it overrides delim_r.
-
-3 Example
-
- The following example shows a style file called book.isty which
- defines a stand-alone index for a book. By stand-alone, we mean
- it can be formatted independent of the main source.
-preamble
-"\\documentstyle[12pt]{book}
-\\begin{document}
-\\begin{theindex}
-{\\small\n"
-
-postamble
-"\n\n}
-\\end{theindex}
-\\end{document}\n"
-
- Suppose a particular book style requires the index (as well as
- any chapters) to start from an odd page number. Given foo.idx
- as the raw index file, the following command line produces an
- index in file foo-.ind.
-makeindex -s book.isty -o foo-.ind -p odd foo
-
- The reason to use a non-default output file name is to avoid
- clobbering the source output (presumably foo.dvi) because if
- the index is in file foo.ind, its output will also be in
- foo.dvi as a result of separate formatting using . In the
- example the index is in foo-.ind, its output will be in
- foo-.dvi and thus introduces no confusion.
-
-4 Ordering
-
- By default makeindex assumes word ordering. The -l option turns
- it into letter ordering. The only difference is whether a blank
- is treated as an effective letter or not. In word ordering, a
- blank precedes any letter in the alphabet, whereas in letter
- ordering, it doesn't count at all. This is best illustrated by
- the following example:
- word order letter order
- sea lion seal
- seal seal lion
-
- Numbers are sorted in numeric order. For instance,
- 9 (nine), 123
- 123 10 (ten), see Derek, Bo
-
- Letters are first sorted with uppercase and lowercase
- considered identical; then, within identical words the
- uppercase letter precedes its lowercase counterpart.
-
- Patterns lead by a special symbol precede numbers, which
- precede patterns lead by a letter. The symbol here refers to
- anything not in the union of digits and English alphabet. This
- includes those which follow 'z' in the ASCII chart. As a
- special case, anything started with a digit but mixed with
- non-digits is considered a symbol-leading pattern instead of a
- number.
-
-5 Special Effects
-
- In the normal case entries such as
-\indexentry{alpha}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10}
-
- in the raw index file will be converted to
-\item alpha, 1
- \subitem beta, 3
- \subsubitem gamma, 10
-
- in the output index file by Make-Index. Notice that the level
- symbol (!) is used to delimit levels of nesting.
-
- It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form by
- using the actual (@) operator. For instance,
-\indexentry{alpha@{\it alpha\/}}{1}
-
- will become
-\item {\it alpha\/} 1
-
- after the conversion. The idea is that the pattern preceding @
- is used as sort key, whereas the one following it is put in the
- actual result. However, the same key with and without the
- actual part are regarded as distinct entries.
-
- It is also possible to encapsulate a page number with a
- designated command using the encap (|) operator. For example,
- in the default case,
-\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1}
-
- will be converted to
-\item alpha \bold{1}
-
- where \bold{n} will expand to {\bf n}. This allows the encap
- operator to be used to set pages in different fonts, thereby
- conveying more information about whatever being indexed. For
- instance, given the same key the page where its definition
- appears can be in one font while where its primary example is
- given can be in another, with other ordinary appearances in a
- third. Notice that in this example, the three output attributes
- associated with page encapsulation encap_prefix, encap_infix,
- and encap_suffix correspond respectively to backslash, left
- brace, and right brace. If this is to be formatted by languages
- other than , they would be defined differently.
-
- By the same token, the encap operator can be used to make cross
- references in the index. For instance,
-\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1}
-
- will become
-\item alpha \see{beta}{1}
-
- in the output index file after the conversion, where
-\see{beta}{1}
-
- will expand to
-{\it see\/} beta
-
- Notice that in a cross reference like this the page number
- disappears. Therefore, where to insert such a command in the
- source is immaterial.
-
- A pair of encap concatenated with range_open (|() and with
- range_close (|)) creates an explicit page range. That is,
-\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
-
- will become
-\item alpha, 1--5
-
- Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged into
- the range implicitly. This is especially useful when an entire
- section about a particular subject is to be indexed, in which
- case only the range opening and closing operators need to be
- inserted at the beginning and end of the section, respectively.
-
- This explicit page range formation can also include an extra
- command to set the page range in a designated font. Thus
-\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
-
- will become
-\item alpha, \bold{1--5}
-
- A couple of special cases are worth mentioning here. First,
- entries like
-\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
-
- will be interpreted as
-\item alpha, \bold{3}, 1--5
-
- but with a warning message in the transcript about the
- encounter of an inconsistent page encapsulator. Secondly, an
- explicit range beginning in a Roman page number and ending in
- Arabic is considered an error. In a case like this the range is
- broken into two subranges, if possible, one in Roman, the other
- in Arabic. For instance,
-\indexentry{alpha|(}{i}
-\indexentry{alpha}{iv}
-\indexentry{alpha}{3}
-\indexentry{alpha|)}{7}
-
- will be turned into
-\item alpha, 1--iv, 3--7
-
- with a warning message in the transcript complaining about the
- illegal range formation.
-
- Finally, every special symbol mentioned in this section may be
- escaped by the quote operator ("). Thus
-\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1}
-
- will actually become
-\item alpha@beta, 1
-
- as a result of executing Make-Index. However, if quote is
- preceded by escape (\), its following letter is not escaped.
- That is,
-\indexentry{f\"ur}{1}
-
- means
-\item f\"ur, 1
-
- which represents umlaut accented u to the family of processors.
-
-Chapter 7. xindy
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 Command List
-
- 1.1 Processing Commands
- 1.2 Markup Commands
- 1.3 Raw Index Interface
-
- 2 Invoking xindy
-
- 2.1 Command Line Options
- 2.2 Search Path
-
-Note
-
- The content of this section was taken from the original
- documentation of xindy V2.1 (Doc/manual*.html).
-
- xindy means flexible indexing system. It is an indexing system
- that can be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary
- document preparation systems. This term includes systems such
- as TeX and LaTeX, the Nroff-family or SGML-based systems (e.g.
- HTML) that process some kind of text and generate indexing
- information. It is not fixed to any specific system, but can be
- configured for a wide variety of purposes.
-
-1 Command List
-
- Here is the complete list of xindy's commands that may be used
- in the index style. The symbol name always refers to a string.
- We separate the commands into the processing and markup
- commands. The commands are listed in alphabetical order.
-
- The parenthesis [ and ] denote optional parts of the syntax and
- { and } denote the grouping of elements. A vertical bar
- indicates alternatives. However, the enclosing round braces are
- part of the syntax and must be supplied.
-
-1.1 Processing Commands
-
-1.1.1 define-alphabet
-
-(define-alphabet name string-list)
-
- Defines name to be the alphabet consisting of all elements of
- the string-list. Examples:
-(define-alphabet "example-alphabet" ("An" "Example" "Alphabet"))
-
- defines an alphabet consisting of exactly three symbols. For
- the successor relationship holds: succ("An")="Example" and
- succ("Example")="Alphabet". The built-in alphabet digits is
- defined as follows:
-(define-alphabet "digits"
- ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9"))
-
-1.1.2 define-attributes
-
-(define-attributes attribute-list)
-
- Defines all attributes the raw index may contain. Parameter
- attribute-list is a list of list of strings. The nesting level
- must not be more than 2. So (..(..)..) is allowed, whereas
- (..(..(..)..)..) is not.
-
- The list has two kinds of elements: strings and list of
- strings. A single string is treated as if it were a single
- element list. So the lists ("definition") and ( ("definition")
- ) are equivalent. All elements forming a list are a so-called
- attribute group. The members of a group are written to the
- output file before any member of the following groups are
- written.
-
- Examples of valid attributes lists are:
-
- ("definition" "usage") defines two attribute groups. The first
- one contains all references with the attribute definition and
- the second one all with the attribute usage.
-
- (("definition" "important") "usage") defines two attribute
- groups. The first one contains all references with the
- attributes definition or important and the second one all with
- the attribute usage. In the attribute group ("definition"
- "important") the attribute definition overrides important.
-
-1.1.3 define-crossref-class
-
-(define-crossref-class name [:unverified])
-
- Defines name to be a class of cross references. We distinguish
- two types of cross reference classes. Verified cross reference
- classes can be checked for dangling references. If for instance
- a cross reference points to the non-existent keyword `foo' a
- warning is issued and the user is advised to correct the
- invalid cross reference. This is the default. If for some
- reasons this mechanism must be deactivated the switch
- :unverified can be used to suppress this behaviour.
-
-1.1.4 define-letter-group
-
-(define-letter-group name [:before lgname] [:after lgname]
- [:prefixes list-of-prefixes])
-
-(define-letter-groups list-of-letter-groups)
-
- This command defines a letter group with name name, which must
- be a string value, grouping all index entries that have a sort
- key beginning with the prefix name. The command
-(define-letter-group "a")
-
- is equivalent to the command
-(define-letter-group "a" :prefixes ("a"))
-
- Using the latter form one can associate more than one prefix
- with a given letter group. Also further prefixes can be added
- to an already existing letter group by simply defining the same
- letter group again. This results not in a redefinition but in
- adding more prefixes to the currently defined prefixes.
-
- Example:
-(define-letter-group "a")
-
- defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
- with the string "a".
-(define-letter-group "c" :after "a")
-
- defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
- with the string "c". The letter group appears behind the letter
- group "a"
-(define-letter-group "b" :after "a" :before "c")
-
- inserts letter group "b" between letter group "a" and "c". This
- allows incremental definition of letter groups by extending
- already defined ones.
-
- The arguments :after and :before define a partial order on the
- letter groups. xindy tries to convert this partial order into a
- total one. If this is impossible due to circular definitions,
- an error is reported. If more than one possible total ordering
- can result, it is left open which one is used, so one should
- always define a complete total order.
-
- The command define-letter-groups (with an `s' at the end) is
- simply an abbreviation for a sequence of define-letter-group
- definitions where the elements are ordered in the ordering
- given by the list. Example:
-(define-letter-groups ("a" "b" "c")
-
- equals the definitions
-(define-letter-group "a")
-(define-letter-group "b" :after "a")
-(define-letter-group "c" :after "b")
-
- See also commands markup-letter-group-list and
- markup-letter-group for further information.
-
-1.1.5 define-location-class
-
-(define-location-class name layer-list
- [:min-range-length num]
- [:hierdepth depth]
- [:var])
-
- Defines name to be a location class consisting of the given
- list of layers. A list of layers consists of names of basetypes
- and/or strings representing separators. Separators must follow
- the keyword argument :sep. If the keyword :min-range-length is
- specified we define the minimum range length to be used when
- building ranges. The argument num must be a positive integer
- number or the keyword none in which case the building of ranges
- is disallowed. If the switch :var is specified the declared
- class is of type variable, i.e. it is a var-location-class.
- Since building of ranges is currently only allowed for standard
- classes :var and :min-range-length must not be used together.
- The keyword argument :hierdepth can be used to declare that the
- location references have to be tagged in a hierarchical form.
- Its argument depth must be an integer number indicating the
- number of layers the hierarchy does contain. See command
- markup-locref-list for more information. Examples:
-(define-location-class "page-numbers" ("arabic-numbers")
- :minimum-range-length 3)
-
- Defines the location class page-numbers consisting of one layer
- which is the alphabet arabic-numbers. Since the minimum range
- length is set to 3 the location references 2, 3 and 4 don't
- form a range because the range length is only 2. But the
- references 6, 7, 8, and 9 are enough to form a range. Some
- example instances of this class are 0, 1, ... 2313, etc.
-(define-location-class "sections" :var
- ("arabic-numbers" :sep "."
- "arabic-numbers" :sep "."
- "arabic-numbers"))
-
- defines a variable location class. Valid instances are 1, 1.1,
- 1.2, 2, 2.4.5, but none of 2-3 (wrong separator), 1.2.3.4 (more
- than 3 layers), 2.3.iv (roman number instead of arabic one).
-
-1.1.6 define-location-class-order
-
-(define-location-class-order list)
-
- Defines the order in which the location classes are written to
- the output file. The parameter list is a list of names of
- location classes. Examples:
-(define-location-class-order
- ("page-numbers" "sections" "xrefs"))
-
- tells the system that the page numbers should appear before the
- section numbers and that the cross references should appear at
- the end. If this command is omitted, the declaration order of
- the location classes in the index style is implicitly used as
- the output order. In the case that a location class does not
- appear in the list, the output may behave unexpectedly, so one
- should always enumerate all used location classes when using
- this command.
-
-1.1.7 define-rule-set
-
-(define-rule-set name
- [ :inherit-from ("rule-set" "rule-set-2") ]
- :rules (<rule>...) )
-
- A complete specification of a multi-phase sorting process for a
- language requires that some rules have to appear in several
- subsequent sorting phases. Rule sets can be used to define a
- set of rules that can be instantiated in an arbitrary sorting
- phase. Basically, they offer means to separate the definition
- of sorting rules from their instantiation, hence, acting as a
- wrapper for calls to sort-rule. They do not add new
- functionality that is not already present with sort-rule.
-
- A rule can be of the form:
-<rule> ::= ("pattern" "replacement"
- [:string|:bregexp|:egegexp] [:again])
-
- The following incomplete example defines a new rule set of name
- isolatin1-tolower that inherits definitions from rule set
- latin-tolower, overriding or adding the sort rules in the list
- of :rules.
-(define-rule-set "isolatin1-tolower"
-
- :inherit-from ("latin-tolower")
-
- :rules (("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ("?" "?" :string :again)
- ...
- )
-...)
-
- Rule sets can be instantiated with the command use-rule-set.
- For further descriptions on the sorting model refer to the
- command sort-rule.
-
-1.1.8 define-sort-rule-orientations
-
-(define-sort-rule-orientations (orientations...))
-
- Defines the order for the different sorting phases. The
- currently implemented orientations are forward and backward.
- This command must precede all sort-rule commands in an index
- style. It defines the orientations and implicitly sets the
- maximum number of sorting phases performed.
-
- For further descriptions on the sorting model refer to the
- command sort-rule.
-
-1.1.9 merge-rule
-
-(merge-rule pattern replacement [:again]
- [:bregexp | :eregexp | :string])
-
- Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the
- merge key from the main key of an index entry. This mapping is
- necessary to map all keywords that are differently written but
- belong to the same keyword to the same canonical keyword.
-
- The parameter pattern can be a POSIX-compliant regular
- expression or an ordinary string. The implementation uses the
- GNU Rx regular expression library which implements the POSIX
- regular expressions. Regular expressions (REs) can be specified
- as basic regular expressions (BREs) or extended regular
- expressions (EREs). You can use the switch :bregexp to force
- the interpretation of the pattern as a BRE, or :eregexp to
- interpret it as an ERE. If you want xindy to interpret the
- pattern literally, use the switch :string. If none of these
- switches is selected, xindy uses an auto-detection mechanism to
- decide, if the pattern is a regular expression or not. If it
- recognizes the pattern as a RE, it interprets it as an ERE by
- default.
-
- The parameter replacement must be a string possibly containing
- the special characters & (substitutes for the complete match)
- and \1 ,..., \9 (substituting for the n-th submatch. Examples:
-(merge-rule "A" "a")
-
- replaces each occurrence of the uppercase letter `A' with its
- lowercase counterpart.
-(merge-rule "\~"([AEOUaeou])" "\1")
-
- transforms the TeX umlaut-letters into their stripped
- counterparts, such that `\"A ' is treated as an `A' afterwards.
-
- The following sequences have a special meaning:
-
- ` ~n '
- End of line symbol (linefeed).
-
- ` ~b '
- The ISO-Latin character with the lowest ordinal number.
-
- ` ~e '
- The ISO-Latin character with the highest ordinal number.
-
- ` ~~ '
- The tilde character.
-
- ` ~" '
- The double quote character.
-
- Tilde characters and double quotes have to be quoted themselves
- with a tilde character. The special characters ` ~b ' and ` ~e
- ' allow the definition of arbitrary sorting orders by rules. In
- connection with an additional character every position in the
- alphabet can be described. E.g. ` m~e ' is lexicographically
- placed between `m' and `n'.
-
- Due to efficiency, rules that just exchange characters or
- substitute constant character sequences are not treated as
- regular expressions. Therefore, instead of using the rule
-(merge-rule "[A-Z]" "&")
-
- it is more efficient (though less comfortable) to use
-(merge-rule "A" "Ax")
-(merge-rule "B" "Bx")
-...
-(merge-rule "Z" "Zx")
-
- Usually rules are applied in order of their definition. Rules
- with a special prefix precede those that begin with a class of
- characters, so that the search pattern `alpha' is checked
- before `.*', but `auto' and `a.*' are checked in order of their
- definition.
-
- The first rule from a style file that matches the input is
- applied and the process restarts behind the substituted text.
- If no rule could be applied, the actual character is copied
- from the input and the process continues with the next
- character.
-
- Sometimes it is necessary to apply rules anew to the result of
- a transformation. By specifying the keyword argument :again in
- the merge rule the rule is marked as mutable, which means that
- after using this rule the transformation process shall restart
- at the same place. E.g. the rule
-(merge-rule "\$(.*)\$" "\1" :again)
-
- deletes all surrounding `$ ' symbols from the input.
-
- See also command sort-rule.
-
-1.1.10 merge-to
-
-(merge-to attr-from attr-to [:drop])
-
- A merge rule says that the attribute attr-from can be used to
- build ranges in attr-to. Both attributes must name valid
- attribute names. The switch :drop indicates, that the original
- location reference with attribute attr-from has to be dropped
- (removed), if a successful range was built with location
- references in attribute attr-to. A detailed description is
- given in the section about processing phases.
-
-1.1.11 require
-
-(require filename)
-
- This command allows to load more index style modules. The
- module is searched in the directories defined in the search
- path. The file is read in and processing of the current file
- continues. The argument filename must be a string. This allows
- to decompose the index style into several modules that can be
- included into the topmost index style file. Example:
-(require "french/alphabet.xdy")
-(require "french/sort-rules.xdy")
-(require "tex/locations.xdy")
-(require "tex/markup.xdy")
-
- Submodules can load other submodules as well. If a file is
- required that was already loaded, the require command is simply
- ignored and processing continues without including this file
- twice. See also command searchpath.
-
-1.1.12 searchpath
-
-(searchpath {path-string | path-list})
-
- This command adds the given paths to the list of paths, xindy
- searches for index style files. The argument path-string must
- be a colon-separated string of directory names. If this path
- ends with a colon the default search path is added to the end
- of the path list. Example:
-(searchpath ".:/usr/local/lib/xindy:/usr/local/lib/xindy/english:")
-
- adds the specified directories to the search path. Since the
- last path ends with a colon, the built-in search path is added
- at the end. Specifying
-(searchpath ("."
- "/usr/local/lib/xindy"
- "/usr/local/lib/xindy/english"
- :default))
-
- yields exactly the same result as the example above. Here
- path-list must be a list of strings and/or the keyword(s)
- :default and :last. The keyword :default signifies that the
- default pathnames are to be inserted at the specified position
- in the list. The keyword :last allows to insert the currently
- active paths at the indicated position. Since this allows to
- insert the built-in paths at any position and incrementally
- adding new paths to the search path, this version of the
- command ist more flexible than the first version.
-
-1.1.13 sort-rule
-
-(sort-rule pattern replacement [:run level] [:again])
-
- Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the
- sort key of an index entry from the merge key. This key is used
- to sort the index entries lexicographically after they have
- been merged using the merge key.
-
- The argument :run indicates that this rule is only in effect a
- the specified level (default is level 0). For a detailed
- discussion on the definition of sort rules for different layers
- refer to the documentation about the new sorting scheme
- (new-sort-rules) that comes with this distribution.
-
- See command merge-rule for more information about keyword
- rules.
-
-1.1.14 use-rule-set
-
-(use-rule-set [:run phase]
- [:rule-set ( <rule-set>... ))
-
- This command instantiates the gives rule sets to be in effect
- at sorting phase phase. The order of the rule sets given with
- argument :rule-set is significant. Rule set entries of rule set
- appearing at the beginning of the list override entries in rule
- sets at the end of the list.
-
- The following example declares that in phase 0 the rule sets
- din5007 and isolatin1-tolower should be active, whereas in
- phase 2 the other rule sets have to be applied.
-(use-rule-set :run 0
- :rule-set ("din5007" "isolatin1-tolower"))
-
-(use-rule-set :run 1
- :rule-set ("resolve-umlauts"
- "resolve-sharp-s"
- "isolatin1-tolower"
- ))
-
- For a discussion on rule sets refer to command define-rule-set.
-
-1.2 Markup Commands
-
- The following commands can be used to define the markup of the
- index. They don't have any influence on the indexing process.
- Since the markup scheme is characterized by the concept of
- environments, the syntax and naming scheme of all commands
- follows a simple structure.
-
- The commands can be separated into environment and
- list-environment commands. All commands of the first group
- support the keyword arguments :open and :close, whereas the
- second group additionally supports the keyword argument :sep.
- If one of these keyword arguments is missing, the default
- markup tag is always the empty tag. The :open tag is always
- printed before the object itself and the :close tag is always
- printed after the object has been printed. If a list is printed
- the :sep tag is printed between two elements of the list but
- not before the first element, or after the last one. All
- commands dealing with a list have the suffix `-list' as part of
- their command name.
-
- Since the number of commands and the heavy usage of default and
- specialized tags makes the markup somehow complex (but very
- powerful) we have added a mechanism to trace the markup tags
- xindy omits during its markup phase with the command
- markup-trace.
-
- Here follows the list of markup commands in alphabetical order
- with some of the commands grouped together.
-
-1.2.1 markup-attribute-group-list
-
-(markup-attribute-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
-(markup-attribute-group [:open string] [:close string]
- [:group group-num])
-
- Location class groups consist of lists of attribute groups. The
- markup of this list can be defined with the command
- markup-attribute-group-list.
-
- To allow different markup for different attribute groups the
- command markup-attribute-group can be specialized on the group
- number with the keyword argument :group which must be an
- integer number. E.g., given are the groups ("definition"
- "theorem") and ("default") with group numbers 0 and 1, then
-(markup-attribute-group :open "<group0>" :close </group0>"
- :group 0)
-
-(markup-attribute-group :open "<group1>" :close "</group1>"
- :group 1)
-
- can be used to assign different markup for both groups in a
- SGML-based language.
-
-1.2.2 markup-crossref-list
-
-(markup-crossref-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
-(markup-crossref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
-(markup-crossref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class crossref-class])
-
- A crossref class group contains cross references of the same
- class. The separator between the classes is defined with the
- (markup-locclass-list :sep)-parameter. A list of cross
- references can be tagged with the command markup-crossref-list
- that specializes on the :class argument.
-
- Each cross reference is determined by a list of layers
- indicating the target of the cross reference. To define a
- suitable markup for such a list the command
- markup-crossref-layer-list can be used.
-
- Each layer of a cross reference can be assigned two tags that
- specialize on the class of the reference, like all other
- commands.
-
- A suitable markup for a cross reference class see within
- LaTeX2e could look like that:
-(markup-crossref-list :class "see" :open "\emph{see} "
- :sep "; ")
-(markup-crossref-layer-list :class "see" :sep ",")
-(markup-crossref-layer :class "see"
- :open "\textbf{" :close "}")
-
- An example output could look like ... see house; garden,winter;
- greenhouse
-
-1.2.3 markup-index
-
-(markup-index [:open string] [:close string]
- [ :flat | :tree | :hierdepth depth ])
-
- Defines the markup tags that enclose the whole index via the
- :open and :close parameters. Examples:
-(markup-index :open "Here comes the index~n"
- :close "That's all folks!~n")
-
- defines that the :open string is printed before the rest of the
- index and the :close string appears after the index is printed.
-
- Additionally one can specify the form of the generated index.
- It is possible to produce flat indexes by specifying the switch
- :flat, to generate a tree with the :tree switch or any kind of
- mixture between both by specifying the depth up to which trees
- shall be built with the parameter :hierdepth. Its argument
- depth is the number of layers that can be formed into a tree.
- Therefore :flat is an abbrevation of :hierdepth 0 and :tree is
- an abbrevation of :hierdepth max-depth, with max-depth being
- the maximum number of layers a keyword has. An example: the
- keywords
-("tree" "binary" "AVL")
-("tree" "binary" "natural")
-
- can be transformed in the following ways:
-
- A flat index (:flat or :hierdepth 0)
-tree binary AVL
-tree binary natural
-
- with :hierdepth 1
-tree
- binary AVL
- binary natural
-
- and a tree (:tree or :hierdepth > 1)
-tree
- binary
- AVL
- natural
-
- Most often one will create tree-like indexes or ones that are
- flat.
-
-1.2.4 markup-indexentry-list
-
-(markup-indexentry-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string] [:depth integer])
-
-(markup-indexentry [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer])
-
- Letter groups consists of a list of index entries. The command
- markup-indexentry-list defines the markup of these lists. The
- markup can be specialized on the depth if the index is
- hierarchically organized. The command
-(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentList}"
- :close "\end{IdxentList}"
- :sep "~n")
-
- defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
- the given markup tags. If additionally
-(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentListII}"
- :close "\end{IdxentListII}"
- :sep "~n"
- :depth 2)
-
- is defined, all index entry lists of all layers (except layer
- 2) are tagged according to the first specification, and the
- index entry list within depth 2 are tagged according to the
- second rule.
-
- The command markup-indexentry defines the markup of an index
- entry at a given depth. Since index entries may also contain
- subentries and the markup for subentries may be different in
- different layers, the optional keyword argument :depth can be
- used to assign different markup for different layers. If depth
- is ommited the default markup for all possible depths is
- defined. The top-most index entries have depth 0.
-(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{Indexentry}"
- :close "\end{Indexentry}")
-
- defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
- the given markup tags. If additionally
-(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{IndexentryII}"
- :close "\end{IndexentryII}"
- :depth 2)
-
- is defined, all index entries of all layers (except layer 2)
- are tagged according to the first specification, and the index
- entries with depth 2 are tagged according to the second rule.
-
-1.2.5 markup-keyword-list
-
-(markup-keyword-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string] [:depth integer])
-
-(markup-keyword [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer])
-
- The print key of an index entry consists of a list of strings.
- The markup of this list can be defined with the command
- markup-keyword-list. The keyword argument :depth may be
- specified to define the markup of the list at a particular
- depth.
-
- The keyword of an index entry consists of a list of strings.
- Each of these components is tagged with the strings defined
- with the command markup-keyword. Since we maybe need different
- markup for different layers, the optional keyword argument can
- be used to specialize this markup for some depth.
-
-1.2.6 markup-letter-group-list
-
-(markup-letter-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
-(markup-letter-group [:open string] [:close string] [:group group-name]
- [:open-head string] [:close-head string]
- [:upcase | :downcase | :capitalize])
-
- The first command defines the markup of the letter group with
- name group-name. Since the markup of letter groups often
- contains the name of the letter group as a part of it, the
- other keyword arguments allow an additional markup for this
- group name. If one of the parameters :open-head and :close-head
- is specified additional markup is added as can be described as
- follows:
-<OPEN>
- IF (:open-head OR :close-head)
- <OPEN-HEAD>
- transformer-of(<GROUP-NAME>)
- <CLOSE-HEAD>
- FI
- <INDEXENTRIES...>
-<CLOSE>
-
- Here, transformer-of is a function that possibly transforms the
- string representing the group name into another string. The
- transformers we currently support can be specified with the
- switches :upcase, :downcase and :capitalize which result in the
- corresponding string conversions. If none of them is specified
- no transformation is done at all.
-
- The command markup-letter-group defines the markup of the list
- of letter groups.
-
-1.2.7 markup-locclass-list
-
-(markup-locclass-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string])
-
- Each index entry contains a list of location class groups. This
- markup command can be used to define the markup of this list.
-
-1.2.8 markup-locref
-
-(markup-locref [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class locref-class]
- [:attr attribute]
- [:depth integer])
-
- The markup tags of a location reference can be specialized on
- the three arguments :class, :attr and additionally, if
- sub-references are used, :depth. Most often one will only use a
- tag depending on the attribute. For example, all location
- references with the attribute definition should appear in a
- font series like bold, emphasizing the importance of this
- location reference; those with the attribute default in font
- shape italic. The markup in this case would not specialize on
- the depth or any particular class. A valid definition, suitable
- for a usage within HTML, could look like this.
-(markup-locref :open "<B>" :close "</B>" :attr "definition")
-(markup-locref :open "<I>" :close "</I>" :attr "default")
-
-1.2.9 markup-locref-class
-
-(markup-locref-class [:open string] [:close string]
- [:class locref-class])
-
- All location references of a particular location reference
- class can be wrapped into the tags defined by this command. It
- specializes on the keyword argument :class.
-
-1.2.10 markup-locref-layer
-
-(markup-locref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
- [:depth integer] [:layer integer]
- [:class locref-class])
-
-(markup-locref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
- [:sep string]
- [:depth integer]
- [:class locref-class])
-
- A location reference contains a list of location reference
- layers. The second markup command can be used to markup this
- list. It specializes on the class of the location references
- and the depth (if sub-references are used).
-
- The first command allows to tag the elements of a layer list
- differently. The first element of this list can is
- specialisable with :layer 0, the next element with :layer 1,
- etc. See the next example for an example.
-
-1.2.11 markup-locref-list
-
-(markup-locref-list [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
- [:depth integer] [:class locref-class])
-
- An attribute group contains a list of location references
- and/or ranges. Additionally a layered location reference itself
- may contain sub-references that are stored as a list of
- location references. We specialize the markup for these lists
- on the location class they belong to with the keyword argument
- :class, and on :depth that specializes on the different
- subentry levels when using location references with
- sub-references.
-
- Given is a list of location references that have the class
- description
-(define-location-class "Appendix"
- ("ALPHA" :sep "-" "arabic-numbers")
- :hierdepth 2)
-
- This location class has instances like A-1, B-5, etc. The
- keyword argument :hierdepth 2 informs xindy to markup these
- location references in a hierarchical form. With the commands
-(markup-locref-list :sep "; "
- :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
-(markup-locref-list :open " " :sep ","
- :depth 1 :class "Appendix")
-(markup-locref-layer :open "{\bf " :close "}" :layer 0
- :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
-
- we obtain a markup sequence for some example data that could
- look like
- \bf A} 1,2,5; {\bf B} 5,6,9; {\bf D} 1,5,8; ...
-
-1.2.12 markup-range
-
-(markup-range [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
- [:class locref-class]
- [:length num] [:ignore-end])
-
- A range consists of two location references. Markup can be
- specified with the :open and :close arguments and one separator
- given by the argument :sep.
-
- Since both location references are tagged with markup defined
- by the command markup-locref a specialization on attributes or
- depth is not necessary. Specialization is allowed on the class
- they belong to, because the separator between two location
- refences may be different for each location class. Argument
- :length can be used to define different markup for different
- lengths. In conjunction with :length is may be useful not to
- print the second location reference at all. For example, one
- wishes to markup ranges of length 1 in the form Xf. instead of
- X--Y. This can be accomplished with the switch :ignore-end.
-
- The markup tags for a range (X,Y) can be described as follows:
-<OPEN>
- Markup of location reference X
-<SEP>
- IF (not :ignore-end)
- Markup of location reference Y
- FI
-<CLOSE>
-
- The following tags can be used to define a range of page
- numbers (given in a location class page-numbers) without
- considering the open and close parameters:
-(markup-range :sep "-" :class "page-numbers")
-
- Location ranges then appear separated by a hyphen in a form
- like this:
- ..., 5-8, 19-23, ...
-
-1.2.13 (markup-trace [:on] [:open string] [:close string])
-
- This command can be used to activate the tracing of all markup
- commands xindy executes. The switch :on activates the trace. If
- :on is omitted, the command line flag -t can be used as well.
- All tags which are emitted but not yet defined explicitly by
- the user are tagged with a symbolic notation indicating the
- commands that must be used to define this tag. The defaults for
- the keyword argument :open is `<' and for :close is `>'. The
- beginning of an example output could look like:
-<INDEX:OPEN>
- <LETTER-GROUP-LIST:OPEN>
- <LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]>
- <INDEXENTRY-LIST:OPEN [0]>
- <INDEXENTRY:OPEN [0]>
- <KEYWORD-LIST:OPEN [0]>
- <KEYWORD:OPEN [0]>
- ...
-
- We use a simple indentation scheme to make the structure of the
- tags visible. The symbolic tag <LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]> for
- example indicates that the tag that can be specified with the
- command
-(markup-letter-group :open "XXX" :group "a" ... )
-
- is emitted at this point in the markup process. By
- incrementally adding markup commands to the index, more and
- more tags can be defined until the whole markup is defined.
- This general mechanism should allow everyone understand the
- markup process. The best is to start with a small index, define
- the complete markup and afterwards process the whole index.
- Additionally one can enclose the symbolic tags into an
- environment that is neutral to the document preparation system,
- such as a comment. For TeX this could be
-(markup-trace :open "%%" :close "~n")
-
- or a definition in the TeX document like
-\def\ignore#1{}
-
- combined with the command
-(markup-trace :open "\ignore{" :close "}")
-
-1.3 Raw Index Interface
-
- This section can be skipped if the reader is not interested in
- adapting xindy to a new document preparation system.
-
- The raw index is the file that represents the index that is to
- be processed. Since many different document preparation systems
- may use different forms of index representations, their output
- must be transformed in a form readable by xindy. We also could
- have written an configurable parser performing this task, but
- usually a tool written with some text processing tools such as
- perl, sed or awk can achieve the same task as well. Therefore,
- adapting xindy to a completely different system can mostly be
- done by writing an appropriate raw index filter.
-
- The format of the raw index interface of xindy is defined as
- follows:
-(indexentry { :key string-list [:print string-list]
- | :tkey list-of-layers }
- [:attr string]
- { :locref string [:open-range | :close-range]
- | :xref string-list } )
-
- The pseudo variable string is a sequence of characters
- surrounded by double quotes, e.g.
-"Hi, it's me" "one" "a string with two \"double quotes\""
-
- are three examples of valid strings. If you need to include a
- double quote as a literal character, you must quote it itself
- with a backslash as shown in the third example. A string list
- is simply a list of strings separated by whitespaces and
- surrounded by round braces. An example of a string list is
-("This" "is" "a" "list" "of" "strings")
-
- So far about the syntax. The semantics of the different
- elements are described here.
-
- :key
- The argument string list defines the keyword of the
- index entry. It must be a list of strings, since the
- keyword may consist of different layers such as ("heap"
- "fibonacci").
-
- :print
- The optional print key defines the way the keyword has
- to be printed in the markup phase.
-
- :tkey
- Another possibility to define the keys of an index entry
- is with the :tkey keyword argument. It can be used
- instead of the :key and :print arguments. Instead of
- specifying separately the key and the corresponding
- print key, we define the keyword by its layers. Each
- layer consist of a list of one or two strings. The first
- string will be interpreted as the main key, whereas the
- second one will become the print key. If the print key
- is ommited, the main key is taken instead. So the
- definition
-
-:tkey (("This") ("is") ("a") ("bang" "BANG !!!"))
-
- is equivalent to
-
-:key ("This" "is" "a" "bang")
-:print ("This" "is" "a" "BANG !!!")
-
- :locref
- The reference an index entry describes can be a location
- reference or a cross reference. The switch :locref
- describes a location reference. Its optional arguments
- are :open-range and :close-range. The string that must
- be supplied must somehow encode the location reference.
- It might look like the string "25" representing the page
- number 25, or "Appendix-I" representing the first
- appendix numbered in uppercase roman numerals.
-
- :open-range,:close-range
- These are switches that do not take any arguments. They
- describe the beginning and ending of a range, starting
- or ending from the location reference that is given by
- the argument :locref. If they are supplied, the location
- reference may have influence on the way ranges are
- build.
-
- :xref
- These arguments choose the second alternative. The
- argument string list of parameter :xref describes where
- the index entry should point to.
-
- :attr
- This parameter may be used to tag a location reference
- with a certain attribute or it names the class of a
- cross reference. It may also used to associate different
- markup for different attributes in the markup phase. If
- this parameter is omitted or is the empty string, the
- indexentry is declared to have the attribute default.
-
- Some examples:
-(indexentry :key ("airplane") :locref "25" :attr "default")
-
- defines an index entry with the key airplane' indexed on page
- 25'. This index entry has the attribute default.
-(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :attr "see")
-
- defines a cross reference with the key house pointing to the
- term building. This cross reference belongs to the cross
- reference class see.
-(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :open-range)
-
- is an invalid specification, since :open-range mustn't be used
- together with cross references.
-
-2 Invoking xindy
-
-2.1 Command Line Options
-
- The following command line options are accepted:
-xindy [-h] [-t] [-v] [-l logfile] [-o outfile]
- [-L n] [-f filterprog]
- indexstyle raw-index
-
- The argument indexstyle names a file, containing the index
- style description. The argument raw-index names a file,
- containing the raw index. Both arguments are mandatory.
-
- -h
- Gives a short summary of all command line options.
-
- -l
- Writes helpful information into the specified logfile.
- For example, the keyword mappings are written into this
- file, so one can check if the intended mappings were
- actually performed this way.
-
- -o
- Explicitly defines the name of the output file. If not
- given, the name of the raw-index is used with its
- extension changed to .ind (or added, if it had no
- extension at all).
-
- -t
- Enters tracing mode of the symbolic markup tags. The
- format of the emitted tags can be defined with the
- command markup-trace.
-
- -L
- Set the xindy logging-level to n.
-
- -f
- Run filterprog on raw-index before reading. The program
- must act as a filter reading from stdin and writing to
- stdout. The most obvious use of this option in
- conjunction with TeX is to run -f tex2xindy on the index
- file prior to reading the entries into xindy.
-
- -v
- Shows the version number of xindy.
-
- Errors and warnings are reported to stdout and additionally to
- the logfile if -l was specified.
-
-2.2 Search Path
-
- The system uses the concept of a search path for finding the
- index style files and modules. The searchpath can be set with
- the environment variable XINDY_SEARCHPATH which must contain a
- list of colon-separated directories. If it ends with a colon,
- the built-in searchpath is added to the entire searchpath. See
- the command searchpath for further details.
-
-Appendix A. Appendices
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1 Bugs / Known Issues / Missing Features
- 2 About this Document
- 3 Release News
- 4 GNU Free Documentation License
- Index
-
-1 Bugs / Known Issues / Missing Features
-
- PDF
- A PDF file is no longer supported.
-
- Texinfo
- Currently we don't know any working solution to convert
- DocBook XML to Texinfo (at least not for a complex
- document). Anyone who wants to work on this issue is
- highly welcome. A starting point could be the docbook2X
- project at http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net.
-
- vim-help
- Quite a few poeple are asking for a version in vim-help
- format. Srinath Avadhanula has already done some work on
- this.
-
-2 About this Document
-
- The source format of this document is DocBook XML (V4.3).
-
- The various output formats were generated using:
- * xsltproc (libxml2-2.6.26/libxslt-1.1.26) as XSLT processor
- * DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.77.1) for HTML and Epub
-
- You'll always find the newest version of this document at
- http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/.
-
-3 Release News
-
- V0.4.1 12-12-03
-
- + Removed obsolete file still referenced in Makefile (no
- visible changes)
-
- V0.4.0 12-12-02
-
- + Minor changes for Epub output
- + Added missing IDs on some sections and tables
-
- V0.3.9 05-05-14
-
- + Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the use of
- this reference for other projects
- + Added new section float in chapter LaTeX
-
- V0.3.8 04-10-28
-
- + Minor changes in \maketitle
-
- V0.3.7 04-08-26
-
- + Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter BibTeX
- + Switched to DocBook XML V4.3
- + Added new section Options in chapter LaTeX
-
- V0.3.6 04-06-21
-
- + Added a note in chapter LaTeX with the copyright and
- permission notice of the original file latex2.texi
- + Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks in
- chapter xindy
- + PDF file optimized/linearized and some finetuning
-
- V0.3.5 04-05-01
-
- + Added content to chapters MetaPost and pdfTeX
- + Enhanced index for chapter Make-Index
-
- V0.3.4 04-04-24
-
- + Version control system changed from CVS to SVN
- + Added missing entries to chapter Make-Index
-
- V0.3.3 04-01-26
-
- + Corrected again section Output Style Specifiers and
- Input Style Specifiers of chapter Make-Index
- + Corrected some symbols in the index
-
- V0.3.2 04-01-16
-
- + Corrected sections Output Style Specifiers and Input
- Style Specifiers of chapter Make-Index
- + Enhanced index in PDF
-
- V0.3.1 04-01-06
-
- + More work on PDF
- + Modularized XSL stylesheet files
- + Corrected some typos
-
- V0.3.0 03-12-25
-
- + Changed document root to book
- + More work on PDF version
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.64.1
- + Minor fixes
-
- V0.2.6 03-10-27
-
- + Rearranged appendix
- + Work on PDF version
-
- V0.2.5 03-10-17
-
- + Added contents of GNU FDL in appendix
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4
- + Switched to xsltproc as XSLT-processor
- + Reedited some deeply nested sections
- + Changed colors in CSS
-
- V0.2.4 03-09-06
-
- + Added subsection dcolumn
- + Subsection fontenc translated into english
- + Corrected typo in \sbox
-
- V0.2.3 03-04-12
-
- + Provide PDF output using ConTeXt and DocBook In
- ConTeXt (still experimental)
- + Reedited (beautified) sections LaTeX / Commands /
- Counters | Cross References | Definitions | Layout |
- Environments | Footnotes
-
- V0.2.2 03-01-26
-
- + Added bzip2 compressed version of source and outfiles
- tarball
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1
- + Eliminated more spurious &Acirc; characters in HTML
- output
-
- V0.2.1 03-01-18
-
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2
- + Eliminated spurious &Acirc; characters
-
- V0.2.0 03-01-11
-
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.58.1
- + Minor changes to CSS file
- + License changed to GNU Free Documentation License
- + Added subsection Commands and Parameters to section
- PSTricks
- + Reworked inputenc section
-
- V0.1.3 02-10-17
-
- + Started rework of KOMA-Script section
- + Added subsection Additional PSTricks Packages
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.56.1
-
- V0.1.2 02-10-01
-
- + Reworked hyperref section
-
- V0.1.1 02-09-19
-
- + Added template sections for PiCTeX and Texinfo
- + Added subsection Release News in appendix About this
- Document
- + Using new XSL stylesheets V1.55.0
- + Added missing CSS file to outfiles tarball
- + Corrected wrong FPI
-
- V0.1.0 02-08-20
-
- + Eliminated trailing '.' in numbered sections
- + Minor markup errors corrected
- + Reworked CSS file
-
- V0.0.5 02-08-10
-
- + Switched to DocBook XML 4.2
- + Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' completed
-
- V0.0.4 02-07-25
-
- + Section 'Makeindex' completed
-
- V0.0.3 02-07-13
-
- + New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating index (no
- other changes)
-
- V0.0.2 02-07-05
-
- + New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex',
- 'Makeindex', and 'xindy'
- + New section 'Special Symbols'
- + Added information for 'german' package
- + Registered as a new project (tex-refs) on
- freshmeat.net
-
- V0.0.1 02-06-21
-
- + First official announcement
-
-4 GNU Free Documentation License
-
-Version 1.2, November 2002
-
- Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-0. PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-4. MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
-Entitled "Endorsements".
-
-
-6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-8. TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-
-9. TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this documen
-t
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
-Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LI
-ST.
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
-
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
index e6a15e38bea..dc764cc5c2d 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ my @TLP_working = qw(
tetragonos teubner
tex-ewd tex-font-errors-cheatsheet tex-gyre tex-gyre-math tex-ini-files
tex-label tex-locale tex-nutshell tex-overview tex-ps
- tex-refs tex-virtual-academy-pl tex-vpat
+ tex-virtual-academy-pl tex-vpat
tex4ebook texaccents texapi texblend texbytopic texcount
texdate texdef texdiff texdimens texdirflatten texdoc texdraw
texfindpkg texfot texinfo texilikechaps texilikecover
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
index 8a0e481944d..327c988b8d2 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
@@ -1419,6 +1419,7 @@ chomp (my $ctan_root = `tlpkginfo --ctan-root`);
'tex-implementors', "die 'skipping, verbatim mail archive'",
'tex-in-practice', "die 'skipping, old book examples'",
'tex-it', "die 'skipping, old support'",
+ 'tex-refs', "die 'skipping, removed on CTAN'",
'tex_it', "die 'skipping, old support'",
'texdoc', "&MAKEflatten",
'texdoctk', "die 'skipping, moribund, only in tl'",
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-langenglish.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-langenglish.tlpsrc
index 675aa7a55d8..dabd77b9c47 100644
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-langenglish.tlpsrc
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-langenglish.tlpsrc
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ depend tds
depend tex-font-errors-cheatsheet
depend tex-nutshell
depend tex-overview
-depend tex-refs
depend tex-vpat
depend texbytopic
depend texonly
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/scheme-tetex.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/scheme-tetex.tlpsrc
index 2614f9a8c24..227688f9b05 100644
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/scheme-tetex.tlpsrc
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/scheme-tetex.tlpsrc
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ depend subfigure
depend supertabular
depend tamethebeast
depend tds
-depend tex-refs
depend tie
depend web
depend xpdfopen
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/tex-refs.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/tex-refs.tlpsrc
deleted file mode 100644
index f02f3e16858..00000000000
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/tex-refs.tlpsrc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-catalogue tex-references